Please consider activating JavaScript!
Occurrences
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
Chāndogyopaniṣad
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
Gautamadharmasūtra
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
Kauśikasūtra
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
Kaṭhopaniṣad
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
Nirukta
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
Vaitānasūtra
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
Āpastambadharmasūtra
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
Ṛgveda
Ṛgvedakhilāni
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
Arthaśāstra
Avadānaśataka
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
Carakasaṃhitā
Garbhopaniṣat
Lalitavistara
Mahābhārata
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
Rāmāyaṇa
Saundarānanda
Saṅghabhedavastu
Śira'upaniṣad
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
Agnipurāṇa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
Bodhicaryāvatāra
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
Daśakumāracarita
Divyāvadāna
Harivaṃśa
Harṣacarita
Kirātārjunīya
Kumārasaṃbhava
Kāmasūtra
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
Meghadūta
Narasiṃhapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
Pañcārthabhāṣya
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Tantrākhyāyikā
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
Viṣṇusmṛti
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Acintyastava
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
Bhāratamañjarī
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
Gītagovinda
Hitopadeśa
Kathāsaritsāgara
Kālikāpurāṇa
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
Madanapālanighaṇṭu
Mahācīnatantra
Mātṛkābhedatantra
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
Rasamañjarī
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
Rasaratnasamuccaya
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
Rasārṇava
Ratnadīpikā
Rājamārtaṇḍa
Rājanighaṇṭu
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
Sarvāṅgasundarā
Skandapurāṇa
Spandakārikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
Tantrāloka
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āyurvedadīpikā
Śivapurāṇa
Śukasaptati
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
Haṃsadūta
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
Kokilasaṃdeśa
Mugdhāvabodhinī
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
Rasasaṃketakalikā
Rasārṇavakalpa
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
Aitareya-Āraṇyaka
AĀ, 1, 1, 2, 9.0 tāḥ parāgvacanena pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti pañcaviṃśo 'yaṃ puruṣo daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā dvā ūrū dvau bāhū ātmaiva pañcaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānaṃ pañcaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 13.0 dadati hāsmai
taṃ kāmaṃ devā yatkāma etacchaṃsati ya evaṃ veda yeṣāṃ caivaṃ vidvān etaddhotā śaṃsati //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 17.0 tāḥ parāgvacanenaikaviṃśatir bhavanty ekaviṃśo 'yaṃ puruṣo daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā ātmaikaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānam ekaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 18.0 tās triḥ prathamayā trir uttamayā pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti pañcaviṃśa ātmā pañcaviṃśaḥ prajāpatir daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā dvā ūrū dvau bāhū ātmaiva pañcaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānaṃ pañcaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AĀ, 1, 3, 5, 8.0 tās triḥ prathamayā pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti pañcaviṃśa ātmā pañcaviṃśaḥ prajāpatir daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā dvā ūrū dvau bāhū ātmaiva pañcaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānaṃ pañcaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AĀ, 1, 3, 8, 5.0 tās triḥ prathamayā pañcaviṃśatir bhavanti pañcaviṃśa ātmā pañcaviṃśaḥ prajāpatir daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā dvā ūrū dvau bāhū ātmaiva pañcaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānaṃ pañcaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ prapadābhyāṃ prāpadyata brahmemaṃ puruṣaṃ yat prapadābhyāṃ prāpadyata brahmemaṃ puruṣaṃ tasmāt prapade tasmāt prapade ity ācakṣate śaphāḥ khurā ity anyeṣāṃ paśūnām //
AĀ, 2, 1, 4, 27.0 taṃ devā abruvaṃs tvam uktham iti tvam idaṃ sarvam asi tava vayaṃ smas tvam asmākam asīti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 1.0 taṃ devāḥ prāṇayanta sa praṇītaḥ prātāyata prātāyītī3ṃ tat prātar abhavat samāgād itī3ṃ tat sāyam abhavad ahar eva prāṇo rātrir apānaḥ //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 3.0 sa eṣa giriś cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ mano vāk prāṇas
taṃ brahmagirir ity ācakṣate //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 6.0 taṃ bhūtir iti devā upāsāṃcakrire te babhūvus tasmāddhāpyetarhi supto bhūr bhūr ity eva praśvasiti //
AĀ, 2, 2, 1, 2.0 taṃ śataṃ varṣāṇy abhyārcat tasmācchataṃ varṣāṇi puruṣāyuṣo bhavanti taṃ yac chataṃ varṣāṇy abhyārcat tasmācchatarcinas tasmāc chatarcina ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 1, 2.0 taṃ śataṃ varṣāṇy abhyārcat tasmācchataṃ varṣāṇi puruṣāyuṣo bhavanti
taṃ yac chataṃ varṣāṇy abhyārcat tasmācchatarcinas tasmāc chatarcina ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 1, 6.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vāma iti taṃ yad devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vāma iti tasmād vāmadevas tasmād vāmadeva ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 1, 6.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vāma iti
taṃ yad devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vāma iti tasmād vāmadevas tasmād vāmadeva ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 2, 2.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vasiṣṭha iti taṃ yad devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vasiṣṭha iti tasmād vasiṣṭhas tasmād vasiṣṭha ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 2, 2.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vasiṣṭha iti
taṃ yad devā abruvann ayaṃ vai naḥ sarveṣāṃ vasiṣṭha iti tasmād vasiṣṭhas tasmād vasiṣṭha ity ācakṣata etam eva santam //
AĀ, 2, 2, 3, 3.0 tam indra uvāca ṛṣe priyaṃ vai me dhāmopāgāḥ sa vā ṛṣe dvitīyaṃ śaṃseti //
AĀ, 2, 2, 3, 5.0 tam indra uvāca ṛṣe priyaṃ vai me dhāmopāgāḥ sa vā ṛṣe tṛtīyaṃ śaṃseti //
AĀ, 2, 2, 3, 7.0 tam indra uvāca ṛṣe priyaṃ vai me dhāmopāgā varaṃ te dadāmīti //
AĀ, 2, 2, 3, 9.0 tam indra uvāca prāṇo vā aham asmy ṛṣe prāṇas tvaṃ prāṇaḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni prāṇo hy eṣa ya eṣa tapati sa etena rūpeṇa sarvā diśo viṣṭo 'smi tasya me 'nnaṃ mitraṃ dakṣiṇaṃ tad vaiśvāmitram eṣa tapann evāsmīti hovāca //
AĀ, 5, 1, 4, 18.0 yadi kasmaicid avaśyakarmaṇe jigamiṣed ādiśya pālaṃ prāṅ avaruhya caritvā
tam artham evam evājapayāvṛtārohet //
AĀ, 5, 2, 2, 10.0 tam u ṣṭuhi yo abhibhūtyojāḥ suta it tvaṃ nimiśla indra soma iti trīṇy abhūr eko rayipate rayīṇām ity aṣṭau sūktāni //
AĀ, 5, 2, 4, 14.0 taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣaham ā no viśvāsu havyo yā indra bhuja ābhara iti nava //
Aitareyabrāhmaṇa
AB, 1, 2, 1.0 yajño vai devebhya udakrāmat
tam iṣṭibhiḥ praiṣam aicchan yad iṣṭibhiḥ praiṣam aicchaṃs tad iṣṭīnām iṣṭitvaṃ tam anvavindan //
AB, 1, 2, 1.0 yajño vai devebhya udakrāmat tam iṣṭibhiḥ praiṣam aicchan yad iṣṭibhiḥ praiṣam aicchaṃs tad iṣṭīnām iṣṭitvaṃ
tam anvavindan //
AB, 1, 2, 5.0 tad āhur yad anyo juhoty atha yo 'nu cāha yajati ca kasmāt
taṃ hotety ācakṣata iti //
AB, 1, 10, 2.0 tāsu padam asti svasti rāye maruto dadhātaneti maruto ha vai devaviśo 'ntarikṣabhājanās tebhyo ha yo 'nivedya svargaṃ lokam etīśvarā hainaṃ ni vā roddhor vi vā mathitoḥ sa yad āha svasti rāye maruto dadhātaneti
tam marudbhyo devaviḍbhyo yajamānaṃ nivedayati na ha vā enam maruto devaviśaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yantaṃ nirundhate na vimathnate //
AB, 1, 11, 7.0 prāyaṇīyasya niṣkāsaṃ nidadhyāt
tam udayanīyenābhinirvaped yajñasya saṃtatyai yajñasyāvyavachedāya //
AB, 1, 12, 2.0 taṃ trayodaśān māsād akrīṇaṃs tasmāt trayodaśo māso nānuvidyate na vai somavikrayy anuvidyate pāpo hi somavikrayī //
AB, 1, 14, 6.0 te devā abruvann arājatayā vai no jayanti rājānaṃ karavāmahā iti tatheti te somaṃ rājānam akurvaṃs te somena rājnā sarvā diśo 'jayann eṣa vai somarājā yo yajate prāci tiṣṭhaty ādadhati tena prācīṃ diśaṃ jayati
taṃ dakṣiṇā parivahanti tena dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ jayati tam pratyañcam āvartayanti tena pratīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati tam udīcas tiṣṭhata upāvaharanti tenodīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati //
AB, 1, 14, 6.0 te devā abruvann arājatayā vai no jayanti rājānaṃ karavāmahā iti tatheti te somaṃ rājānam akurvaṃs te somena rājnā sarvā diśo 'jayann eṣa vai somarājā yo yajate prāci tiṣṭhaty ādadhati tena prācīṃ diśaṃ jayati taṃ dakṣiṇā parivahanti tena dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ jayati
tam pratyañcam āvartayanti tena pratīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati tam udīcas tiṣṭhata upāvaharanti tenodīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati //
AB, 1, 14, 6.0 te devā abruvann arājatayā vai no jayanti rājānaṃ karavāmahā iti tatheti te somaṃ rājānam akurvaṃs te somena rājnā sarvā diśo 'jayann eṣa vai somarājā yo yajate prāci tiṣṭhaty ādadhati tena prācīṃ diśaṃ jayati taṃ dakṣiṇā parivahanti tena dakṣiṇāṃ diśaṃ jayati tam pratyañcam āvartayanti tena pratīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati
tam udīcas tiṣṭhata upāvaharanti tenodīcīṃ diśaṃ jayati //
AB, 1, 16, 33.0 tam marjayanta sukratum puroyāvānam ājiṣu sveṣu kṣayeṣu vājinam iti //
AB, 1, 18, 1.0 yajño vai devebhya udakrāman na vo 'ham annam bhaviṣyāmīti neti devā abruvann annam eva no bhaviṣyasīti
taṃ devā vimethire sa haibhyo vihṛto na prababhūva te hocur devā na vai na itthaṃ vihṛto 'lam bhaviṣyati hantemaṃ yajñaṃ saṃbharāmeti tatheti taṃ saṃjabhruḥ //
AB, 1, 18, 1.0 yajño vai devebhya udakrāman na vo 'ham annam bhaviṣyāmīti neti devā abruvann annam eva no bhaviṣyasīti taṃ devā vimethire sa haibhyo vihṛto na prababhūva te hocur devā na vai na itthaṃ vihṛto 'lam bhaviṣyati hantemaṃ yajñaṃ saṃbharāmeti tatheti
taṃ saṃjabhruḥ //
AB, 1, 18, 2.0 taṃ saṃbhṛtyocur aśvināv imam bhiṣajyatam ity aśvinau vai devānām bhiṣajāv aśvināv adhvaryū tasmād adhvaryū gharmaṃ saṃbharataḥ //
AB, 1, 18, 3.0 taṃ saṃbhṛtyāhatur brahman pravargyeṇa pracariṣyāmo hotar abhiṣṭuhīti //
AB, 1, 19, 11.0 ekaviṃśo 'yam puruṣo daśa hastyā aṅgulayo daśa pādyā ātmaikaviṃśas
tam imam ātmānam ekaviṃśaṃ saṃskurute //
AB, 1, 22, 8.0 svāhākṛtaḥ śucir deveṣu gharmaḥ samudrād ūrmim ud iyarti veno drapsaḥ samudram abhi yaj jigāti sakhe sakhāyam abhy ā vavṛtsvordhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaya ūrdhvo naḥ pāhy aṃhasas
taṃ ghem itthā namasvina ity abhirūpā yad yajñe'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 1, 27, 1.0 somo vai rājā gandharveṣv āsīt
taṃ devāś ca ṛṣayaś cābhyadhyāyan katham ayam asmān somo rājā gacched iti sā vāg abravīt strīkāmā vai gandharvā mayaiva striyā bhūtayā paṇadhvam iti neti devā abruvan kathaṃ vayaṃ tvad ṛte syāmeti sābravīt krīṇītaiva yarhi vāva vo mayārtho bhavitā tarhyeva vo 'ham punar āgantāsmīti tatheti tayā mahānagnyā bhūtayā somaṃ rājānam akrīṇan //
AB, 1, 30, 8.0 somaṃ vai rājānam praṇīyamānam antareṇaiva sadohavirdhānāny asurā rakṣāṃsy ajighāṃsaṃs
tam agnir māyayātyanayat //
AB, 1, 30, 9.0 purastād eti māyayeti māyayā hi sa
tam atyanayat tasmād v asyāgnim purastād dharanti //
AB, 1, 30, 27.0 taṃ yady upa vā dhāveyur abhayaṃ veccherann evā vandasva varuṇam bṛhantam ity etayā paridadhyāt //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti
taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs
taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ
tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti
tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 3.0 vajro vā eṣa yad yūpaḥ so 'ṣṭāśriḥ kartavyo 'ṣṭāśrir vai vajras
taṃ tam praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai //
AB, 2, 1, 3.0 vajro vā eṣa yad yūpaḥ so 'ṣṭāśriḥ kartavyo 'ṣṭāśrir vai vajras taṃ
tam praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai //
AB, 2, 2, 32.0 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya un nayanti svādhyo manasā devayanta iti ye vā anūcānās te kavayas ta evainaṃ tad unnayanti //
AB, 2, 3, 3.0 devebhyo vai paśavo 'nnādyāyālambhāya nātiṣṭhanta te 'pakramya prativāvadato 'tiṣṭhan nāsmān ālapsyadhve nāsmān iti tato vai devā etaṃ yūpam vajram apaśyaṃs
tam ebhya udaśrayaṃs tasmād bibhyata upāvartanta tam evādyāpy upāvṛttās tato vai devebhyaḥ paśavo 'nnādyāyālambhāyātiṣṭhanta //
AB, 2, 3, 3.0 devebhyo vai paśavo 'nnādyāyālambhāya nātiṣṭhanta te 'pakramya prativāvadato 'tiṣṭhan nāsmān ālapsyadhve nāsmān iti tato vai devā etaṃ yūpam vajram apaśyaṃs tam ebhya udaśrayaṃs tasmād bibhyata upāvartanta
tam evādyāpy upāvṛttās tato vai devebhyaḥ paśavo 'nnādyāyālambhāyātiṣṭhanta //
AB, 2, 3, 8.0 atha ye tebhyo 'vara āsaṃs ta etaṃ svarum apaśyan yūpaśakalaṃ
taṃ tasmin kāle 'nupraharet tatra sa kāma upāpto yo 'nupraharaṇe tatra sa kāma upāpto yaḥ sthāne //
AB, 2, 6, 8.0 paśur vai nīyamānaḥ sa mṛtyum prāpaśyat sa devān nānvakāmayataituṃ
taṃ devā abruvann ehi svargaṃ vai tvā lokaṃ gamayiṣyāma iti sa tathety abravīt tasya vai me yuṣmākam ekaḥ purastād aitv iti tatheti tasyāgniḥ purastād ait so 'gnim anuprācyavata //
AB, 2, 8, 7.0 tam asyām anvagacchan so 'nugato vrīhir abhavat tad yat paśau puroᄆāśam anunirvapanti samedhena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asat kevalena naḥ paśuneṣṭam asad iti //
AB, 2, 11, 3.0 taṃ vā etam paśum āprītaṃ santam paryagnikṛtam udañcaṃ nayanti //
AB, 2, 11, 6.0 taṃ yatra nihaniṣyanto bhavanti tad adhvaryur barhir adhastād upāsyati //
AB, 2, 15, 7.0 prātar vai sa
taṃ devebhyo 'nvabravīd yat prātar anvabravīt tat prātaranuvākasya prātaranuvākatvam //
AB, 2, 16, 4.0 te devā abibhayur ādātāro vai na imam prātaryajñam asurā yathaujīyāṃso balīyāṃsa evam iti tān abravīd indro mā bibhīta triṣamṛddham ebhyo 'ham prātar vajram prahartāsmīty etāṃ vāva tad ṛcam abravīd vajras tena yad aponaptrīyā vajras tena yat triṣṭub vajras tena yad vāk
tam ebhyaḥ prāharat tenainān ahaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parā asurāḥ //
AB, 2, 19, 1.0 ṛṣayo vai sarasvatyāṃ satram āsata te kavaṣam ailūṣaṃ somād anayan dāsyāḥ putraḥ kitavo 'brāhmaṇaḥ kathaṃ no madhye 'dīkṣiṣṭeti
tam bahir dhanvodavahann atrainam pipāsā hantu sarasvatyā udakam mā pād iti sa bahir dhanvodūᄆhaḥ pipāsayā vitta etad aponaptrīyam apaśyat pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti tenāpām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchat tam āpo 'nūdāyaṃs taṃ sarasvatī samantam paryadhāvat //
AB, 2, 19, 1.0 ṛṣayo vai sarasvatyāṃ satram āsata te kavaṣam ailūṣaṃ somād anayan dāsyāḥ putraḥ kitavo 'brāhmaṇaḥ kathaṃ no madhye 'dīkṣiṣṭeti tam bahir dhanvodavahann atrainam pipāsā hantu sarasvatyā udakam mā pād iti sa bahir dhanvodūᄆhaḥ pipāsayā vitta etad aponaptrīyam apaśyat pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti tenāpām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchat
tam āpo 'nūdāyaṃs taṃ sarasvatī samantam paryadhāvat //
AB, 2, 19, 1.0 ṛṣayo vai sarasvatyāṃ satram āsata te kavaṣam ailūṣaṃ somād anayan dāsyāḥ putraḥ kitavo 'brāhmaṇaḥ kathaṃ no madhye 'dīkṣiṣṭeti tam bahir dhanvodavahann atrainam pipāsā hantu sarasvatyā udakam mā pād iti sa bahir dhanvodūᄆhaḥ pipāsayā vitta etad aponaptrīyam apaśyat pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti tenāpām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchat tam āpo 'nūdāyaṃs
taṃ sarasvatī samantam paryadhāvat //
AB, 2, 19, 3.0 te vā ṛṣayo 'bruvan vidur vā imaṃ devā upemaṃ hvayāmahā iti tatheti
tam upāhvayanta tam upahūyaitad aponaptrīyam akurvata pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti tenāpām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchann upa devānām //
AB, 2, 19, 3.0 te vā ṛṣayo 'bruvan vidur vā imaṃ devā upemaṃ hvayāmahā iti tatheti tam upāhvayanta
tam upahūyaitad aponaptrīyam akurvata pra devatrā brahmaṇe gātur etv iti tenāpām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchann upa devānām //
AB, 2, 21, 3.0 prāṇaṃ yaccha svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety upāṃśum anumantrayeta
tam abhiprānet prāṇa prāṇam me yacchety apānaṃ yaccha svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety antaryāmam anumantrayeta tam abhyapāned apānāpānam me yaccheti vyānāya tvety upāṃśusavanaṃ grāvāṇam abhimṛśya vācaṃ visṛjate //
AB, 2, 21, 3.0 prāṇaṃ yaccha svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety upāṃśum anumantrayeta tam abhiprānet prāṇa prāṇam me yacchety apānaṃ yaccha svāhā tvā suhava sūryāyety antaryāmam anumantrayeta
tam abhyapāned apānāpānam me yaccheti vyānāya tvety upāṃśusavanaṃ grāvāṇam abhimṛśya vācaṃ visṛjate //
AB, 2, 25, 2.0 so 'ved indro vāyum ud vai jayatīti
tam anuparāpatat saha nāv athojjayāveti sa nety abravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti tṛtīyam me 'thojjayāveti neti haivābravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti turīyam me 'thojjayāveti tatheti taṃ turīye 'tyārjata tat turīyabhāg indro 'bhavat tribhāg vāyuḥ //
AB, 2, 25, 2.0 so 'ved indro vāyum ud vai jayatīti tam anuparāpatat saha nāv athojjayāveti sa nety abravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti tṛtīyam me 'thojjayāveti neti haivābravīd aham evojjeṣyāmīti turīyam me 'thojjayāveti tatheti
taṃ turīye 'tyārjata tat turīyabhāg indro 'bhavat tribhāg vāyuḥ //
AB, 2, 26, 6.0 vāyavyā pūrvā puronuvākyaindravāyavy uttaraivaṃ yājyayoḥ sā yā vāyavyā tayā prāṇaṃ kalpayati vāyurhi prāṇo 'tha yaindravāyavī tasyai yad aindram padaṃ tena vācaṃ kalpayati vāgghyaindry upo
taṃ kāmam āpnoti yaḥ prāṇe ca vāci ca na yajñe viṣamaṃ karoti //
AB, 2, 31, 1.0 devā vai yad eva yajñe 'kurvaṃs tad asurā akurvaṃs te samāvadvīryā evāsan na vyāvartanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsam apaśyaṃs
tam eṣām asurā nānvavāyaṃs tūṣṇīṃsāro vā eṣa yat tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 2.0 devā vai yaṃ yam eva vajram asurebhya udayacchaṃs
taṃ tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudhyanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs tam ebhya udayacchaṃs tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudhyanta tam ebhyaḥ prāharaṃs tenainān apratibuddhenāghnaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 2.0 devā vai yaṃ yam eva vajram asurebhya udayacchaṃs taṃ
tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudhyanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs tam ebhya udayacchaṃs tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudhyanta tam ebhyaḥ prāharaṃs tenainān apratibuddhenāghnaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 2.0 devā vai yaṃ yam eva vajram asurebhya udayacchaṃs taṃ tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudhyanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs
tam ebhya udayacchaṃs tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudhyanta tam ebhyaḥ prāharaṃs tenainān apratibuddhenāghnaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 2.0 devā vai yaṃ yam eva vajram asurebhya udayacchaṃs taṃ tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudhyanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs tam ebhya udayacchaṃs
tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudhyanta tam ebhyaḥ prāharaṃs tenainān apratibuddhenāghnaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 2.0 devā vai yaṃ yam eva vajram asurebhya udayacchaṃs taṃ tam eṣām asurāḥ pratyabudhyanta tato vai devā etaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ vajram apaśyaṃs tam ebhya udayacchaṃs tam eṣām asurā na pratyabudhyanta
tam ebhyaḥ prāharaṃs tenainān apratibuddhenāghnaṃs tato vai devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
AB, 2, 31, 4.0 te vai devā vijitino manyamānā yajñam atanvata
tam eṣām asurā abhyāyan yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti tān samantam evodārān pariyattān udapaśyaṃs te 'bruvan saṃsthāpayāmemaṃ yajñaṃ yajñaṃ no 'surā mā vadhiṣur iti tatheti taṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayan bhūr agnir jyotir jyotir agnir ity ājyaprauge saṃsthāpayann indro jyotir bhuvo jyotir indra iti niṣkevalyamarutvatīye saṃsthāpayan sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ sūrya iti vaiśvadevāgnimārute saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpya tenāriṣṭenodṛcam āśnuvata //
AB, 2, 31, 4.0 te vai devā vijitino manyamānā yajñam atanvata tam eṣām asurā abhyāyan yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti tān samantam evodārān pariyattān udapaśyaṃs te 'bruvan saṃsthāpayāmemaṃ yajñaṃ yajñaṃ no 'surā mā vadhiṣur iti tatheti
taṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayan bhūr agnir jyotir jyotir agnir ity ājyaprauge saṃsthāpayann indro jyotir bhuvo jyotir indra iti niṣkevalyamarutvatīye saṃsthāpayan sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ sūrya iti vaiśvadevāgnimārute saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpya tenāriṣṭenodṛcam āśnuvata //
AB, 2, 31, 4.0 te vai devā vijitino manyamānā yajñam atanvata tam eṣām asurā abhyāyan yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti tān samantam evodārān pariyattān udapaśyaṃs te 'bruvan saṃsthāpayāmemaṃ yajñaṃ yajñaṃ no 'surā mā vadhiṣur iti tatheti taṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayan bhūr agnir jyotir jyotir agnir ity ājyaprauge saṃsthāpayann indro jyotir bhuvo jyotir indra iti niṣkevalyamarutvatīye saṃsthāpayan sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ sūrya iti vaiśvadevāgnimārute saṃsthāpayaṃs
tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpya tenāriṣṭenodṛcam āśnuvata //
AB, 2, 31, 4.0 te vai devā vijitino manyamānā yajñam atanvata tam eṣām asurā abhyāyan yajñaveśasam eṣāṃ kariṣyāma iti tān samantam evodārān pariyattān udapaśyaṃs te 'bruvan saṃsthāpayāmemaṃ yajñaṃ yajñaṃ no 'surā mā vadhiṣur iti tatheti taṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayan bhūr agnir jyotir jyotir agnir ity ājyaprauge saṃsthāpayann indro jyotir bhuvo jyotir indra iti niṣkevalyamarutvatīye saṃsthāpayan sūryo jyotir jyotiḥ svaḥ sūrya iti vaiśvadevāgnimārute saṃsthāpayaṃs tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayaṃs
tam evaṃ tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpya tenāriṣṭenodṛcam āśnuvata //
AB, 2, 31, 6.0 sa ya enaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vaded anu vā vyāharet
tam brūyād eṣa evaitām ārtim āriṣyati prātar vāva vayam adyemaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayāmas taṃ yathā gṛhān itaṃ karmaṇānusamiyād evam evainam idam anusamima iti so ha vāva tām ārtim ṛcchati ya evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vadaty anu vā vyāharati tasmād evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse nopavaden nānuvyāharet //
AB, 2, 31, 6.0 sa ya enaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vaded anu vā vyāharet tam brūyād eṣa evaitām ārtim āriṣyati prātar vāva vayam adyemaṃ śaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse saṃsthāpayāmas
taṃ yathā gṛhān itaṃ karmaṇānusamiyād evam evainam idam anusamima iti so ha vāva tām ārtim ṛcchati ya evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃsa upa vā vadaty anu vā vyāharati tasmād evaṃ vidvān saṃśaste tūṣṇīṃśaṃse nopavaden nānuvyāharet //
AB, 3, 4, 6.0 sa yad agnir ghorasaṃsparśas tad asya vāruṇaṃ rūpaṃ
taṃ yad ghorasaṃsparśaṃ santam mitrakṛtyevopāsate tad asya maitraṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 6, 1.0 vajro vā eṣa yad vaṣaṭkāro yaṃ dviṣyāt
taṃ dhyāyed vaṣaṭkariṣyaṃs tasminn eva taṃ vajram āsthāpayati //
AB, 3, 6, 1.0 vajro vā eṣa yad vaṣaṭkāro yaṃ dviṣyāt taṃ dhyāyed vaṣaṭkariṣyaṃs tasminn eva
taṃ vajram āsthāpayati //
AB, 3, 7, 3.0 taṃ tam praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai tasmāt sa bhrātṛvyavatā vaṣaṭkṛtyaḥ //
AB, 3, 7, 3.0 taṃ
tam praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai startavai tasmāt sa bhrātṛvyavatā vaṣaṭkṛtyaḥ //
AB, 3, 7, 5.0 taṃ tam prajāś ca paśavaś cānūpatiṣṭhante tasmāt sa prajākāmena paśukāmena vaṣaṭkṛtyaḥ //
AB, 3, 7, 5.0 taṃ
tam prajāś ca paśavaś cānūpatiṣṭhante tasmāt sa prajākāmena paśukāmena vaṣaṭkṛtyaḥ //
AB, 3, 9, 1.0 yajño vai devebhya udakrāmat
taṃ praiṣaiḥ praiṣam aicchan yat praiṣaiḥ praiṣam aicchaṃs tat praiṣāṇām praiṣatvam //
AB, 3, 9, 2.0 taṃ purorugbhiḥ prārocayan yat purorugbhiḥ prārocayaṃs tat purorucām puroruktvam //
AB, 3, 9, 3.0 taṃ vedyām anvavindan yad vedyām anvavindaṃs tad veder veditvam //
AB, 3, 9, 4.0 taṃ vittaṃ grahair vyagṛhṇata yadvittaṃ grahair vyagṛhṇata tad grahāṇāṃ grahatvam //
AB, 3, 9, 5.0 taṃ vittvā nividbhir nyavedayan yad vittvā nividbhir nyavedayaṃs tan nividāṃ nivittvam //
AB, 3, 11, 18.0 yo yajñasya prasādhanas tantur deveṣv ātataḥ
tam āhutaṃ naśīmahīti //
AB, 3, 14, 1.0 agnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt
taṃ mṛtyur bahiṣpavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhājyam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat tam ājye 'sīdat sa praugeṇa pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat //
AB, 3, 14, 1.0 agnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt taṃ mṛtyur bahiṣpavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhājyam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat
tam ājye 'sīdat sa praugeṇa pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat //
AB, 3, 14, 2.0 tam mādhyaṃdine pavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhā marutvatīyam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat taṃ mādhyaṃdine bṛhatīṣu nāśaknot sattum prāṇā vai bṛhatyaḥ prāṇān eva tan nāśaknod vyavaituṃ tasmān mādhyaṃdine hotā bṛhatīṣu stotriyeṇaiva pratipadyate prāṇā vai bṛhatyaḥ prāṇān eva tad abhi pratipadyate //
AB, 3, 14, 2.0 tam mādhyaṃdine pavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhā marutvatīyam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat
taṃ mādhyaṃdine bṛhatīṣu nāśaknot sattum prāṇā vai bṛhatyaḥ prāṇān eva tan nāśaknod vyavaituṃ tasmān mādhyaṃdine hotā bṛhatīṣu stotriyeṇaiva pratipadyate prāṇā vai bṛhatyaḥ prāṇān eva tad abhi pratipadyate //
AB, 3, 14, 3.0 taṃ tṛtīyapavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhā vaiśvadevam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat taṃ yajñāyajñīye 'sīdat sa vaiśvānarīyeṇāgnimārutam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmad vajro vai vaiśvānarīyam pratiṣṭhā yajñāyajñīyaṃ vajreṇaiva tat pratiṣṭhāyā mṛtyuṃ nudate sa sarvān pāśān sarvān sthāṇūn mṛtyor atimucya svasty evodamucyata svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 3, 14, 3.0 taṃ tṛtīyapavamāne 'sīdat so 'nuṣṭubhā vaiśvadevam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmat
taṃ yajñāyajñīye 'sīdat sa vaiśvānarīyeṇāgnimārutam pratyapadyata mṛtyum eva tat paryakrāmad vajro vai vaiśvānarīyam pratiṣṭhā yajñāyajñīyaṃ vajreṇaiva tat pratiṣṭhāyā mṛtyuṃ nudate sa sarvān pāśān sarvān sthāṇūn mṛtyor atimucya svasty evodamucyata svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 3, 15, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ hatvā nāstṛṣīti manyamānaḥ parāḥ parāvato 'gacchat sa paramām eva parāvatam agacchad anuṣṭub vai paramā parāvad vāg vā anuṣṭup sa vācam praviśyāśayat
taṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāni vibhajyānvaicchaṃs tam pūrvedyuḥ pitaro 'vindann uttaram ahar devās tasmāt pūrvedyuḥ pitṛbhyaḥ kriyata uttaram ahar devān yajante //
AB, 3, 15, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ hatvā nāstṛṣīti manyamānaḥ parāḥ parāvato 'gacchat sa paramām eva parāvatam agacchad anuṣṭub vai paramā parāvad vāg vā anuṣṭup sa vācam praviśyāśayat taṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāni vibhajyānvaicchaṃs
tam pūrvedyuḥ pitaro 'vindann uttaram ahar devās tasmāt pūrvedyuḥ pitṛbhyaḥ kriyata uttaram ahar devān yajante //
AB, 3, 16, 1.0 indraṃ vai vṛtraṃ jaghnivāṃsaṃ nāstṛteti manyamānāḥ sarvā devatā ajahus
tam maruta eva svāpayo nājahuḥ prāṇā vai marutaḥ svāpayaḥ prāṇā haivainam tan nājahus tasmād eṣo 'cyutaḥ svāpimān pragāthaḥ śasyata ā svāpe svāpibhir iti //
AB, 3, 18, 8.0 yāvantaṃ ha vai saumyenādhvareṇeṣṭvā lokaṃ jayati
tam ata ekaikayopasadā jayati ya evaṃ veda yaś caivaṃ vidvān dhāyyāḥ śaṃsati //
AB, 3, 20, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ haniṣyan sarvā devatā abravīd anu mopatiṣṭhadhvam upa mā hvayadhvam iti tatheti
taṃ haniṣyanta ādravan so 'ven māṃ vai haniṣyanta ādravanti hantemān bhīṣayā iti tān abhi prāśvasīt tasya śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā adravan maruto hainaṃ nājahuḥ prahara bhagavo jahi vīrayasvety evainam etāṃ vācaṃ vadanta upātiṣṭhanta tad etad ṛṣiḥ paśyann abhyanūvāca vṛtrasya tvā śvasathād īṣamāṇā viśve devā ajahur ye sakhāyaḥ marudbhir indra sakhyaṃ te astv athemā viśvāḥ pṛtanā jayāsīti so 'ved ime vai kila me sacivā ime mākāmayanta hantemān asminn uktha ābhajā iti tān etasminn uktha ābhajad atha haite tarhy ubhe eva niṣkevalye ukthe āsatuḥ //
AB, 3, 21, 2.0 sa mahān bhūtvā devatā abravīd uddhāram ma uddharateti yathāpy etarhīcchati yo vai bhavati yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute sa mahān bhavati
taṃ devā abruvan svayam eva brūṣva yat te bhaviṣyatīti sa etam māhendraṃ graham abrūta mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanānāṃ niṣkevalyam ukthānāṃ triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām pṛṣṭhaṃ sāmnāṃ tam asmā uddhāram udaharan //
AB, 3, 21, 2.0 sa mahān bhūtvā devatā abravīd uddhāram ma uddharateti yathāpy etarhīcchati yo vai bhavati yaḥ śreṣṭhatām aśnute sa mahān bhavati taṃ devā abruvan svayam eva brūṣva yat te bhaviṣyatīti sa etam māhendraṃ graham abrūta mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanānāṃ niṣkevalyam ukthānāṃ triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām pṛṣṭhaṃ sāmnāṃ
tam asmā uddhāram udaharan //
AB, 3, 21, 4.0 taṃ devā abruvan sarvaṃ vā avocathā api no 'trāstv iti sa nety abravīt kathaṃ vo 'pisyād iti tam abruvann apy eva no 'stu maghavann iti tān īkṣataiva //
AB, 3, 21, 4.0 taṃ devā abruvan sarvaṃ vā avocathā api no 'trāstv iti sa nety abravīt kathaṃ vo 'pisyād iti
tam abruvann apy eva no 'stu maghavann iti tān īkṣataiva //
AB, 3, 24, 2.0 tam madhyamayā vācā śaṃsaty ātmānam eva tat saṃskurute //
AB, 3, 25, 1.0 somo vai rājāmuṣmiṃlloka āsīt
taṃ devāś carṣayaś cābhyadhyāyan katham ayam asmān somo rājāgacched iti te 'bruvaṃś chandāṃsi yūyaṃ na imaṃ somaṃ rājānam āharateti tatheti te suparṇā bhūtvodapataṃs te yat suparṇā bhūtvodapataṃs tad etat sauparṇam ity ākhyānavida ācakṣate //
AB, 3, 26, 1.0 te devā abruvan gāyatrīṃ tvaṃ na imaṃ somaṃ rājānam āhareti sā tathety abravīt tāṃ vai mā sarveṇa svastyayanenānumantrayadhvam iti tatheti sodapatat tāṃ devāḥ sarveṇa svastyayanenānvamantrayanta preti ceti cety etad vai sarvaṃ svastyayanaṃ yat preti ceti ceti tad yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt
tam etenānumantrayeta preti ceti ceti svasty eva gacchati svasti punar āgacchati //
AB, 3, 30, 3.0 te ete dhāyye anirukte prājāpatye śasyete abhita ārbhavaṃ surūpakṛtnum ūtaye 'yaṃ venaś codayat pṛśnigarbhā iti prajāpatir evaināṃs tad ubhayataḥ paripibati tasmād u śreṣṭhī pātre rocayaty eva yaṃ kāmayate
tam //
AB, 3, 32, 6.0 taṃ haike pūrvaṃ chandogebhyo haranti tat tathā na kuryād vaṣaṭkartā prathamaḥ sarvabhakṣān bhakṣayatīti ha smāha tenaiva rūpeṇa tasmād vaṣaṭkartaiva pūrvo 'vekṣetāthainaṃ chandogebhyo haranti //
AB, 3, 33, 1.0 prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abhyadhyāyad divam ity anya āhur uṣasam ity anye tām ṛśyo bhūtvā rohitam bhūtām abhyait
taṃ devā apaśyann akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karotīti te tam aicchan ya enam āriṣyaty etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs teṣāṃ yā eva ghoratamās tanva āsaṃs tā ekadhā samabharaṃs tāḥ saṃbhṛtā eṣa devo 'bhavat tad asyaitad bhūtavan nāma //
AB, 3, 33, 1.0 prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abhyadhyāyad divam ity anya āhur uṣasam ity anye tām ṛśyo bhūtvā rohitam bhūtām abhyait taṃ devā apaśyann akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karotīti te
tam aicchan ya enam āriṣyaty etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs teṣāṃ yā eva ghoratamās tanva āsaṃs tā ekadhā samabharaṃs tāḥ saṃbhṛtā eṣa devo 'bhavat tad asyaitad bhūtavan nāma //
AB, 3, 33, 3.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai prajāpatir akṛtam akar imaṃ vidhyeti sa tathetyabravīt sa vai vo varaṃ vṛṇā iti vṛṇīṣveti sa etam eva varam avṛṇīta paśūnām ādhipatyaṃ tad asyaitat paśuman nāma //
AB, 3, 33, 5.0 tam abhyāyatyāvidhyat sa viddha ūrdhva udaprapatat tam etam mṛga ity ācakṣate ya u eva mṛgavyādhaḥ sa u eva sa yā rohit sā rohiṇī yo eveṣus trikāṇḍā so eveṣus trikāṇḍā //
AB, 3, 33, 5.0 tam abhyāyatyāvidhyat sa viddha ūrdhva udaprapatat
tam etam mṛga ity ācakṣate ya u eva mṛgavyādhaḥ sa u eva sa yā rohit sā rohiṇī yo eveṣus trikāṇḍā so eveṣus trikāṇḍā //
AB, 3, 34, 1.0 tad agninā paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir na prācyāvayat tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat tasya yad retasaḥ prathamam udadīpyata tad asāv ādityo 'bhavad yad dvitīyam āsīt tad bhṛgur abhavat
taṃ varuṇo nyagṛhṇīta tasmāt sa bhṛgur vāruṇir atha yat tṛtīyam adīded iva ta ādityā abhavan ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs te 'ṅgiraso 'bhavan yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta tad bṛhaspatir abhavat //
AB, 3, 34, 3.0 tān vā eṣa devo 'bhyavadata mama vā idaṃ mama vai vāstuham iti
tam etayarcā niravādayanta yaiṣā raudrī śasyate //
AB, 3, 35, 3.0 adhīyann upahanyād anyaṃ vivaktāram icchet
tam eva tatsetuṃ kṛtvā tarati //
AB, 3, 36, 2.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata tāḥ sṛṣṭāḥ parācya evāyan na vyāvartanta tā agninā paryagacchat tā agnim upāvartanta
tam evādyāpy upāvṛttāḥ so 'bravīj jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti yad abravīj jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti taj jātavedasyam abhavat taj jātavedaso jātavedastvam //
AB, 3, 39, 1.0 devā vā asurair yuddham upaprāyan vijayāya tān agnir nānvakāmayataituṃ
taṃ devā abruvann api tvam ehy asmākaṃ vai tvameko 'sīti sa nāstuto 'nveṣyāmīty abravīt stuta nu meti taṃ te samutkramyopanivṛtyāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'nuprait //
AB, 3, 39, 1.0 devā vā asurair yuddham upaprāyan vijayāya tān agnir nānvakāmayataituṃ taṃ devā abruvann api tvam ehy asmākaṃ vai tvameko 'sīti sa nāstuto 'nveṣyāmīty abravīt stuta nu meti
taṃ te samutkramyopanivṛtyāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'nuprait //
AB, 3, 39, 7.0 taṃ yathā samudraṃ srotyā evaṃ sarve yajñakratavo 'piyanti //
AB, 3, 40, 5.0 somaṃ rājānaṃ krīṇanty auṣadho vai somo rājauṣadhibhis
tam bhiṣajyanti yam bhiṣajyanti somam eva rājānaṃ krīyamāṇam anu yāni kānica bheṣajāni tāni sarvāṇy agniṣṭomam apiyanti //
AB, 3, 40, 8.0 paśur upavasathe bhavati
tam evānu ye keca paśubandhās te sarve 'gniṣṭomamapiyanti //
AB, 3, 40, 9.0 iᄆādadho nāma yajñakratus
taṃ dadhnā caranti dadhnā dadhigharme dadhigharmam evānv iᄆādadho 'gniṣṭomam apyeti //
AB, 3, 42, 1.0 devā vā asurair vijigyānā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyan so 'gnir divispṛg ūrdhva udaśrayata sa svargasya lokasya dvāram avṛṇod agnir vai svargasya lokasyādhipatis
taṃ vasavaḥ prathamā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti taṃ te trivṛtā stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 1.0 devā vā asurair vijigyānā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyan so 'gnir divispṛg ūrdhva udaśrayata sa svargasya lokasya dvāram avṛṇod agnir vai svargasya lokasyādhipatis taṃ vasavaḥ prathamā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti
taṃ te trivṛtā stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 2.0 taṃ rudrā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti taṃ te pañcadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 2.0 taṃ rudrā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti
taṃ te pañcadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 3.0 tam ādityā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti taṃ te saptadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 3.0 tam ādityā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti
taṃ te saptadaśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 4.0 taṃ viśve devā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti taṃ ta ekaviṃśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 4.0 taṃ viśve devā āgacchaṃs ta enam abruvann ati no 'rjasy ākāśaṃ naḥ kurv iti sa nāstuto 'tisrakṣya ity abravīt stuta nu meti tatheti
taṃ ta ekaviṃśena stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 42, 5.0 ekaikena vai
taṃ devāḥ stomenāstuvaṃs tān stuto 'tyārjata te yathālokam agacchan //
AB, 3, 43, 1.0 sa vā eṣo 'gnir eva yad agniṣṭomas
taṃ yad astuvaṃs tasmād agnistomas tam agnistomaṃ santam agniṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 43, 1.0 sa vā eṣo 'gnir eva yad agniṣṭomas taṃ yad astuvaṃs tasmād agnistomas
tam agnistomaṃ santam agniṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 43, 2.0 taṃ yac catuṣṭayā devāś caturbhiḥ stomair astuvaṃs tasmāccatustomas taṃ catustomaṃ santaṃ catuṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 43, 2.0 taṃ yac catuṣṭayā devāś caturbhiḥ stomair astuvaṃs tasmāccatustomas
taṃ catustomaṃ santaṃ catuṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 43, 3.0 atha yad enam ūrdhvaṃ santaṃ jyotir bhūtam astuvaṃs tasmāj jyotistomas
taṃ jyotistomaṃ santaṃ jyotiṣṭoma ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 44, 1.0 yo vā eṣa tapaty eṣo 'gniṣṭoma eṣa sāhnas
taṃ sahaivāhnā saṃsthāpayeyuḥ sāhno vai nāma //
AB, 3, 44, 7.0 taṃ yad astam etīti manyante 'hna eva tad antam itvāthātmānaṃ viparyasyate rātrīm evāvastāt kurute 'haḥ parastāt //
AB, 3, 45, 1.0 yajño vai devebhyo 'nnādyam udakrāmat te devā abruvan yajño vai no 'nnādyam udakramīd anv imaṃ yajñam anna anvicchāmeti te 'bruvan katham anvicchāmeti brāhmaṇena ca chandobhiś cety abruvaṃs te brāhmaṇaṃ chandobhir adīkṣayaṃs tasyāntaṃ yajñam atanvatāpi patnīḥ samayājayaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhi dīkṣaṇīyāyām iṣṭāv āntam eva yajñaṃ tanvate 'pi patnīḥ saṃyājayanti
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 2.0 te prāyaṇīyam atanvata
tam prāyaṇīyena nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta tac chaṃyvantam akurvaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhi prāyaṇīyaṃ śaṃyvantam eva bhavati tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 2.0 te prāyaṇīyam atanvata tam prāyaṇīyena nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta tac chaṃyvantam akurvaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhi prāyaṇīyaṃ śaṃyvantam eva bhavati
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 3.0 ta ātithyam atanvata
tam ātithyena nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta tad iᄆāntam akurvaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhyātithyam iᄆāntam eva bhavati tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 3.0 ta ātithyam atanvata tam ātithyena nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta tad iᄆāntam akurvaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhyātithyam iᄆāntam eva bhavati
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 4.0 ta upasado 'tanvata
tam upasadbhir nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta te tisraḥ sāmidhenīr anūcya tisro devatā ayajaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhyupasatsu tisra eva sāmidhenīr anūcya tisro devatā yajanti tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 4.0 ta upasado 'tanvata tam upasadbhir nedīyo 'nvāgacchaṃs te karmabhiḥ samatvaranta te tisraḥ sāmidhenīr anūcya tisro devatā ayajaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhyupasatsu tisra eva sāmidhenīr anūcya tisro devatā yajanti
tam anu nyāyam anvavāyan //
AB, 3, 45, 5.0 ta upavasatham atanvata
tam upavasathye 'hany āpnuvaṃs tam āptvāntaṃ yajñam atanvatāpi patnīḥ samayājayaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhy upavasatha āntam eva yajñaṃ tanvate 'pi patnīḥ saṃyājayanti //
AB, 3, 45, 5.0 ta upavasatham atanvata tam upavasathye 'hany āpnuvaṃs
tam āptvāntaṃ yajñam atanvatāpi patnīḥ samayājayaṃs tasmāddhāpyetarhy upavasatha āntam eva yajñaṃ tanvate 'pi patnīḥ saṃyājayanti //
AB, 3, 45, 7.0 anūtsāram iva hi te
tam āyāṃs tasmād upavasathe yāvatyā vācā kāmayīta tāvatyānubrūyād āpto hi sa tarhi bhavatīti //
AB, 3, 45, 8.0 tam āptvābruvaṃs tiṣṭhasva no'nnādyāyeti sa nety abravīt kathaṃ vas tiṣṭheyeti tān īkṣataiva tam abruvan brāhmaṇena ca naś chandobhiś ca sayug bhūtvānnādyāya tiṣṭhasveti tatheti tasmāddhāpyetarhi yajñaḥ sayug bhūtvā devebhyo havyaṃ vahati brāhmaṇena ca chandobhiś ca //
AB, 3, 45, 8.0 tam āptvābruvaṃs tiṣṭhasva no'nnādyāyeti sa nety abravīt kathaṃ vas tiṣṭheyeti tān īkṣataiva
tam abruvan brāhmaṇena ca naś chandobhiś ca sayug bhūtvānnādyāya tiṣṭhasveti tatheti tasmāddhāpyetarhi yajñaḥ sayug bhūtvā devebhyo havyaṃ vahati brāhmaṇena ca chandobhiś ca //
AB, 3, 46, 6.0 taṃ yady eteṣāṃ trayāṇām ekaṃ cid akāmam abhyābhavet tasyāsti vāmadevyasya stotre prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 3, 48, 5.0 tā yā imās tā amūr yā amūs tā imā anyatarābhir vāva
taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya etāsūbhayīṣu //
AB, 4, 1, 1.0 devā vai prathamenāhnendrāya vajraṃ samabharaṃs
taṃ dvitīyenāhnāsiñcaṃs taṃ tṛtīyenāhnā prāyacchaṃs taṃ caturthe 'han prāharat tasmāccaturthe 'han ṣoᄆaśinaṃ śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 1, 1.0 devā vai prathamenāhnendrāya vajraṃ samabharaṃs taṃ dvitīyenāhnāsiñcaṃs
taṃ tṛtīyenāhnā prāyacchaṃs taṃ caturthe 'han prāharat tasmāccaturthe 'han ṣoᄆaśinaṃ śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 1, 1.0 devā vai prathamenāhnendrāya vajraṃ samabharaṃs taṃ dvitīyenāhnāsiñcaṃs taṃ tṛtīyenāhnā prāyacchaṃs
taṃ caturthe 'han prāharat tasmāccaturthe 'han ṣoᄆaśinaṃ śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 1, 3.0 vajro vai ṣoᄆaśī paśava ukthāni
tam parastād ukthānām paryasya śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 1, 4.0 taṃ yat parastād ukthānām paryasya śaṃsati vajreṇaiva tat ṣoᄆaśinā paśūn parigacchati tasmāt paśavo vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigatā manuṣyān abhy upāvartante tasmād aśvo vā puruṣo vā gaur vā hastī vā parigata eva svayam ātmaneta eva vācābhiṣiddha upāvartate vajram eva ṣoᄆaśinam paśyan vajreṇaiva ṣoᄆaśinā parigato vāgghi vajro vāk ṣoᄆaśī //
AB, 4, 2, 2.0 nānadaṃ ṣoᄆaśi sāma kartavyam ity āhur indro vai vṛtrāya vajram udayacchat
tam asmai prāharat tam abhyahanat so 'bhihato vyanadad yad vyanadat tan nānadaṃ sāmābhavat tan nānadasya nānadatvam abhrātṛvyaṃ vā etad bhrātṛvyahā sāma yan nānadam //
AB, 4, 2, 2.0 nānadaṃ ṣoᄆaśi sāma kartavyam ity āhur indro vai vṛtrāya vajram udayacchat tam asmai prāharat
tam abhyahanat so 'bhihato vyanadad yad vyanadat tan nānadaṃ sāmābhavat tan nānadasya nānadatvam abhrātṛvyaṃ vā etad bhrātṛvyahā sāma yan nānadam //
AB, 4, 5, 2.0 taṃ vai chandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃs taṃ yacchandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃstasmād indraścaiva chandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti na nivicchasyate na puroruṅ na dhāyyā nānyā devatendraśca hyevachandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti //
AB, 4, 5, 2.0 taṃ vai chandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃs
taṃ yacchandāṃsy evānvavāyaṃstasmād indraścaiva chandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti na nivicchasyate na puroruṅ na dhāyyā nānyā devatendraśca hyevachandāṃsi ca rātrīṃ vahanti //
AB, 4, 8, 1.0 tāsāṃ vai devatānām ājiṃ dhāvantīnām abhisṛṣṭānām agnir mukham prathamaḥ pratyapadyata
tam aśvināv anvāgacchatāṃ tam abrūtām apodihy āvāṃ vā idaṃ jeṣyāva iti sa tathety abravīt tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti tatheti tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ tasmād āgneyam āśvine śasyate //
AB, 4, 8, 1.0 tāsāṃ vai devatānām ājiṃ dhāvantīnām abhisṛṣṭānām agnir mukham prathamaḥ pratyapadyata tam aśvināv anvāgacchatāṃ
tam abrūtām apodihy āvāṃ vā idaṃ jeṣyāva iti sa tathety abravīt tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti tatheti tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ tasmād āgneyam āśvine śasyate //
AB, 4, 8, 3.0 tāv indram anvāgacchatāṃ
tam abrūtām āvāṃ vā idam maghavañ jeṣyāva iti na ha taṃ dadhṛṣatur apodihīti vaktuṃ sa tathety abravīt tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti tatheti tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ tasmād aindram āśvine śasyate //
AB, 4, 8, 3.0 tāv indram anvāgacchatāṃ tam abrūtām āvāṃ vā idam maghavañ jeṣyāva iti na ha
taṃ dadhṛṣatur apodihīti vaktuṃ sa tathety abravīt tasya vai mamehāpyastv iti tatheti tasmā apy atrākurutāṃ tasmād aindram āśvine śasyate //
AB, 4, 17, 2.0 gāvo vai satram āsata śaphāñchṛṅgāṇi siṣāsantyas tāsāṃ daśame māsi śaphāḥ śṛṅgāṇy ajāyanta tā abruvan yasmai kāmāyādīkṣāmahy āpāma
tam uttiṣṭhāmeti tā yā udatiṣṭhaṃs tā etāḥ śṛṅgiṇyaḥ //
AB, 4, 18, 5.0 tasya vai devā ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibhayus
taṃ tribhiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabhnuvan stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās tasya parāco 'tipātād abibhayus taṃ tribhiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabhnuvan stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bhavanti trayaḥ parastān madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayataḥ svarasāmabhir dhṛta ubhayato hi vā eṣa svarasāmabhir dhṛtas tasmād eṣo 'ntaremāṃllokān yan na vyathate //
AB, 4, 18, 5.0 tasya vai devā ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibhayus taṃ tribhiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabhnuvan stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās tasya parāco 'tipātād abibhayus
taṃ tribhiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabhnuvan stomā vai trayaḥ svargā lokās tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bhavanti trayaḥ parastān madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayataḥ svarasāmabhir dhṛta ubhayato hi vā eṣa svarasāmabhir dhṛtas tasmād eṣo 'ntaremāṃllokān yan na vyathate //
AB, 4, 18, 6.0 tasya vai devā ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibhayus
tam paramaiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabhnuvan stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās tasya parāco 'tipātād abibhayus tam paramaiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabhnuvan stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bhavanti trayaḥ parastāt te dvau dvau sampadya trayaś catustriṃśā bhavanti catustriṃśo vai stomānām uttamas teṣu vā eṣa etad adhyāhitas tapati teṣu hi vā eṣa etad adhyāhitas tapati //
AB, 4, 18, 6.0 tasya vai devā ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibhayus tam paramaiḥ svargair lokair avastāt pratyuttabhnuvan stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās tasya parāco 'tipātād abibhayus
tam paramaiḥ svargair lokaiḥ parastāt pratyastabhnuvan stomā vai paramāḥ svargā lokās tat trayo 'vastāt saptadaśā bhavanti trayaḥ parastāt te dvau dvau sampadya trayaś catustriṃśā bhavanti catustriṃśo vai stomānām uttamas teṣu vā eṣa etad adhyāhitas tapati teṣu hi vā eṣa etad adhyāhitas tapati //
AB, 4, 19, 3.0 tasya vai devā ādityasya svargāl lokād avapātād abibhayus
tam pañcabhī raśmibhir udavayan raśmayo vai divākīrtyāni mahādivākīrtyaṃ pṛṣṭham bhavati vikarṇam brahmasāma bhāsam agniṣṭomasāmobhe bṛhadrathaṃtare pavamānayor bhavatas tad ādityam pañcabhī raśmibhir udvayanti dhṛtyā anavapātāya //
AB, 4, 23, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemaṃ dvādaśāham apaśyad ātmana evāṅgeṣu ca prāṇeṣu ca
tam ātmana evāṅgebhyaś ca prāṇebhyaś ca dvādaśadhā niramimīta tam āharat tenāyajata tato vai so 'bhavad ātmanā pra prajayā paśubhir ajāyata //
AB, 4, 23, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata prajāyeya bhūyān syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa tapas taptvemaṃ dvādaśāham apaśyad ātmana evāṅgeṣu ca prāṇeṣu ca tam ātmana evāṅgebhyaś ca prāṇebhyaś ca dvādaśadhā niramimīta
tam āharat tenāyajata tato vai so 'bhavad ātmanā pra prajayā paśubhir ajāyata //
AB, 4, 23, 3.0 so 'kāmayata kathaṃ nu gāyatryā sarvato dvādaśāham paribhūya sarvām ṛddhim ṛdhnuyām iti
taṃ vai tejasaiva purastāt paryabhavac chandobhir madhyato 'kṣarair upariṣṭād gāyatryā sarvato dvādaśāham paribhūya sarvām ṛddhim ārdhnot //
AB, 4, 25, 1.0 prajāpatiyajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ prajāpatir vā etenāgre 'yajata dvādaśāhena so 'bravīd ṛtūṃśca māsāṃśca yājayata mā dvādaśāheneti
taṃ dīkṣayitvānapakramaṃ gamayitvābruvan dehi nu no 'tha tvā yājayiṣyāma iti tebhya iṣam ūrjam prāyacchat saiṣorg ṛtuṣu ca māseṣu ca nihitā dadataṃ vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmād dadad yājyaḥ pratigṛhṇanto vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmāt pratigṛhṇatā yājyam //
AB, 4, 25, 1.0 prajāpatiyajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ prajāpatir vā etenāgre 'yajata dvādaśāhena so 'bravīd ṛtūṃśca māsāṃśca yājayata mā dvādaśāheneti taṃ dīkṣayitvānapakramaṃ gamayitvābruvan dehi nu no 'tha tvā yājayiṣyāma iti tebhya iṣam ūrjam prāyacchat saiṣorg ṛtuṣu ca māseṣu ca nihitā dadataṃ vai te
tam ayājayaṃs tasmād dadad yājyaḥ pratigṛhṇanto vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmāt pratigṛhṇatā yājyam //
AB, 4, 25, 1.0 prajāpatiyajño vā eṣa yad dvādaśāhaḥ prajāpatir vā etenāgre 'yajata dvādaśāhena so 'bravīd ṛtūṃśca māsāṃśca yājayata mā dvādaśāheneti taṃ dīkṣayitvānapakramaṃ gamayitvābruvan dehi nu no 'tha tvā yājayiṣyāma iti tebhya iṣam ūrjam prāyacchat saiṣorg ṛtuṣu ca māseṣu ca nihitā dadataṃ vai te tam ayājayaṃs tasmād dadad yājyaḥ pratigṛhṇanto vai te
tam ayājayaṃs tasmāt pratigṛhṇatā yājyam //
AB, 4, 25, 8.0 indrāya vai devā jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāya nātiṣṭhanta so 'bravīd bṛhaspatiṃ yājaya mā dvādaśāheneti
tam ayājayat tato vai tasmai devā jyaiṣṭhyāya śraiṣṭhyāyātiṣṭhanta //
AB, 4, 27, 1.0 chandāṃsi vā anyonyasyāyatanam abhyadhyāyan gāyatrī triṣṭubhaś ca jagatyai cāyatanam abhyadhyāyat triṣṭub gāyatryai ca jagatyai ca jagatī gāyatryai ca triṣṭubhaś ca tato vā etam prajāpatir vyūᄆhachandasaṃ dvādaśāham apaśyat
tam āharat tenāyajata tena sa sarvān kāmāṃś chandāṃsy agamayat //
AB, 5, 1, 13.0 taṃ tam id rādhase mahe traya indrasya somā iti marutvatīyasya pratipadanucarau ninṛttavat trivat tṛtīye 'hani tṛtīyasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 1, 13.0 taṃ
tam id rādhase mahe traya indrasya somā iti marutvatīyasya pratipadanucarau ninṛttavat trivat tṛtīye 'hani tṛtīyasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 4, 11.0 taṃ tvā yajñebhir īmaha iti marutvatīyasya pratipad īmaha ity abhyāyāmyam ivaitad ahas tena caturthasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 4, 14.0 marutvān indra vṛṣabho raṇayeti sūktam ugraṃ sahodām iha
taṃ huvemeti havavac caturthe 'hani caturthasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 8, 4.0 tam indraṃ vājayāmasīti paryāsaḥ sa vṛṣā vṛṣabho bhuvad iti paśurūpam pañcame 'hani pañcamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 14, 3.0 sa pitaram etyābravīt tvāṃ ha vāva mahyam tatābhākṣur iti
tam pitābravīn mā putraka tad ādṛthā aṅgiraso vā ime svargāya lokāya satram āsate te ṣaṣṭhaṃ ṣaṣṭham evāhar āgatya muhyanti tān ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani śaṃsaya teṣāṃ yat sahasraṃ satrapariveṣaṇaṃ tat te svar yanto dāsyantīti tatheti //
AB, 5, 14, 4.0 tān upait prati gṛbhṇīta mānavaṃ sumedhasa iti
tam abruvan kiṃkāmo vadasītīdam eva vaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahaḥ prajñāpayānīty abravīd atha yad va etat sahasraṃ satrapariveṣaṇaṃ tan me svar yanto datteti tatheti tān ete sūkte ṣaṣṭhe 'hani aśaṃsayat tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti
tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait
tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti
tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 18, 16.0 tam asya dyāvāpṛthivī sacetaseti sūktaṃ yad ait kṛṇvāno mahimānam indriyam iti mahadvad aṣṭame 'hany aṣṭamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 20, 10.0 taṃ tam id rādhase mahe traya indrasya somā indra nedīya ed ihi pra nūnam brahmaṇaspatir agnir netā tvaṃ soma kratubhiḥ pinvanty apo nakiḥ sudāso ratham iti tṛtīyenāhnā samāna ātāno navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 20, 10.0 taṃ
tam id rādhase mahe traya indrasya somā indra nedīya ed ihi pra nūnam brahmaṇaspatir agnir netā tvaṃ soma kratubhiḥ pinvanty apo nakiḥ sudāso ratham iti tṛtīyenāhnā samāna ātāno navame 'hani navamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 30, 12.0 eṣa ha vai sa ekātithiḥ sa eṣa juhvatsu vasaty etāṃ vāva sa devatām aparuṇaddhi yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti
tam eṣā devatāparoddhāparuṇaddhy asmāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobhābhyāṃ yo 'lam agnihotrāya san nāgnihotraṃ juhoti //
AB, 5, 31, 1.0 udyann u khalu vā āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadhāti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tat
tam asmai pratidhīyamānam ubhayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidhīyate 'smāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobhābhyām //
AB, 5, 31, 2.0 sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vāprayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vā prayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tat
tam eṣa etenaiva hastenordhvaṃ hṛtvā svarge loka ādadhāti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 32, 3.0 sa prajāpatir yajñam atanuta
tam āharat tenāyajata sa ṛcaiva hautram akarod yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgīthaṃ yad etat trayyai vidyāyai śukraṃ tena brahmatvam akarot //
AB, 5, 32, 4.0 sa prajāpatir yajñaṃ devebhyaḥ samprāyacchat te devā yajñam atanvata
tam āharanta tenāyajanta ta ṛcaiva hautram akurvan yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnodgīthaṃ yad evaitat trayyai vidyāyai śukraṃ tena brahmatvam akurvan //
AB, 6, 3, 6.0 tad āhur atha kasmād utkare tiṣṭhan subrahmaṇyām āhvayatīty ṛṣayo vai satram āsata teṣāṃ yo varṣiṣṭha āsīt
tam abruvan subrahmaṇyām āhvaya tvaṃ no nediṣṭhād devān hvayiṣyasīti varṣiṣṭham evainaṃ tat kurvanty atho vedim eva tat sarvām prīṇāti //
AB, 6, 17, 1.0 yaḥ śvaḥstotriyas
tam anurūpaṃ kurvanti prātaḥsavane 'hīnasaṃtatyai //
AB, 6, 20, 14.0 abhi priyāṇi marmṛśat parāṇīti yāny eva parāṇy ahāni tāni priyāṇi tāny eva tad abhimarmṛśato yanty abhyārabhamāṇāḥ paro vā asmāl lokāt svargo lokas
tam eva tad abhivadati //
AB, 6, 21, 1.0 kas
tam indra tvāvasuṃ kan navyo atasīnāṃ kad ū nv asyākṛtam iti kadvantaḥ pragāthā ārambhaṇīyā ahar ahaḥ śasyante //
AB, 6, 22, 10.0 na śunaṃhuvīyayāhīnasya paridadhyāt kṣatriyo ha rāṣṭrāccyavate yo haiva paro bhavati
tam abhihvayati //
AB, 6, 24, 1.0 devā vai vale gāḥ paryapaśyaṃs tā yajñenaivepsaṃs tāḥ ṣaṣṭhenāhnāpnuvaṃs te prātaḥsavane nabhākena valam anabhayaṃs
taṃ yad anabhayān aśrathayann evainaṃ tat ta u tṛtīyasavane vajreṇa vālakhilyābhir vācaḥ kūṭenaikapadayā valaṃ virujya gā udājan //
AB, 6, 24, 2.0 tathaivaitad yajamānāḥ prātaḥsavane nabhākena valaṃ nabhayanti
taṃ yan nabhayantīṃ śrathayanty evainaṃ tat tasmāddhotrakāḥ prātaḥsavane nābhākāṃs tṛcāñchaṃsanti //
AB, 6, 26, 8.0 taṃ yadi darpa eva vinded upariṣṭād dūrohaṇasyāpi bahūni śatāni śaṃsed yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryād atraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 6, 27, 8.0 tam aniruktaṃ śaṃsaty aniruktaṃ vai reto guhā yonyāṃ sicyate //
AB, 6, 27, 10.0 taṃ sanārāśaṃsaṃ śaṃsati prajā vai naro vāk śaṃsaḥ prajāsv eva tad vācaṃ dadhāti tasmād imāḥ prajā vadantyo jāyante //
AB, 6, 27, 11.0 taṃ haike purastāc chaṃsanti purastādāyatanā vāg iti vadantaḥ //
AB, 6, 27, 15.0 taṃ hotā retobhūtaṃ siktvā maitrāvaruṇāya samprayacchaty etasya tvam prāṇān kalpayeti //
AB, 6, 29, 3.0 taṃ nyūṅkhayaty annaṃ vai nyūṅkhas tad asmai jātāyānnādyam pratidadhāti yathā kumārāya stanam //
AB, 6, 29, 5.0 tam brāhmaṇācchaṃsī janayitvāchāvākāya samprayacchaty etasya tvam pratiṣṭhāṃ kalpayeti //
AB, 6, 30, 2.0 taṃ nyūṅkhayaty annaṃ vai nyūṅkho 'nnādyam evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti //
AB, 6, 32, 1.0 chandasāṃ vai ṣaṣṭhenāhnāptānāṃ raso 'tyanedat sa prajāpatir abibhet parāṅ ayaṃ chandasāṃ raso lokān atyeṣyatīti
tam parastāc chandobhiḥ paryagṛhṇān nārāśaṃsyā gāyatryā raibhyā triṣṭubhaḥ pārikṣityā jagatyāḥ kāravyayānuṣṭubhas tat punaś chandassu rasam adadhāt //
AB, 6, 33, 4.0 taṃ hovācāpehy alaso 'bhūr yo me vācam avadhīḥ śatāyuṃ gām akariṣyaṃ sahasrāyum puruṣam pāpiṣṭhāṃ te prajāṃ karomi yo mettham asakthā iti //
AB, 6, 33, 14.0 taṃ vā etam aitaśapralāpaṃ śaṃsati padāvagrāhaṃ yathā nividam //
AB, 6, 33, 20.0 ativādaṃ śaṃsaty ativādena vai devā asurān atyudyāthainān atyāyaṃs tathaivaitad yajamānā ativādenaivāpriyam bhrātṛvyam atyudyāthainam atiyanti
tam ardharcaśaḥ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 34, 4.0 yaśasā vā eṣo 'bhyaiti ya ārtvijyena
taṃ yaḥ pratirundhed yaśaḥ sa pratirundhet tasmān na pratyarautsīti //
AB, 6, 35, 22.0 taṃ vā etaṃ devanīthaṃ śaṃsati padāvagrāhaṃ yathā nividaṃ tasyottamena padena praṇauti yathā nividaḥ //
AB, 7, 1, 2.0 hanū sajihve prastotuḥ śyenaṃ vakṣa udgātuḥ kaṇṭhaḥ kākudraḥ pratihartur dakṣiṇā śroṇir hotuḥ savyā brahmaṇo dakṣiṇaṃ sakthi maitrāvaruṇasya savyam brāhmaṇācchaṃsino dakṣiṇam pārśvaṃ sāṃsam adhvaryoḥ savyam upagātṝṇāṃ savyo'ṃsaḥ pratiprasthātur dakṣiṇaṃ dor neṣṭuḥ savyam potur dakṣiṇa ūrur achāvākasya savya āgnīdhrasya dakṣiṇo bāhur ātreyasya savyaḥ sadasyasya sadaṃ cānūkaṃ ca gṛhapater dakṣiṇau pādau gṛhapater vratapradasya savyau pādau gṛhapater bhāryāyai vratapradasyauṣṭha enayoḥ sādhāraṇo bhavati
taṃ gṛhapatir eva praśiṃṣyāj jāghanīm patnībhyo haranti tām brāhmaṇāya dadyuḥ skandhyāś ca maṇikās tisraś ca kīkasā grāvastutas tisraś caiva kīkasā ardhaṃ ca vaikartasyonnetur ardhaṃ caiva vaikartasya klomā ca śamitus tad brāhmaṇāya dadyād yady abrāhmaṇaḥ syāc chiraḥ subrahmaṇyāyai yaḥ śvaḥsutyām prāha tasyājinam iᄆā sarveṣāṃ hotur vā //
AB, 7, 13, 13.0 eṣa panthā urugāyaḥ suśevo yam putriṇa ākramante viśokāḥ
tam paśyanti paśavo vayāṃsi ca tasmāt te mātrāpi mithunībhavanti //
AB, 7, 14, 3.0 taṃ hovācājani vai te putro yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśur nirdaśo bhavaty atha sa medhyo bhavati nirdaśo nv astv atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 4.0 sa ha nirdaśa āsa
tam hovāca nirdaśo nv abhūd yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantā jāyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya jāyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 5.0 tasya ha dantā jajñire
taṃ hovācājñata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ padyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya padyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 6.0 tasya ha dantāḥ pedire
taṃ hovācāpatsata vā asya dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai paśor dantāḥ punar jāyante 'tha sa medhyo bhavati dantā nv asya punar jāyantām atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 7.0 tasya ha dantāḥ punar jajñire
taṃ hovācājñata vā asya punar dantā yajasva māneneti sa hovāca yadā vai kṣatriyaḥ sāṃnāhuko bhavaty atha sa medhyo bhavati saṃnāhaṃ nu prāpnotv atha tvā yajā iti tatheti //
AB, 7, 14, 8.0 sa ha saṃnāham prāpa
taṃ hovāca saṃnāhaṃ nu prāpad yajasva māneneti sa tathety uktvā putram āmantrayāmāsa tatāyaṃ vai mahyaṃ tvām adadāddhanta tvayāham imaṃ yajā iti //
AB, 7, 15, 1.0 atha haikṣvākaṃ varuṇo jagrāha tasya hodaraṃ jajñe tad u ha rohitaḥ śuśrāva so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca nānā śrāntāya śrīr astīti rohita śuśruma pāpo nṛṣadvaro jana indra iccarataḥ sakhā caraiveti //
AB, 7, 15, 2.0 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad iti ha dvitīyaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca puṣpiṇyau carato jaṅghe bhūṣṇur ātmā phalagrahiḥ śere 'sya sarve pāpmānaḥ śrameṇa prapathe hatāś caraiveti //
AB, 7, 15, 3.0 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad iti ha tṛtīyaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca āste bhaga āsīnasyordhvas tiṣṭhati tiṣṭhataḥ śete nipadyamānasya carāti carato bhagaś caraiveti //
AB, 7, 15, 4.0 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad iti ha caturthaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca kaliḥ śayāno bhavati saṃjihānas tu dvāparaḥ uttiṣṭhaṃs tretā bhavati kṛtaṃ sampadyate caraṃś caraiveti //
AB, 7, 15, 5.0 caraiveti vai mā brāhmaṇo 'vocad iti ha pañcamaṃ saṃvatsaram araṇye cacāra so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya
tam indraḥ puruṣarūpeṇa paryetyovāca caran vai madhu vindati caran svādum udumbaram sūryasya paśya śremāṇaṃ yo na tandrayate caraṃś caraiveti //
AB, 7, 15, 7.0 tasya ha trayaḥ putrā āsuḥ śunaḥpucchaḥ śunaḥśepaḥ śunolāṅgūla iti
taṃ hovāca ṛṣe 'haṃ te śataṃ dadāmy aham eṣām ekenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇā iti sa jyeṣṭham putraṃ nigṛhṇāna uvāca na nv imam iti no evemam iti kaniṣṭham mātā tau ha madhyame saṃpādayāṃcakratuḥ śunaḥśepe tasya ha śataṃ dattvā sa tam ādāya so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya //
AB, 7, 15, 7.0 tasya ha trayaḥ putrā āsuḥ śunaḥpucchaḥ śunaḥśepaḥ śunolāṅgūla iti taṃ hovāca ṛṣe 'haṃ te śataṃ dadāmy aham eṣām ekenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇā iti sa jyeṣṭham putraṃ nigṛhṇāna uvāca na nv imam iti no evemam iti kaniṣṭham mātā tau ha madhyame saṃpādayāṃcakratuḥ śunaḥśepe tasya ha śataṃ dattvā sa
tam ādāya so 'raṇyād grāmam eyāya //
AB, 7, 15, 8.0 sa pitaram etyovāca tata hantāham anenātmānaṃ niṣkrīṇā iti sa varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasārānena tvā yajā iti tatheti bhūyān vai brāhmaṇaḥ kṣatriyād iti varuṇa uvāca tasmā etaṃ rājasūyaṃ yajñakratum provāca
tam etam abhiṣecanīye puruṣam paśum ālebhe //
AB, 7, 16, 1.0 tasya ha viśvāmitro hotāsīj jamadagnir adhvaryur vasiṣṭho brahmāyāsya udgātā tasmā upākṛtāya niyoktāraṃ na vividuḥ sa hovācājīgartaḥ sauyavasir mahyam aparaṃ śataṃ dattāham enaṃ niyokṣyāmīti tasmā aparaṃ śataṃ dadus
taṃ sa niyuyoja //
AB, 7, 16, 4.0 tam prajāpatir uvācāgnir vai devānāṃ nediṣṭhas tam evopadhāveti so 'gnim upasasārāgner vayam prathamasyāmṛtānām iti etayarcā //
AB, 7, 16, 4.0 tam prajāpatir uvācāgnir vai devānāṃ nediṣṭhas
tam evopadhāveti so 'gnim upasasārāgner vayam prathamasyāmṛtānām iti etayarcā //
AB, 7, 16, 5.0 tam agnir uvāca savitā vai prasavānām īśe tam evopadhāveti sa savitāram upasasārābhi tvā deva savitar ity etena tṛcena //
AB, 7, 16, 5.0 tam agnir uvāca savitā vai prasavānām īśe
tam evopadhāveti sa savitāram upasasārābhi tvā deva savitar ity etena tṛcena //
AB, 7, 16, 6.0 taṃ savitovāca varuṇāya vai rājñe niyukto 'si tam evopadhāveti sa varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasārāta uttarābhir ekatriṃśatā //
AB, 7, 16, 6.0 taṃ savitovāca varuṇāya vai rājñe niyukto 'si
tam evopadhāveti sa varuṇaṃ rājānam upasasārāta uttarābhir ekatriṃśatā //
AB, 7, 16, 7.0 taṃ varuṇa uvācāgnir vai devānām mukhaṃ suhṛdayatamas taṃ nu stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti so 'gniṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarābhir dvāviṃśatyā //
AB, 7, 16, 7.0 taṃ varuṇa uvācāgnir vai devānām mukhaṃ suhṛdayatamas
taṃ nu stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti so 'gniṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarābhir dvāviṃśatyā //
AB, 7, 16, 8.0 tam agnir uvāca viśvān nu devān stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa viśvān devāṃs tuṣṭāva namo mahadbhyo namo arbhakebhya ity etayarcā //
AB, 7, 16, 9.0 taṃ viśve devā ūcur indro vai devānām ojiṣṭho baliṣṭhaḥ sahiṣṭhaḥ sattamaḥ pārayiṣṇutamas taṃ nu stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa indraṃ tuṣṭāva yacciddhi satya somapā iti caitena sūktenottarasya ca pañcadaśabhiḥ //
AB, 7, 16, 9.0 taṃ viśve devā ūcur indro vai devānām ojiṣṭho baliṣṭhaḥ sahiṣṭhaḥ sattamaḥ pārayiṣṇutamas
taṃ nu stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa indraṃ tuṣṭāva yacciddhi satya somapā iti caitena sūktenottarasya ca pañcadaśabhiḥ //
AB, 7, 16, 10.0 tasmā indraḥ stūyamānaḥ prīto manasā hiraṇyarathaṃ dadau
tam etayā pratīyāya śaśvad indra iti //
AB, 7, 16, 11.0 tam indra uvācāśvinau no stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti so 'śvinau tuṣṭāvāta uttareṇa tṛcena //
AB, 7, 16, 12.0 tam aśvinā ūcatur uṣasaṃ nu stuhy atha tvotsrakṣyāma iti sa uṣasaṃ tuṣṭāvāta uttarena tṛcena //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 17, 1.0 tam ṛtvija ūcus tvam eva no 'syāhnaḥ saṃsthām adhigacchety atha haitaṃ śunaḥśepo 'ñjaḥsavaṃ dadarśa
tam etābhiś catasṛbhir abhisuṣāva yacciddhi tvaṃ gṛhe gṛha ity athainaṃ droṇakalaśam abhyavanināyocchiṣṭaṃ camvor bharety etayarcātha hāsminn anvārabdhe pūrvābhiś catasṛbhiḥ sasvāhākārābhir juhavāṃcakārāthainam avabhṛtham abhyavanināya tvaṃ no agne varuṇasya vidvān ity etābhyām athainam ata ūrdhvam agnim āhavanīyam upasthāpayāṃcakāra śunaś cicchepaṃ niditaṃ sahasrād iti //
AB, 7, 18, 7.0 eṣa vaḥ kuśikā vīro devarātas
tam anvita yuṣmāṃś ca dāyam ma upetā vidyāṃ yām u ca vidmasi //
AB, 7, 19, 2.0 tābhyo yajña udakrāmat
tam brahmakṣatre anvaitāṃ yāny eva brahmaṇa āyudhāni tair brahmānvaid yāni kṣatrasya taiḥ kṣatram etāni vai brahmaṇa āyudhāni yad yajñāyudhāny athaitāni kṣatrasyāyudhāni yadaśvarathaḥ kavaca iṣudhanva //
AB, 7, 19, 3.0 taṃ kṣatram ananvāpya nyavartatāyudhebhyo ha smāsya vijamānaḥ parāṅ evaity athainam brahmānvait tam āpnot tam āptvā parastān nirudhyātiṣṭhat sa āptaḥ parastān niruddhas tiṣṭhañ jñātvā svāny āyudhāni brahmopāvartata tasmāddhāpy etarhi yajño brahmaṇy eva brāhmaṇeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
AB, 7, 19, 3.0 taṃ kṣatram ananvāpya nyavartatāyudhebhyo ha smāsya vijamānaḥ parāṅ evaity athainam brahmānvait
tam āpnot tam āptvā parastān nirudhyātiṣṭhat sa āptaḥ parastān niruddhas tiṣṭhañ jñātvā svāny āyudhāni brahmopāvartata tasmāddhāpy etarhi yajño brahmaṇy eva brāhmaṇeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
AB, 7, 19, 3.0 taṃ kṣatram ananvāpya nyavartatāyudhebhyo ha smāsya vijamānaḥ parāṅ evaity athainam brahmānvait tam āpnot
tam āptvā parastān nirudhyātiṣṭhat sa āptaḥ parastān niruddhas tiṣṭhañ jñātvā svāny āyudhāni brahmopāvartata tasmāddhāpy etarhi yajño brahmaṇy eva brāhmaṇeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
AB, 7, 22, 4.0 brahma vā eṣa prapadyate yo yajñam prapadyate brahma vai yajño yajñād u ha vā eṣa punar jāyate yo dīkṣate
tam brahma prapannaṃ kṣatraṃ na parijināti brahma mā kṣatrād gopāyatv ity āha yathainam brahma kṣatrād gopāyed brahmaṇe svāheti tad enat prīṇāti tad enat prītaṃ kṣatrād gopāyati //
AB, 7, 22, 6.0 kṣatram prapadye kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatu kṣatrāya svāheti tat tad itīṁ kṣatraṃ vā eṣa prapadyate yo rāṣṭram prapadyate kṣatraṃ hi rāṣṭraṃ
taṃ kṣatram prapannam brahma na parijināti kṣatram mā brahmaṇo gopāyatv ity āha yathainaṃ kṣatram brahmaṇo gopāyet kṣatrāya svāheti tad enat prīṇāti tad enat prītam brahmaṇo gopāyati //
AB, 7, 27, 1.0 viśvaṃtaro ha sauṣadmanaḥ śyāparṇān paricakṣāṇo viśyāparṇaṃ yajñam ājahre taddhānubudhya śyāparṇās
taṃ yajñam ājagmus te ha tadantarvedy āsāṃcakrire tān ha dṛṣṭvovāca pāpasya vā ime karmaṇaḥ kartāra āsate 'pūtāyai vāco vaditāro yacchyāparṇā imān utthāpayateme me 'ntarvedi māsiṣateti tatheti tān utthāpayāṃcakruḥ //
AB, 7, 28, 1.0 yatrendraṃ devatāḥ paryavṛñjan viśvarūpaṃ tvāṣṭram abhyamaṃsta vṛtram astṛta yatīn sālāvṛkebhyaḥ prādād arurmaghān avadhīd bṛhaspateḥ pratyavadhīd iti tatrendraḥ somapīthena vyārdhyatendrasyānu vyṛddhiṃ kṣatraṃ somapīthena vyārdhyatāpīndraḥ somapīthe 'bhavat tvaṣṭur āmuṣya somaṃ tad vyṛddham evādyāpi kṣatraṃ somapīthena sa yas
tam bhakṣaṃ vidyād yaḥ kṣatrasya somapīthena vyṛddhasya yena kṣatraṃ samṛdhyate kathaṃ taṃ veder utthāpayantīti //
AB, 7, 28, 1.0 yatrendraṃ devatāḥ paryavṛñjan viśvarūpaṃ tvāṣṭram abhyamaṃsta vṛtram astṛta yatīn sālāvṛkebhyaḥ prādād arurmaghān avadhīd bṛhaspateḥ pratyavadhīd iti tatrendraḥ somapīthena vyārdhyatendrasyānu vyṛddhiṃ kṣatraṃ somapīthena vyārdhyatāpīndraḥ somapīthe 'bhavat tvaṣṭur āmuṣya somaṃ tad vyṛddham evādyāpi kṣatraṃ somapīthena sa yas tam bhakṣaṃ vidyād yaḥ kṣatrasya somapīthena vyṛddhasya yena kṣatraṃ samṛdhyate kathaṃ
taṃ veder utthāpayantīti //
AB, 7, 28, 2.0 vettha brāhmaṇa tvaṃ
tam bhakṣām veda hīti taṃ vai no brāhmaṇa brūhīti tasmai vai te rājann iti hovāca //
AB, 7, 28, 2.0 vettha brāhmaṇa tvaṃ tam bhakṣām veda hīti
taṃ vai no brāhmaṇa brūhīti tasmai vai te rājann iti hovāca //
AB, 7, 30, 4.0 te yan nyañco 'rohaṃs tasmān nyaṅ rohati nyagroho nyagroho vai nāma
taṃ nyagrohaṃ santaṃ nyagrodha ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 7, 34, 7.0 tam evam etam bhakṣam provāca rāmo mārgaveyo viśvaṃtarāya sauṣadmanāya //
AB, 8, 3, 1.0 tam u ṣṭuhi yo abhibhūtyojā iti sūktam abhivad abhibhūtyai rūpam //
AB, 8, 7, 7.0 taddhaika āhuḥ sarvāptir vā eṣā yad etā vyāhṛtayo 'tisarveṇa hāsya parasmai kṛtam bhavatīti
tam etenābhiṣiñced devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhiṣiñcāmi balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāyeti //
AB, 8, 7, 9.0 īśvaro ha sarvam āyur aitoḥ sarvam āpnod vijayenety u ha smāhoddālaka āruṇir yam etābhir vyāhṛtibhir abhiṣiñcantīti
tam etenaivābhiṣiñced devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhiṣiñcāmi balāya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāya bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti //
AB, 8, 10, 2.0 taṃ yadi kṣatriya upadhāvet senayoḥ samāyatyos tathā me kuru yathāham imāṃ senāṃ jayānīti sa yadi tatheti brūyād vanaspate vīḍvaṅgo hi bhūyā ity asya rathopastham abhimṛśyāthainam brūyāt //
AB, 8, 10, 6.0 yady u vā enam upadhāvet saṃgrāmaṃ saṃyatiṣyamāṇas tathā me kuru yathāham imaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ saṃjayānīty etasyām evainaṃ diśi yātayej jayati ha
taṃ saṃgrāmam //
AB, 8, 11, 8.0 atha ha
taṃ vy eva karṣante yathā ha vā idaṃ niṣādā vā selagā vā pāpakṛto vā vittavantam puruṣam araṇye gṛhītvā kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanty evam eva ta ṛtvijo yajamānaṃ kartam anvasya vittam ādāya dravanti yam anevaṃvido yājayanti //
AB, 8, 12, 5.0 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ viśve devā abruvan na vā anabhyutkruṣṭa indro vīryaṃ kartum arhaty abhy enam utkrośāmeti tatheti taṃ viśve devā abhyudakrośann imaṃ devā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyam bhojam bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaram parameṣṭhinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ kṣatram ajani kṣatriyo 'jani viśvasya bhūtasyādhipatir ajani viśām attājani purām bhettājany asurāṇāṃ hantājani brahmaṇo goptājani dharmasya goptājanīti //
AB, 8, 12, 5.0 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ viśve devā abruvan na vā anabhyutkruṣṭa indro vīryaṃ kartum arhaty abhy enam utkrośāmeti tatheti
taṃ viśve devā abhyudakrośann imaṃ devā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyam bhojam bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyaṃ rājānaṃ rājapitaram parameṣṭhinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ kṣatram ajani kṣatriyo 'jani viśvasya bhūtasyādhipatir ajani viśām attājani purām bhettājany asurāṇāṃ hantājani brahmaṇo goptājani dharmasya goptājanīti //
AB, 8, 12, 6.0 tam abhyutkruṣṭam prajāpatir abhiṣekṣyann etayarcābhyamantrayata //
AB, 8, 13, 2.0 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnam prajāpatiḥ purastāt tiṣṭhan pratyaṅmukha audumbaryārdrayā śākhayā sapalāśayā jātarūpamayena ca pavitreṇāntardhāyābhyaṣiñcad imā āpaḥ śivatamā ity etena tṛcena devasya tveti ca yajuṣā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar ity etābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ //
AB, 8, 15, 1.0 sa ya icched evaṃvit kṣatriyam ayaṃ sarvā jitīr jayetāyaṃ sarvāṃllokān vindetāyaṃ sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ śraiṣṭhyam atiṣṭhām paramatāṃ gaccheta sāmrājyam bhaujyaṃ svārājyaṃ vairājyam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājyam māhārājyam ādhipatyam ayaṃ samantaparyāyī syāt sārvabhaumaḥ sārvāyuṣa āntād ā parārdhāt pṛthivyai samudraparyantāyā ekarāᄆ iti
taṃ etenaindreṇa mahābhiṣekeṇa kṣatriyaṃ śāpayitvā 'bhiṣiñcet //
AB, 8, 17, 5.0 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ rājakartāro brūyur na vā anabhyutkruṣṭaḥ kṣatriyo vīryaṃ kartum arhaty abhy enam utkrośāmeti tatheti taṃ rājakartāro 'bhyutkrośantīmaṃ janā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyam bhojam bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyam parameṣṭhinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājānāṃ rājapitaraṃ kṣatram ajani kṣatriyo 'jani viśvasya bhūtasyādhipatir ajani viśām attājany amitrāṇāṃ hantājani brāhmaṇānām goptājani dharmasya goptājanīti //
AB, 8, 17, 5.0 tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnaṃ rājakartāro brūyur na vā anabhyutkruṣṭaḥ kṣatriyo vīryaṃ kartum arhaty abhy enam utkrośāmeti tatheti
taṃ rājakartāro 'bhyutkrośantīmaṃ janā abhyutkrośata samrājaṃ sāmrājyam bhojam bhojapitaraṃ svarājaṃ svārājyaṃ virājaṃ vairājyam parameṣṭhinam pārameṣṭhyaṃ rājānāṃ rājapitaraṃ kṣatram ajani kṣatriyo 'jani viśvasya bhūtasyādhipatir ajani viśām attājany amitrāṇāṃ hantājani brāhmaṇānām goptājani dharmasya goptājanīti //
AB, 8, 17, 6.0 tam abhyutkruṣṭam evaṃvid abhiṣekṣyann etayarcābhimantrayeta //
AB, 8, 18, 1.0 niṣasāda dhṛtavrato varuṇaḥ pastyāsv ā sāmrājyāya bhaujyāya svārājyāya vairājyāya pārameṣṭhyāya rājyāya māhārājyāyādhipatyāya svāvaśyāyātiṣṭhāya sukratur iti
tam etasyām āsandyām āsīnam evaṃvit purastāt tiṣṭhan pratyaṅmukha audumbaryārdrayā śākhayā sapalāśayā jātarūpamayena ca pavitreṇāntardhāyābhiṣiñcatīmā āpaḥ śivatamā ity etena tṛcena devasya tveti ca yajuṣā bhūr bhuvaḥ svar ity etābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhiḥ //
AB, 8, 26, 4.0 bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti bṛhaspatir ha vai devānām purohitas
tam anv anye manuṣyarājñām purohitā bṛhaspatiṃ yaḥ subhṛtam bibhartīti yad āha purohitaṃ yaḥ subhṛtaṃ bibhartīty eva tad āha //
AB, 8, 26, 13.0 brahmaṇe rājā
tam avanti devā iti purohitam evaitad abhivadati //
AB, 8, 28, 2.0 ayaṃ vai brahma yo 'yam pavate
tam etāḥ pañca devatāḥ parimriyante vidyud vṛṣṭiś candramā ādityo 'gniḥ //
AB, 8, 28, 5.0 sa brūyād vidyuto maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ
tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti //
AB, 8, 28, 7.0 vṛṣṭir vai vṛṣṭvā candramasam anupraviśati sāntardhīyate tāṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād vṛṣṭer maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ
tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 8.0 candramā vā amāvāsyāyām ādityam anupraviśati so'ntardhīyatāṃ
taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyāc candramaso maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 8.0 candramā vā amāvāsyāyām ādityam anupraviśati so'ntardhīyatāṃ taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyāc candramaso maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ
tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 9.0 ādityo vā astaṃ yann agnim anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate
taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainam na nirjānanti sa brūyād ādityasya maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 9.0 ādityo vā astaṃ yann agnim anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainam na nirjānanti sa brūyād ādityasya maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ
tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 10.0 agnir vā udvān vāyum anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate
taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād agner maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 10.0 agnir vā udvān vāyum anupraviśati so 'ntardhīyate taṃ na nirjānanti yadā vai mriyate 'thāntardhīyate 'thainaṃ na nirjānanti sa brūyād agner maraṇe dviṣan me mriyatāṃ so 'ntardhīyatāṃ
tam mā nirjñāsiṣur iti kṣipraṃ haivainaṃ na nirjānanti //
AB, 8, 28, 12.0 vāyor agnir jāyate prāṇāddhi balān mathyamāno 'dhijāyate
taṃ dṛṣṭvā brūyād agnir jāyatām mā me dviṣañ jany ata eva parāṅ prajighyatv iti ato haiva parāṅ prajighyati //
AB, 8, 28, 13.0 agner vā ādityo jāyate
taṃ dṛṣṭvā brūyād ādityo jāyatām mā me dviṣañ jany ata eva parāṅ prajighyatv ity ato haiva parāṅ prajighyati //
AB, 8, 28, 14.0 ādityād vai candramā jāyate
taṃ dṛṣṭvā brūyāc candramā jāyatām mā me dviṣañ jany ata eva parāṅ prajighyatv iti ato haiva parāṅ prajighyati //
AB, 8, 28, 18.0 tam etam brahmaṇaḥ parimaram maitreyaḥ kauṣāravaḥ sutvane kairiśaye bhārgāyaṇāya rājñe provāca taṃ ha pañca rājānaḥ parimamrus tataḥ sutvā mahajjagāma //
AB, 8, 28, 18.0 tam etam brahmaṇaḥ parimaram maitreyaḥ kauṣāravaḥ sutvane kairiśaye bhārgāyaṇāya rājñe provāca
taṃ ha pañca rājānaḥ parimamrus tataḥ sutvā mahajjagāma //
Aitareyopaniṣad
Atharvaprāyaścittāni
AVPr, 1, 3, 7.0 atha yatraivāvaskannaṃ bhavati
taṃ deśam abhivimṛjya vimṛgvarīṃ pṛthivīm āvadāmīti prāṅmukhopaviśyāgnir bhūmyām iti tisṛbhir ālabhyābhimantrayeta //
AVPr, 2, 2, 4.0 atha sa yo 'nyo brūyād adarśaṃ cādya purastād iti
taṃ tu kim iti brūyāt //
AVPr, 2, 3, 3.0 atha sa yo 'nyo brūyād adarśaṃ cādya paścād iti
taṃ tu kim iti brūyāt //
AVPr, 2, 5, 7.0 yathāmuṃ sā garbham abhyaścotayad yathāmuṃ garbhaṃ sadarbham iva sahiraṇyaṃ
tam uddhṛtya prakṣālyānupadaṃ śrapayitvā prākśirasam udakpādyaṃ kāmasūktena juhuyād anaṃgandhītī vety aṣṭabhir nabhasvatībhir hiraṇyagarbheṇa vā //
AVPr, 2, 6, 6.2 taṃ nirjagāmo haviṣā ghṛtena śaṃ no astu dvipade śaṃ catuṣpade /
AVPr, 2, 8, 11.0 atha naṣṭe araṇī syātām anyayor araṇyor vihṛtya
taṃ mathitvaitābhir eva hutvāthainaṃ samāpnuyuḥ //
AVPr, 2, 9, 41.1 taṃ yadi purastāt tiṣṭhantam upavadet taṃ brūyād vasūnāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 41.1 taṃ yadi purastāt tiṣṭhantam upavadet
taṃ brūyād vasūnāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 42.1 taṃ yadi dakṣiṇatas tiṣṭhantam upavadet taṃ brūyād rudrāṇāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 42.1 taṃ yadi dakṣiṇatas tiṣṭhantam upavadet
taṃ brūyād rudrāṇāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 43.1 taṃ yadi paścāt tiṣṭhantam upavadet taṃ brūyād ādityānāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 43.1 taṃ yadi paścāt tiṣṭhantam upavadet
taṃ brūyād ādityānāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 44.1 taṃ yady uttaratas tiṣṭhantam upavadet taṃ brūyād viśveṣāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 44.1 taṃ yady uttaratas tiṣṭhantam upavadet
taṃ brūyād viśveṣāṃ tvā devānāṃ vyātte 'pidadhāmi /
AVPr, 2, 9, 45.0 taṃ yady antardeśebhyo vā tiṣṭhantam upavadet taṃ brūyāt ......... //
AVPr, 2, 9, 45.0 taṃ yady antardeśebhyo vā tiṣṭhantam upavadet
taṃ brūyāt ......... //
AVPr, 2, 9, 51.0 taṃ yadi jighāṃsed iti sūktena bādhakīḥ samidho 'bhyādadhyāt //
AVPr, 3, 4, 5.0 vanaspate 'ntataḥ syānuṣṭubhaṃ chandaso yaṃ
tam abhyukta etena saṃdadhāmīti saṃdhāya yan me skannam iti skanne //
AVPr, 3, 10, 3.0 ya eṣām āmāvāsyāyām āgneyaḥ puroḍāśas
taṃ pāthikṛtaṃ karoti prakṛtyetaraṃ vinā //
AVPr, 4, 1, 37.0 prāk prayājebhyo 'ṅgāraṃ barhiṣy adhiṣkanden namas te astv āyate namo astu parāyate namo yatra niṣīdasi ity abhimantryāhaṃ yajñaṃ dadhe nirṛter upasthāt
taṃ deveṣu paridadāmi vidvān suprajās tvaṃ śataṃ hi māmadanta iha no devā mahi śarma yacchatety ādāya sahasraśṛṅgaḥ ity anuprahṛtya //
AVPr, 4, 2, 5.0 puroḍāśaś ced adhiśrita udvijed utpated vā
tam udvāsya barhiṣy āsādayet kim utpatasi kim utproṣṭhāḥ śāntaḥ śānter ihāgahi //
AVPr, 5, 6, 2.2 tam ajarebhir vṛṣabhis tava svais tapā tapiṣṭha tapasā tapasvān //
AVPr, 6, 5, 4.0 bahiṣpavamānaṃ cet sarpatāṃ prastotā vicchidyeta brahmaṇe varaṃ dattvā tatas
tam eva punar vṛṇīyāt //
AVPr, 6, 9, 5.2 saṃ
taṃ riṇītho viprutaṃ daṃsobhir na vāṃ jūryanti pūrvyā kṛtānīti //
Atharvaveda (Paippalāda)
AVP, 1, 7, 1.2 taṃ tvā yaumi brahmaṇā deva divya namas te astu divi te sadhastham //
AVP, 1, 45, 3.2 so asmabhyaṃ mṛḍayan prehi saṃśito yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam abhi prajānan //
AVP, 1, 62, 2.2 tam ā harāmi nirṛter upasthād aspārṣam enaṃ śataśāradāya //
AVP, 1, 63, 4.2 yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ jahi taṃ mṛṇa tasmai mā mīmṛḍas tasmai durāhā //
AVP, 1, 63, 4.2 yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmas taṃ jahi
taṃ mṛṇa tasmai mā mīmṛḍas tasmai durāhā //
AVP, 1, 66, 2.2 tam anajmi madhunā daivyena tasmān maṇiṃ nir mame viśvarūpam //
AVP, 1, 76, 3.2 pratyaṅ daṃṣṭrābhyām abhi
taṃ bubhūṣan kṛtyākṛtaṃ duṣkṛtaṃ nir dahāgne //
AVP, 1, 86, 5.2 rudrapreṣite stho 'vye nāma pary asmān vṛṅktaṃ yo no dveṣṭi
tam ṛcchatam //
AVP, 1, 110, 4.2 puraḥ kṛṇudhvam āyasīr adhṛṣṭā mā vaḥ susroc camaso dṛṃhatā
tam //
AVP, 4, 12, 5.2 priyaṃ te nāma sahure gṛṇīmasi vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ābabhūvitha //
AVP, 4, 18, 7.2 satyam idaṃ brahmāsmākaṃ kṛtam astu yam abadhnād uśanendrāya
taṃ te badhnāmi jaṅgiḍam //
AVP, 4, 23, 1.2 taṃ te badhnāmy āyuṣe varcasa ojase ca balāya cāstṛtas tvābhi rakṣatu //
AVP, 4, 25, 7.2 taṃ te badhnāmy āyuṣe varcasa ojase ca balāya ca kārśanas tvābhi rakṣatu //
AVP, 4, 31, 5.2 taṃ tvā bhaga sarva ij johavīti sa no bhaga puraetā bhaveha //
AVP, 4, 32, 5.2 taṃ tvā manyo akratur jihīḍāhaṃ svā tanūr baladāvā na ehi //
AVP, 5, 10, 7.2 hatāso anye yodhayanty anyāṃs
tam ic chaṃsa mahimānaṃ surāyāḥ //
AVP, 5, 16, 4.1 yo 'psu yakṣmaḥ śamayāmi
taṃ va ūrjā gavyūtiṃ sam anajmy etām /
AVP, 5, 21, 2.2 atihāya
tam atha no hinassi grāhiḥ kila tvā grahīṣyati kilāsaśīrṣaḥ //
AVP, 5, 30, 2.2 saṃbhṛtvā nāma yo devas
taṃ vayaṃ yajāmahe sarvasyāyajvano gṛhe //
AVP, 12, 8, 6.3 priyo dṛśe bhūtvā gandharvaḥ sacate striyaṃ
tam ito nāśayāmasi //
AVP, 12, 18, 9.2 tam indro vājī vajreṇa hantu bhinattu somaḥ śiro asya dhṛṣṇuḥ //
AVP, 12, 20, 2.2 ulūkayātuṁ bhṛmalo yasya yātus
tam atrāpi pra daha jātavedaḥ //
AVP, 12, 20, 3.3 ulūkayātuṁ bhṛmalo yasya yātus
tam atrāpi pra daha jātavedaḥ //
AVP, 12, 20, 5.2 astā rudraḥ śrathayatv āyur asya
tam atrāpi pra daha jātavedaḥ //
Atharvaveda (Śaunaka)
AVŚ, 2, 1, 3.2 yo devānāṃ nāmadha eka eva
taṃ saṃpraśnaṃ bhuvanā yanti sarvā //
AVŚ, 2, 2, 1.2 taṃ tvā yaumi brahmaṇā divya deva namas te astu divi te sadhastham //
AVŚ, 2, 12, 3.2 vṛścāmi
taṃ kuliśeneva vṛkṣaṃ yo asmākaṃ mana idaṃ hinasti //
AVŚ, 2, 13, 5.1 yasya te vāsaḥ prathamavāsyaṃ harāmas
taṃ tvā viśve 'vantu devāḥ /
AVŚ, 2, 13, 5.2 taṃ tvā bhrātaraḥ suvṛdhā vardhamānam anu jāyantāṃ bahavaḥ sujātam //
AVŚ, 2, 19, 1.1 agne yat te tapas tena
taṃ prati tapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 19, 2.1 agne yat te haras tena
taṃ prati hara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 19, 3.1 agne yat te 'rcis tena
taṃ praty arca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 19, 4.1 agne yat te śocis tena
taṃ prati śoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 19, 5.1 agne yat te tejas tena
tam atejasaṃ kṛṇu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 20, 1.0 vāyo yat te tapas tena
taṃ prati tapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 20, 2.0 vāyo yat te haras tena
taṃ prati hara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 20, 3.0 vāyo yat te 'rcis tena
taṃ praty arca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 20, 4.0 vāyo yat te śocis tena
taṃ prati śoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 20, 5.0 vāyo yat te tejas tena
tam atejasaṃ kṛṇu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 21, 1.1 sūrya yat te tapas tena
taṃ prati tapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 21, 2.1 sūrya yat te haras tena
taṃ prati hara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 21, 3.1 sūrya yat te 'rcis tena
taṃ praty arca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 21, 4.1 sūrya yat te śocis tena
taṃ prati śoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 21, 5.1 sūrya yat te tejas tena
tam atejasaṃ kṛṇu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 22, 1.1 candra yat te tapas tena
taṃ prati tapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 22, 2.1 candra yat te haras tena
taṃ prati hara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 22, 3.1 candra yat te 'rcis tena
taṃ praty arca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 22, 4.1 candra yat te śocis tena
taṃ prati śoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 22, 5.1 candra yat te tejas tena
tam atejasaṃ kṛṇu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 23, 1.1 āpo yad vas tapas tena
taṃ prati tapata yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 23, 2.1 āpo yad vas haras tena
taṃ prati harata yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 23, 3.1 āpo yad vas 'rcis tena
taṃ prati arcata yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 23, 4.1 āpo yad vas śocis tena
taṃ prati śocata yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 23, 5.1 āpo yad vas tejas tena
tam atejasaṃ kṛṇuta yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 1.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 1.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 2.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 2.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 3.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 3.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 4.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 4.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 5.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 5.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 6.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 6.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 7.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 7.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 8.2 yasya stha
tam atta yo vo prāhait tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 24, 8.2 yasya stha tam atta yo vo prāhait
tam atta svā māṃsāny atta //
AVŚ, 2, 35, 3.2 yad enaś cakṛvān baddha eṣa
taṃ viśvakarman pra muñcā svastaye //
AVŚ, 3, 5, 4.2 taṃ priyāsaṃ bahu rocamāno dīrghāyutvāya śataśāradāya //
AVŚ, 3, 11, 2.2 tam ā harāmi nirṛter upasthād aspārśam enaṃ śataśāradāya //
AVŚ, 3, 16, 5.2 taṃ tvā bhaga sarva ij johavīmi sa no bhaga puraetā bhaveha //
AVŚ, 3, 24, 2.2 saṃbhṛtvā nāma yo devas
taṃ vayaṃ havāmahe yoyo ayajvano gṛhe //
AVŚ, 3, 28, 5.2 taṃ lokaṃ yaminy abhisaṃbabhūva sā no mā hiṃsīt puruṣān paśūṃś ca //
AVŚ, 3, 28, 6.2 taṃ lokaṃ yaminy abhisaṃbabhūva sā no mā hiṃsīt puruṣān paśūṃś ca //
AVŚ, 4, 16, 6.2 sinantu sarve anṛtaṃ vadantaṃ yaḥ satyavādy ati
taṃ sṛjantu //
AVŚ, 4, 22, 2.1 emaṃ bhaja grāme aśveṣu goṣu niṣ
ṭaṃ bhaja yo amitro asya /
AVŚ, 4, 30, 3.2 yaṃ kāmaye
taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi taṃ brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
AVŚ, 4, 30, 3.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ
tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi taṃ brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
AVŚ, 4, 30, 3.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi
taṃ brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
AVŚ, 4, 30, 3.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi taṃ brahmāṇaṃ
tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
AVŚ, 4, 30, 3.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi taṃ brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ
taṃ sumedhām //
AVŚ, 4, 31, 5.2 priyaṃ te nāma sahure gṛṇīmasi vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ābabhūtha //
AVŚ, 4, 32, 5.2 taṃ tvā manyo akratur jihīḍāhaṃ svā tanūr baladāvā na ehi //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 11.2 taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 11.2 taṃ tvā pra padye
taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 12.2 taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 12.2 taṃ tvā pra padye
taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 13.2 taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 13.2 taṃ tvā pra padye
taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 14.2 taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 6, 14.2 taṃ tvā pra padye
taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena //
AVŚ, 5, 12, 9.2 tam adya hotar iṣito yajīyān devaṃ tvaṣṭāram iha yakṣi vidvān //
AVŚ, 5, 13, 3.2 ahaṃ
tam asya nṛbhir agrabham rasaṃ tamasa iva jyotir ud etu sūryaḥ //
AVŚ, 5, 29, 10.2 tam indro vājī vajreṇa hantu chinattu somaḥ śiro asya dhṛṣṇuḥ //
AVŚ, 6, 4, 2.2 apa tasya dveṣo gamed abhihruto yāvayacchatrum
antitam //
AVŚ, 6, 46, 2.2 antako 'si mṛtyur asi
taṃ tvā svapna tathā saṃ vidma sa naḥ svapna duṣvapnyāt pāhi //
AVŚ, 7, 2, 1.2 ya imaṃ yajñam manasā ciketa pra ṇo vocas
tam iheha bravaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 5, 5.2 ya imaṃ yajñaṃ manasā ciketa pra ṇo vocas
tam iheha bravaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 10, 1.2 yena viśvā puṣyasi vāryāṇi sarasvati
tam iha dhātave kaḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 21, 1.2 sa pūrvyo nūtanam āvivāsat
taṃ vartanir anu vāvṛta ekam it puru //
AVŚ, 7, 31, 1.2 yo no dveṣṭy adharaḥ sas padīṣṭa yam u dviṣmas
tam u prāṇo jahātu //
AVŚ, 7, 40, 1.2 yasya vrate puṣṭapatir niviṣṭas
taṃ sarasvantam avase havāmahe //
AVŚ, 7, 50, 6.2 yo devakāmo na dhanam ruṇaddhi sam it
taṃ rāyaḥ sṛjati svadhābhiḥ //
AVŚ, 7, 73, 3.2 tam u viśve amṛtāso juṣāṇā gandharvasya praty āsnā rihanti //
AVŚ, 7, 74, 4.2 taṃ tvā vayaṃ jātavedaḥ samiddhaṃ prajāvanta upa sadema sarve //
AVŚ, 7, 77, 2.2 druhaḥ pāśān prati muñcatāṃ sas tapiṣṭhena tapasā hantanā
tam //
AVŚ, 8, 1, 10.1 maitaṃ panthām anu gā bhīma eṣa yena pūrvaṃ neyatha
taṃ bravīmi /
AVŚ, 8, 3, 5.2 utāntarikṣe patantaṃ yātudhānaṃ
tam astā vidhya śarvā śiśānaḥ //
AVŚ, 8, 3, 7.2 agne pūrvo ni jahi śośucāna āmādaḥ kṣviṅkās
tam adantv enīḥ //
AVŚ, 8, 3, 8.2 tam ā rabhasva samidhā yaviṣṭha nṛcakṣasaś cakṣuṣe randhayainam //
AVŚ, 8, 3, 11.2 tam arciṣā sphūrjayan jātavedaḥ samakṣam enam gṛṇate ni yuṅdhi //
AVŚ, 8, 3, 17.2 pīyūṣam agne yatamas titṛpsāt
taṃ pratyañcam arciṣā vidhya marmaṇi //
AVŚ, 8, 4, 16.2 indras
taṃ hantu mahatā vadhena viśvasya jantor adhamas padīṣṭa //
AVŚ, 8, 10, 27.4 taṃ puṇyaṃ gandhaṃ gandharvāpsarasa upajīvanti puṇyagandhir upajīvanīyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
AVŚ, 9, 1, 5.2 taṃ jātaṃ taruṇaṃ piparti mātā sa jāto viśvā bhuvanā vi caṣṭe //
AVŚ, 9, 1, 6.1 kas
taṃ pra veda ka u taṃ ciketa yo asyā hṛdaḥ kalaśaḥ somadhāno akṣitaḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 1, 6.1 kas taṃ pra veda ka u
taṃ ciketa yo asyā hṛdaḥ kalaśaḥ somadhāno akṣitaḥ /
AVŚ, 9, 4, 3.2 tam indrāya pathibhir devayānair hutam agnir vahatu jātavedāḥ //
AVŚ, 9, 4, 7.1 ājyaṃ bibharti ghṛtam asya retaḥ sāhasraḥ poṣas
tam u yajñam āhuḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 25.2 pṛthivīm anu vi krame 'haṃ pṛthivyās
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 26.2 antarikṣam anu vi krame 'haṃ antarikṣāt
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 27.2 divam anu vi krame 'haṃ divas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 28.2 diśo anu vi krame 'haṃ digbhyas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 29.2 āśā anu vi krame 'haṃ āśābhyas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 30.2 ṛco 'nu vi krame 'haṃ ṛgbhyas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 31.2 yajñam anu vi krame 'haṃ yajñāt
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 32.2 oṣadhīr anu vi krame 'haṃ oṣadhībhyas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 33.2 apo 'nu vi krame 'haṃ adbhyas
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 34.2 kṛṣim anu vi krame 'haṃ kṛṣyās
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 5, 35.2 prāṇam anu vi krame 'haṃ prāṇāt
taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 6, 6.2 tam agniḥ praty amuñcata so asmai duha ājyaṃ bhūyo bhūyaḥ śvaḥ śvas tena tvaṃ dviṣato jahi //
AVŚ, 10, 6, 10.2 tam bibhrac candramā maṇim asurāṇāṃ puro 'jayad dānavānāṃ hiraṇyayīḥ /
AVŚ, 10, 7, 4.2 yatra prepsantīr abhiyanty āvṛtaḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 5.2 yatra yanty ṛtavo yatrārtavāḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 6.2 yatra prepsantīr abhiyanty āpaḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 10.2 asac ca yatra sac cānta skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 11.2 ṛtaṃ ca yatra śraddhā cāpo brahma samāhitāḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 12.2 yatrāgniś candramāḥ sūryo vātas tiṣṭhanty ārpitāḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 14.2 ekarṣir yasminn ārpitaḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 15.2 samudro yasya nāḍyaḥ puruṣe 'dhi samāhitāḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 16.2 yajño yatra parākrāntaḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 18.2 aṅgāni yasya yātavaḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 19.2 virājam ūdho yasyāhuḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 20.2 sāmāni yasya lomāny atharvāṅgiraso mukhaṃ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 22.2 bhūtaṃ ca yatra bhavyaṃ ca sarve lokāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 7, 39.2 yasmai devāḥ sadā baliṃ prayacchanti vimite 'mitaṃ skambhaṃ
taṃ brūhi katamaḥ svid eva saḥ //
AVŚ, 10, 8, 44.2 tam eva vidvān na bibhāya mṛtyor ātmānaṃ dhīram ajaraṃ yuvānam //
AVŚ, 11, 5, 3.2 taṃ rātrīs tisra udare bibharti taṃ jātaṃ draṣṭum abhisaṃyanti devāḥ //
AVŚ, 11, 5, 3.2 taṃ rātrīs tisra udare bibharti
taṃ jātaṃ draṣṭum abhisaṃyanti devāḥ //
AVŚ, 12, 1, 30.1 śuddhā na āpas tanve kṣarantu yo naḥ syedur apriye
taṃ nidadhmaḥ /
AVŚ, 12, 1, 47.2 yaiḥ saṃcaranty ubhaye bhadrapāpās
taṃ panthānaṃ jayemānamitram ataskaraṃ yac chivaṃ tena no mṛḍa //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 3.2 yo no dveṣṭi
tam addhy agne akravyād yam u dviṣmas tam u te prasuvāmasi //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 3.2 yo no dveṣṭi tam addhy agne akravyād yam u dviṣmas
tam u te prasuvāmasi //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 4.2 taṃ māṣājyaṃ kṛtvā prahiṇomi dūraṃ sa gacchatv apsuṣado 'py agnīn //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 7.2 taṃ harāmi pitṛyajñāya dūraṃ sa gharmam indhāṃ parame sadhasthe //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 9.2 ni
taṃ śāsmi gārhapatyena vidvān pitṝṇāṃ loke 'pi bhāgo astu //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 33.2 mayy ahaṃ
taṃ parigṛhṇāmi devaṃ mā so asmān dvikṣata mā vayaṃ tam //
AVŚ, 12, 2, 33.2 mayy ahaṃ taṃ parigṛhṇāmi devaṃ mā so asmān dvikṣata mā vayaṃ
tam //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 12.2 yam odanaṃ pacato devate iha
taṃ nas tapa uta satyaṃ ca vettu //
AVŚ, 12, 3, 35.2 taṃ tvā daṃpatī jīvantau jīvaputrāv udvāsayātaḥ pary agnidhānāt //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 17.2 ihaiva prāṇaḥ sakhye no astu
taṃ tvā parameṣṭhin pary agnir āyuṣā varcasā dadhātu //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 18.2 ihaiva prāṇaḥ sakhye no astu
taṃ tvā parameṣṭhin pari rohita āyuṣā varcasā dadhātu //
AVŚ, 13, 1, 19.2 ihaiva prāṇaḥ sakhye no astu
taṃ tvā parameṣṭhin pary aham āyuṣā varcasā dadhātu //
AVŚ, 13, 2, 4.2 srutād yam atrir divam unnināya
taṃ tvā paśyanti pariyāntam ājim //
AVŚ, 15, 2, 1.2 taṃ bṛhac ca rathantaraṃ cādityāś ca viśve ca devā anuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 2.2 taṃ yajñāyajñiyaṃ ca vāmadevyaṃ ca yajñaś ca yajamānaś ca paśavaś cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 3.2 taṃ vairūpaṃ ca vairājaṃ cāpaś ca varuṇaś ca rājānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 2, 4.2 taṃ śyaitaṃ ca naudhasaṃ ca saptarṣayaś ca somaś ca rājānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 3, 1.0 sa saṃvatsaram ūrdhvo 'tiṣṭhat
taṃ devā abruvan vrātya kiṃ nu tiṣṭhasīti //
AVŚ, 15, 6, 1.2 taṃ bhūmiś cāgniś cauṣadhayaś ca vanaspatayaś ca vānaspatyāś ca vīrudhaś cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 2.2 tam ṛtaṃ ca satyaṃ ca sūryaś ca candraś ca nakṣatrāṇi cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 4.2 tam itihāsaś ca purāṇaṃ ca gāthāś ca nārāśaṃsīś cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 5.2 tam āhavanīyaś ca gārhapatyaś ca dakṣiṇāgniś ca yajñaś ca yajamānaś ca paśavaś cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 6.2 tam ṛtavaś cārtavāś ca lokāś ca laukyāś ca māsāś cārdhamāsāś cāhorātre cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 8.1 sa diśo 'nuvyacalat
taṃ virāḍ anuvyacalat sarve ca devāḥ sarvāś ca devatāḥ /
AVŚ, 15, 6, 9.2 taṃ prajāpatiś ca parameṣṭhī ca pitā ca pitāmahaś cānuvyacalan /
AVŚ, 15, 7, 2.0 taṃ prajāpatiś ca parameṣṭhī ca pitā ca pitāmahaś cāpaś ca śraddhā ca varṣaṃ bhūtvānuvyavartayanta //
AVŚ, 15, 7, 4.0 taṃ śraddhā ca yajñaś ca lokaś cānnaṃ cānnādyaṃ ca bhūtvābhiparyāvartanta //
AVŚ, 16, 1, 5.0 tena
tam abhyatisṛjāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
AVŚ, 16, 5, 1.3 taṃ tvā svapna tathā saṃvidma sa naḥ svapna duṣvapnyāt pāhi //
AVŚ, 16, 5, 6.3 taṃ tvā svapna tathā saṃvidma sa naḥ svapna duṣvapnyāt pāhi //
AVŚ, 16, 7, 5.0 yo 'smān dveṣṭi
tam ātmā dveṣṭu yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ sa ātmānaṃ dveṣṭu //
AVŚ, 18, 2, 8.1 ajo bhāgas tapasas
taṃ tapasva taṃ te śocis tapatu taṃ te arciḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 8.1 ajo bhāgas tapasas taṃ tapasva
taṃ te śocis tapatu taṃ te arciḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 8.1 ajo bhāgas tapasas taṃ tapasva taṃ te śocis tapatu
taṃ te arciḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 2, 27.1 apemaṃ jīvā arudhan gṛhebhyas
taṃ nir vahata pari grāmād itaḥ /
AVŚ, 18, 3, 4.2 ayaṃ te gopatis
taṃ juṣasva svargaṃ lokam adhi rohayainam //
AVŚ, 18, 3, 63.2 tam arcata viśvamitrā havirbhiḥ sa no yamaḥ prataraṃ jīvase dhāt //
AVŚ, 18, 4, 13.2 tam agnayaḥ sarvahutaṃ juṣantāṃ prājāpatyaṃ medhyaṃ jātavedasaḥ //
AVŚ, 18, 4, 54.2 tam arcata viśvamitrā havirbhiḥ sa no yamaḥ prataraṃ jīvase dhāt //
Baudhāyanadharmasūtra
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.2 sa yad agnau samidham ādadhāti ya evāsyāgnau pādas
tameva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.2 sa yad agnau samidham ādadhāti ya evāsyāgnau pādas tameva tena parikrīṇāti
taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.3 atha yad ātmānaṃ daridrīkṛtyāhrīr bhūtvā bhikṣate brahmacaryaṃ carati ya evāsya mṛtyau pādas
tam eva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.3 atha yad ātmānaṃ daridrīkṛtyāhrīr bhūtvā bhikṣate brahmacaryaṃ carati ya evāsya mṛtyau pādas tam eva tena parikrīṇāti
taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.4 atha yad ācāryavacaḥ karoti ya evāsyācārye pādas
tameva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.4 atha yad ācāryavacaḥ karoti ya evāsyācārye pādas tameva tena parikrīṇāti
taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.5 atha yat svādhyāyam adhīte ya evāsyātmani pādas
tameva tena parikrīṇāti taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 4, 7.5 atha yat svādhyāyam adhīte ya evāsyātmani pādas tameva tena parikrīṇāti
taṃ saṃskṛtyātman dhatte sa enam āviśati /
BaudhDhS, 1, 11, 41.1 prakṣālya vā
taṃ deśam agninā saṃspṛśya punaḥ prakṣālya pādau cācamya prayato bhavati //
BaudhDhS, 2, 12, 6.1 tvakkeśanakhakīṭākhupurīṣāṇi dṛṣṭvā
taṃ deśaṃ piṇḍam uddhṛtyādbhir abhyukṣya bhasmāvakīrya punar adbhiḥ prokṣya vācā ca praśastam upayuñjīta //
BaudhDhS, 3, 9, 21.1 taṃ vā etaṃ prajāpatiḥ saptarṣibhyaḥ provāca saptarṣayo mahājajñave mahājajñur brāhmaṇebhyaḥ /
Baudhāyanagṛhyasūtra
BaudhGS, 1, 2, 35.1 tam ubhābhyāṃ hastābhyāṃ pratigṛhṇāti devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pratigṛhṇāmi iti //
BaudhGS, 1, 8, 2.1 nāpitāya payodanaṃ dattvā grāmāt prācīṃ vodīcīṃ vā diśamupaniṣkramya yatraikamudumbaramūlaṃ paśyanti
taṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ parisamūhya pradakṣiṇaṃ gandhairanulimpan japati yathā tvaṃ vanaspata ūrjā abhyutthito vanaspate /
BaudhGS, 2, 5, 64.1 taṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ parisamūhati suśravaḥ suśravasaṃ mā kuru yathā tvaṃ suśravaḥ suśravā asy evam ahaṃ suśravaḥ suśravā bhūyāsaṃ yathā tvaṃ suśravaḥ suśravo devānāṃ nidhigopo 'sy evam ahaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ brahmaṇo nidhigopo bhūyāsamiti //
BaudhGS, 4, 3, 2.1 atha śmaśānādivyatikrame
tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti agnir bhūtānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatu svāhā indro jyeṣṭhānām adhipatiḥ sa māvatu svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 1.1 athābhyāghātaḥ syād agniś codvātaḥ syāt sarvaṃ tat apahatāḥ iti prokṣya sthaṇḍilam uddhṛtya
tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pakvāj juhoti ye devā yajñahano yajñamuṣaḥ iti tisṛbhir anucchandasam //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 3.1 atha yady akṣabhedaḥ syāt
tam evāgnim upasamādhāya saṃparistīryāgnimukhāt kṛtvā pradhānāhutīr juhoti iha dhṛtiḥ svāheha vidhṛtiḥ svāheha rantiḥ svāheha ramatiḥ svāhā iti //
BaudhGS, 4, 4, 12.1 atha vidyutstanite saṃtrāsaḥ syāt
tam asyaindryāv ṛcau japati yata indra bhayāmahe svastidā viśaspatiḥ iti //
Baudhāyanaśrautasūtra
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 18.1 tasyottarāṃ dhuram abhimṛśati dhūr asi dhūrva
taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 4, 18.1 tasyottarāṃ dhuram abhimṛśati dhūr asi dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati
taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 7.0 atha pūrvārdhaṃ pātryā abhimṛśati dhūr asi dhūrva
taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāmas tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ vahnitamaṃ devahūtamam ahrutam asi havirdhānam dṛṃhasva mā hvār iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 5, 7.0 atha pūrvārdhaṃ pātryā abhimṛśati dhūr asi dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati
taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāmas tvaṃ devānām asi sasnitamaṃ papritamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ vahnitamaṃ devahūtamam ahrutam asi havirdhānam dṛṃhasva mā hvār iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 8, 7.0 taṃ dakṣiṇeṣāṃ kapālānāṃ madhyamenābhyupadadhāti dhruvam asi pṛthivīṃ dṛṃhāyur dṛṃha prajāṃ dṛṃha sajātān asmai yajamānāya paryūheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 9, 10.0 taṃ dakṣiṇeṣāṃ kapālānāṃ pratyūhyāṅgārāṃs teṣv adhipṛṇakti gharmo 'si viśvāyur iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 9.0 hṛtvotkare nivapati badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā maug iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 14.0 hṛtvotkare nivapati badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā maug iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 11, 19.0 hṛtvotkare nivapati badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā maug ararus te divaṃ mā skān ity atrānuvartayati //
BaudhŚS, 1, 14, 9.0 upariṣṭād abhyajyādhastād upānakti yas ta ātmā paśuṣu praviṣṭas
tam aṅkṣveti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 18, 2.0 tam antarvedi nidhāya tasminn upastīrya dakṣiṇasya puroḍāśasya dakṣiṇārdhāt prarujyāvadadhāti manunā dṛṣṭāṃ ghṛtapadīm mitrāvaruṇasamīritāṃ dakṣiṇārdhād asaṃbhindan avadyāmy ekatomukhām iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 20.0 tam uparīva prāñcaṃ praharati nāty agraṃ praharati na purastāt pratyasyati na pratiśṛṇāti na viṣvañcaṃ viyauty ūrdhvam udyauti āpyāyantām āpa oṣadhayo marutāṃ pṛṣataya stha divaṃ gaccha tato no vṛṣṭim erayeti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 19, 34.0 madhyamaṃ paridhim anupraharati yaṃ paridhiṃ paryadhatthā agne deva paṇibhir vīyamāṇas
taṃ ta etam anu joṣaṃ bharāmi ned eṣa tvad apacetayātā iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 5, 73.0 apehi pāpman punar apanāśito bhava ā naḥ pāpman sukṛtasya loke pāpman dhehy avihṛto yo naḥ pāpman na jahāti
tam u tvā jahimo vayam //
BaudhŚS, 2, 5, 74.0 anyatrāsman niviśatām sahasrākṣo amartyo yo no dveṣṭi sa riṣyatu yam u dviṣmas
tam u jahi iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 8.0 sa yaḥ same bhūmyai svād yone rūḍho bahuparṇo bahuśākho 'pratiśuṣkāgraḥ pratyaṅṅ upanatas
tam upatiṣṭhate aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām arvāk tvā parair avidaṃ paro 'varais taṃ tvā juṣe vaiṣṇavaṃ devayajyāyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 8.0 sa yaḥ same bhūmyai svād yone rūḍho bahuparṇo bahuśākho 'pratiśuṣkāgraḥ pratyaṅṅ upanatas tam upatiṣṭhate aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām arvāk tvā parair avidaṃ paro 'varais
taṃ tvā juṣe vaiṣṇavaṃ devayajyāyā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 1, 20.0 taṃ pariṣvaṅgaparamaṃ prādeśāvamaṃ caṣālasya kāle parivāsayati acchinno rāyaḥ suvīra iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 4, 13.0 tam uttareṇāhavanīyaṃ tiṣṭhan parāñcaṃ prokṣati pṛthivyai tvā antarikṣāya tvā dive tvā iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 5, 2.0 tam iṣe tvā iti barhiṣī ādāyopākaroti upavīr asi upo devān daivīr viśaḥ prāgur vahnīr uśijo bṛhaspate dhārayā vasūni havyā te svadantām deva tvaṣṭar vasu raṇva revatī ramadhvam prajāpater jāyamānā imaṃ paśuṃ paśupate te adya indrāgnibhyāṃ tvā juṣṭam upākaromīti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 32.0 atha śamitur hṛdayaśūlam ādāya tena hṛdayam upatṛdya
taṃ śamitre sampradāya pṛṣadājyena hṛdayam abhighārayati saṃ te manasā manaḥ saṃ prāṇena prāṇo juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtavat svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 34.0 āharanti
taṃ paśum antareṇa cātvālotkarāv antareṇa yūpaṃ cāhavanīyaṃ copātihṛtya taṃ dakṣiṇataḥ pañcahotrāsādayati //
BaudhŚS, 4, 8, 34.0 āharanti taṃ paśum antareṇa cātvālotkarāv antareṇa yūpaṃ cāhavanīyaṃ copātihṛtya
taṃ dakṣiṇataḥ pañcahotrāsādayati //
BaudhŚS, 16, 8, 4.0 yadaiteṣāṃ pāraṃ yanty athādhvaryur manasaiva prāṅ drutvā manasaiva
taṃ graham upodyacchate //
BaudhŚS, 18, 10, 1.0 yāvad evātrādhvaryuś ceṣṭati tāvad eṣa pratiprasthātaudumbare droṇe catuṣṭayīr apaḥ samavanīya caturo grahān gṛhṇāty apāṃ yo dravaṇe rasas
tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāya tejase brahmavarcasāya gṛhṇāmīti parṇamayena //
BaudhŚS, 18, 10, 2.0 apāṃ ya ūrmau rasas
tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyaujase vīryāya gṛhṇāmīti naiyagrodhena //
BaudhŚS, 18, 10, 3.0 apāṃ yo madhyato rasas
tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāya puṣṭyai prajananāya gṛhṇāmīty āśvatthena //
BaudhŚS, 18, 10, 4.0 apāṃ yo yajñiyo rasas
tam aham asmā āmuṣyāyaṇāyāyuṣe dīrghāyutvāya gṛhṇāmīty audumbareṇa //
BaudhŚS, 18, 13, 5.0 taṃ hendro 'nukhyāyaivekṣāṃcakre 'ham u tvā tad yātaye yan mā yajñakrator antarāya iti //
Bhāradvājagṛhyasūtra
BhārGS, 1, 6, 2.3 taṃ tvā bhrātaraḥ suhṛdo vardhamānam anujāyantāṃ bahavaḥ sujātam iti //
BhārGS, 1, 10, 6.0 yatraikamūlaḥ palāśaḥ prācīṃ vodīcīṃ vā diśaṃ
taṃ parisamūhya prakṣālya pradakṣiṇam ājyenābhyañjañjapati suśravaḥ suśravasaṃ mā kuru yathā tvaṃ suśravaḥ suśravā asy evaṃ māṃ suśravaḥ suśravasaṃ kuru yathā tvaṃ suśravo devānāṃ vedeṣu nidhigopo'sy evam ahaṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ vedeṣu nidhigopo bhūyāsam iti //
BhārGS, 1, 25, 11.1 yadā yadā sūtikārogaḥ syād dakṣiṇasya padas taptodakena pārṣṇiṃ kledayitvā tadā tadā
taṃ deśam avamārṣṭi yatrāsyā duḥkhaṃ bhavati dhanurmaṭacī puruṣasya hastayor ekaśataṃ śṛṇor aṅga te dhāpayitāras tvaṃ rogasyeśiṣe tvam u rogasya sūtikārogabhaiṣajyam asyamuṣyā iti //
BhārGS, 2, 1, 10.1 tato yāvantaṃ deśaṃ kāmayata imaṃ sarpā nāgaccheyuriti
taṃ saṃtatayodadhārayānupariṣiñcaty apa śveta padā jahi pūrveṇa cāpareṇa ca /
BhārGS, 2, 7, 4.7 tat satyaṃ yat tvendro 'bravīd gā spāśayasveti tās tvaṃ spāśayitvāgacchas
taṃ tvābravīd avidahā ityavidaṃ hīti varaṃ vṛṇīṣveti kumāram evāhaṃ varaṃ vṛṇa ityabravīḥ //
BhārGS, 2, 15, 8.1 tam aupāsane śrapayitvaupāsana eva juhoty ulūkhalā grāvāṇo ghoṣam akrata haviḥ kṛṇvantaḥ parivatsarīṇam /
BhārGS, 2, 23, 11.4 ā mā gan yaśasā varcasā saṃsṛja payasā tejasā ca
taṃ mā priyaṃ prajānāṃ kurv adhipatiṃ paśūnām iti //
BhārGS, 2, 24, 7.1 pratigṛhya prāśnāti trayyai vidyāyai yaśo 'si yaśaso yaśo 'si brahmaṇo dīptir asi
taṃ mā priyaṃ prajānāṃ kurv adhipatiṃ paśūnām iti //
BhārGS, 2, 28, 7.1 yaṃ kāmayeta svasty ayaṃ punar āgacched iti
tam etena tryṛcenānvīkṣeta mahi trīṇām avo 'stv iti //
BhārGS, 2, 28, 9.1 yaṃ kāmayeta nāyaṃ punar āgacched iti
tam anvīkṣeta sākaṃ yakṣma prapatety etayāthainam abhimantrayate /
BhārGS, 2, 31, 5.6 akṣispando duḥsvapna iṣṭir asaṃpad yo no dveṣṭi
tam ṛcchatv ity etaṃ mantraṃ japaty upabādha upabādhe ca yathāliṅgaṃ //
BhārGS, 3, 18, 16.0 atha kṣāme nirṛtyai tveti vidagdham abhimantrya tvaṃ parācī tvam avācī tvaṃ rakṣāṃsi gaccheti dakṣiṇāparam uttarāparaṃ vā diśaṃ
taṃ prati nirasyati //
Bhāradvājaśrautasūtra
BhārŚS, 1, 6, 10.1 mūlataḥ śākhāṃ parivāsya
tam upaveṣaṃ karoty upaveṣo 'si yajñāya tvāṃ pariveṣam adhārayan /
BhārŚS, 1, 9, 5.1 abhiparyāvṛtya yaḥ sthālyāṃ śeṣas
tam avajighrati vīraṃ dhatta pitara iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 1, 15.0 yaḥ prathamaḥ śakalaḥ parāpatet
tam apayamya jānudaghne gulphadaghne vā vṛścati //
BhārŚS, 7, 8, 13.0 taṃ pratyagnim agniṣṭhāṃ mitvā pradakṣiṇaṃ purīṣeṇa paryūhati brahmavaniṃ tvā kṣatravanim iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 23, 2.0 śuṣkasya cārdrasya ca saṃdhau hṛdayaśūlam udvāsayati śug asi
tam abhiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti //
BhārŚS, 7, 23, 13.0 sa yadi bhakṣayed etayā bhakṣayet manasāgnibhyaḥ prahiṇomi bhakṣaṃ mama vācā
taṃ saha bhakṣayantv apramādyann apramattaś carāmi śivena manasā saha bhakṣayata //
Bṛhadāraṇyakopaniṣad
BĀU, 1, 3, 28.14 sa eṣa evaṃvid udgātātmane vā yajamānāya vā yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate
tam āgāyati /
BĀU, 1, 4, 1.7 oṣati ha vai sa
taṃ yo 'smāt pūrvo bubhūṣati ya evaṃ veda //
BĀU, 2, 1, 15.5 tam etair nāmabhir āmantrayāṃcakre bṛhan pāṇḍaravāsaḥ soma rājann iti /
BĀU, 3, 3, 1.6 taṃ yadā lokānām antān apṛcchāma athainam abrūma kva pārikṣitā abhavann iti /
BĀU, 3, 4, 1.2 yājñavalkyeti hovāca yat sākṣād aparokṣād brahma ya ātmā sarvāntaras
taṃ me vyācakṣveti /
BĀU, 3, 4, 2.2 yad eva sākṣād aparokṣād brahma ya ātmā sarvāntaras
taṃ me vyācakṣveti /
BĀU, 3, 5, 1.2 yad eva sākṣād aparokṣād brahma ya ātmā sarvāntaras
taṃ me vyācakṣveti /
BĀU, 3, 5, 1.6 etaṃ vai
tam ātmānaṃ viditvā brāhmaṇāḥ putraiṣaṇāyāś ca vittaiṣaṇāyāś ca lokaiṣaṇāyāś ca vyutthāyātha bhikṣācaryaṃ caranti /
BĀU, 3, 7, 1.9 vettha nu tvaṃ kāpya
tam antaryāmiṇaṃ ya imaṃ ca lokaṃ paraṃ ca lokaṃ sarvāṇi ca bhūtāny antaro yamayati /
BĀU, 3, 7, 1.12 yo vai tat kāpya sūtraṃ vidyāt
taṃ cāntaryāmiṇam iti sa brahmavit sa lokavit sa devavit sa vedavit sa ātmavit sa sarvavit /
BĀU, 3, 7, 1.15 tac cet tvaṃ yājñavalkya sūtram avidvāṃs
taṃ cāntaryāmiṇaṃ brahmagavīr udajase mūrdhā te vipatiṣyati /
BĀU, 3, 9, 10.1 pṛthivy eva yasyāyatanam agnir loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 10.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 11.1 kāma eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 11.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 12.1 rūpāṇy eva yasyāyatanaṃ cakṣur loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 12.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 13.1 ākāśa eva yasyāyatanaṃ śrotraṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 13.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 14.1 tama eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 14.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 15.1 rūpāṇy eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 15.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 16.1 āpa eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 16.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 17.1 reta eva yasyāyatanaṃ hṛdayaṃ loko mano jyotir yo vai
taṃ puruṣaṃ vidyāt sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ sa vai veditā syāt /
BĀU, 3, 9, 17.2 yājñavalkya veda vā ahaṃ
taṃ puruṣaṃ sarvasyātmanaḥ parāyaṇaṃ yam āttha /
BĀU, 3, 9, 26.18 sa yas tān puruṣān niruhya pratyuhyātyakrāmat
taṃ tvaupaniṣadaṃ puruṣaṃ pṛcchāmi /
BĀU, 3, 9, 27.3 yo vaḥ kāmayate
taṃ vaḥ pṛcchāmi sarvān vā vaḥ pṛcchāmīti /
BĀU, 4, 1, 1.3 taṃ hovāca yājñavalkya kimartham acārīḥ paśūn icchan aṇvantāniti /
BĀU, 4, 2, 2.2 taṃ vā etam indhaṃ santam indra ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇaiva /
BĀU, 4, 3, 9.4 atha yathākramo 'yaṃ paralokasthāne bhavati
tam ākramam ākramyobhayān pāpmana ānandāṃś ca paśyati /
BĀU, 4, 4, 21.12 tam etaṃ vedānuvacanena brāhmaṇā vividiṣanti yajñena dānena tapasānāśakena /
BĀU, 6, 2, 3.4 taṃ hovāca iti vāva kila no bhavān purānuśiṣṭān avoca iti /
BĀU, 6, 3, 7.1 taṃ haitam uddālaka āruṇir vājasaneyāya yājñavalkyāyāntevāsina uktvovāca api ya enaṃ śuṣke sthāṇau niṣiñcejjāyerañchākhāḥ praroheyuḥ palāśānīti //
BĀU, 6, 4, 12.1 atha yasya jāyāyai jāraḥ syāt
taṃ ced dviṣyād āmapātre 'gnim upasamādhāya pratilomaṃ śarabarhiḥ stīrtvā tasminn etāḥ śarabhṛṣṭīḥ pratilomāḥ sarpiṣāktā juhuyāt /
BĀU, 6, 4, 27.3 yena viśvā puṣyasi vāryāṇi sarasvati
tam iha dhātave kar iti //
Chāndogyopaniṣad
ChU, 1, 2, 7.1 atha ha ya evāyaṃ mukhyaḥ prāṇas
tam udgītham upāsāṃcakrire /
ChU, 1, 2, 7.2 taṃ hāsurā ṛtvā vidadhvaṃsur yathāśmānam ākhaṇam ṛtvā vidhvaṃsetaivam //
ChU, 1, 3, 9.1 yasyām ṛci tām ṛcaṃ yadārṣeyaṃ
tam ṛṣiṃ yāṃ devatām abhiṣṭoṣyan syāt tāṃ devatām upadhāvet //
ChU, 1, 8, 6.1 taṃ ha śilakaḥ śālāvatyaś caikitāyanaṃ dālbhyam uvācāpratiṣṭhitaṃ vai kila te dālbhya sāma /
ChU, 3, 19, 3.2 taṃ jāyamānaṃ ghoṣā ulūlavo 'nūdatiṣṭhant sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmāḥ /
ChU, 4, 1, 3.1 tam u ha paraḥ pratyuvāca kam v ara enam etat santaṃ sayugvānam iva raikvam āttha iti /
ChU, 4, 1, 7.2 taṃ hovāca yatrāre brāhmaṇasyānveṣaṇā tad enam arccheti //
ChU, 4, 2, 3.1 tam u ha paraḥ pratyuvācāha hāretvā śūdra tavaiva saha gobhir astv iti /
ChU, 4, 3, 6.3 taṃ kāpeya nābhipaśyanti martyā abhipratārin bahudhā vasantam /
ChU, 4, 4, 5.5 tam upanīya kṛśānām abalānāṃ catuḥśatā gā nirākṛtya uvācemāḥ somyānusaṃvrajeti /
ChU, 4, 10, 1.3 sa ha smānyān antevāsinaḥ samāvartayaṃs
taṃ ha smaiva na samāvartayati //
ChU, 5, 3, 4.4 taṃ hovācānanuśiṣya vāva kila mā bhagavān abravīd anu tvāśiṣam iti //
ChU, 5, 9, 2.2 taṃ pretaṃ diṣṭam ito 'gnaya eva haranti yata eveto yataḥ sambhūto bhavati //
ChU, 6, 1, 3.2 uta
tam ādeśam aprākṣyaḥ yenāśrutaṃ śrutaṃ bhavaty amataṃ matam avijñātaṃ vijñātam iti /
ChU, 6, 7, 3.1 taṃ hovāca yathā somya mahato 'bhyāhitasyaiko 'ṅgāraḥ khadyotamātraḥ pariśiṣṭaḥ syāt /
ChU, 6, 7, 5.2 yathā somya mahato 'bhyāhitasyaikam aṅgāraṃ khadyotamātraṃ pariśiṣṭaṃ
taṃ tṛṇair upasamādhāya prajvālayet tena tato 'pi bahu dahet //
ChU, 6, 12, 2.1 taṃ hovāca yaṃ vai somyaitam aṇimānaṃ na nibhālayasa etasya vai somyaiṣo 'ṇimna evaṃ mahānyagrodhas tiṣṭhati /
ChU, 6, 13, 2.14 taṃ hovācātra vāva kila tat somya na nibhālayase 'traiva kileti //
ChU, 6, 14, 1.1 yathā somya puruṣaṃ gandhārebhyo 'bhinaddhākṣam ānīya
taṃ tato 'tijane visṛjet /
ChU, 7, 1, 3.5 taṃ hovāca yad vai kiṃcaitad adhyagīṣṭhā nāmaivaitat //
ChU, 8, 1, 2.1 taṃ ced brūyur yad idam asmin brahmapure daharaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ veśma daharo 'sminn antarākāśaḥ kiṃ tad atra vidyate yad anveṣṭavyaṃ yad vāva vijijñāsitavyam iti /
ChU, 8, 1, 4.1 taṃ ced brūyur asmiṃś cedaṃ brahmapure sarvaṃ samāhitaṃ sarvāṇi ca bhūtāni sarve ca kāmā yad enaj jarā vāpnoti pradhvaṃsate vā kiṃ tato 'tiśiṣyata iti //
ChU, 8, 1, 5.6 yaṃ yam antam abhikāmā bhavanti yaṃ janapadaṃ yaṃ kṣetrabhāgaṃ
taṃ tam evopajīvanti //
ChU, 8, 1, 5.6 yaṃ yam antam abhikāmā bhavanti yaṃ janapadaṃ yaṃ kṣetrabhāgaṃ taṃ
tam evopajīvanti //
ChU, 8, 3, 1.3 yo yo hy asyetaḥ praiti na
tam iha darśanāya labhate //
ChU, 8, 7, 1.2 sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas
tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānātīti ha prajāpatir uvāca //
ChU, 8, 7, 2.2 te hocur hanta
tam ātmānam anvicchāmo yam ātmānam anviṣya sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān iti /
ChU, 8, 7, 3.5 sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas
tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānātīti bhagavato vaco vedayante /
ChU, 8, 11, 2.2 taṃ ha prajāpatir uvāca maghavan yacchāntahṛdayaḥ prāvrājīḥ kim icchan punar āgama iti /
ChU, 8, 12, 6.3 sa sarvāṃś ca lokān āpnoti sarvāṃś ca kāmān yas
tam ātmānam anuvidya vijānāti /
Drāhyāyaṇaśrautasūtra
DrāhŚS, 10, 2, 10.0 taṃ pratidadhānamanumantrayeta vaiṇāvatāya pratidhatsva śaṅkuṃ māpaproṣṭa mo te 'tipaptad brahmaṇo guptyai vidhṛtyai dhārayātreti //
DrāhŚS, 10, 2, 13.0 taṃ brūyāt pradakṣiṇaṃ devayajanaṃ parīyāḥ pūrvaṃ carmāgamaneṣu vidhyer ekaikenottarottary anatipātayann aparasmā itare yathābhipretam asyeyus tṛtīyena viddhvodaṅ prayāyās tadā caturtham iṣuṃ yāṃ diśaṃ manyethās tām asyer ava brahmadviṣo jahīti gā dṛṣṭvāvatiṣṭhethās tatra tvā visrambhayeyuḥ //
DrāhŚS, 11, 1, 5.0 tam abhimṛśed vado vada vadāvadī vado vadoruḥ pṛthuḥ sugaḥ sugantvaḥ karmaḥ karaṇaḥ karaḥ karasyur abhīṣāṭ cābhīṣāhī cābhimātihaś cābhimātihā ca sāsahiśca sahīyāṃśca sahasvāṃśca sahamānaś codvayāśca bṛhadvayāśca savayāśca bṛhadvayāścaindrīṃ vācaṃ bṛhatīṃ viśvarūpāṃ śatāyuṣīṃ pravada deva vāṇeti //
DrāhŚS, 15, 3, 3.0 ūrdhvaṃ prathamād rātriparyāyād yatra syād amuṣmai tveti
taṃ jinveti tatra brūyāt //
Gautamadharmasūtra
GautDhS, 3, 2, 11.1 athāsmai tatpātram dadyus tat pratigṛhya japecchāntā dyauḥ śāntā pṛthivī śāntaṃ śivam antarikṣaṃ yo rocanas
tam iha gṛhṇāmīti //
Gobhilagṛhyasūtra
GobhGS, 1, 1, 20.0 sa yad evāntyāṃ samidham abhyādadhāti jāyāyā vā pāṇiṃ jighṛkṣan juhoti
tam abhisaṃyacchet //
GobhGS, 2, 2, 6.0 taṃ sopastīrṇābhighāritam agnau juhoty avicchindaty añjalim iyaṃ nāry upabrūta iti //
GobhGS, 2, 4, 3.0 akṣabhaṅge naddhavimokṣe yānaviparyāse 'nyāsu cāpatsu yam evāgniṃ haranti
tam evopasamādhāya vyāhṛtibhir hutvānyaddravyam āhṛtya ya ṛte cid abhiśriṣa ity ājyaśeṣenābhyañjet //
GobhGS, 4, 10, 19.0 muñca gāṃ varuṇapāśād dviṣantaṃ me 'bhidhehīti
taṃ jahy amuṣya cobhayor utsṛja gām attu tṛṇāni pibatūdakam iti brūyāt //
Gopathabrāhmaṇa
GB, 1, 1, 4, 21.0 tam atharvāṇaṃ brahmābravīt prajāpateḥ prajāḥ sṛṣṭvā pālayasveti //
GB, 1, 1, 13, 11.0 taṃ ha smaitam evaṃ vidvāṃsaḥ pūrve śrotriyā yajñaṃ tataṃ sāvasāya ha smāhety abhivrajanti //
GB, 1, 1, 14, 1.0 taṃ ha smaitam evaṃ vidvāṃsaṃ brahmāṇaṃ yajñaviriṣṭī vā yajñaviriṣṭino vety upādhāveran //
GB, 1, 1, 31, 23.0 sa cet saumya duradhīyāno bhaviṣyaty ācāryovāca brahmacārī brahmacāriṇo sāvitrīṃ prāheti vakṣyati tat tvaṃ brūyād duradhīyānaṃ
taṃ vai bhavān maudgalyam avocat //
GB, 1, 1, 32, 25.0 taṃ hopetya papraccha kiṃ svid āhur bhoḥ savitur vareṇyaṃ bhargo devasya kavayaḥ kim āhur dhiyo vicakṣva yadi tāḥ pravettha //
GB, 1, 1, 38, 1.0 taṃ ha smaitam evaṃ vidvāṃso manyante vidmainam iti yāthātathyam avidvāṃsaḥ //
GB, 1, 2, 2, 14.0 sa yat suṣupsur nidrāṃ ninayati tena
taṃ svapnam avarunddhe yo 'syājagare bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 2, 16.0 sa yat kruddho vācā na kaṃcana hinasti puruṣātpuruṣāt pāpīyān iva manyamānas tena
taṃ krodham avarunddhe yo 'sya varāhe bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 2, 27.0 tena
taṃ puṇyaṃ gandham avarunddhe yo 'syauṣadhivanaspatiṣu bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 3, 2.0 sa yad aharahaḥ samidha āhṛtya sāyaṃ prātar agniṃ paricaret tena
taṃ pādam avarunddhe yo 'syāgnau bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 3, 3.0 sa yad aharahar ācāryāya karma karoti tena
taṃ pādam avarunddhe yo 'syācārye bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 3, 4.0 sa yad aharahar grāmaṃ praviśya bhikṣām eva parīpsati na maithunaṃ tena
taṃ pādam avarunddhe yo 'sya grāme bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 3, 5.0 sa yat kruddho vācā na kaṃcana hinasti puruṣātpuruṣāt pāpīyān iva manyamānas tena
taṃ pādam avarunddhe yo 'sya mṛtyau bhavati //
GB, 1, 2, 4, 21.0 taṃ ha sma tatputraṃ bhrātaraṃ vopatāpinam āhur upanayetainam iti //
GB, 1, 2, 4, 26.0 taṃ cec chayānam utthāya taṃ ced utthitam abhiprakramya taṃ ced abhiprakrāntam abhipalāyamānam //
GB, 1, 2, 4, 26.0 taṃ cec chayānam utthāya
taṃ ced utthitam abhiprakramya taṃ ced abhiprakrāntam abhipalāyamānam //
GB, 1, 2, 4, 26.0 taṃ cec chayānam utthāya taṃ ced utthitam abhiprakramya
taṃ ced abhiprakrāntam abhipalāyamānam //
GB, 1, 2, 13, 2.0 ye caivāsomapaṃ yājayanti ye ca surāpaṃ ye ca brāhmaṇaṃ vicchinnaṃ somayājinaṃ
taṃ prātaḥ samitpāṇaya upodeyur upāyāmo bhavantam iti //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 5.0 taṃ devā abruvann anyat tad rūpaṃ kuruṣva naitena no rūpeṇa bhūyiṣṭhaṃ chādayasi naitena śakṣyasi goptum iti //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 7.0 taṃ devā abruvann anyat tad rūpaṃ kuruṣva naitena no rūpeṇa bhūyiṣṭhaṃ chādayasi naitena śakṣyasi goptum iti //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 9.0 taṃ devā abruvann anyad eva tad rūpaṃ kuruṣva naitena no rūpeṇa bhūyiṣṭhaṃ chādayasi naitena śakṣyasi goptum iti //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 11.0 taṃ devā abruvann etat tad rūpaṃ kuruṣvaitena no rūpeṇa bhūyiṣṭhaṃ chādayasy etena śakṣyasi goptum iti //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 27.0 taṃ tasyām eva hotrāyām indrabhūtaṃ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhan //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 28.0 taṃ yat tasyām eva hotrāyām indrabhūtaṃ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhaṃs tad brāhmaṇācchaṃsy abhavat //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 35.0 taṃ tasyām eva hotrāyāṃ vāyubhūtaṃ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhan //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 36.0 taṃ yat tasyām eva hotrāyāṃ vāyubhūtaṃ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhaṃs tat potābhavat //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 43.0 taṃ tasyām eva hotrāyām agnibhūtam indhānāḥ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhan //
GB, 1, 2, 19, 44.0 taṃ yat tasyām eva hotrāyām agnibhūtam indhānāḥ punanta stuvantaḥ śaṃsanto 'tiṣṭhaṃs tad āgnīdhro 'bhavat //
GB, 1, 2, 21, 2.0 tam etābhiḥ pañcabhir ṛgbhir upākurute yad akrandaḥ prathamaṃ jāyamāna iti //
GB, 1, 2, 21, 18.0 indrasyaujo marutām anīkam iti ratham abhihutya
tam etayarcātiṣṭhad vanaspate vīḍvaṅgo hi bhūyāḥ iti //
GB, 1, 2, 21, 49.0 ya eṣa brāhmaṇo gāyano nartano vā bhavati
tam āglāgṛdha ity ācakṣate //
GB, 1, 3, 2, 3.0 taṃ vā etaṃ mahāvādyaṃ kurute yad ṛcaiva hautram akarod yajuṣādhvaryavaṃ sāmnaudgātram atharvāṅgirobhir brahmatvam //
GB, 1, 3, 6, 6.0 taṃ yata eva prapannaṃ dadhre tata evam anupratipedire te ha svaidāyanaṃ śaunakam ūcuḥ svaidāyana tvaṃ vai no brahmiṣṭho 'sīti //
GB, 1, 3, 15, 7.0 teṣāṃ yaḥ sakṛd agnihotram ajuhot
tam itarāv apṛcchatāṃ kasmai tvaṃ juhoṣīti //
GB, 1, 3, 15, 12.0 teṣāṃ yas trir ajuhot
tam itarāvapṛcchatāṃ kebhyas tvaṃ juhoṣīty agnaye prajāpataye 'numataya iti sāyaṃ sūryāya prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛta iti prātaḥ //
GB, 1, 3, 23, 1.0 atha yasya dīkṣitasyartumatī jāyā syāt pratisnāvā pratisnāvā sarūpavatsāyā goḥ payasi sthālīpākaṃ śrapayitvābhighāryodvāsyoddhṛtyābhihiṅkṛtya garbhavedanapuṃsavanaiḥ saṃpātavantaṃ kṛtvā
taṃ paraiva prāśnīyāt //
GB, 1, 4, 2, 5.0 sa yad etāv antareṇānyo dīkṣetemaṃ
taṃ lokam oṣadhibhir vyāpādayet //
GB, 1, 4, 3, 7.0 sa yad etāv antareṇānyo dīkṣetemaṃ
taṃ lokaṃ varṣeṇa vyāpādayet //
GB, 1, 4, 4, 6.0 sa yad etāv antareṇānyo dīkṣetemaṃ
taṃ lokam annena vyāpādayet //
GB, 1, 4, 5, 6.0 sa yad etāv antareṇānyo dīkṣetemaṃ
taṃ lokaṃ prāṇena vyāpādayet //
GB, 1, 4, 15, 14.0 upa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo ca ūrdhvastomo yenaitad ahar avāpnuyāmeti //
GB, 1, 4, 24, 2.0 tam ācāryaḥ papraccha kumāra kati te pitā saṃvatsarasyāhāny amanyateti //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 3.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 8.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 15.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 19.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 26.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 30.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 1, 5, 10, 34.0 te devā ihasāmivāsurupa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīmo yaḥ sahasrasaṃvatsarasya pratimā //
GB, 2, 1, 21, 4.0 tāḥ prajāḥ prajāpatiṃ pitaram etyopāvadann upa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīhi yeneṣṭvā varuṇam aprīṇāt //
GB, 2, 1, 21, 13.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti
tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 23, 15.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti
tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 1, 26, 3.0 atha yad agniṃ praṇayanti yam evāmuṃ vaiśvadeve manthanti
tam eva tat praṇayanti //
GB, 2, 2, 6, 13.0 taṃ saṃbhṛtyocatur brahman gharmeṇa pracariṣyāmo hotar gharmam abhiṣṭuhy udgātaḥ sāmāni gāyeti //
GB, 2, 2, 10, 9.0 taṃ ha sma yad āhuḥ kasmāt tvam idam āsandyām āsīnaḥ saktubhir upamathya somaṃ pibasīti //
GB, 2, 2, 12, 1.1 yatra vijānāti brahmant somo 'skann iti
tam etayālabhyābhimantrayate abhūd devaḥ savitā vandyo nu na idānīm ahna upavācyo nṛbhiḥ /
GB, 2, 3, 3, 4.0 taṃ taṃ praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai starītave //
GB, 2, 3, 3, 4.0 taṃ
taṃ praharati dviṣate bhrātṛvyāya vadhaṃ yo 'sya stṛtyas tasmai starītave //
GB, 2, 3, 7, 20.0 yas
taṃ tatra brūyād asaṃsthitān ṛtūn samatiṣṭhipad duḥṣamaṃ bhaviṣyatīti śaśvat tathā syāt //
GB, 2, 3, 9, 11.0 taṃ devāś ca ṛṣayaś cābruvan vasiṣṭho 'yam astu yo no yajñasyāgre geyam adrāg iti //
GB, 2, 4, 2, 1.0 taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣahaṃ tat tvā yāmi suvīryam iti brāhmaṇācchaṃsina stotriyānurūpau //
Hiraṇyakeśigṛhyasūtra
HirGS, 1, 4, 9.0 tam apareṇāgnim udañcam upaveśya hutoccheṣaṇaṃ prāśayati tvayi medhāṃ tvayi prajām ityetaiḥ saṃnataiḥ //
HirGS, 1, 7, 10.0 udāyuṣety utthāpya sūryaiṣa te putras
taṃ te paridadāmīti paridāya taccakṣurdevahitaṃ purastācchukram uccarat paśyema śaradaḥ śataṃ jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ nandāma śaradaḥ śataṃ modāma śaradaḥ śataṃ bhavāma śaradaḥ śataṃ śṛṇavāma śaradaḥ śataṃ prabravāma śaradaḥ śatam ajitāḥ syāma śaradaḥ śataṃ jyok ca sūryaṃ dṛśa ityādityam upatiṣṭhate //
HirGS, 1, 7, 17.0 yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ
harāmastaṃ tvā viśve avantu devās taṃ tvā bhrātaraḥ suhṛdo vardhamānamanujāyantāṃ bahavaḥ sujātam iti prathamavāsyam asyādatte //
HirGS, 1, 7, 17.0 yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ harāmastaṃ tvā viśve avantu devās
taṃ tvā bhrātaraḥ suhṛdo vardhamānamanujāyantāṃ bahavaḥ sujātam iti prathamavāsyam asyādatte //
HirGS, 1, 10, 6.0 āharantyasmai kuṇḍale cāndanamaṇiṃ bādaraṃ vā suvarṇābhicchādanaṃ tadubhayaṃ darbheṇa prabadhyoparyagnau dhārayannabhijuhoty āyuṣyaṃ varcasyaṃ rāyaspoṣam audbhidam idaṃ hiraṇyam āyuṣe varcase jaitryāyāviśatāṃ māṃ svāhoccair vāji pṛtanāsāhaṃ sabhāsāhaṃ dhanaṃjayaṃ sarvāḥ samagrā ṛddhayo hiraṇye 'smin samābhṛtāḥ svāhā śunamahaṃ hiraṇyasya pituriva nāmāgrabhiṣaṃ
taṃ mā hiraṇyavarcasaṃ karotu pūruṣu priyaṃ brahmavarcasinaṃ mā karotu svāhā priyaṃ mā kuru deveṣu priyaṃ mā brahmaṇi kuru priyaṃ viśyeṣu śūdreṣu priyaṃ mā kuru rājasu svāheyam oṣadhe trāyamāṇā sahamānā sahasvatī sā mā hiraṇyavarcasaṃ karotu pūruṣu priyaṃ brahmavarcasinaṃ mā karotu svāheti //
HirGS, 1, 23, 1.11 ekaśataṃ
taṃ pāpmānamṛcchatu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo bhūyāṃsi mām ekaśatāt puṇyāny āgacchantu /
HirGS, 2, 9, 9.1 caturṣu saptasu vā palāśeṣu
taṃ tathaivāvāhayati yathā śūlagavam //
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.1 eṣa te tata madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvānagniśca pṛthivī ca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathāgnir akṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitre 'kṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ
taṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīvāsāvṛcaste mahimā /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.2 eṣa te pitāmaha madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvān vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ ca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvān asya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathā vāyurakṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ pitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ
taṃ svadhām akṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīvāsau yajūṃṣi te mahimā /
HirGS, 2, 13, 1.3 eṣa te prapitāmaha madhumāṁ ūrmiḥ sarasvān yāvān ādityaśca dyauśca tāvatyasya mātrā tāvānasya mahimā tāvantamenaṃ bhūtaṃ dadāmi yathādityo 'kṣito 'nupadasta evaṃ mahyaṃ prapitāmahāyākṣito 'nupadastaḥ svadhā bhavatāṃ
taṃ svadhāmakṣitaṃ taiḥ sahopajīvāsau sāmāni te mahimā /
HirGS, 2, 14, 7.1 taṃ ghṛtavantaṃ madhumantamannavantaṃ śrāddhābhimarśanenābhimṛśya piṇḍānāmāvṛtā piṇḍāndadāti //
HirGS, 2, 15, 9.5 taṃ doham upajīvātha pitaraḥ saṃvidānāḥ sviṣṭo 'yaṃ suhuto mamāstu /
Jaiminigṛhyasūtra
JaimGS, 1, 2, 8.0 uttarato 'gneḥ praṇītāḥ praṇīya darbhaiḥ pracchādya dakṣiṇato 'gneḥ prastaraṃ nidhāya prastarasyopariṣṭāt pavitre nidhāya virūpākṣaṃ japaty oṃ tapaśca tejaśca satyaṃ cātmā ca dhṛtiśca dharmaśca sattvaṃ ca tyāgaśca brahmā ca brahma ca tāni prapadye tāni mām avantu bhūr bhuvaḥ svar oṃ mahāntam ātmānam adhyārohāmi virūpākṣo 'si dantāñjistasya te śayyā parṇe gṛhā antarikṣe te vimitaṃ hiraṇmayaṃ tad devānāṃ hṛdayānyayasmaye kumbhe antaḥ saṃnihitāni tāni balabhūśca baladhā ca rakṣa ṇo mā pramadaḥ satyaṃ te dvādaśa putrāste tvā saṃvatsare saṃvatsare kāmapreṇa yajñena yājayitvā punar brahmacaryam upayanti tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'syahaṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ brāhmaṇo vai brāhmaṇam upadhāvati
taṃ tvopadhāvāmi japantaṃ mā mā pratijāpsīr juhvantaṃ mā mā pratihauṣīḥ kurvantaṃ mā mā pratikārṣīstvāṃ prapadye tvayā prasūta idaṃ karma kariṣyāmi tanme samṛdhyatāṃ virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye brahmaṇaḥ putrāya jyeṣṭhāya śreṣṭhāyāmoghāya karmādhipataye nama iti //
JaimGS, 1, 4, 6.0 paścāt tṛṇam anupraharati dviṣantaṃ me 'bhidhehi
taṃ caiva pradaha svāheti //
JaimGS, 1, 17, 14.0 araṇyaṃ gatvā śaivalamiśrāṇām apāṃ kāṃsaṃ pūrayitvā
tam upaveśya samanuparigṛhya nimīlitaṃ tisra stotriyā upagāyet sapurīṣāḥ //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 18.0 vanaspatīnāṃ gandho 'si puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru devamanuṣyeṣu
taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 18, 20.0 vanaspatīnāṃ puṣpam asi puṇyagandha puṇyaṃ me gandhaṃ kuru devamanuṣyeṣu
taṃ tvābhihare dīrghāyuṣṭvāya varcasa iti //
JaimGS, 1, 19, 80.0 taṃ pratigṛhya bhūmau pratiṣṭhāpyāvaghṛṣyāṅguṣṭhenopakaniṣṭhikayā ca mahyaṃ tvā yaśase 'nnādyāya brahmavarcasāyeti triḥ prāśnīyāt //
Jaiminīya-Upaniṣad-Brāhmaṇa
JUB, 1, 4, 6.1 taṃ haitam eke hiṅkāraṃ him bhā ovā iti bahirdheva hiṃkurvanti /
JUB, 1, 8, 7.1 taṃ dravantaṃ catvāro devānām anvapaśyann indraś candro rudras samudraḥ /
JUB, 1, 15, 1.2 taṃ na śayānā nāsīnā na tiṣṭhanto na dhāvanto naiva kenacana karmaṇāpnuvan //
JUB, 1, 15, 2.2 taṃ na śayānā nāsīnā na tiṣṭhanto na dhāvanto naiva kenacana karmaṇāpāma /
JUB, 1, 42, 1.2 taṃ hovācājānāsi saumya gautama yad idaṃ vayaṃ caikitāneyāḥ sāmaivopāsmahe /
JUB, 1, 58, 5.1 sa ya udgātāraṃ dakṣiṇābhir ārādhayati
taṃ sā kulyopadhāvati /
JUB, 1, 59, 3.1 taṃ hovāca kiṃ vidvān no dālbhyānāmantrya madhuparkam pibasīti /
JUB, 2, 2, 7.1 taṃ haitam eke pratyakṣam eva gāyanti prāṇā3 prāṇā3 prāṇā3 hum bhā ovā iti //
JUB, 2, 4, 3.1 taṃ haitam udgīthaṃ śāṭyāyanir ācaṣṭe vaśī dīptāgra iti /
JUB, 2, 7, 2.1 taṃ devā bṛhaspatinodgātrā dīkṣāmahā iti purastād āgacchann ayaṃ ta udgāyatv iti /
JUB, 2, 8, 6.1 te hocur asurā eta
taṃ vedāma yo no 'yam ittham adhatteti /
JUB, 2, 11, 12.1 taṃ vāg eva bhūtvāgniḥ prāviśan mano bhūtvā candramāś cakṣur bhūtvādityaḥ śrotram bhūtvā diśaḥ prāṇo bhūtvā vāyuḥ //
JUB, 2, 14, 2.2 ya enam asmiṃl loke sādhūpacarati
tam eṣo 'muṣmiṃlloke sādhūpacarati /
JUB, 2, 14, 2.3 atha ya enam asmiṃlloke nādriyate
tam eṣo 'muṣmiṃlloke nādriyate /
JUB, 3, 2, 2.2 taṃ kāpeya na vijānanty eke 'bhipratārin bahudhā niviṣṭam iti //
JUB, 3, 2, 4.1 taṃ ha pratyuvācātmā devānām uta martyānāṃ hiraṇyadanto rapaso na sūnuḥ /
JUB, 3, 8, 3.1 taṃ ha saṃgrahītovācātha yad bhagavas te tābhyāṃ na kuśalaṃ kathettham āttheti //
JUB, 3, 8, 8.1 taṃ ha kanīyān bhrātovācānūttiṣṭha bhagava udgātāram iti /
JUB, 3, 9, 3.1 sa yas tāṃ devatāṃ veda yāṃ ca sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati yā cainaṃ
tam mṛtyum ativahati sa udgātā mṛtyum ativahatīti //
JUB, 3, 9, 5.1 sa yas tāṃ devatāṃ veda yāṃ ca sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati yā cainaṃ
tam mṛtyum ativahati sa udgātā mṛtyum ativahatīti //
JUB, 3, 9, 7.1 sa yas tāṃ devatāṃ veda yāṃ ca sa tato 'nusaṃbhavati yā cainaṃ
tam mṛtyum ativahati sa udgātā mṛtyum ativahatīti //
JUB, 3, 9, 9.1 taṃ ha jābālam pratyetaṃ kanīyān bhrātovāca kām bhavañchūdrako vācam avādīti /
JUB, 3, 10, 3.1 taṃ hābhyavekṣyovācaivam eṣa brāhmaṇo moghāya vādāya nāglāyat /
JUB, 3, 10, 10.1 taṃ ha vā evaṃvid udgātā yajamānam om ity etenākṣareṇādityam mṛtyum ativahati vāg ity agniṃ hum iti vāyum bhā iti candramasam //
JUB, 3, 12, 3.2 tam id udgātā śriyā prajāpatinā hiṅkāreṇa mṛtyum apasedhati //
JUB, 3, 13, 8.1 tam etad udgātā yajamānam om ity etenākṣareṇānte svarge loke dadhāti //
JUB, 3, 13, 10.1 tam etad udgātā yajamānam om ity etenākṣareṇa svarapakṣaṃ kṛtvānte svarge loke dadhāti /
JUB, 3, 13, 13.1 tam etad udgātā yajamānam om ity etenākṣareṇādityaṃ devalokaṃ gamayati //
JUB, 3, 14, 1.2 sa yo ha nāmnā vā gotreṇa vā prabrūte
taṃ hāha yas te 'yam mayy ātmābhūd eṣa te sa iti //
JUB, 3, 14, 5.1 taṃ hāha yas tvam asi so 'ham asmi yo 'ham asmi sa tvam asy ehīti //
JUB, 3, 14, 9.1 tadā
taṃ ha vā evaṃvid udgātā yajamānam om ity etenākṣareṇādityaṃ devalokaṃ gamayati /
JUB, 3, 20, 1.1 guhāsi devo 'sy upavāsy upa
taṃ vāyasva yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
JUB, 3, 20, 6.1 tam iyam āgatam pṛthivī pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 20, 14.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam agniḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ saha nāv ayaṃ loka iti //
JUB, 3, 21, 8.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ vāyuḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 21, 12.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam antarikṣalokaḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 22, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ diśaḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 22, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam ahorātre pratinandato 'yaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 23, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam ardhamāsāḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 23, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam māsāḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 24, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam ṛtavaḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 24, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ saṃvatsaraḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 25, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ divyā gandharvāḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 25, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam apsarasaḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 26, 2.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ dyauḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 26, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ devāḥ pratinandanty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 27, 6.1 taṃ tathaivāgatam ādityaḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 27, 15.1 taṃ tathaivāgataṃ candramāḥ pratinandaty ayaṃ te bhagavo lokaḥ /
JUB, 3, 29, 7.3 taṃ ha sma pariṣvajamāno yathā dhūmaṃ vāpīyād vāyuṃ vākāśaṃ vāgnyarciṃ vāpo vaivaṃ ha smainaṃ vyeti /
JUB, 3, 30, 5.2 taṃ hānuśiṣyovāca yaḥ smaivaitat sāma vidyāt sa smaiva ta udgāyatv iti //
JUB, 4, 8, 1.1 yo vai gāyatryai mukhaṃ vedeti hovāca
taṃ dakṣiṇā pratigṛhītā na hiṃsantīti //
JUB, 4, 9, 4.1 tad yasyaivaṃ vidvān prastauti ya evāsya vāci mṛtyupāśas
tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 5.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān udgāyati ya evāsya prāṇe mṛtyupāśas
tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 6.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān pratiharati ya evāsya cakṣuṣi mṛtyupāśas
tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 9, 7.1 atha yasyaivaṃ vidvān nidhanam upaiti ya evāsya śrotre mṛtyupāśas
tam evāsyonmuñcati //
JUB, 4, 25, 2.2 sa ya evam etat ṣoḍaśakalam brahma veda
tam evaitat ṣoḍaśakalam brahmāpyeti //
Jaiminīyabrāhmaṇa
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ
taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ
tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ
tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ
taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ
taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ
tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ
tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ
tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs
taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni
taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 4, 1.0 taṃ trirātraṃ taṃ dvirātraṃ tam aptoryāmaṃ tam atirātraṃ taṃ vājapeyaṃ taṃ ṣoḍaśinaṃ tam ukthyaṃ tam agniṣṭomaṃ tam iṣṭipaśubandhāṃs taṃ cāturmāsyāni taṃ darśapūrṇamāsau
tam ete agnihotrāhutī abhisamabharan //
JB, 1, 7, 9.0 atha yad apaḥ pratyānayati yena rasenāpaḥ praviṣṭo bhavati
tam evāsmiṃs tat saṃbharati //
JB, 1, 11, 5.0 sainaṃ
taṃ lokaṃ gamayati ya etasyai yataḥ paraṃ nāsti //
JB, 1, 18, 3.2 vicakṣaṇād ṛtavo reta ābhṛtam ardhamāsyaṃ prasutāt pitryāvatas
taṃ mā puṃsi kartary erayadhvaṃ puṃsaḥ kartur mātary āsiṣikta //
JB, 1, 18, 4.1 sa upajāyopajāyamāno dvādaśena trayodaśopamāsaḥ saṃ tad vide prati tad vide 'haṃ
taṃ mā ṛtavo 'mṛta ānayadhvam iti /
JB, 1, 18, 7.1 sa yo ha nāmnā vā gotreṇa vā prabrūte
taṃ hāha yas te 'yaṃ mayy ātmābhūd eṣa te sa iti /
JB, 1, 19, 24.0 taṃ hovāca vetthāgnihotraṃ yājñavalkya namas te 'stu sahasraṃ bhagavo dadma iti //
JB, 1, 22, 2.0 te hocur janako vā ayaṃ vaideho 'gnihotre 'nuśiṣṭaḥ sa no 'tivadann iva manyata eta
tam agnihotre kathāṃ vādayiṣyāma iti //
JB, 1, 24, 2.0 taṃ hovācāgniveśya kiṃ bhūyiṣṭhaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ vittānām iti //
JB, 1, 25, 2.0 taṃ hovāca vaiyāghrapadya ko 'rkaḥ ko 'śvo medho medhya iti //
JB, 1, 26, 7.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvā pṛthivīṃ lokānāṃ jayaty agniṃ devaṃ devānām //
JB, 1, 26, 15.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvāntarikṣaṃ lokānāṃ jayati vāyuṃ devaṃ devānām //
JB, 1, 27, 8.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvā divaṃ lokānāṃ jayaty ādityaṃ devaṃ devānām //
JB, 1, 28, 14.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvorjaṃ lokānāṃ jayati yamaṃ devaṃ devānāṃ //
JB, 1, 29, 6.0 tam eva tābhir āhutibhiḥ śamayitvā nabho lokānāṃ jayati prajāpatiṃ devaṃ devānāṃ //
JB, 1, 40, 10.0 puruṣa it samit
tam annam inddhe 'nnasya mā tejasā svargaṃ lokaṃ gamaya yatra devānām ṛṣīṇāṃ priyaṃ dhāma tatra ma idam agnihotraṃ gamayeti tūṣṇīm upasādayati //
JB, 1, 41, 3.0 taṃ gandharvāpsarasa āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 5.0 taṃ grahāś ca pitaraś cāhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 7.0 taṃ prāṇāpānāv āhatuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 9.0 tam udānāpānāv āhatuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 11.0 taṃ samānavyānau garbhāś cāhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 13.0 taṃ devajanā āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 15.0 taṃ vayāṃsy āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 17.0 tam ṛṣaya āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 41, 19.0 taṃ sarpajanā āhuḥ śraddhā te mā vigāt sarvaiḥ kāmais tṛpya svargaṃ lokam āpnuhīti //
JB, 1, 42, 10.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 42, 14.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 42, 18.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 42, 22.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 42, 28.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 42, 33.0 taṃ hocuḥ pitaraṃ varuṇaṃ pṛcchāsi sa ta idaṃ pravakteti //
JB, 1, 46, 8.0 taṃ hartūnām eko yaḥ kūṭahasto raśminā pratyavetya pṛcchati ko 'si puruṣeti //
JB, 1, 47, 8.0 tam antareṇāgnīn nidhāya gārhapatya ājyaṃ vilāpyotpūya caturgṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā gatvāhavanīye samidvaty anvārabdhe juhoti //
JB, 1, 49, 21.0 taṃ hartūnām eko yaḥ kūṭahasto raśminā pratyavetya pṛcchati ko 'si puruṣeti //
JB, 1, 50, 10.0 saṃ tad vide prati tad vide 'haṃ
taṃ martavo 'mṛta ānayadhvaṃ dvādaśatrayodaśena pitrā tayā mātrā tayā śraddhayā tenānnādyena tena satyena ahar me pitā rātrir mātā satyam asmi taṃ martavo 'mṛta ānayadhvam iti //
JB, 1, 50, 10.0 saṃ tad vide prati tad vide 'haṃ taṃ martavo 'mṛta ānayadhvaṃ dvādaśatrayodaśena pitrā tayā mātrā tayā śraddhayā tenānnādyena tena satyena ahar me pitā rātrir mātā satyam asmi
taṃ martavo 'mṛta ānayadhvam iti //
JB, 1, 50, 16.0 taṃ ha vai manojavasaḥ pitaraś ca pitāmahāś ca pratyāgacchanti tataḥ kiṃ na āhārṣīr iti //
JB, 1, 59, 5.0 tad yathā vā ado dhāvayato 'śvataro gadāyate yukto vā balīvarda upaviśati tena daṇḍaprajitena tottraprajitena yam adhvānaṃ kāmayate
taṃ samaśnuta evam evaitayā daṇḍaprajitayā tottraprajitayā yaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ kāmayate taṃ samaśnute //
JB, 1, 59, 5.0 tad yathā vā ado dhāvayato 'śvataro gadāyate yukto vā balīvarda upaviśati tena daṇḍaprajitena tottraprajitena yam adhvānaṃ kāmayate taṃ samaśnuta evam evaitayā daṇḍaprajitayā tottraprajitayā yaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ kāmayate
taṃ samaśnute //
JB, 1, 61, 2.0 tam u haika ulmukād eva nirmanthanti yato vai manuṣyasyāntato naśyati tato vāva sa tasya prāyaścittim icchata iti vadantaḥ //
JB, 1, 61, 7.0 upāha
taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya ulmukamathya upo taṃ yo 'raṇyoḥ //
JB, 1, 61, 7.0 upāha taṃ kāmam āpnoti ya ulmukamathya upo
taṃ yo 'raṇyoḥ //
JB, 1, 61, 29.0 araṇyor eva samārohayeta ayaṃ te yonir ṛtviyo yato jāto arocathās
taṃ jānann agna ārohāthā no vardhayā rayim athā no vardhayā gira iti vā //
JB, 1, 62, 8.0 tam upasamādhāya caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvā viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ svāheti juhuyāt //
JB, 1, 63, 8.0 tam upasamādhāya caturgṛhītam ājyaṃ gṛhītvā viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ svāheti juhuyāt //
JB, 1, 65, 2.0 atha yājyā parasyā adhi saṃvato 'varaṃ abhy ā tara yatrāham asmi
taṃ aveti //
JB, 1, 71, 9.0 yas tvā annam abhīva kāmayate
tam evaitad bhūyiṣṭhaṃ dveṣṭi //
JB, 1, 73, 4.0 taṃ devāś carṣayaś copasametyābruvan vitunno 'yaṃ mastiṣko māmuyā bhūt karavāmemaṃ kasyāṃ citācitīti //
JB, 1, 73, 11.0 taṃ pratyagṛhṇād devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pratigṛhṇāmīti //
JB, 1, 73, 13.0 taṃ pratigṛhyāpavayad vasavas tvā punantu gāyatreṇa chandasā suprajāvaniṃ rāyaspoṣavaniṃ rudrās tvā punantu traiṣṭubhena chandasā suprajāvaniṃ rāyaspoṣavanim ādityās tvā punantu jāgatena chandasā suprajāvaniṃ rāyaspoṣavanim iti //
JB, 1, 73, 15.0 taṃ pavayitvā paścād akṣaṃ sādayati bārhaspatyam asi vānaspatyaṃ prajāpater mūrdhātyāyupātram iti //
JB, 1, 75, 2.0 tam u hāsitamṛgā iti kaśyapānāṃ putrā ūcuḥ ko nu no 'yaṃ nṛśaṃsako 'nta udgāyaty eta imam anuvyāhariṣyāma iti //
JB, 1, 76, 7.0 taṃ yadi brūyus tamāṃsi vā agāsīr na jyotīṃṣīti jyotīṃṣy evāham agāsiṣam iti brūyān na tamāṃsīti //
JB, 1, 78, 8.0 taṃ prohati vasavas tvā prohantu gāyatreṇa chandasā rudrās tvā prohantu traiṣṭubhena chandasā ādityās tvā prohantu jāgatena chandaseti //
JB, 1, 78, 16.0 tam abhyamṛśat tanūpā asi tanvaṃ me pāhi varcodhā asi varco me dhehy āyurdhā asy āyur me dhehi vayodhā asi vayo me dhehīti //
JB, 1, 78, 18.0 tam etenaivodgātābhimṛśati tanūpā asi tanvaṃ me pāhi varcodhā asi varco me dhehy āyurdhā asy āyur me dhehi vayodhā asi vayo me dhehīti //
JB, 1, 79, 1.0 saṃmukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvābhimṛśati śyenā ajirā ṛtasya garbhāḥ prayuto napātaḥ parvatānāṃ kakubha ā nas
taṃ vīraṃ vahata yaṃ bahava upajīvāmo 'bhiśastikṛtam anabhiśastenyam anyasyābhiśastyāḥ kartāram iti //
JB, 1, 79, 4.0 yady asyāvaruddho rājanyaḥ syād vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā tūṣṇīṃ droṇakalaśam adhyūhya
tam avahvārayan dakṣiṇā nirūhed idam aham amuṃ viśo nirūhāmīdam asya rāṣṭraṃ nyubjāmīti nyañcaṃ droṇakalaśaṃ nyubjet //
JB, 1, 79, 7.0 sa yady enam avagatya nādriyeta
taṃ kāmayetātraivāntaravaruddho 'stv iti //
JB, 1, 79, 8.0 vimukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvā tūṣṇīṃ droṇakalaśam adhyūhyopāṃśusavana iti grāvā
tam upariṣṭād abhinidadhyād idam aham amuṣmin viśam adhyūhāmīti //
JB, 1, 80, 7.0 taṃ dṛṃhati devī tvā dhiṣaṇe nipātāṃ dhruve sadasi sīdeṣa ūrje sīdeti //
JB, 1, 81, 14.0 tam abhimantrayate sa pavasva sudhāmā devānām abhi priyāṇi dhāma trir devebhyo 'pavathās trir ādityebhyas trir aṅgirobhyo yena turyeṇa brahmaṇā bṛhaspataye 'pavathās tena mahyaṃ pavasva //
JB, 1, 83, 5.0 prajāpatir yad yajñam asṛjata
taṃ havirdhāna evāsṛjata //
JB, 1, 83, 11.0 ya in nu mānuṣaṃ vājinam aśāntam asaṃmṛṣṭam ārohati
tam in nu sa hinasti vā pra vā kṣiṇoti //
JB, 1, 84, 2.0 tam anumantrayata etad ahaṃ daivyaṃ vājinaṃ saṃmārjmīti //
JB, 1, 84, 5.0 ya in nu mānuṣāya kṣetrapataye 'procyāvasyati
tam in nu sa hinasti vā pra vā yāpayati //
JB, 1, 87, 6.0 tam atas tisṛbhir ādadata tisṛbhir antarikṣāt tisṛbhir divam agamayan //
JB, 1, 87, 13.0 tam atas tisṛbhir evādadate tisṛbhir antarikṣāt tisṛbhir divaṃ gamayanti //
JB, 1, 88, 9.0 tam etat prajā annakāśinīr abhitaḥ samantaṃ pariviśanti //
JB, 1, 89, 26.0 sa ya etad evānya uttiṣṭhet
tam uttiṣṭhantam ārabhyānūttiṣṭhet //
JB, 1, 98, 3.0 ya etad agne tīrtvāsmin loke sādhu cikīrṣāt
taṃ tvam asmin loke dhīpsatād ity agnim asmin loke 'dadhur vāyum antarikṣa ādityaṃ divi //
JB, 1, 98, 7.0 atho ha
tam eva dhīpsanti ya evaṃ vidvāṃsaṃ dhīpsatīti //
JB, 1, 107, 12.0 sa yo haivaṃ vidvān saṃgrāmayoḥ saṃnihitayor brūyād akṣareṇa tvā saṃnidadhāmīti paraṃ grāmaṃ sa haiva
taṃ grāmaṃ jayati //
JB, 1, 107, 13.0 atho yasminn evaṃvid grāme bhavati sa u haiva
taṃ grāmaṃ jayati //
JB, 1, 108, 5.0 tam abruvann īkṣitvānnādo vā ayaṃ śreṣṭho bhaviṣyati pāpmā vā asya paryavartīti //
JB, 1, 126, 10.0 taṃ hānvīkṣya patantam uvāca yeṣām asau haritavarṇakaḥ patati te jeṣyantīti //
JB, 1, 126, 12.0 taṃ hovācarṣe kam imaṃ janaṃ vardhayasy asmākaṃ vai tvam asi vayaṃ vā tava asmān abhyupāvartasveti //
JB, 1, 141, 4.0 ya enam evaṃ cakṛvāṃsam upamīmāṃseta svareṇa yajamānasya paśūn nirasvārīr iti
taṃ brūyān nidhanavat purastād rathantaraṃ nidhanavad upariṣṭān naudhasaṃ tābhyāṃ ma etad ubhayataḥ prajāḥ paśavaḥ parigṛhītāḥ prāṇam evaitad adhāṃ madhyataḥ paśūnām iti //
JB, 1, 155, 27.0 yathā ha vā idaṃ baddhavatsā hiṃkarakṛtī dhāvaty evaṃ ha vāva
tam indraḥ somam āgacchati yasmin kāleyena stuvanti //
JB, 1, 160, 13.0 tato vai
taṃ paśavo 'bhyāvartanta tato 'smād anapakrāmiṇo 'bhavan //
JB, 1, 161, 12.0 sa yo ha sma dakṣiṇe samudre sūyate yaḥ pūrve yo 'pare
taṃ ha sma tata evāvaleḍhi //
JB, 1, 162, 2.0 taṃ hovāca sumitra darśanīyo vā asi sulāpā vai darśanīyena striya imāṃ dīrghajihvīṃ lilāpayiṣasveti //
JB, 1, 163, 18.0 yo dhārayā pāvakayā pariprasyandate suta indur aśvo na kṛtviyas
taṃ duroṣam abhī naraḥ somaṃ viśvācyā dhiyā yajñāya santv adraya iti pūrvayor evaiṣa savanayor abhisaṃkramaḥ //
JB, 1, 164, 2.0 tam ai ho vā ehy ā ity eva marutaḥ svarge loka upāhvayanta //
JB, 1, 167, 14.0 taṃ hāvekṣeta yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgataṃ rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi manasi me cakṣur adhāś cakṣuṣi me mana āyuṣmatyā ṛco mā chaitsi mā sāmno bhāgadheyād vi yoṣam iti //
JB, 1, 168, 4.0 tam etena mantreṇādadhata yena hy ājim ajayan nṛcakṣā yena śyenaṃ śakunaṃ suparṇaṃ yad āhuś cakṣur aditāv anantaṃ somo nṛcakṣā mayi tad dadhātv iti //
JB, 1, 171, 7.0 taṃ ha bāhū parāmṛśann uvāca brāhmaṇā eṣa vo yajñas tena yaṃ kāmayadhve taṃ yājayata anena nvā ahaṃ taṃ śātayiṣya iti //
JB, 1, 171, 7.0 taṃ ha bāhū parāmṛśann uvāca brāhmaṇā eṣa vo yajñas tena yaṃ kāmayadhve
taṃ yājayata anena nvā ahaṃ taṃ śātayiṣya iti //
JB, 1, 171, 7.0 taṃ ha bāhū parāmṛśann uvāca brāhmaṇā eṣa vo yajñas tena yaṃ kāmayadhve taṃ yājayata anena nvā ahaṃ
taṃ śātayiṣya iti //
JB, 1, 171, 8.0 taṃ haudumbaryām anuveṣṭya śaṇaśalākābhir upādīpayāṃcakāra //
JB, 1, 176, 2.0 etaddha sma vai
taṃ pūrve brāhmaṇā mīmāṃsante ka u svid adya śiṃśumāryai vyāttam atiproṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 184, 17.0 taṃ pratikhyāyāyantam ṛkṣo 'nyo bhūtvā markaṭo 'nyo vanam avāskandatām //
JB, 1, 190, 16.0 taṃ hovāca maivaṃ kuruthā avalupteḍaḥ svaraḥ parastād apratiṣṭhitaḥ pāricaryasya rūpam iti //
JB, 1, 200, 3.0 taṃ viśve devā abruvan vayaṃ tvā harivatā mantreṇa stoṣyāmas tathā tvā haro nātirekṣyata iti //
JB, 1, 234, 1.0 puraś cakraṃ patho bile
taṃ cakram abhivartate yo 'sampannena yajate 'pāko yajñena devair yad dadāti tad evāsya na lokam abhigacchatīti //
JB, 1, 234, 8.0 tam u ha mahāvṛṣāṇāṃ dūtā āsasrur āgaccha samitir vā iyam iti //
JB, 1, 238, 3.0 taṃ nālpakaṃ na madhyamaṃ na mahad ivānnādyam abhyatiricyate //
JB, 1, 238, 4.0 evam eva dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyaṃ vyūhya vinudyāsmin loke 'nnam atti
taṃ nālpakaṃ na madhyamaṃ na mahad ivānnādyam abhyatiricyate ya evaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 239, 1.0 taṃ vasavo gāyatryā chandasā gāyatreṇa sāmnā prātassavanenāstuvan //
JB, 1, 239, 3.0 taṃ rudrās triṣṭubhā chandasā traiṣṭubhena sāmnā mādhyaṃdinena savanenāstuvan //
JB, 1, 239, 5.0 tam ādityā jagatyā chandasā jāgatena sāmnā tṛtīyasavanenāstuvan //
JB, 1, 239, 7.0 taṃ viśve devā vāṅmanaś ca prajāpatir anuṣṭubhā chandasā yajñāyajñīyena sāmnā tṛtīyasavanenāstuvan //
JB, 1, 249, 8.0 tasmād yad ahaṃ dviṣantam abhivadāmi yad abhiprāṇimi yad abhivīkṣe vajram evāhaṃ tasmai
taṃ praharāmi //
JB, 1, 252, 1.0 sa haivaṃ vidvān ahorātraśo 'rdhamāsaśo māsaśa ṛtuśaḥ saṃvatsaraśa etasmin sarvasminn ātmānam upasaṃdhāya
taṃ mṛtyuṃ tarati yaḥ svarge loke //
JB, 1, 256, 4.0 sa ya enam upavadet
taṃ brūyāt pūrṇam evāham etaṃ sāṅgaṃ satanuṃ sarvaṃ yajñaṃ veda //
JB, 1, 266, 3.0 sa yad gāyatraṃ sat prātassavanaṃ sarvam eva gāyatraṃ gāyati brahmaṇa eva
taṃ kevalam uddhāram uddharati //
JB, 1, 270, 30.0 etad vai devadhuraś ca manuṣyadhuraś ca saṃdhāya
taṃ mṛtyuṃ tarati yaḥ svargaloke //
JB, 1, 278, 14.0 tam etaṃ yajñasya rasaṃ pravṛhya purānyasmāt prajāpataye prayacchati tasmād bahiṣpavamānena stoṣyantaḥ prahvārā iva prakupitā iva sarpanti //
JB, 1, 278, 18.0 yo vai śreyasaḥ pariveṣaṇam avavadati yayā vai sa
tam ārtyā kāmayate tayainaṃ ninayati //
JB, 1, 278, 19.0 atha yat tato 'dhvaryuḥ sampraiṣān vadati prajāpataya eva tad yajñasya rasaṃ pradāya
tam āpyāyayati //
JB, 1, 279, 23.0 ye arvāñcas
taṃ u parāca āhur ye parāñcas taṃ u arvāca āhur indraś ca yā cakrathuḥ soma tāni dhurā na yuktā rajaso vahantīti //
JB, 1, 279, 23.0 ye arvāñcas taṃ u parāca āhur ye parāñcas
taṃ u arvāca āhur indraś ca yā cakrathuḥ soma tāni dhurā na yuktā rajaso vahantīti //
JB, 1, 296, 4.0 tam u hāntevāsina īkṣāṃcakrire 'medhayedam itthaṃ pratyavocat //
JB, 1, 302, 13.0 sa ya enam evaṃ cakṛvāṃsam upamīmāṃseta
taṃ brūyāt sādhv evāham etad veda nāsādhu //
JB, 1, 313, 16.0 yaddha vā imāṃ pṛthivīm agnir vaiśvānaro dadāha
taṃ hādbhir eva śamayāṃcakruḥ //
JB, 1, 320, 5.0 yadi triṣṭubhaṃ gāyati yas triṣṭubho mādhyaṃdine rasas
taṃ prātassavane dadhāti //
JB, 1, 320, 6.0 yadi rathantaravarṇāṃ gāyati yo rathantarasya pṛṣṭheṣu rasas
taṃ prātassavane dadhāti //
JB, 1, 320, 7.0 yadi jagatīṃ gāyati yo jagatyai tṛtīyasavane rasas
taṃ prātassavane dadhāti //
JB, 1, 325, 2.0 sāmno hiṃkriyamāṇa etāṃ diśaṃ yaṃ dviṣyāt
taṃ manasā nirbādheta //
JB, 1, 325, 4.0 pratihriyamāṇa etām u eva diśaṃ yaṃ dviṣyāt
taṃ manasāpastabhnuyāt //
JB, 1, 326, 10.0 tayor yat satyaṃ prajāsu bhavati jayati
taṃ lokaṃ yaḥ satyena jeyaḥ //
JB, 1, 332, 12.0 taṃ sarvebhyo devebhyaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ prāha svar ayaṃ brāhmaṇo 'gann amṛto 'bhūd iti //
JB, 1, 345, 1.0 yadi dīkṣitānāṃ pramīyeta
taṃ dagdhvāsthāny upanahyāpabhajya somaṃ yo 'sya nediṣṭhatamaḥ syāt tena saha dīkṣayitvā yājayeyuḥ //
JB, 1, 349, 1.0 tam u ha kapivano bhauvāyana uvācāgavāyanībhir iva bata mahā sāhaśravaso 'gāt //
JB, 1, 351, 9.0 yadi camasam abhyupākuryus
tam uttaravargeṇābhiprāvṛtyāsīta //
JB, 1, 351, 12.0 yady u mārjyaḥ syād ya evainaṃ samprati dhiṣṇyaḥ syāt
taṃ prati sadaso viyutya prayacchet //
JB, 1, 353, 17.0 yadi paryunnayeran punaḥ samavanayadhvam iti brūyād atha
tam evānūnnayeran //
JB, 1, 353, 25.0 yadi
taṃ na vindeyur audumbaraṃ vā pālāśaṃ vā kṛtvā tenābhiṣuṇuyuḥ //
JB, 1, 354, 7.0 yadi
taṃ na vindeyur babhrutūlāni phālgunāny abhiṣuṇuyuḥ //
JB, 1, 359, 1.0 tad āhur yat pūrvapakṣaṃ manuṣyāḥ sunvanty aparapakṣaṃ devā atha sattriṇa ubhau pūrvapakṣāparapakṣau sunvanta āsate yo nvāvaikena manuṣyeṇa saṃsunoti
taṃ nv eva paricakṣate //
JB, 3, 120, 9.0 taṃ sarasvatyai śaiśave nidhāya triḥ punaḥprayāṇaṃ prāyan //
JB, 3, 121, 2.0 taṃ kumārā gopālā avipālā mṛdā śakṛtpiṇḍair āsapāṃsubhir adihan //
JB, 3, 121, 7.0 tam adya kumārā gopālā avipālā mṛdā śakṛtpiṇḍair āsapāṃsubhir adhikṣan //
JB, 3, 146, 14.0 yadā vai pitā putraṃ niravasāyayaty uttarato vāva sa
taṃ niravasāyayati //
JB, 3, 203, 20.0 taṃ ha padodasyann uvācedam eva medam ṛṣayo mahad ivobhayāhasty ā bharety avocann iti //
JB, 3, 273, 29.0 tam id vardhantu no gira iti vṛddhaṃ hy etad ahar yad aṣṭācatvāriṃśam //
Jaiminīyaśrautasūtra
JaimŚS, 5, 3.0 taṃ yadādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati prastotaḥ sāma gāyeti sa padāya padāya stobham āha //
JaimŚS, 8, 5.0 taṃ yadi brūyur viśvarūpā gāyety akarmaṇa etat trayodaśaṃ stotram iti brūyād virājaṃ lobhayatīti //
JaimŚS, 8, 18.0 taṃ pratigṛhṇāti devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pratigṛhṇāmīti //
JaimŚS, 8, 19.0 taṃ pratigṛhya dakṣiṇa ūrau nidhāyoparyakṣaṃ pavitram apahṛtya pavayati //
JaimŚS, 8, 23.0 taṃ paścād akṣaṃ sādayitvā gāyatraṃ viśvarūpāsu gāyatīti brāhmaṇam //
JaimŚS, 9, 1.0 taṃ prohati vasavas tvā prohantu gāyatreṇa chandasā rudrās tvā prohantu traiṣṭubhena chandasādityās tvā prohantu jāgatena chandaseti //
JaimŚS, 9, 5.0 saṃmukhān grāvṇaḥ kṛtvābhimṛśati śyenā ajirā ṛtasya garbhāḥ prayuto napātaḥ parvatānāṃ kakubha ā nas
taṃ vīraṃ vahata yaṃ bahava upajīvāmo 'bhiśastikṛtam anabhiśastyam anyasyābhiśastyāḥ kartāram iti //
JaimŚS, 9, 7.0 taṃ dṛṃhati devī tvā dhiṣaṇe nipātāṃ dhruve sadasi sīdeṣa ūrje sīdeti //
JaimŚS, 9, 8.0 tam antar īṣe pavitram apahṛtya saṃmārṣṭi vasavas tvā saṃmṛjantu gāyatreṇa chandasā rudrās tvā saṃmṛjantu traiṣṭubhena chandasādityās tvā saṃmṛjantu jāgatena chandaseti //
JaimŚS, 9, 11.0 tam abhimantrayate sa pavasva sudhāmā devānām abhi priyāṇi dhāmā trir devebhyo 'pavathās trir ādityebhyas trir aṅgirobhyo yena turyeṇa brahmaṇā bṛhaspataye 'pavathās tena mahyaṃ pavasva //
JaimŚS, 20, 5.0 tam avekṣate yan me mano yan me mano yamaṃ gataṃ yad vā me aparāgatam rājñā somena tad vayaṃ punar asmāsu dadhmasi //
JaimŚS, 20, 13.0 tam avekṣya dakṣiṇenaudumbarīṃ paryāhṛtya jaghanārdhe sadasaḥ sādayati //
JaimŚS, 22, 20.0 abhyādhāyopatiṣṭhate 'po 'nvacāriṣaṃ rasena samasṛkṣmahi payasvāṃ agna āgamaṃ
taṃ mā saṃsṛja varcaseti //
JaimŚS, 24, 3.0 taṃ yadādhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati brahman pravargyeṇa pracariṣyāmo hotar gharmam abhiṣṭuhi prastotaḥ sāmāni gāyeti brahma jajñānam ity etayoḥ pūrvaṃ trir gāyati //
Kauśikasūtra
KauśS, 1, 3, 9.0 darbhaiḥ sruvaṃ nirmṛjya niṣṭaptaṃ rakṣo niṣṭaptā arātayaḥ pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātayaḥ iti pratapya mūle sruvaṃ gṛhītvā japati viṣṇor hasto 'si dakṣiṇaḥ pūṣṇā datto bṛhaspateḥ
taṃ tvāhaṃ sruvam ā dade devānāṃ havyavāhanam ayaṃ sruvo vi dadhāti homān śatākṣarachandasā jāgatena sarvā yajñasya samanakti viṣṭhā bārhaspatyeṣṭiḥ śarmaṇā daivyena iti //
KauśS, 3, 1, 34.0 taṃ vyatiṣaktam aṣṭāvaram idhmaṃ sāttrike 'gnāvādhāyājyenābhijuhuyāt //
KauśS, 3, 2, 25.0 tam imaṃ devatā iti vāsitam ullupya brahmaṇā tejasā iti badhnāti //
KauśS, 4, 1, 28.0 ya āgacchet
taṃ brūyācchaṇaśulbena jihvāṃ nirmṛjānaḥ śālāyāḥ praskandeti //
KauśS, 4, 12, 18.0 athāsyai bhagam utkhanati yaṃ te bhagaṃ nicakhnus triśile yaṃ catuḥśile idaṃ
tam utkhanāmi prajayā ca dhanena ceti //
KauśS, 6, 3, 6.0 uttamāḥ pratāpyādharāḥ pradāyainam enān adharācaḥ parāco 'vācas tapasas
tam unnayata devāḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ prajāpatiḥ prathamo devatānām ity atisṛjati //
KauśS, 8, 2, 11.0 yo devānāṃ
tam agne sahasvān iti dakṣiṇaṃ jānv ācyāparājitābhimukhaḥ prahvo vā muṣṭiprasṛtāñjalibhiḥ kumbhyāṃ nirvapati //
KauśS, 11, 3, 13.2 taṃ no devaṃ mano adhi bravītu sunītir no nayatu dviṣate mā radhāmeti śāntyudakenācamyābhyukṣya //
KauśS, 11, 4, 23.0 tatra yo jantur nipatet
tam utthāpanībhir utthāpya hariṇībhir hareyuḥ //
KauśS, 11, 5, 9.1 mahayata pitṝn iti riktakumbhaṃ vimitamadhye nidhāya
taṃ jaradupānahāghnanti //
KauśS, 11, 9, 20.1 yo 'sāvantaragnir bhavati
taṃ pradakṣiṇam avekṣya tisras tāmīs tāmyati //
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate
taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti taṃ manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute taṃ pitaras taṃ pitaraḥ //
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti
taṃ manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute taṃ pitaras taṃ pitaraḥ //
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti taṃ manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute
taṃ pitaras taṃ pitaraḥ //
KauśS, 11, 10, 18.1 yo ha yajate taṃ devā vidur yo dadāti taṃ manuṣyā yaḥ śrāddhāni kurute taṃ pitaras
taṃ pitaraḥ //
Kauṣītakagṛhyasūtra
Kauṣītakibrāhmaṇa
KauṣB, 5, 3, 5.0 upa
taṃ yajñakratuṃ jānīhi yeneṣṭvā varuṇapāśebhyaḥ sarvasmācca pāpmanaḥ sampramucyemahīti //
KauṣB, 8, 1, 21.0 taṃ marjayanta sukratum iti paridadhāti sveṣu kṣayeṣu vājinam ity antavatyā //
KauṣB, 11, 2, 30.0 sa ya enān iha prātar anuvākenāvarundhe
tam ihāvaruddhā amuṣmiṃlloke nāśnanti //
KauṣB, 11, 5, 13.0 atiyann eva yaṃ dviṣyāt
taṃ manasā preva vidhyet chandasāṃ kṛntatreṣu //
KauṣB, 12, 5, 2.0 taṃ hūyamānam anuprāṇyāt prāṇaṃ me pāhi prāṇaṃ me jinva svāhā tvā subhava sūryāyeti //
KauṣB, 12, 5, 6.0 taṃ hūyamānam anvavānyād apānaṃ me pāhy apānaṃ me jinva svāhā tvā subhava sūryāyeti //
KauṣB, 12, 9, 11.0 yas
taṃ tatra brūyāt prāṇād ātmānam antaragān na jīviṣyatīti tathā ha syāt //
Kauṣītakyupaniṣad
KU, 1, 2.6 atha ya enam na pratyāha
tam iha vṛṣṭirbhūtvā varṣati /
KU, 1, 2.9 taṃ pratibrūyād vicakṣaṇād ṛtavo reta ābhṛtaṃ pañcadaśāt prasūtāt pitryāvatas tan mā puṃsi kartaryerayadhvaṃ puṃsā kartrā mātari māsiṣikta /
KU, 1, 4.17 taṃ pañcaśatānyapsarasāṃ pratiyanti śataṃ mālyahastāḥ śatam āñjanahastāḥ śataṃ cūrṇahastāḥ śataṃ vāsohastāḥ śataṃ phalahastāḥ /
Kaṭhopaniṣad
KaṭhUp, 1, 2.1 taṃ ha kumāraṃ santaṃ dakṣiṇāsu nīyamānāsu śraddhāviveśa /
KaṭhUp, 1, 13.1 sa tvam agniṃ svargyam adhyeṣi mṛtyo prabrūhi
taṃ śraddadhānāya mahyam /
KaṭhUp, 1, 15.1 lokādim agniṃ
tam uvāca tasmai yā iṣṭakā yāvatīr vā yathā vā /
KaṭhUp, 1, 16.1 tam abravīt prīyamāṇo mahātmā varaṃ tavehādya dadāmi bhūyaḥ /
KaṭhUp, 2, 12.1 taṃ durdarśaṃ gūḍham anupraviṣṭaṃ guhāhitaṃ gahvareṣṭhaṃ purāṇam /
KaṭhUp, 2, 21.2 tam akratuḥ paśyati vītaśoko dhātuprasādān mahimānam ātmanaḥ //
KaṭhUp, 5, 12.2 tam ātmasthaṃ ye 'nupaśyanti dhīrās teṣāṃ sukhaṃ śāśvataṃ netareṣām //
KaṭhUp, 5, 13.2 tam ātmasthaṃ ye 'nupaśyanti dhīrās teṣāṃ śāntiḥ śāśvatī netareṣām //
KaṭhUp, 5, 15.2 tam eva bhāntam anu bhāti sarvaṃ tasya bhāsā sarvam idaṃ vibhāti //
Khādiragṛhyasūtra
KhādGS, 2, 5, 30.0 yathā mā na pradhakṣyatīti
taṃ prātar abhivīkṣayanti yāny apradhakṣyanti manyante 'po 'gniṃ vatsamādityam //
Kātyāyanaśrautasūtra
KātyŚS, 6, 10, 3.0 abhyavetya śuṣkārdrasaṃdhau hṛdayaśūlam upagūhati śug asi
tam abhiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo māpo mauṣadhīr iti ca //
KātyŚS, 10, 7, 14.0 srugvyūhanam agner vanaspater indrasya vasumato rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato viśvadevyāvataḥ somasyojjitim ity agnir vanaspatir indro vasumān rudravān ādityavān ṛbhumān vibhumān vājavān bṛhaspatimān viśvadevyāvānt somas
tam apanudantv iti //
Kāṭhakagṛhyasūtra
KāṭhGS, 31, 2.3 strīṣu rūpam aśvinau
taṃ nidhattaṃ pauṃsyenemaṃ saṃsṛjataṃ vīryeṇa /
KāṭhGS, 32, 3.5 yena jātena vibhunā jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ paśyema śaradaḥ śatam iti
taṃ no maṃhasva śatinaṃ sahasriṇaṃ gosanim aśvasaniṃ vīraṃ svāhā //
KāṭhGS, 41, 17.4 deva savitar eṣa te brahmacārī
taṃ gopāyasva dīrghāyuḥ sa mā mṛta /
KāṭhGS, 41, 17.9 brahmaputraiṣa te brahmacārī
taṃ gopāyasva dīrghāyuḥ sa mā mṛta /
KāṭhGS, 46, 2.0 aupavastraṃ bhuktvā kutaś cid agnim ānīya
taṃ jāgarayītopaśayīta ca //
KāṭhGS, 52, 6.0 tam apareṇa yathoktam upasamādhāya jayaprabhṛtibhir hutvā bhavāya śarvāyeśānāyeśvarāya paśupataye 'dhipataya iti gām upākaroti paśuṃ vā //
KāṭhGS, 57, 3.0 tam apareṇa yathoktam upasamādhāya jayaprabhṛtibhir hutvā tisro devatā yajeta varuṇam agnim aśvināv āśvayujīṃ ca //
KāṭhGS, 59, 5.1 jīvavatsāyāḥ payasvinyāḥ putram ekarūpaṃ dvirūpaṃ vā yo vā yūthaṃ chādayed yūthe ca tejasvitamaḥ syāt
tam alaṃkṛtya catasro 'ṣṭau vā vatsataryas tāś cālaṃkṛtyaitaṃ yuvānaṃ patiṃ vo dadāmy anena krīḍantīś caratha priyeṇa /
Kāṭhakasaṃhitā
KS, 7, 6, 44.0 agne yat te tapas tena
taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti //
KS, 7, 9, 48.0 ati
taṃ krāmati ya evainaṃ pūrvo 'tikrānto bhrātṛvyaḥ //
KS, 8, 12, 11.0 yas
taṃ śvo 'gnim ādhāsyan syāt sa tāṃ rātrīṃ vrataṃ caret //
KS, 8, 15, 6.0 yaṃ bhāgaṃ prepsan vyardhayati
taṃ prāpyārdhayaty eva //
KS, 9, 12, 42.0 ya evaṃ vidvān dakṣiṇāṃ pratigṛhṇāti yas
taṃ devaṃ veda yo 'gre dakṣiṇā anayat pra tāvad āpnoti yāvad dakṣiṇānāṃ netram //
KS, 9, 12, 44.0 yas
taṃ pratigrahaṃ veda yena te pratyagṛhṇan vasīyān bhavati pratigṛhya //
KS, 9, 17, 10.0 oja evaiṣāṃ vīryaṃ saṃgṛhya prayāti
taṃ prayāntam akāmā anuprayānti //
KS, 10, 3, 20.0 yam uttamam ārjat
taṃ sa rajjum apriyāya bhrātṛvyāya dadyāt //
KS, 10, 5, 7.0 ya evāsā āgneyo 'ṣṭākapālaḥ pūrṇamāse yo 'māvasyāyāṃ
tam agnaye pathikṛte kuryāt //
KS, 10, 7, 58.0 ya evainaṃ pūrvo 'tikrānto bhrātṛvyas
taṃ tena praṇudate //
KS, 10, 9, 45.0 indraṃ vai vṛtraṃ jaghnivāṃsaṃ
taṃ samantaṃ mṛdhas samprākampanta //
KS, 10, 11, 54.0 taṃ paścā śṛtaṃ kuryur yasmāt kṣatriyād viḍ abhyardhaś caret //
KS, 11, 2, 109.0 prathata eva
taṃ bhūmānaṃ gacchati yaṃ manur agacchad ya evaṃ vidvān etayā yajate //
KS, 12, 6, 39.0 yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatracchandāḥ pāśas
taṃ ta etad avayaje tasmai svāhā //
KS, 12, 6, 40.0 yas te rājan varuṇa triṣṭupchandā jagacchandā anuṣṭupchandāḥ pāśas
taṃ ta etad avayaje tasmai svāheti //
KS, 15, 5, 8.0 ye kṣodīyāṃsas
taṃ bārhaspatyaṃ caruṃ śṛtaṃ kurvanti //
KS, 19, 9, 24.0 yad agnaye vaiśvānarāya nirvapaty aśnute
taṃ kāmaṃ yasmai kāmāya dīyate //
KS, 19, 10, 75.0 yarhi daṃṣṭrābhyām iti brūyād yaṃ dviṣyāt
taṃ manasā dhyāyet //
KS, 20, 2, 3.0 yat kṛṣṇā eṣa hi
taṃ varṇas sacate yaṃ nirṛtir gṛhṇāti //
KS, 20, 6, 8.0 ya evainaṃ pūrvo 'tikrānto bhrātṛvyas
tam anayā praṇudate //
KS, 21, 2, 2.0 ya evainaṃ pūrvo 'tikrānto bhrātṛvyas
taṃ tayā praṇudati //
KS, 21, 4, 45.0 ya evainaṃ pūrvo 'tikrānto bhrātṛvyas
taṃ tena praṇudate //
KS, 21, 7, 5.0 aśman te kṣud yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatv iti yam eva dveṣṭi tam asya kṣudhā ca śucā cārpayati //
KS, 21, 7, 5.0 aśman te kṣud yaṃ dviṣmas taṃ te śug ṛcchatv iti yam eva dveṣṭi
tam asya kṣudhā ca śucā cārpayati //
Maitrāyaṇīsaṃhitā
MS, 1, 1, 4, 1.0 veṣāya vāṃ karmaṇe vāṃ sukṛtāya vāṃ devīr āpo 'greguvo 'greṇīyo 'gre 'sya yajñasya pretāgraṃ yajñaṃ nayatāgraṃ yajñapatiṃ yuṣmān indro 'vṛṇīta vṛtratūrye yūyam indram avṛṇīdhvaṃ vṛtratūrye prokṣitāḥ stha saṃsīdantāṃ daivīr viśo vānaspatyāsi varṣavṛddham asy urv antarikṣaṃ vīhi pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭārātir dhūr asi dhvara dhvarantaṃ yo asmān dhvarād yaṃ vayaṃ dhvarāma
taṃ dhvara //
MS, 1, 2, 3, 8.7 devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas
taṃ vo mā kramiṣaṃ /
MS, 1, 2, 6, 6.2 dhvara dhvarantaṃ yo asmān dhvarād yaṃ vayaṃ dhvarāma
taṃ dhvara //
MS, 1, 2, 14, 1.1 aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām arvāk tvā parebhyaḥ paro 'varebhyo 'vidaṃ
taṃ tvā juṣāmahe devayajyāyai juṣṭaṃ viṣṇave viṣṇave tvā //
MS, 1, 3, 1, 5.1 devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas
taṃ devebhyaḥ śukrapebhyo dāta yeṣāṃ bhāgaḥ stha svāhā /
MS, 1, 3, 9, 3.1 upayāmagṛhīto 'si viṣṇos tvorukrame gṛhṇāmi viṣṇa urukramaiṣa te somas
taṃ rakṣasva mā tvā dabhan duścakṣās te māvakśad ayaṃ vasuḥ purovasur vākpā vācaṃ me pātv ayaṃ vasur vidadvasuś cakṣuṣpāś cakṣur me pātv ayaṃ vasuḥ saṃyadvasuḥ śrotrapāḥ śrotraṃ me pātu //
MS, 1, 3, 11, 1.1 taṃ pratnathā pūrvathā viśvathemathā jyeṣṭharājaṃ barhiṣadaṃ svardṛśam /
MS, 1, 5, 2, 4.18 agne yat te tapas tena
taṃ pratitapa yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
MS, 1, 5, 2, 4.19 agne yat te śocis tena
taṃ pratiśoca yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
MS, 1, 5, 2, 4.20 agne yat te arcis tena
taṃ pratyarca yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
MS, 1, 5, 2, 4.21 agne yat te haras tena
taṃ pratihara yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
MS, 1, 5, 2, 4.22 agne yat te tejas tena
taṃ pratititigdhi yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ /
MS, 1, 5, 11, 21.0 nimrado 'si ny ahaṃ
taṃ mṛdyāsaṃ yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti pārṣṇyāvagṛhṇīyād yadi pāpīyasā spardheta //
MS, 1, 5, 11, 22.0 abhibhūr asy abhy ahaṃ
taṃ bhūyāsaṃ yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti dakṣiṇataḥ pado 'vagṛhṇīyād yadi sadṛśena spardheta //
MS, 1, 5, 11, 23.0 prabhūr asi prāhaṃ
tam atibhūyāsaṃ yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti prapadenāvagṛhṇīyād yadi śreyasā spardheta //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 26.0 taṃ jānudaghnaṃ taṃ nābhidaghnaṃ tam aṃsadaghnaṃ taṃ karṇadaghnam udagṛhṇāt //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 26.0 taṃ jānudaghnaṃ
taṃ nābhidaghnaṃ tam aṃsadaghnaṃ taṃ karṇadaghnam udagṛhṇāt //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 26.0 taṃ jānudaghnaṃ taṃ nābhidaghnaṃ
tam aṃsadaghnaṃ taṃ karṇadaghnam udagṛhṇāt //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 26.0 taṃ jānudaghnaṃ taṃ nābhidaghnaṃ tam aṃsadaghnaṃ
taṃ karṇadaghnam udagṛhṇāt //
MS, 1, 6, 6, 33.0 tam anidhāyaivātha jānudaghnam udgṛhṇīyād atha nābhidaghnam athāṃsadaghnam //
MS, 1, 6, 7, 34.0 vāravantīyaṃ vai sṛṣṭvā prajāpatir yaṃ kāmam akāmayata
tam ārdhnot //
MS, 1, 6, 7, 35.0 tam eva kāmam ṛdhnoti yajamāno yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayamāno 'gnim ādhatte ya evaṃ vidvān vāravantīyaṃ gāyate //
MS, 1, 6, 12, 35.0 yo vā etebhyo 'procyāgnim ādhatte
tam ete svargāl lokāt pratinudante //
MS, 1, 6, 13, 5.0 tā abrūtām āhutyā vai tvam āvayor ajaniṣṭhā manos tvai tvam asi
taṃ parehīti //
MS, 1, 7, 5, 27.0 devajūte vivasvann āditya te no devāḥ satyāṃ devahūtiṃ deveṣv āsuvadhvam ādityebhyaḥ svāhety etair vai te
taṃ punar ādadhata //
MS, 1, 10, 4, 1.0 ākhuṃ te rudra paśuṃ karomy eṣa te rudra bhāgas
taṃ juṣasva saha svasrāmbikayā svāhā //
MS, 1, 10, 20, 28.0 gṛheṣv eva rudraṃ niravadayata eṣa te rudra bhāgas
taṃ juṣasva saha svasrāmbikayā svāheti //
MS, 2, 1, 12, 9.0 yo rāṣṭrīyo neva prastiṅnuyāt
tam etena yājayed aindrābārhaspatyena //
MS, 2, 3, 1, 70.0 yas te rājan varuṇa dvipātsu catuṣpātsu paśuṣu pāśas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 3, 1, 72.0 yas te rājan varuṇauṣadhīṣu vanaspatiṣv apsu pṛthivyāṃ dikṣu pāśas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 3, 3, 32.0 yas te rājan varuṇa gāyatracchandāḥ pāśo brahman pratiṣṭhitas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 3, 3, 34.0 yas te rājan varuṇa triṣṭupcchandāḥ pāśaḥ kṣatre pratiṣṭhitas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 3, 3, 36.0 yas te rājan varuṇa jagacchandāḥ pāśo viśi pratiṣṭhitas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 3, 3, 38.0 yas te rājan varuṇānuṣṭupcchandāḥ pāśo dikṣu pratiṣṭhitas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje //
MS, 2, 5, 1, 9.0 yas traitānām uttamo jāyeta
taṃ saumāpauṣṇam ālabheta paśukāmaḥ //
MS, 2, 5, 4, 35.0 atha yas
taṃ vinded yaṃ sūtvā sūtavaśā bhavati tam aindram ālabheta tejaskāmaḥ //
MS, 2, 5, 4, 35.0 atha yas taṃ vinded yaṃ sūtvā sūtavaśā bhavati
tam aindram ālabheta tejaskāmaḥ //
MS, 2, 5, 7, 21.0 tato yaḥ prathamo drapsaḥ parāpatat
taṃ bṛhaspatir abhihāyābhyagṛhṇāt //
MS, 2, 5, 9, 1.0 yaḥ prathama ekāṣṭakāyāṃ jāyeta yas
tam ālapsyamānaḥ syāt sa āgneyam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapet //
MS, 2, 5, 9, 13.0 atha yo 'parasyām ekāṣṭakāyāṃ jāyeta
tam evam evotsṛjyāthendrāya vṛtraturā ālabheta //
MS, 2, 7, 9, 2.2 vidmā te nāma paramaṃ guhā yad vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ābabhūtha //
MS, 2, 7, 9, 7.3 pra
taṃ naya prataraṃ vasyo acchābhi dyumnaṃ devahitaṃ yaviṣṭhya //
MS, 2, 10, 3, 4.3 tam id garbhaṃ prathamaṃ dadhrā āpo yatra devāḥ samapaśyanta viśve /
MS, 2, 12, 4, 2.1 taṃ patnībhir anugacchema devāḥ putrair bhrātṛbhir uta vā hiraṇyaiḥ /
Muṇḍakopaniṣad
MuṇḍU, 1, 2, 5.2 taṃ nayantyetāḥ sūryasya raśmayo yatra devānāṃ patir eko 'dhivāsaḥ //
MuṇḍU, 1, 2, 6.1 ehy ehīti
tam āhutayaḥ suvarcasaḥ sūryasya raśmibhir yajamānaṃ vahanti /
MuṇḍU, 2, 2, 5.2 tam evaikaṃ jānatha ātmānam anyā vāco vimuñcathāmṛtasyaiṣa setuḥ //
MuṇḍU, 3, 1, 8.2 jñānaprasādena viśuddhasattvas tatastu
taṃ paśyate niṣkalaṃ dhyāyamānaḥ //
MuṇḍU, 3, 1, 10.2 taṃ taṃ lokaṃ jayate tāṃśca kāmāṃs tasmād ātmajñaṃ hyarcayed bhūtikāmaḥ //
MuṇḍU, 3, 1, 10.2 taṃ
taṃ lokaṃ jayate tāṃśca kāmāṃs tasmād ātmajñaṃ hyarcayed bhūtikāmaḥ //
Mānavagṛhyasūtra
MānGS, 2, 15, 6.13 trātāram indraṃ mā te asyāṃ vi na indra mṛgo na bhīmas
taṃ śaṃ yor āvṛṇīmaha iti daśāhutayaḥ //
Nirukta
N, 1, 3, 5.0 tad ya eṣu padārthaḥ prāhurime
taṃ nāmākhyātayor arthavikaraṇam //
Pañcaviṃśabrāhmaṇa
PB, 2, 10, 1.3 etām eva prajākāmāya kuryān madhyato vā eṣa saṃrūḍho yaḥ prajāṃ na vindate lokam evāsmai
taṃ madhyataḥ karoti taṃ lokaṃ prajayā ca paśubhiś cānuprajāyate /
PB, 2, 10, 1.3 etām eva prajākāmāya kuryān madhyato vā eṣa saṃrūḍho yaḥ prajāṃ na vindate lokam evāsmai taṃ madhyataḥ karoti
taṃ lokaṃ prajayā ca paśubhiś cānuprajāyate /
PB, 4, 1, 4.0 prajāpatir vā idam eka āsīt so 'kāmayata bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti sa etam atirātram apaśyat
tam āharat tenāhorātre prājanayat //
PB, 4, 5, 2.0 svarbhānur vā āsura ādityaṃ tamasāvidhyat
taṃ devāḥ svarair aspṛṇvan yat svarasāmāno bhavanty ādityasya spṛtyai //
PB, 4, 5, 9.0 devā vā ādityasya svargāllokād avapādād abibhayus
tam etaiḥ stomaiḥ saptadaśair adṛṃhan yad ete stomā bhavanty ādityasya dhṛtyai //
PB, 4, 5, 11.0 tasya parācīnātipādād abibhayus
taṃ sarvaiḥ stomaiḥ paryārṣan viśvajidabhijidbhyāṃ vīryaṃ vā etau stomau vīryeṇaiva tad ādityaṃ paryṛṣanti dhṛtyai //
PB, 4, 7, 6.0 tvayā vayaṃ pravataḥ śaśvatīr apo 'ti śūra tarāmasīti saṃvvatsaro vai pravataḥ śaśvatīr apas
tam eva tat taranti //
PB, 4, 9, 20.0 yadā vai puruṣa ātmano 'vadyati yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate
tam abhyaśnute //
PB, 4, 10, 1.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata so 'ricyata so 'padyata
taṃ devā abhisamagacchanta te 'bruvan mahad asmai vrataṃ saṃbharāma yad imaṃ dhinavad iti tasmai yat saṃvvatsaram annaṃ pacyate tat samabharaṃs tad asmai prāyacchaṃs tad avratayat tad enam adhinon mahan maryā vrataṃ yad imam adhinvīd iti tan mahāvratasya mahāvratatvam //
PB, 5, 3, 9.0 agnir vā idaṃ vaiśvānaro dahannait tasmād devā abibhayus
taṃ varaṇaśākhayāvārayanta yad avārayanta tasmād vāravantīyam //
PB, 5, 5, 15.0 devāś ca vā asurāś cāditye vyāyacchanta
taṃ devā abhyajayaṃs tato devā abhavan parāsurā abhavann ātmanā parāsya bhrātṛvyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 5, 6, 8.0 taṃ patnyo 'paghāṭilābhir upagāyanty ārtvijyam eva tat patnyaḥ kurvanti saha svargaṃ lokam ayāmeti //
PB, 5, 6, 14.0 tam ullikhet prāṇāya tvāpānāya tvā vyānāya tveti prāṇāpānavyānān eva tad āptvāvarundhate //
PB, 5, 10, 3.0 prāṇo vai saṃvvatsara udānā māsā yad utsṛjanti prāṇa evodānān dadhati yo dīkṣitaḥ pramīyate yā saṃvvatsarasyānutsṛṣṭasya śuk sā
tam ṛcchati //
PB, 6, 1, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata bahu syāṃ prajāyeyeti sa etam agniṣṭomam apaśyat
tam āharat tenemāḥ prajā asṛjata //
PB, 6, 1, 6.0 so 'kāmayata yajñaṃ sṛjeyeti sa mukhata eva trivṛtam asṛjata
taṃ gāyatrīchando 'nvasṛjyatāgnir devatā brāhmaṇo manuṣyo vasanta ṛtus tasmāt trivṛt stomānāṃ mukhaṃ gāyatrī chandasām agnir devatānāṃ brāhmaṇo manuṣyāṇāṃ vasanta ṛtūnāṃ tasmād brāhmaṇo mukhena vīryaṃ karoti mukhato hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 8.0 sa urasta eva bāhubhyāṃ pañcadaśam asṛjata
taṃ triṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyatendro devatā rājanyo manuṣyo grīṣma ṛtus tasmād rājanyasya pañcadaśa stomas triṣṭup chanda indro devatā grīṣma ṛtus tasmād u bāhuvīryo bāhubhyāṃ hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 10.0 sa madhyata eva prajananāt saptadaśam asṛjata
taṃ jagatīchando 'nvasṛjyata viśve devā devatā vaiśyo manuṣyo varṣā ṛtus tasmād vaiśyo 'dyamāno na kṣīyate prajananāddhi sṛṣṭas tasmād u bahupaśur vaiśvadevo hi jāgato varṣā hy asyartus tasmād brāhmaṇasya ca rājanyasya cādyo 'dharo hi sṛṣṭaḥ //
PB, 6, 1, 11.0 sa patta eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśam asṛjata
tam anuṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyata na kācana devatā śūdro manuṣyas tasmācchūdra uta bahupaśur ayajñiyo videvo hi na hi taṃ kācana devatā 'nvasṛjyata tasmāt pādāvanejyaṃ nātivardhate patto hi sṛṣṭas tasmād ekaviṃśa stomānāṃ pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhāyā hi sṛṣṭas tasmād anuṣṭubhaṃ chandāṃsi nānuvyūhanti //
PB, 6, 1, 11.0 sa patta eva pratiṣṭhāyā ekaviṃśam asṛjata tam anuṣṭupchando 'nvasṛjyata na kācana devatā śūdro manuṣyas tasmācchūdra uta bahupaśur ayajñiyo videvo hi na hi
taṃ kācana devatā 'nvasṛjyata tasmāt pādāvanejyaṃ nātivardhate patto hi sṛṣṭas tasmād ekaviṃśa stomānāṃ pratiṣṭhā pratiṣṭhāyā hi sṛṣṭas tasmād anuṣṭubhaṃ chandāṃsi nānuvyūhanti //
PB, 6, 3, 9.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata tā asmai śraiṣṭhyāya nātiṣṭhanta sa etam agniṣṭomam apaśyat
tam āharat tato 'smai prajāḥ śraiṣṭhyāyātiṣṭhanta //
PB, 6, 5, 3.0 taṃ prohed vānaspatyo 'si bārhaspatyo 'si prājāpatyo 'si prajāpater mūrdhāsy atyāyupātram asīdam ahaṃ māṃ prāñcaṃ prohāmi tejase brahmavarcasāyeti //
PB, 6, 5, 5.0 yad āha bārhaspatya iti bṛhaspatir vai devānām udgātā
tam eva tad yunakti //
PB, 6, 6, 8.0 svarbhānur vā āsura ādityaṃ tamasāvidhyat
taṃ devā na vyajānaṃs te 'trim upādhāvaṃs tasyātrir bhāsena tamo 'pāhan yat prathamam apāhan sā kṛṣṇāvir abhavad yad dvitīyaṃ sā rajatā yat tṛtīyaṃ sā lohinī yayā varṇam abhyatṛṇat sā śuklāsīt //
PB, 6, 6, 15.0 taṃ brūyād vepamānaḥ prameṣyasa iti vepamāna eva pramīyate //
PB, 6, 7, 1.0 bṛhaspatir vai devānām udagāyat
taṃ rakṣāṃsy ajighāṃsan sa ya eṣāṃ lokānām adhipatayas tān bhāgadheyenopādhāvat //
PB, 6, 7, 12.0 pañcartvijaḥ saṃrabdhāḥ sarpanti pāṅkto yajño yāvān yajñas
tam eva saṃtanvanti //
PB, 6, 7, 18.0 yajño vai devebhyo 'śvo bhūtvāpākrāmat
taṃ devāḥ prastareṇāramayaṃs tasmād aśvaḥ prastareṇa saṃmṛjyamāna upāvaramate yad adhvaryuḥ prastaraṃ harati yajñasya śāntyā apratrāsāya //
PB, 6, 7, 24.0 cātvālam avekṣya bahiṣpavamānaṃ stuvanty atra vā asāv āditya āsīt
taṃ devā bahiṣpavamānena svargaṃ lokam aharan yac cātvālam avekṣya bahiṣpavamānaṃ stuvanti yajamānam eva tat svargaṃ lokaṃ haranti //
PB, 6, 9, 22.0 chandāṃsi vai somam āharaṃs
taṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tenāpaḥ prāviśat taṃ devatā anvaicchaṃs taṃ viṣṇur apsu paryapaśyat sa vyakāṅkṣad ayaṃ nū3 nā3 iti taṃ padā prāsphurat tasmāt pṛthag indavo 'sṛjyanta sa devatābhyo 'bhitas tiṣṭhantībhya ete asṛgram indava iti prābravīd bahiṣpavamānena vai yajñaḥ sṛjyate yad ete asṛgram indava iti prastauti yajñam eva tat sṛṣṭaṃ devatābhyaḥ prāha //
PB, 6, 9, 22.0 chandāṃsi vai somam āharaṃs taṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tenāpaḥ prāviśat
taṃ devatā anvaicchaṃs taṃ viṣṇur apsu paryapaśyat sa vyakāṅkṣad ayaṃ nū3 nā3 iti taṃ padā prāsphurat tasmāt pṛthag indavo 'sṛjyanta sa devatābhyo 'bhitas tiṣṭhantībhya ete asṛgram indava iti prābravīd bahiṣpavamānena vai yajñaḥ sṛjyate yad ete asṛgram indava iti prastauti yajñam eva tat sṛṣṭaṃ devatābhyaḥ prāha //
PB, 6, 9, 22.0 chandāṃsi vai somam āharaṃs taṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tenāpaḥ prāviśat taṃ devatā anvaicchaṃs
taṃ viṣṇur apsu paryapaśyat sa vyakāṅkṣad ayaṃ nū3 nā3 iti taṃ padā prāsphurat tasmāt pṛthag indavo 'sṛjyanta sa devatābhyo 'bhitas tiṣṭhantībhya ete asṛgram indava iti prābravīd bahiṣpavamānena vai yajñaḥ sṛjyate yad ete asṛgram indava iti prastauti yajñam eva tat sṛṣṭaṃ devatābhyaḥ prāha //
PB, 6, 9, 22.0 chandāṃsi vai somam āharaṃs taṃ gandharvo viśvāvasuḥ paryamuṣṇāt tenāpaḥ prāviśat taṃ devatā anvaicchaṃs taṃ viṣṇur apsu paryapaśyat sa vyakāṅkṣad ayaṃ nū3 nā3 iti
taṃ padā prāsphurat tasmāt pṛthag indavo 'sṛjyanta sa devatābhyo 'bhitas tiṣṭhantībhya ete asṛgram indava iti prābravīd bahiṣpavamānena vai yajñaḥ sṛjyate yad ete asṛgram indava iti prastauti yajñam eva tat sṛṣṭaṃ devatābhyaḥ prāha //
PB, 7, 4, 7.0 bahiṣpavamānena vai devā ādityaṃ svargaṃ lokam aharan sa nādhriyata
taṃ bṛhatyā madhyandine 'stabhnuvaṃs tasmād bṛhatyā madhyandinaṃ stuvanty ādityaṃ hy eṣā madhyandine dādhāra //
PB, 7, 5, 6.0 devā vai yaśaskāmāḥ sattram āsatāgnir indro vāyur makhas te 'bruvan yan no yaśa ṛchāt tan naḥ sahāsad iti teṣāṃ makhaṃ yaśa ārchat tad ādāyāpākrāmat tad asya prāsahāditsanta
taṃ paryayatanta svadhanuḥ pratiṣṭabhyātiṣṭhat tasya dhanurārtnir ūrdhvā patitvā śiro 'chinat sa pravargyo 'bhavad yajño vai makho yat pravargyaṃ pravṛñjanti yajñasyaiva tacchiraḥ pratidadhati //
PB, 7, 5, 20.0 uśanā vai kāvyo 'surāṇāṃ purohita āsīt
taṃ devāḥ kāmadughābhir upāmantrayanta tasmā etāny auśanāni prāyacchan kāmadughā vā auśanāni //
PB, 7, 6, 2.0 sa ādīdhīta garbho vai me 'yam antarhitas
taṃ vācā prajanayā iti //
PB, 8, 4, 1.0 sādhyā vai nāma devā āsaṃs te sarveṇa yajñena saha svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te devāśchandāṃsyabruvan somam āharateti te jagatīṃ prāhiṇvan sā trīṇy akṣarāṇi hitvaikākṣarā bhūtvāgacchat triṣṭubhaṃ prāhiṇvan saikam akṣaraṃ hitvā tryakṣarā bhūtvāgacchad gāyatrīṃ prāhiṇvaṃś caturakṣarāṇi vai tarhi chandāṃsy āsan sā tāni cākṣarāṇi haranty āgacchad aṣṭākṣarā bhūtvā trīṇi ca savanāni hastābhyāṃ dve savane dantair daṃṣṭvā tṛtīyasavanaṃ tasmād dve aṃśumatī savane dhītaṃ tṛtīyasavanaṃ dantair hi tad daṃṣṭvā dhayanty aharat tasya ye hriyamāṇasyāṃśavaḥ parāpataṃs te pūtīkā abhavan yāni puṣpāṇy avāśīyanta tāny arjunāni yat prāprothat te praprothās tasmāt tṛtīyasavana āśiram avanayanti yam eva
taṃ gāvaḥ somam adanti tasya taṃ rasam avanayanti sasomatvāya //
PB, 8, 4, 1.0 sādhyā vai nāma devā āsaṃs te sarveṇa yajñena saha svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te devāśchandāṃsyabruvan somam āharateti te jagatīṃ prāhiṇvan sā trīṇy akṣarāṇi hitvaikākṣarā bhūtvāgacchat triṣṭubhaṃ prāhiṇvan saikam akṣaraṃ hitvā tryakṣarā bhūtvāgacchad gāyatrīṃ prāhiṇvaṃś caturakṣarāṇi vai tarhi chandāṃsy āsan sā tāni cākṣarāṇi haranty āgacchad aṣṭākṣarā bhūtvā trīṇi ca savanāni hastābhyāṃ dve savane dantair daṃṣṭvā tṛtīyasavanaṃ tasmād dve aṃśumatī savane dhītaṃ tṛtīyasavanaṃ dantair hi tad daṃṣṭvā dhayanty aharat tasya ye hriyamāṇasyāṃśavaḥ parāpataṃs te pūtīkā abhavan yāni puṣpāṇy avāśīyanta tāny arjunāni yat prāprothat te praprothās tasmāt tṛtīyasavana āśiram avanayanti yam eva taṃ gāvaḥ somam adanti tasya
taṃ rasam avanayanti sasomatvāya //
PB, 8, 5, 11.0 indras tṛtīyasavanād bībhatsamāna udakrāmat
taṃ devāḥ śyāvāśvenaihāyi ehiyety anvāhvayan sa upāvartata yad etat sāma bhavati tṛtīyasavanasya sendratvāya //
PB, 8, 8, 6.0 sa indro 'bravīt kaś cāhaṃ cedam anvavaiṣyāva ity ahaṃ ceti varuṇas
taṃ varuṇo 'nvatiṣṭhad indra āharat tasmād aindrāvaruṇam anuśasyate //
PB, 8, 8, 7.0 sa evābravīt kaś cāhaṃ cedam anvavaiṣyāva ity ahaṃ ceti bṛhaspatis
taṃ bṛhaspatir anvatiṣṭhad indra āharat tasmād aindrābārhaspatyam anuśasyate sa evābravīt kaś cāhaṃ cedam anvavaiṣyāva ity ahaṃ ceti viṣṇus taṃ viṣṇur anvatiṣṭhad indra āharat tasmād aindrāvaiṣṇavam anuśasyate //
PB, 8, 8, 7.0 sa evābravīt kaś cāhaṃ cedam anvavaiṣyāva ity ahaṃ ceti bṛhaspatis taṃ bṛhaspatir anvatiṣṭhad indra āharat tasmād aindrābārhaspatyam anuśasyate sa evābravīt kaś cāhaṃ cedam anvavaiṣyāva ity ahaṃ ceti viṣṇus
taṃ viṣṇur anvatiṣṭhad indra āharat tasmād aindrāvaiṣṇavam anuśasyate //
PB, 8, 8, 22.0 nṛmedhasam āṅgirasaṃ sattram āsīnaṃ śvabhir abhyāhvayan so 'gnim upādhāvat pāhi no agna ekayeti
taṃ vaiśvānaraḥ paryudatiṣṭhat tato vai sa pratyatiṣṭhat tato gātum avindata //
PB, 9, 2, 22.0 kutsaś ca luśaś cendraṃ vyahvayetāṃ sa indraḥ kutsam upāvartata
taṃ śatena vārdhrībhir āṇḍayor abadhnāt taṃ luśo 'bhyavadat pramucyasva pari kutsād ihāgahi kim u tvāvān āṇḍayor baddha āsātā iti tāḥ saṃchidya prādravat sa etat kutsaḥ sāmāpaśyat tenainam anvavadat sa upāvartata //
PB, 9, 2, 22.0 kutsaś ca luśaś cendraṃ vyahvayetāṃ sa indraḥ kutsam upāvartata taṃ śatena vārdhrībhir āṇḍayor abadhnāt
taṃ luśo 'bhyavadat pramucyasva pari kutsād ihāgahi kim u tvāvān āṇḍayor baddha āsātā iti tāḥ saṃchidya prādravat sa etat kutsaḥ sāmāpaśyat tenainam anvavadat sa upāvartata //
PB, 9, 4, 14.0 jamadagneś ca vā ṛṣīṇāṃ ca somau saṃsutāv āstāṃ tata etajjamadagnir vihavyam apaśyat
tam indra upāvartata yad vihavyaṃ hotā śaṃsatīndram evaiṣāṃ vṛṅkte //
PB, 9, 5, 6.0 somapītho vā etasmād apakrāmatīty āhur yasya somam apaharantīti sa oṣadhīś ca paśūṃś ca praviśati
tam oṣadhibhyaś ca paśubhyaś cāvarunddhe //
PB, 9, 7, 12.0 amuṃ vā eṣa lokaṃ nikāmayamāno 'bhyatiricyate yo rātrer atiricyate bṛhatā stuvanti bṛhad amuṃ lokam āptum arhati
tam evāpnoti //
PB, 9, 8, 1.0 yadi dīkṣitānāṃ pramīyate dagdhvāsthīny upanahya yo nediṣṭhī syāt
taṃ dīkṣayitvā saha yajeran //
PB, 9, 8, 3.0 api vā etasya yajñe yo dīkṣitaḥ pramīyate
tam etena niravadayante //
PB, 9, 9, 15.0 yadi somam abhidahed grahān adhvaryuḥ spāśayeta stotrāṇy udgātā śastrāṇi hotātha yathāpūrvaṃ yajñena careyuḥ pañca dakṣiṇā deyāḥ pāṅkto yajño yāvān yajñas
tam ārabhate 'vabhṛthād udetya punar dīkṣate tatra tad dadyād yad dāsyaṃ syāt purā dvādaśyā dīkṣeta yad dvādaśīm atinayed antardhīyeta //
PB, 9, 10, 1.0 yadi mahāvīro bhidyeta
taṃ bhinnam abhimṛśed ya ṛte cid abhiśriṣaḥ purā jatrubhya ātṛdaḥ //
PB, 9, 10, 3.0 tvāṣṭraṃ paśuṃ bahurūpam ālabheta tvaṣṭā vai paśūnāṃ rūpāṇāṃ vikartā
tam eva tad upadhāvati sa enaṃ tejasendriyeṇa vīryeṇānnādyena prajayā paśubhiḥ punas samardhayati saiva tasya prāyaścittiḥ //
PB, 10, 1, 3.0 tam u pratiṣṭhetyāhus trivṛddhy evaiṣu lokeṣu pratiṣṭhitaḥ //
PB, 10, 1, 6.0 taṃ caujo balam ity āhur ardhamāsaśo hi prajāḥ paśava ojo balaṃ puṣyanti //
PB, 10, 1, 9.0 tam u prajāpatir ity āhuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ hi prajāḥ paśavo 'nuprajāyante //
PB, 10, 1, 12.0 tam u devatalpa ity āhuḥ pra devatalpam āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 10, 2, 2.0 tasmād yo virājaṃ stomaṃ sampadyate
taṃ jyotiṣṭomo 'gniṣṭoma ity ācakṣate virāḍḍhi chandasāṃ jyotiḥ //
PB, 10, 3, 4.0 yadi pañcaviṃśo dīkṣeteme pañceme pañceme pañceme pañceme catvāro 'sāv eka iti nirdiśeyur yasmā arāddhikāmāḥ syus
tam evārāddhir anveti sarva itare rādhnuvanti //
PB, 10, 5, 13.0 chandāṃsi vā anyonyasya lokam abhyadhyāyan gāyatrī triṣṭubhas triṣṭub jagatyā jagatī gāyatryās tāni vyauhan yathālokaṃ tato vai tāni yaṃ yaṃ kāmam akāmayanta
tam asanvan //
PB, 11, 4, 3.0 taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣahaṃ vasor mandānam andhaso 'bhivatsaṃ na svasareṣu dhenava ity abhīti rathantarasya rūpaṃ rathantaraṃ hy etad ahaḥ //
PB, 11, 5, 10.0 ebhyo vai lokebhyo raso 'pākrāmat
taṃ prajāpatir ākṣāreṇākṣārayad yad ākṣārayat tad ākṣārasyākṣāratvam //
PB, 11, 5, 28.0 vāg yajñāyajñīyaṃ vāci yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito vācy eva tad yajñam antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayanti
taṃ vāco 'dhi śva ārabhante //
PB, 11, 8, 8.0 yuktāśvo vā āṅgirasaḥ śiśū jātau viparyaharat tasmān mantro 'pākrāmat sa tapo 'tapyata sa etad yauktāśvam apaśyat
taṃ mantra upāvartata tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma yauktāśvaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 11, 8, 10.0 ayāsyo vā āṅgirasa ādityānāṃ dīkṣitānām annādyam āśnāt
taṃ śug ārchat sa tapo 'tapyata sa ete āyāsye apaśyat tābhyāṃ śucam apāhatāpa śucaṃ hata āyāsyābhyāṃ tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 12, 1, 10.0 tṛca uttamo bhavati yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyupayanti //
PB, 12, 5, 19.0 indraṃ vā akṣyāmayiṇaṃ bhūtāni nāsvāpayaṃs
tam etena tvāṣṭryo 'svāpayaṃs tad vāva tās tarhy akāmayanta //
PB, 12, 5, 21.0 indro vṛtrād bibhyad gāṃ prāviśat
taṃ tvāṣṭryo 'bruvañ janayāmeti tam etaiḥ sāmabhir ajanayañ jāyāmahā iti vai sattram āsate jāyanta eva //
PB, 12, 5, 21.0 indro vṛtrād bibhyad gāṃ prāviśat taṃ tvāṣṭryo 'bruvañ janayāmeti
tam etaiḥ sāmabhir ajanayañ jāyāmahā iti vai sattram āsate jāyanta eva //
PB, 12, 6, 3.0 taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasīti madavad vai rasavat tṛtīyasavanaṃ madam eva tad rasaṃ dadhāti //
PB, 12, 6, 6.0 pramaṃhiṣṭhīyena vā indro vṛtrāya vajraṃ prāvartayat
tam astṛṇuta bhrātṛvyavān pramaṃhiṣṭhīyenokthāni praṇayeta stṛṇute bhrātṛvyaṃ vasīyān ātmanā bhavati //
PB, 12, 6, 12.0 aṅgirasaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ yanto rakṣāṃsy anvasacanta tāny etena tiraścyāṅgirasas tiryaṅ paryavaid yat tiryaṅ paryavait tasmāt tairaścyaṃ pāpmā vāva sa tān asacata
taṃ tairaścyenāpāghnatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate tairaścyena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 12, 7, 10.0 tṛca uttamo bhavati yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanty ekaviṃśa eva stomo bhavati pratiṣṭhāyai pratitiṣṭhati //
PB, 12, 9, 23.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 12, 10, 6.0 chandobhir vai devā ādityaṃ svargaṃ lokam aharan sa nādhriyata
taṃ vairājasya nidhanenādṛṃhaṃs tasmāt parāṅ cārvāṅ cādityas tapati parāṅ cārvāṅ cekāraḥ //
PB, 12, 11, 6.0 somaḥ pavate janitā matīnām iti prātassavane ṣoḍaśinaṃ gṛhītaṃ
taṃ tṛtīyasavane prajanayanti //
PB, 12, 11, 10.0 aṅgiraso vai sattram āsata teṣām āptaḥ spṛtaḥ svargo loka āsīt panthānaṃ tu devayānaṃ na prājānaṃs teṣāṃ kalyāṇa āṅgiraso dhyāyam udavrajat sa ūrṇāyuṃ gandharvam apsarasāṃ madhye preṅkhayamāṇam upait sa iyām iti yāṃ yām abhyadiśat sainam akāmayata
tam abhyavadat kalyāṇā3 ity āpto vai vaḥ spṛtaḥ svargo lokaḥ panthānaṃ tu devayānaṃ na prajānīthedaṃ sāma svargyaṃ tena stutvā svargaṃ lokam eṣy atha mā tu voco 'ham adarśam iti //
PB, 12, 13, 1.0 indraśca bṛhacca samabhavatāṃ
tam indraṃ bṛhad ekayā tanvātyaricyata tasyā abibhedanayā mābhibhaviṣyatīti so 'bravīt ṣoḍaśī te 'yaṃ yajñakratur astv iti sa ṣoḍaśy abhavat tad asya janma //
PB, 12, 13, 5.0 taṃ punar upādhāvat tasmai saptānāṃ hotrāṇāṃ haro nirmāya prāyacchat tam astṛṇuta //
PB, 12, 13, 5.0 taṃ punar upādhāvat tasmai saptānāṃ hotrāṇāṃ haro nirmāya prāyacchat
tam astṛṇuta //
PB, 12, 13, 27.0 ekākṣaraṃ vai devānām avamaṃ chanda āsīt saptākṣaraṃ paramaṃ navākṣaram asurāṇām avamaṃ chanda āsīt pañcadaśākṣaraṃ paramaṃ devāś ca vā asurāś cāspardhanta tān prajāpatir ānuṣṭubho bhūtvāntarātiṣṭhat
taṃ devāsurā vyahvayanta sa devān upāvartata tato devā abhavan parāsurāḥ //
PB, 13, 1, 12.0 tṛca uttamo bhavati yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 13, 3, 12.0 vṛśo vaijānas tryaruṇasya traidhātavasyaikṣvākasya purohita āsīt sa aikṣvāko 'dhāvayat brāhmaṇakumāraṃ rathena vyachinat sa purohitam abravīt tava mā purodhāyām idam īdṛg upāgād iti
tam etena sāmnā samairayat tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma vārśaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 13, 3, 19.0 sāmārṣeyeṇa praśastaṃ yaṃ vai gām aśvaṃ puruṣaṃ praśaṃsanti vāma iti
taṃ praśaṃsanty ahar evaitena praśaṃsanti //
PB, 13, 3, 22.0 agniḥ sṛṣṭo nodadīpyata
taṃ prajāpatir etena sāmnopādhamat sa udadīpyata dīptiś ca vā etat sāma brahmavarcasaṃ ca dīptiṃ caivaitena brahmavarcasaṃ cāvarunddhe //
PB, 13, 3, 24.0 śiśur vā āṅgiraso mantrakṛtāṃ mantrakṛd āsīt sa pitṝn putrakā ity āmantrayata
taṃ pitaro 'bruvan na dharmaṃ karoṣi yo naḥ pitṝn sataḥ putrakā ity āmantrayasa iti so 'bravīd ahaṃ vāva vaḥ pitāsmi yo mantrakṛd asmīti te deveṣv apṛcchanta te devā abruvann eṣa vāva pitā yo mantrakṛd iti tad vai sa udajayad ujjayati śaiśavena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 3, 25.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 13, 4, 13.0 paśavo vai śakvaryo goṣṭhaḥ purīṣaṃ goṣṭham eva tat paśubhyaḥ paryasyanti
tam evainān pravartayanty avisraṃsāya //
PB, 13, 5, 22.0 indro vṛtrāya vajram udayacchat
taṃ ṣoḍaśabhir bhogaiḥ paryabhujat sa etaṃ padastobham apaśyat tenāpāveṣṭayad apaveṣṭayann iva gāyet pāpmano 'pahatyai //
PB, 13, 5, 23.0 pāpmā vāva sa
tam agṛhṇāt taṃ padastobhenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate padastobhena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 5, 23.0 pāpmā vāva sa tam agṛhṇāt
taṃ padastobhenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate padastobhena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 6, 9.0 dīrghajihvī vā idaṃ rakṣo yajñahā yajñiyān avalihaty acarat tām indraḥ kayācana māyayā hantuṃ nāśaṃsatātha ha sumitraḥ kutsaḥ kalyāṇa āsa
tam abravīd imām acchābrūṣveti tām acchābrūta sainam abravīn nāhaitanna śuśruva priyam iva tu me hṛdayasyeti tām ajñapayat tāṃ saṃskṛte 'hatāṃ tad vāva tau tarhy akāmayetāṃ kāmasani sāma saumitraṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 13, 6, 10.0 sumitraḥ san krūram akar ity enaṃ vāg abhyavadat
taṃ śug ārchat sa tapo 'tapyata sa etat saumitram apaśyat tena śucam apāhatāpa śucaṃ hate saumitreṇa tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 7, 15.0 tṛca uttamo bhavati yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 13, 9, 25.0 paśavo vai revatyo goṣṭham eva tat paśubhyaḥ paryasyanti
tam evainān pravartayanty avisraṃsāya //
PB, 13, 9, 28.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 13, 10, 8.0 keśine vā etad dālbhyāya sāmāvirabhavat tad enam abravīd agātāro mā gāyanti mā mayodgāsiṣur iti kathaṃ ta āgā bhagava ity abravīd āgeyam evāsmy āgāyann iva gāyet pratiṣṭhāyai tad alammaṃ pārijānataṃ paścādakṣaṃ śayānam etām āgāṃ gāyantam ajānāt
tam abravīt puras tvā dadhā iti tam abruvan ko nv ayaṃ kasmā alam ity alaṃ nu vai mahyam iti tad alammasyālammatvam //
PB, 13, 10, 8.0 keśine vā etad dālbhyāya sāmāvirabhavat tad enam abravīd agātāro mā gāyanti mā mayodgāsiṣur iti kathaṃ ta āgā bhagava ity abravīd āgeyam evāsmy āgāyann iva gāyet pratiṣṭhāyai tad alammaṃ pārijānataṃ paścādakṣaṃ śayānam etām āgāṃ gāyantam ajānāt tam abravīt puras tvā dadhā iti
tam abruvan ko nv ayaṃ kasmā alam ity alaṃ nu vai mahyam iti tad alammasyālammatvam //
PB, 13, 11, 10.0 vidanvān vai bhārgava indrasya pratyahaṃs
taṃ śug ārchat sa tapo 'tapyata sa etāni vaidanvatāny apaśyat taiḥ śucam apāhatāpa śucaṃ hate vaidanvatais tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 13, 11, 18.0 prajāpater vā etau stanau yad ghṛtaścyunnidhanaṃ ca madhuścyunnidhanaṃ ca yajño vai prajāpatis
tam etābhyāṃ dugdhe yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate taṃ dugdhe //
PB, 13, 11, 18.0 prajāpater vā etau stanau yad ghṛtaścyunnidhanaṃ ca madhuścyunnidhanaṃ ca yajño vai prajāpatis tam etābhyāṃ dugdhe yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate
taṃ dugdhe //
PB, 14, 2, 6.0 tam īḍiṣva yo arciṣety aniruktam aindrāgnaṃ devatānām anabhidharṣāyottamārdhe nirāha devatānām apraṇāśāya stomaḥ //
PB, 14, 3, 10.0 yajño vai devebhyo 'pākrāmat sa suparṇarūpaṃ kṛtvācarat
taṃ devā etaiḥ sāmabhirārabhanta yajña iva vā eṣa yacchandomā yajñasyaivaiṣa ārambhaḥ //
PB, 14, 4, 2.0 nakiṣṭaṃ karmaṇā naśad iti bṛhatyaḥ satyo 'bhyārambheṇa jagatyaḥ //
PB, 14, 4, 5.0 abhinidhanena vā indro vṛtrāya vajraṃ prāharat
tam astṛṇuta stṛṇute bhrātṛvyam abhinidhanena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 14, 4, 7.0 vaikhānasā vā ṛṣaya indrasya priyā āsaṃs tān rahasyur devamalimluḍ munimaraṇe 'mārayat
taṃ devā abruvan kva tarṣayo 'bhūvann iti tān praiṣam aicchat tān nāvindat sa imān lokān ekadhāreṇāpunāt tān munimaraṇe 'vindat tān etena sāmnā samairayat tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma vaikhānasaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe stomaḥ //
PB, 14, 5, 9.0 ye somāsaḥ parāvatīti parāvatam iva vā etarhi yajño gatas
tam evaitenānvicchanti //
PB, 14, 5, 30.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 14, 6, 6.0 vatsaś ca vai medhātithiś ca kāṇvāv āstāṃ
taṃ vatsaṃ medhātithir ākrośad abrāhmaṇo 'si śūdrāputra iti so 'bravīd ṛtenāgniṃ vyayāva yataro nau brahmīyān iti vātsena vatso vyain maidhātithena medhātithis tasya na loma ca nauṣat tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma vātsaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 14, 6, 8.0 upagur vai sauśravasaḥ kutsasyauravasya purohita āsīt sa kutsaḥ paryaśapad ya indraṃ yajātā iti sa indraḥ suśravasam upetyābravīd yajasva māśanāyāmi vā iti
tam ayajata sa indraḥ puroḍāśahastaḥ kutsam upetyābravīd ayakṣata mā kva te pariśaptam abhūd iti kas tvā yaṣṭeti suśravā iti sa kutsa aurava upagoḥ sauśravasasyodgāyata audumbaryā śiro 'chinat sa suśravā indram abravīt tvattanād vai medam īdṛg upāgād iti tam etena sāmnā samairayat tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma sauśravasaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 14, 6, 8.0 upagur vai sauśravasaḥ kutsasyauravasya purohita āsīt sa kutsaḥ paryaśapad ya indraṃ yajātā iti sa indraḥ suśravasam upetyābravīd yajasva māśanāyāmi vā iti tam ayajata sa indraḥ puroḍāśahastaḥ kutsam upetyābravīd ayakṣata mā kva te pariśaptam abhūd iti kas tvā yaṣṭeti suśravā iti sa kutsa aurava upagoḥ sauśravasasyodgāyata audumbaryā śiro 'chinat sa suśravā indram abravīt tvattanād vai medam īdṛg upāgād iti
tam etena sāmnā samairayat tad vāva sa tarhy akāmayata kāmasani sāma sauśravasaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 14, 6, 10.0 cyavano vai dādhīco 'śvinoḥ priya āsīt so 'jīryat
tam etena sāmnāpsu vyaiṅkayatāṃ taṃ punaryuvānam akurutāṃ tad vāva tau tarhy akāmayetāṃ kāmasani sāma vīṅkaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 14, 6, 10.0 cyavano vai dādhīco 'śvinoḥ priya āsīt so 'jīryat tam etena sāmnāpsu vyaiṅkayatāṃ
taṃ punaryuvānam akurutāṃ tad vāva tau tarhy akāmayetāṃ kāmasani sāma vīṅkaṃ kāmam evaitenāvarunddhe //
PB, 14, 7, 2.0 śiśur iva vā eṣa saptamenāhnā jāyate
tam aṣṭamenāhnā mṛjanti //
PB, 14, 9, 27.0 trirātro yad vyaśīryata
tam etaiḥ sāmabhir abhiṣajyan gāyatrapārśvenopāyacchan santaninā samatanvan saṃkṛtinā samaskurvan pratiṣṭhitau pūrvau trirātrāv apratiṣṭhita eṣa yad etāny eva sāmāni kriyanta etasyaiva pratiṣṭhityai //
PB, 14, 11, 28.0 indro yatīn sālāvṛkebhyaḥ prāyacchat
tam aślīlā vāg abhyavadat so 'śuddho 'manyata sa etacchuddhāśuddhīyam apaśyat tenāśudhyacchudhyati śuddhāśuddhīyena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 14, 11, 37.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 14, 12, 7.0 devānāṃ vai yajñaṃ rakṣāṃsyajighāṃsaṃs tānyetena indraḥ saṃvartam apāvapad yat saṃvartam apāvapat tasmāt sāṃvartaṃ pāpmā vāva sa tān asacata
taṃ sāṃvartenāpāghnatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate sāṃvartena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 1, 12.0 tṛca uttamo bhavati yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyanti //
PB, 15, 5, 9.0 agniṃ vai pūrvair aharbhir ājuhoty athaitad ādityadevatyam ahaḥ śukra āhuta ity asau vā ādityaḥ śukras
tam evaitenājuhoti //
PB, 15, 5, 20.0 viśvamanasaṃ vā ṛṣim adhyāyam udvrajitaṃ rakṣo 'gṛhṇāt
tam indro 'cāyad ṛṣiṃ vai rakṣo 'grahīd iti tam abhyavadad ṛṣe kas tvaiṣa iti sthāṇur iti brūhīti rakṣo 'bravīt sa sthāṇur ity abravīt tasmai vā etena praharety asmā iṣīkāṃ vajraṃ prayacchann abravīt tenāsya sīmānam abhinat saiṣendreṇateṣīkā pāpmā vāva sa tam agṛhṇāt taṃ vaiśvamanasenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate vaiśvamanasena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 20.0 viśvamanasaṃ vā ṛṣim adhyāyam udvrajitaṃ rakṣo 'gṛhṇāt tam indro 'cāyad ṛṣiṃ vai rakṣo 'grahīd iti
tam abhyavadad ṛṣe kas tvaiṣa iti sthāṇur iti brūhīti rakṣo 'bravīt sa sthāṇur ity abravīt tasmai vā etena praharety asmā iṣīkāṃ vajraṃ prayacchann abravīt tenāsya sīmānam abhinat saiṣendreṇateṣīkā pāpmā vāva sa tam agṛhṇāt taṃ vaiśvamanasenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate vaiśvamanasena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 20.0 viśvamanasaṃ vā ṛṣim adhyāyam udvrajitaṃ rakṣo 'gṛhṇāt tam indro 'cāyad ṛṣiṃ vai rakṣo 'grahīd iti tam abhyavadad ṛṣe kas tvaiṣa iti sthāṇur iti brūhīti rakṣo 'bravīt sa sthāṇur ity abravīt tasmai vā etena praharety asmā iṣīkāṃ vajraṃ prayacchann abravīt tenāsya sīmānam abhinat saiṣendreṇateṣīkā pāpmā vāva sa
tam agṛhṇāt taṃ vaiśvamanasenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate vaiśvamanasena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 20.0 viśvamanasaṃ vā ṛṣim adhyāyam udvrajitaṃ rakṣo 'gṛhṇāt tam indro 'cāyad ṛṣiṃ vai rakṣo 'grahīd iti tam abhyavadad ṛṣe kas tvaiṣa iti sthāṇur iti brūhīti rakṣo 'bravīt sa sthāṇur ity abravīt tasmai vā etena praharety asmā iṣīkāṃ vajraṃ prayacchann abravīt tenāsya sīmānam abhinat saiṣendreṇateṣīkā pāpmā vāva sa tam agṛhṇāt
taṃ vaiśvamanasenāpāhatāpa pāpmānaṃ hate vaiśvamanasena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 5, 37.0 gāyatrīṣu stuvanti pratiṣṭhāyai brahmavarcasāya yenaiva prāṇena prayanti
tam abhyudyantīḍāntāḥ pavamānā bhavanti paśavo vā iḍā paśavaśchandomāḥ paśuṣveva tat paśūn dadhāti stomaḥ //
Pāraskaragṛhyasūtra
PārGS, 1, 3, 8.2 imaṃ
tamabhitiṣṭhāmi yo mā kaścābhidāsatīty enam abhyupaviśati //
PārGS, 1, 10, 1.1 rājño 'kṣabhede naddhavimokṣe yānaviparyāse 'nyasyāṃ vā vyāpattau striyāś codvahane
tam evāgnim upasamādhāyājyaṃ saṃskṛtyeha ratir iti juhoti nānāmantrābhyām //
PārGS, 1, 16, 17.1 sa yasmin deśe jāto bhavati
tam abhimantrayate veda te bhūmi hṛdayaṃ divi candramasi śritam /
PārGS, 2, 2, 9.2 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya unnayanti svādhyo manasā devayanta iti vā //
PārGS, 2, 2, 12.0 taṃ pratigṛhṇāti yo me daṇḍaḥ parāpatadvaihāyaso 'dhi bhūmyāṃ tamahaṃ punar ādada āyuṣe brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāyeti //
PārGS, 2, 2, 12.0 taṃ pratigṛhṇāti yo me daṇḍaḥ parāpatadvaihāyaso 'dhi bhūmyāṃ
tamahaṃ punar ādada āyuṣe brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāyeti //
PārGS, 2, 6, 10.0 ye apsvantaragnayaḥ praviṣṭā gohya upagohyo mayūṣo manohā skhalo virujas tanūdūṣur indriyahātān vijahāmi yo
rocanastamiha gṛhṇāmītyekasmād apo gṛhītvā //
PārGS, 2, 17, 9.1 pṛthivī dyauḥ pradiśo diśo yasmai dyubhirāvṛtāḥ
tam ihendram upahvaye śivā naḥ santu hetayaḥ svāhā /
PārGS, 3, 9, 6.1 rudrān japitvaikavarṇaṃ dvivarṇaṃ vā yo vā yūthaṃ chādayati yaṃ vā yūthaṃ chādayed rohito vaiva syāt sarvāṅgair upeto jīvavatsāyāḥ payasvinyāḥ putro yūthe ca rūpasvittamaḥ syāt
tam alaṃkṛtya yūthe mukhyāścatasro vatsataryas tāś cālaṃkṛtya etaṃ yuvānaṃ patiṃ vo dadāmi tena krīḍantīś caratha priyeṇa /
PārGS, 3, 11, 10.0 yaddevate taddaivataṃ yajet tasmai ca bhāgaṃ kuryāt
taṃ ca brūyād imam anuprāpayeti //
PārGS, 3, 13, 5.1 sa yadi manyeta kruddho 'yamiti
tamabhimantrayate yā ta eṣā rarāṭyā tanūrmanyoḥ krodhasya nāśanī /
PārGS, 3, 13, 6.0 atha yadi manyeta drugdho 'yam iti
tam abhimantrayate tāṃ te vācamāsya ādatte hṛdaya ādadhe yatra yatra nihitā vāktāṃ tatastata ādade yadahaṃ bravīmi tat satyam adharo mattāṃdyasveti //
PārGS, 3, 14, 12.0 sa yadi durbalo rathaḥ syāt
tam āsthāya japed ayaṃ vām aśvinā ratho mā durge māstaroriṣad iti //
PārGS, 3, 15, 22.0 atha yadi manthaṃ labheta
taṃ pratigṛhya dyaustveti tasya triḥ prāśnāti brahmā tvāśnātu brahmā tvā prāśnātu brahmā tvā pibatviti //
Sāmavidhānabrāhmaṇa
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas
taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas
taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas
taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas
taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas
tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 1, 1, 10.1 yo 'vareṣāṃ prathamas taṃ manuṣyāḥ yo dvitīyas taṃ gandharvāpsaraso yas tṛtīyas taṃ paśavo yaś caturthas taṃ pitaro ye cāṇḍeṣu śerate yaḥ pañcamas tam asurarakṣāṃsi yo 'ntyas
tam oṣadhayo vanaspatayo yac cānyaj jagat /
SVidhB, 2, 8, 6.1 uḍaṅgavānāṃ yo 'gre gacchet
taṃ gṛhītvā tad ahas trivṛtaṃ kārayen maṇim agniṃ pratiṣṭhāpyāvṛtā hutvā maṇiṃ nidhāyoccā te jātam andhasa iti tṛtīyenābhijuhuyāt sahasrakṛtvaḥ śatāvaram /
SVidhB, 2, 8, 6.2 taṃ maṇiṃ kaṇṭhena śirasā vā dhārayañchatānucaro bhavati śatānucaro bhavati //
SVidhB, 3, 9, 8.1 so 'yaṃ prājāpatyo vidhis
tam imaṃ prajāpatir bṛhaspataye provāca bṛhaspatir nāradāya nārado viṣvaksenāya viṣvakseno vyāsāya pārāśaryāya vyāsaḥ pārāśaryo jaiminaye jaiminiḥ pauṣpiñjyāya pauṣpiñjyaḥ pārāśaryāyaṇāya pārāśaryāyaṇo bādarāyaṇāya bādarāyaṇas tāṇḍiśāṭyāyanibhyāṃ tāṇḍiśāṭyāyaninau bahubhyaḥ //
SVidhB, 3, 9, 10.1 upādhyāyāya grāmavaraṃ sahasraṃ śvetaṃ cāśvaṃ pradāyānujñāto vā yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate
tam āpnoti tam āpnoti //
SVidhB, 3, 9, 10.1 upādhyāyāya grāmavaraṃ sahasraṃ śvetaṃ cāśvaṃ pradāyānujñāto vā yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate tam āpnoti
tam āpnoti //
Taittirīyabrāhmaṇa
Taittirīyasaṃhitā
TS, 1, 1, 9, 1.8 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā mauk /
TS, 1, 1, 9, 2.3 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā mauk /
TS, 1, 1, 9, 2.7 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām parāvati śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā //
TS, 1, 3, 2, 1.2 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam udvapāmi yaṃ naḥ samāno yam asamāno nicakhāna /
TS, 1, 3, 13, 3.1 devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas
taṃ devebhyo devatrā dhatta śukraṃ śukrapebhyo yeṣām bhāga stha svāhā /
TS, 1, 5, 9, 45.1 manuṣyāyen nvai yo 'harahar āhṛtyāthainaṃ yācati sa in nvai
tam upārcchati //
TS, 1, 6, 8, 23.0 agniṃ hotāram iha
taṃ huva iti devebhya eva pratiprocya yajñena yajate //
TS, 2, 1, 4, 4.7 taṃ varuṇenaiva grāhayitvā viṣṇunā yajñena prāṇudantaindreṇaivāsyendriyam avṛñjata /
TS, 2, 1, 7, 1.2 tasyai rasaḥ parāpatat
tam bṛhaspatir upāgṛhṇāt sā śitipṛṣṭhā vaśābhavat /
TS, 2, 1, 7, 1.3 yo dvitīyaḥ parāpatat
tam mitrāvaruṇāv upāgṛhṇītāṃ sā dvirūpā vaśābhavat /
TS, 2, 1, 7, 1.4 yas tṛtīyaḥ parāpatat
taṃ viśve devā upāgṛhṇant sā bahurūpā vaśābhavat /
TS, 2, 1, 7, 1.5 yaś caturthaḥ parāpatat sa pṛthivīm prāviśat
tam bṛhaspatir abhi //
TS, 3, 4, 8, 3.2 saṃgrāme saṃyatte hotavyā rāṣṭraṃ vai rāṣṭrabhṛto rāṣṭre khalu vā ete vyāyacchante ye saṃgrāmaṃ saṃyanti yasya pūrvasya juhvati sa eva bhavati jayati
taṃ saṃgrāmaṃ māndhuka idhmaḥ //
TS, 3, 4, 8, 5.2 abhicaratā pratilomaṃ hotavyāḥ prāṇān evāsya pratīcaḥ pratiyauti
taṃ tato yena kena ca stṛṇute /
TS, 3, 4, 8, 7.1 yo jyeṣṭhabandhur apabhūtaḥ syāt
taṃ sthale 'vasāyya brahmaudanaṃ catuḥśarāvam paktvā tasmai hotavyā varṣma vai rāṣṭrabhṛto varṣma sthalaṃ varṣmaṇaivainaṃ varṣma samānānāṃ gamayati catuḥśarāvo bhavati dikṣv eva pratitiṣṭhati kṣīre bhavati rucaṃ evāsmin dadhāty uddharati śṛtatvāya sarpiṣvān bhavati medhyatvāya catvāra ārṣeyāḥ prāśnanti diśām eva jyotiṣi juhoti //
TS, 5, 2, 6, 48.1 yad aśvam ākramayati ya eva medho 'śvam prāviśat
tam evāvarunddhe //
TS, 5, 4, 4, 24.0 yo vā agniṃ citam prathamaḥ paśur adhikrāmatīśvaro vai
taṃ śucā pradahaḥ //
TS, 6, 1, 6, 64.0 yad dvirūpayā vārtraghnī syāt sa vānyaṃ jinīyāt
taṃ vānyo jinīyāt //
TS, 6, 1, 7, 49.0 yat karṇagṛhītā vārtraghnī syāt sa vānyaṃ jinīyāt
taṃ vānyo jinīyāt //
TS, 6, 2, 4, 19.0 saptānāṃ girīṇām parastād vittaṃ vedyam asurāṇām bibharti
taṃ jahi yadi durge hantāsīti //
TS, 6, 2, 9, 38.0 yam prathamaṃ granthiṃ grathnīyāt yat
taṃ na visraṃsayed amehenādhvaryuḥ pramīyeta //
TS, 6, 2, 10, 73.0 yam prathamaṃ granthiṃ grathnīyād yat
taṃ na visraṃsayed amehenādhvaryuḥ pramīyeta //
TS, 6, 2, 11, 11.0 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam udvapāmi yaṃ naḥ samāno yam asamāno nicakhānety āha //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 1.2 aty anyān agāṃ nānyān upāgām ity āhāti hy anyān eti nānyān upaity arvāk tvā parair avidam parovarair ity āhārvāgghyenaṃ parair vindati parovarais
taṃ tvā juṣe //
TS, 6, 3, 3, 2.3 svadhiter vṛkṣasya bibhyataḥ prathamena śakalena saha tejaḥ parāpatati yaḥ prathamaḥ śakalaḥ parāpatet
tam apy āharet satejasam //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 7.2 yajñena vai devāḥ suvargaṃ lokam āyan te 'manyanta manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti te yūpena yopayitvā suvargaṃ lokam āyan
tam ṛṣayo yūpenaivānuprājānan tad yūpasya yūpatvam //
TS, 6, 3, 7, 2.2 asureṣu vai yajña āsīt
taṃ devās tūṣṇīṃhomenāvṛñjata yat tūṣṇīm āghāram āghārayati bhrātṛvyasyaiva tad yajñaṃ vṛṅkte /
TS, 6, 3, 7, 5.3 ekādaśa prayājān yajati daśa vai paśoḥ prāṇā ātmaikādaśo yāvān eva paśus
tam prayajati /
TS, 6, 3, 8, 1.3 anvārabhyaḥ paśū3r nānvārabhyā3 iti mṛtyave vā eṣa nīyate yat paśus
tam yad anvārabheta pramāyuko yajamānaḥ syād atho khalv āhuḥ /
TS, 6, 3, 11, 6.2 ekādaśānūyājān yajati daśa vai paśoḥ prāṇā ātmaikādaśo yāvān eva paśus
tam anuyajati /
TS, 6, 5, 5, 23.0 yan mahendro gṛhyate uddhāram eva
taṃ yajamāna uddharate 'nyāsu prajāsv adhi //
TS, 6, 6, 6, 2.2 tvāṣṭro bhavati tvaṣṭā vai retasaḥ siktasya rūpāṇi vikaroti
tam eva vṛṣāṇam patnīṣv apisṛjati so 'smai rūpāṇi vikaroti //
Taittirīyopaniṣad
Taittirīyāraṇyaka
TĀ, 2, 9, 1.0 ajān ha vai pṛśnīṃs tapasyamānān brahma svayaṃbhv abhyānarṣat tad ṛṣayo 'bhavan tad ṛṣīṇām ṛṣitvaṃ tāṃ devatām upātiṣṭhanta yajñakāmās ta etaṃ brahmayajñam apaśyan
tam āharan tenāyajanta //
TĀ, 2, 15, 5.1 agniṃ vai jātaṃ pāpmā jagrāha
taṃ devā āhutībhiḥ pāpmānam apāghnann āhutīnāṃ yajñena yajñasya dakṣiṇābhir dakṣiṇānāṃ brāhmaṇena brāhmaṇasya chandobhiś chandasāṃ svādhyāyenāpahatapāpmā svādhyāyo devapavitraṃ vā etat taṃ yo 'nūtsṛjaty abhāgo vāci bhavaty abhāgo nāke tad eṣābhyuktā //
TĀ, 2, 15, 5.1 agniṃ vai jātaṃ pāpmā jagrāha taṃ devā āhutībhiḥ pāpmānam apāghnann āhutīnāṃ yajñena yajñasya dakṣiṇābhir dakṣiṇānāṃ brāhmaṇena brāhmaṇasya chandobhiś chandasāṃ svādhyāyenāpahatapāpmā svādhyāyo devapavitraṃ vā etat
taṃ yo 'nūtsṛjaty abhāgo vāci bhavaty abhāgo nāke tad eṣābhyuktā //
TĀ, 2, 19, 1.0 bhūḥ prapadye bhuvaḥ prapadye svaḥ prapadye bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ prapadye brahma prapadye brahmakośaṃ prapadye 'mṛtaṃ prapadye 'mṛtakośaṃ prapadye caturjālaṃ brahmakośaṃ yaṃ mṛtyur nāvapaśyati
taṃ prapadye devān prapadye devapuraṃ prapadye parivṛto varīvṛto brahmaṇā varmaṇāhaṃ tejasā kaśyapasya //
TĀ, 5, 8, 3.4 taṃ prāvyaṃ yathāvaṇṇamo dive namaḥ pṛthivyā ity āha /
Vaikhānasagṛhyasūtra
VaikhGS, 2, 9, 4.0 dhātādipūrvaṃ sāvitravratasūktam agne vāyav indrāditya vratānām ity ūhitvācāriṣaṃ visarjayāmīti sāvitravratavisargaṃ hutvā pūrvāṇi sūtradaṇḍādīny apsu visṛjya snātāya navānyupavītādīni pūrvavad dattvā
tam adbhir abhyukṣya dakṣiṇe niveśya dhātādipūrvaṃ prajāpataye kāṇḍarṣaye sadasaspatiṃ prajāpate na tvad rayīṇāṃ patiṃ prajāpate tvaṃ nidhipās taveme lokāḥ prajāpatiṃ prathamaṃ yo rāya ity agnyādiṣu pañcasu prājāpatyam ity ubhayatrohitvā vārṣikaṃ prājāpatyavratabandhaṃ hutvā śiṣyeṇa vrataṃ bandhayati varṣe varṣe //
VaikhGS, 3, 1, 7.0 yatkanyāmābharaṇamāropya śaktyā bandhubhyo dhanaṃ dattvāharate
tamāsuramāmananti //
VaikhGS, 3, 14, 13.0 tam adbhir abhyukṣya tilade 'vapadyasveti satilam akṣataṃ mūrdhnyādhāyaupāsanamaraṇyāṃ nirharati //
Vaikhānasaśrautasūtra
VaikhŚS, 2, 2, 11.0 tam atinīya doṣā vastor namaḥ svāheti sāyaṃ caturgṛhītaṃ juhuyāt prātar vastor namaḥ svāheti prātaḥ //
VaikhŚS, 10, 1, 9.0 tāṃs tryavarārdhān atītya yaḥ same bhūmyai svād yone rūḍha ṛjur ūrdhvaśākho bahuparṇo bahuśākho 'pratiśuṣkāgro 'vraṇaḥ pratyaṅṅ upanatas
tam aty anyān agām ity upasthāya taṃ tvā juṣa iti spṛṣṭvā devas tvā savitā madhvānaktv iti sruveṇa gulphamātre paryajyauṣadhe trāyasvainam ity ūrdhvāgraṃ barhir antardhāya svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr iti pradakṣiṇam anakṣasaṅgaṃ vṛścet //
VaikhŚS, 10, 1, 9.0 tāṃs tryavarārdhān atītya yaḥ same bhūmyai svād yone rūḍha ṛjur ūrdhvaśākho bahuparṇo bahuśākho 'pratiśuṣkāgro 'vraṇaḥ pratyaṅṅ upanatas tam aty anyān agām ity upasthāya
taṃ tvā juṣa iti spṛṣṭvā devas tvā savitā madhvānaktv iti sruveṇa gulphamātre paryajyauṣadhe trāyasvainam ity ūrdhvāgraṃ barhir antardhāya svadhite mainaṃ hiṃsīr iti pradakṣiṇam anakṣasaṅgaṃ vṛścet //
VaikhŚS, 10, 8, 7.0 aindram asīti caṣālam abhyajya supippalābhya iti
taṃ pratimucya yūpāyājyamānāyānubrūhīti saṃpreṣya devas tvā savitā madhvānaktv iti sruveṇāgniṣṭhām aśriṃ saṃtatam abhighārayati yāvaduparaṃ //
VaikhŚS, 10, 13, 11.0 indrasya bhāgaḥ suvite dadhātanety adhvaryur yadi rauti paśus
tam abhimantrayate //
VaikhŚS, 10, 22, 3.0 asaṃspṛśan hṛdayaśūlam antareṇa cātvālotkarāv udaṅ gatvā śug asi
tam abhiśoceti dveṣyaṃ manasā dhyāyan śukrasya cārdrasya ca sandhāv udvāsayati //
Vaitānasūtra
VaitS, 2, 2, 1.4 taṃ tvādadhur brahmaṇe bhāgam agne atharvāṇaḥ sāmavedo yajūṃṣi /
VaitS, 3, 6, 14.1 yatra vijānāti brahmant somo 'skan iti
tam etayālabhyābhimantrayate /
VaitS, 5, 3, 12.2 imaṃ
taṃ śukraṃ madhumantam induṃ somaṃ rājānam iha bhakṣayāmīti //
VaitS, 6, 3, 7.2 anurūpāt
taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣaham abhi pra vaḥ surādhasam iti naudhasaśyaitayonī kāmam //
VaitS, 6, 3, 14.1 chandomeṣu indrā yāhi citrabhāno
tam indraṃ vājayāmasi mahāṁ indro ya ojasety ājyastotriyāḥ //
VaitS, 6, 4, 1.1 prādurbhūteṣu nakṣatreṣu niṣkramya japanti yuvaṃ
tam indrāparvatā puroyodhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajrena taṃ tam iddhatam /
VaitS, 6, 4, 1.1 prādurbhūteṣu nakṣatreṣu niṣkramya japanti yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyodhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa
taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajrena taṃ tam iddhatam /
VaitS, 6, 4, 1.1 prādurbhūteṣu nakṣatreṣu niṣkramya japanti yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyodhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ
tam iddhataṃ vajrena taṃ tam iddhatam /
VaitS, 6, 4, 1.1 prādurbhūteṣu nakṣatreṣu niṣkramya japanti yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyodhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajrena
taṃ tam iddhatam /
VaitS, 6, 4, 1.1 prādurbhūteṣu nakṣatreṣu niṣkramya japanti yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyodhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajrena taṃ
tam iddhatam /
VaitS, 7, 2, 19.1 taṃ ha snātam alaṃkṛtam utsṛjyamānaṃ sahasrabāhuḥ puruṣaḥ kena pārṣṇī ity anumantrayate //
VaitS, 7, 3, 6.2 kataro meniṃ prati
taṃ muñcāte ya īṃ vahāte ya īṃ vā vareyād iti //
VaitS, 8, 3, 1.1 vyuṣṭyāṅgirasakāpivanacaitrarathadvyahānāṃ
taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasīti /
VaitS, 8, 3, 5.1 dvitīyeṣu
tam indraṃ vājayāmasy astāvi manma pūrvyaṃ taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasīti //
VaitS, 8, 3, 5.1 dvitīyeṣu tam indraṃ vājayāmasy astāvi manma pūrvyaṃ
taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasīti //
VaitS, 8, 4, 5.1 trikakuddaśāhasya navasu śagdhy ū ṣu śacīpate 'bhi pra gopatiṃ girā
taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣahaṃ vayam enam idā hya indram id gāthino bṛhacchrāyanta iva sūryaṃ ka īṃ veda sute sacā viśvāḥ pṛtanā abhibhūtaraṃ naraṃ yad indra prāg apāg udag iti //
Vasiṣṭhadharmasūtra
VasDhS, 1, 31.1 yajñatantre vitata ṛtvije karma kurvate kanyāṃ dadyād alaṃkṛtya
taṃ daivam ity ācakṣate //
VasDhS, 2, 10.2 taṃ manyeta pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca tasmai na druhyet katamaccanāha //
VasDhS, 5, 8.3 taṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāny abhyakrośan bhrūṇahan bhrūṇahann iti /
VasDhS, 7, 3.0 teṣāṃ vedam adhītya vedau vedān vāviśīrṇabrahmacaryo yam icchet
tam āvaset //
Vājasaneyisaṃhitā (Mādhyandina)
VSM, 1, 8.1 dhūr asi dhūrva dhūrvantaṃ dhūrva
taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāmaḥ /
VSM, 1, 8.1 dhūr asi dhūrva dhūrvantaṃ dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati
taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāmaḥ /
VSM, 1, 25.4 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā mauk //
VSM, 1, 26.4 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā mauk /
VSM, 1, 26.9 badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā mauk //
VSM, 2, 15.2 agnīṣomau
tam apanudatāṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo vājasyainaṃ prasavenāpohāmi /
VSM, 2, 15.4 indrāgnī
tam apanudatāṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo vājasyainaṃ prasavenāpohāmi //
VSM, 2, 17.2 taṃ ta etam anu joṣaṃ bharāmy eṣa net tvad apacetayātai /
VSM, 3, 3.1 taṃ tvā samidbhir aṅgiro ghṛtena vardhayāmasi /
VSM, 3, 26.1 taṃ tvā śociṣṭha dīdivaḥ sumnāya nūnam īmahe sakhibhyaḥ /
VSM, 3, 57.1 eṣa te rudra bhāgaḥ saha svasrāmbikayā
taṃ juṣasva svāhā /
VSM, 5, 23.2 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam utkirāmi yaṃ me niṣṭyo yam amātyo nicakhāna /
VSM, 5, 23.3 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam utkirāmi yaṃ me samāno yam asamāno nicakhāna /
VSM, 5, 23.4 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam utkirāmi yaṃ me sabandhur yam asabandhur nicakhāna /
VSM, 5, 23.5 idam ahaṃ
taṃ valagam utkirāmi yaṃ me sajāto yam asajāto nicakhāna /
VSM, 5, 39.1 deva savitar eṣa te somas
taṃ rakṣasva mā tvā dabhan /
VSM, 5, 42.2 taṃ tvā juṣāmahe deva vanaspate devayajyāyai devās tvā devayajyāyai juṣantāṃ viṣṇave tvā /
VSM, 6, 27.2 taṃ devebhyo devatrā datta śukrapebhyo yeṣāṃ bhāga stha svāhā //
VSM, 7, 12.1 taṃ pratnathā pūrvathā viśvathemathā jyeṣṭhatātiṃ barhiṣadaṃ svarvidam /
VSM, 7, 26.2 adhvaryor vā pari vā yaḥ pavitrāt
taṃ juhomi manasā vaṣaṭkṛtaṃ svāhā /
VSM, 7, 36.2 viśvāsāham avase nūtanāyograṃ sahodām iha
taṃ huvema /
VSM, 8, 1.3 viṣṇa urugāyaiṣa te somas
taṃ rakṣasva mā tvā dabhan //
VSM, 8, 26.1 devīr āpa eṣa vo garbhas
taṃ suprītaṃ subhṛtaṃ bibhṛta /
VSM, 8, 29.2 aṅgāny ahrutā yasya
taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhā //
VSM, 8, 53.1 yuvaṃ
tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VSM, 8, 53.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa
taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VSM, 8, 53.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ
tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VSM, 8, 53.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa
taṃ tam iddhatam /
VSM, 8, 53.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ
tam iddhatam /
VSM, 9, 3.2 apāṃ rasasya yo rasas
taṃ vo gṛhṇāmy uttamam /
VSM, 9, 33.1 mitro navākṣareṇa trivṛtaṃ stomam udajayat
tam ujjeṣam /
VSM, 9, 34.1 vasavas trayodaśākṣareṇa trayodaśaṃ stomam udajayaṃs
tam ujjeṣam /
VSM, 9, 34.2 rudrāś caturdaśākṣareṇa caturdaśaṃ stomam udajayaṃs
tam ujjeṣam /
VSM, 9, 34.3 ādityāḥ pañcadaśākṣareṇa pañcadaśaṃ stomam udajayaṃs
tam ujjeṣam /
VSM, 9, 34.4 aditiḥ ṣoḍaśākṣareṇa ṣoḍaśaṃ stomam udajayat
tam ujjeṣam /
VSM, 9, 34.5 prajāpatiḥ saptadaśākṣareṇa saptadaśaṃ stomam udajayat
tam ujjeṣam //
VSM, 11, 19.2 bhūmyā vṛktvāya no brūhi yataḥ khanema
taṃ vayam //
VSM, 11, 80.2 nindād yo asmān dhipsācca sarvaṃ
taṃ bhasmasā kuru //
VSM, 12, 19.2 vidmā te nāma paramaṃ guhā yad vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ājagantha //
VSM, 12, 26.2 pra
taṃ naya prataraṃ vasyo acchābhi sumnaṃ devabhaktaṃ yaviṣṭha //
VSM, 12, 27.1 ā
taṃ bhaja sauśravaseṣv agna uktha uktha ābhaja śasyamāne /
VSM, 12, 65.2 taṃ te viṣyāmy āyuṣo na madhyād athaitaṃ pitum addhi prasūtaḥ /
VSM, 13, 12.2 yo no arātiṃ samidhāna cakre nīcā
taṃ dhakṣy atasaṃ na śuṣkam //
VSM, 13, 45.2 yena prajā viśvakarmā jajāna
tam agne heḍaḥ pari te vṛṇaktu //
VSM, 13, 47.3 mayuṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatu //
VSM, 13, 48.3 gauraṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatu //
VSM, 13, 49.4 gavayaṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatu //
VSM, 13, 50.4 uṣṭraṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatu //
VSM, 13, 51.4 śarabhaṃ te śug ṛcchatu yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ te śug ṛcchatu //
Vārāhagṛhyasūtra
VārGS, 14, 7.0 taṃ lājāhutīṣu hūyamānāsu bhrātā brahmacārī vodgṛhya dhārayed dakṣiṇataśca //
Vārāhaśrautasūtra
VārŚS, 1, 1, 1, 53.1 mukhenāsekaṃ haviṣo vyṛṣan yaṃ dviṣyāt
tam āhutiṣu hūyamānāsu manasā dhyāyet //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 3, 8.1 agnir mā duriṣṭāt pātu savitāghaśaṃsād yo no anti śapati
tam etena jeṣam iti prāśitram avadīyamānam //
VārŚS, 1, 1, 4, 33.1 agne vratapate vratam acāriṣaṃ
taṃ te prāvocaṃ tad aśakaṃ tenāśakaṃ tenārātsam ity āhavanīyam //
VārŚS, 1, 2, 4, 8.3 yad va ojo yac ca nṛmṇaṃ
taṃ va ūrmiṃ madhumantaṃ devayajyāyai juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi /
VārŚS, 1, 3, 6, 3.1 devas
taṃ savitā pratinudatu yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity upabhṛtaṃ pratīcīṃ bahirvedi nirasyati //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 1, 8.1 uddhṛtyābhyājyaṃ kṛtvā
taṃ catvāra ṛtvija ārṣeyāḥ sakṛd avadāya prāśnanti //
VārŚS, 1, 4, 4, 6.1 kṣuc ca sediś ca snihitiś ca sadānvā cānāmatiś cānāhutiś ca nirṛtir etās te agne tanvo vartimatīs tās
taṃ gacchantu yaṃ dviṣma iti dveṣyaṃ manasā dhyāyan yajamāno japati //
VārŚS, 1, 5, 4, 36.4 prajāṃ me naryājugupa iti gārhapatyam annaṃ me budhyājugupa iti dakṣiṇāgniṃ saprathaḥ sabhāṃ me 'jugupas tāṃ me punar dehīti sabhyam ahirbudhnya mantraṃ me 'jugupas
taṃ me punar dehīty āvasathyam //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 1, 3.1 taṃ ceṣyamāṇo 'māvāsyāyām upanīya havir juhūṃ prathamaṃ saṃmṛjyāṣṭagṛhītenājyena yuñjānaḥ prathamam iti sāvitrāṇy ūrdhvas tiṣṭhan juhoty ṛcā stomam iti dvitīyāṃ pūrṇāhutiṃ pūrṇām //
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.1 saṃyac ca pracetāś cāgneḥ somasya sūryasya te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.2 ugrā ca bhīmā ca pitṝṇāṃ yamasyendrasya te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.3 prācī ca pratīcī ca vasūnāṃ rudrāṇām ādityānāṃ te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.4 yantrī ca yamanī ca mitrāvaruṇayor mitrasya dhātus te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaśca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.5 dhruvā ca pṛthivī ca savitur marutāṃ varuṇasya te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaśca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 2, 1, 8, 1.6 urvī cādhipatnī ca bṛhaspater viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ te te 'dhipatayas te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi
tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhāmi /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 36.2 yuvaṃ
tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 36.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa
taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 36.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ
tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 36.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa
taṃ tam iddhatam /
VārŚS, 3, 2, 2, 36.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ
tam iddhatam /
Āpastambadharmasūtra
ĀpDhS, 1, 15, 17.0 prakṣālya vā
taṃ deśam agninā saṃspṛśya punaḥ prakṣālya pādau cācamya prayato bhavati //
ĀpDhS, 2, 4, 23.1 yatra bhujyate tat samūhya nirhṛtyāvokṣya
taṃ deśam amatrebhyo lepān saṃkṛṣyādbhiḥ saṃsṛjyottarataḥ śucau deśe rudrāya ninayet /
ĀpDhS, 2, 5, 4.0 samāvṛttaṃ ced ācāryo 'bhyāgacchet
tam abhimukho 'bhyāgamya tasyopasaṃgṛhya na bībhatsamāna udakam upaspṛśet puraskṛtyopasthāpya yathopadeśaṃ pūjayet //
ĀpDhS, 2, 6, 7.0 tam abhimukho 'bhyāgamya yathāvayaḥ sametya tasyāsanam āhārayet //
ĀpDhS, 2, 8, 1.0 yena kṛtāvasathaḥ syād atithir na
taṃ pratyuttiṣṭhet pratyavarohed vā purastācced abhivāditaḥ //
ĀpDhS, 2, 14, 15.0 yas tv adharmeṇa dravyāṇi pratipādayati jyeṣṭho 'pi
tam abhāgaṃ kurvīta //
ĀpDhS, 2, 26, 2.0 brāhmaṇasvāny apajigīṣamāṇo rājā yo hanyate
tam āhur ātmayūpo yajño 'nantadakṣiṇa iti //
Āpastambagṛhyasūtra
ĀpGS, 8, 10.1 taṃ caturthyāpararātra uttarābhyām utthāpya prakṣālya nidhāyāgner upasamādhānādyājyabhāgānte 'nvārabdhāyām uttarā āhutīr hutvā jayādi pratipadyate pariṣecanāntaṃ kṛtvāpareṇāgniṃ prācīm upaveśya tasyāḥ śirasy ājyaśeṣād vyāhṛtibhir oṅkāracaturthābhir ānīyottarābhyāṃ yathāliṅgaṃ mithas samīkṣyottarayājyaśeṣeṇa hṛdayadeśau saṃmṛjyottarās tisro japitvā śeṣaṃ samāveśane japet //
ĀpGS, 11, 18.1 yaṃ kāmayeta nāyam āchidyeteti
tam uttarayā dakṣiṇe haste gṛhṇīyāt //
ĀpGS, 22, 2.1 siddhaḥ śeṣas
tam aṣṭadhā kṛtvā brāhmaṇebhya upaharati //
Āpastambaśrautasūtra
ĀpŚS, 6, 2, 1.3 yo no agne niṣṭyo yo 'niṣṭyo 'bhidāsatīdam ahaṃ
taṃ tvayābhinidadhāmīti purastāt parikramyodaṅmukhaḥ pratyaṅmukho vā sāyam āyatane 'gniṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati /
ĀpŚS, 6, 7, 7.1 yaṃ kāmayeta putrāṇām ayam ṛdhnuyād iti
taṃ prati pūrṇam unnayet //
ĀpŚS, 6, 18, 2.1 nimṛdo 'si ny ahaṃ
taṃ mṛdyāsaṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti dakṣiṇasya padaḥ pārṣṇyā nimṛdnīyād yadi pāpīyasā spardheta /
ĀpŚS, 6, 18, 2.2 prabhūr asi prāhaṃ
tam abhibhūyāsaṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti dakṣiṇataḥ pado nigṛhṇīyād yadi sadṛśena /
ĀpŚS, 6, 18, 2.3 abhibhūr asy abhy ahaṃ
taṃ bhūyāsaṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma iti prapadena yadi śreyasā //
ĀpŚS, 6, 21, 1.7 agne yat te 'rcis tena
taṃ pratyarca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te śocis tena taṃ pratiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tapas tena taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te haras tena taṃ pratihara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tejas tena taṃ pratititigdhi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 21, 1.7 agne yat te 'rcis tena taṃ pratyarca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te śocis tena
taṃ pratiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tapas tena taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te haras tena taṃ pratihara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tejas tena taṃ pratititigdhi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 21, 1.7 agne yat te 'rcis tena taṃ pratyarca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te śocis tena taṃ pratiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tapas tena
taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te haras tena taṃ pratihara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tejas tena taṃ pratititigdhi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 21, 1.7 agne yat te 'rcis tena taṃ pratyarca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te śocis tena taṃ pratiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tapas tena taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te haras tena
taṃ pratihara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tejas tena taṃ pratititigdhi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 6, 21, 1.7 agne yat te 'rcis tena taṃ pratyarca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te śocis tena taṃ pratiśoca yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tapas tena taṃ pratitapa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te haras tena taṃ pratihara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo 'gne yat te tejas tena
taṃ pratititigdhi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ //
ĀpŚS, 7, 2, 2.0 athainam upaspṛśati
taṃ tvā juṣe vaiṣṇavaṃ devayajyāyā iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 4, 2.0 tam uttaravedivat tūṣṇīṃ śamyayā parimitya devasya tvā savituḥ prasava ity abhrim ādāya parilikhitaṃ rakṣaḥ parilikhitā arātaya iti triḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ parilikhya tūṣṇīṃ jānudaghnaṃ trivitastaṃ vā khātvottaravedyarthān pāṃsūn harati vider iti //
ĀpŚS, 7, 16, 4.0 taṃ dakṣiṇena pratyañcaṃ paśum avasthāpya pṛthivyāḥ saṃpṛcaḥ pāhīti tasyādhastād barhir upāsyaty upākaraṇayor anyatarat //
ĀpŚS, 7, 17, 2.2 yo no dveṣṭy anu
taṃ ravasvānāgaso yajamānasya vīrā iti ca vāśyamāne 'vekṣete //
ĀpŚS, 7, 28, 4.3 yad yūpam upaspṛśed duriṣṭaṃ yajñasyāmuñcet
tam abhimantrayeta vāyav eṣa te vāyav ity ekam /
ĀpŚS, 7, 28, 8.6 yasyo caite bhavanti
taṃ tato nānījānaṃ paśunā saṃvatsaro 'tīyāt /
ĀpŚS, 16, 2, 6.0 agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad acchema iti yena dveṣyeṇa saṃgacchate
tam abhimantrayate apaśyan nirdiśati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 2, 10.0 abhi tiṣṭha pṛtanyato 'dhare santu śatravaḥ indra iva vṛtrahā tiṣṭhāpaḥ kṣetrāṇi saṃjayan abhiṣṭhito 'sīti yaṃ dveṣṭi
tam adhaspadam aśvasya manasā dhyāyati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 3, 13.0 agniṃ purīṣyam aṅgirasvad bharāma iti yena dveṣyeṇa saṃgacchate
tam abhimantrayate apaśyan nirdiśati //
ĀpŚS, 16, 5, 3.0 aditis te bilaṃ gṛhṇātv iti bilaṃ kṛtvā kṛtvāya sā mahīm ukhām ityuttarataḥ sikatāsu pratiṣṭhāpya mitraitāṃ
taṃ ukhāṃ paridadāmyabhittyā eṣā mā bhedīti mitrāya paridadāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 10, 9.1 ekaviṃśatinirbādho yo rukmaḥ sūtroto dṛśāno rukma iti
tam āsīno yajamāno 'ntarnirbādhaṃ pratimucya bahirnirbādhān kurute //
ĀpŚS, 16, 14, 5.2 puraḥ kṛṇudhvam āyasīr adhṛṣṭā mā vaḥ susroccamaso dṛṃhatā
tam iti śarkarā abhimantryāyaṃ so agnir iti catasro madhye prācīr iṣṭakā gārhapatyacitāv upadadhāti //
ĀpŚS, 16, 18, 9.1 malimluco nāmāsi trayodaśo māsa indrasya varmāsīndrasya śarmāsīndrasya varūtham asi
taṃ tvā prapadye //
ĀpŚS, 16, 21, 12.1 tam ālabhyendraṃ viśvā avīvṛdhann ity uttareṇa pucchāpyayam antarvidha ākramaṇaṃ pratīṣṭakām upadadhyāt //
ĀpŚS, 16, 34, 6.1 tam ālabhya cātvālāt purīṣam āhṛtya pṛṣṭo divīti vaiśvānaryarcā citāv anuvyūhati //
ĀpŚS, 18, 5, 16.1 tam āśvatthair āsapuṭair ūṣapuṭair ubhayair vā vaiśyāḥ pratidiśam arpayanti /
ĀpŚS, 18, 13, 22.1 yaḥ sate prarekas
tam udaṅ paretya rudra yat te krayī paraṃ nāmety āgnīdhrīye juhoti //
ĀpŚS, 18, 15, 3.1 taṃ barhiṣadaṃ kṛtvainā vyāghraṃ pariṣasvajānāḥ siṃhaṃ hinvanti mahate saubhagāya /
ĀpŚS, 18, 15, 6.1 tam ārohan yajamāno 'veṣṭā dandaśūkā iti dakṣiṇena padā sīsaṃ paṇḍakāya pratyasyati /
ĀpŚS, 18, 17, 8.1 ekaikam utsṛjya
taṃ jitvā sam aham indriyeṇa vīryeṇeti pradakṣiṇam āvartate //
ĀpŚS, 18, 21, 11.1 yadi brāhmaṇo yajeta bārhaspatyaṃ madhye kṛtvāhutimāhutiṃ hutvā
tam abhighārayet /
ĀpŚS, 19, 4, 9.1 yas te deva varuṇa gāyatracchandāḥ pāśas
taṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhety āśvinapātram avabhṛthe pravidhyati /
ĀpŚS, 19, 14, 4.1 taṃ haitam eke paśubandha evottaravedyāṃ cinvata iti brāhmaṇavyākhyātā vikārāḥ //
ĀpŚS, 20, 3, 4.1 taṃ badhāna devebhyo medhāya prajāpataye tena rādhnuhīti pratyāha //
Āśvalāyanagṛhyasūtra
ĀśvGS, 1, 20, 7.0 ādityam īkṣayed deva savitar eṣa te brahmacārī
taṃ gopāya sa mā mṛta ity ācāryaḥ //
ĀśvGS, 1, 24, 8.2 idaṃ
tam adhitiṣṭhāmi yo mā kaścābhidāsatīty udagagre viṣṭara upaviśet //
ĀśvGS, 4, 4, 6.0 taṃ dahyamānam anumantrayate prehi prehi pathibhiḥ pūrvebhir iti samānam //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 3.0 taṃ catuṣpathe nyupya yatra vā triḥ prasavyaṃ pariyanti savyaiḥ pāṇibhiḥ savyān ūrūn āghnānāḥ //
ĀśvGS, 4, 6, 6.0 taṃ dīpayamānā āsata ā śāntarātrād āyuṣmatāṃ kathāḥ kīrtayanto māṅgalyānītihāsapurāṇānīty ākhyāpayamānāḥ //
Āśvālāyanaśrautasūtra
ĀśvŚS, 4, 4, 2.1 tam pravakṣyatsu paścād anasas tripadamātre 'ntareṇa vartmanī avasthāya preṣito 'gne abhihiṃkārāt tvaṃ vipras tvaṃ kavis tvaṃ viśvāni dhārayan /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 7, 4.7 mahāvīram ādāyottiṣṭhatsūd u ṣya devaḥ savitā hiraṇyayety anūttiṣṭhet praitu brahmaṇaspatir ity anuvrajed gandharva itthā padam asya rakṣatīti kharam avekṣya
tam atikramya nāke suparṇam upa yat patantam iti samāpya praṇavenopaviśed anirasya tṛṇaṃ preṣito yajati /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 7, 4.18 taṃ ghem itthā namasvina iti prāgāthīṃ pūrvāhṇe kāṇvīm aparāhṇe 'nyatarāṃ vātyantaṃ kāṇvīṃ tv eva uttame pāvaka śoce tava hi kṣayaṃ parīty uktvā bhakṣam ākāṅkṣed vājinena bhakṣopāyo hutaṃ havir madhuhavir indratame agnāv aśyāma te deva gharma /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 10, 4.1 uttareṇāgnīdhrīyam ativrajatsv ativrajya somo jigāti gātuvid devānāṃ
tam asya rājā varuṇas tam aśvinety ardharca āramet //
ĀśvŚS, 4, 10, 4.1 uttareṇāgnīdhrīyam ativrajatsv ativrajya somo jigāti gātuvid devānāṃ tam asya rājā varuṇas
tam aśvinety ardharca āramet //
ĀśvŚS, 4, 13, 7.4 pra vo vājā upasadyāya
tam agne yajñānām iti tisra uttamā uddhared agne haṃsy agniṃ hinvantu naḥ prāgnaye vācam iti sūkte imāṃ me agne samidham imām iti trayāṇām uttamām uddhared iti gāyatram /
ĀśvŚS, 4, 13, 7.10 taṃ supratīkam iti ṣaḍḍhuve vaḥ sudyotmānaṃ ni hotā hotṛṣadana iti sūkte trir mūrdhānam iti trīṇi vahniṃ yaśasam upaprajinvann iti trīṇi /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 4, 3.1 taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣahaṃ tat tvā yāmi suvīryam abhi pra vaḥ surādhasaṃ pra suśrutaṃ surādhasaṃ vayaṃ gha tvā sutāvantaḥ ka īṃ veda sute sacā viśvāḥ pṛtanā abhibhūtaraṃ naraṃ tam indraṃ johavīmi yā indra bhuja ābhara ity ekā dve ca /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 4, 3.1 taṃ vo dasmam ṛtīṣahaṃ tat tvā yāmi suvīryam abhi pra vaḥ surādhasaṃ pra suśrutaṃ surādhasaṃ vayaṃ gha tvā sutāvantaḥ ka īṃ veda sute sacā viśvāḥ pṛtanā abhibhūtaraṃ naraṃ
tam indraṃ johavīmi yā indra bhuja ābhara ity ekā dve ca /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 4, 4.1 tarobhir vo vidadvasuṃ taraṇir it siṣāsati tvām idā hyo naro vayam enam idā hyo yo rājā carṣaṇīnāṃ yaḥ satrāhā vicarṣaṇiḥ svādor itthā viṣūvata itthā hi soma in mada ubhe yad indra rodasī ava yat tvam śatakrato nakiṣ
ṭaṃ karmaṇā naśan na tvā bṛhanto adraya ubhayam śṛṇavac ca na ā vṛṣasva purūvaso kadācana starīr asi kadācana prayucchasi yata indra bhayāmahe yathā gauro apākṛtaṃ yad indra prāg udag yathā gauro apākṛtam ity acchāvākasya //
ĀśvŚS, 7, 4, 6.1 ūrdhvaṃ stotriyānurūpebhyaḥ kas
tam indra tvāṃ vasuṃ kan navyo atasīnāṃ kad ū nv asya akṛtam iti kadvantaḥ pragāthāḥ //
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 1.1 ehy ū ṣu bravāṇi ta āgnir agāmi bhārataḥ pra vo vājā abhidyavo abhi prayāṃsi vāhasā pra maṃhiṣṭhāya gāyata pra so agne tavotibhir agniṃ vo vṛdhantam agne yaṃ yajñam adhvaraṃ yajiṣṭhaṃ tvā vavṛmahe yaḥ samidhā ya āhutyā te agna idhīmahy ubhe suścandra sarpiṣa iti dve ekā cāgniṃ
taṃ manye yo vasur ā te vatso mano yamad āgne sthūraṃ rayiṃ bhara preṣṭhaṃ vo atithiṃ śreṣṭhaṃ yaviṣṭha bhārata bhadro no agnir āhuto yadī ghṛtebhir āhuta ā ghā ye agnim indhata imā abhi pra ṇonuma iti //
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 2.1 atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'bhrātṛvyo anā tvaṃ mā te amājuro yathā evā hy asi vīrayur evā hy asya sūnṛtā
taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasi tam v abhi pragāyata vayam u tvām apūrvya /
ĀśvŚS, 7, 8, 2.1 atha brāhmaṇācchaṃsino 'bhrātṛvyo anā tvaṃ mā te amājuro yathā evā hy asi vīrayur evā hy asya sūnṛtā taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasi
tam v abhi pragāyata vayam u tvām apūrvya /
ĀśvŚS, 9, 11, 16.0 tam indraṃ vājayāmasi mahān indro ya ojasā nūnam aśvinā taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ madhumatīr oṣadhīr dyāva āpa iti paridhānīyā panāyyaṃ tad aśvinā kṛtaṃ vām iti yājyā //
ĀśvŚS, 9, 11, 16.0 tam indraṃ vājayāmasi mahān indro ya ojasā nūnam aśvinā
taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ madhumatīr oṣadhīr dyāva āpa iti paridhānīyā panāyyaṃ tad aśvinā kṛtaṃ vām iti yājyā //
Śatapathabrāhmaṇa
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 21.2 nen mithunaṃ caryamāṇamantareṇa saṃcarāṇīti tā nātihṛtya sādayen no anāptāḥ sādayet sa yadatihṛtya sādayed asti vā agneścāpāṃ ca vibhrātṛvyamiva sa yatheva ha tadagnerbhavati yatrāsyāpa upaspṛśantyagnau hādhi bhrātṛvyaṃ vardhayed yadatihṛtya sādayed yad yo 'nāptāḥ sādayen no
hābhistaṃ kāmam abhyāpayed yasmai kāmāya praṇīyante tasmād u sampratyevottareṇāhavanīyam praṇayati //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 10.2 dhūrasi dhūrva dhūrvantaṃ dhūrva
taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāma ity agnirvā eṣa dhuryas tametadatyeṣyan bhavati havir grahīṣyaṃs tasmā evaitān nihnute tatho haitameṣo 'tiyantamagnirdhuryo na hinasti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 10.2 dhūrasi dhūrva dhūrvantaṃ dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati
taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāma ity agnirvā eṣa dhuryas tametadatyeṣyan bhavati havir grahīṣyaṃs tasmā evaitān nihnute tatho haitameṣo 'tiyantamagnirdhuryo na hinasti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 10.2 dhūrasi dhūrva dhūrvantaṃ dhūrva taṃ yo 'smān dhūrvati taṃ dhūrva yaṃ vayaṃ dhūrvāma ity agnirvā eṣa dhuryas
tametadatyeṣyan bhavati havir grahīṣyaṃs tasmā evaitān nihnute tatho haitameṣo 'tiyantamagnirdhuryo na hinasti //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 19.2 yāvatībhyo ha vai devatābhyo havīṃṣi gṛhyanta ṛṇam u haiva tāstena manyante yadasmai
taṃ kāmaṃ samardhayeyur yat kāmyā gṛhṇāti tasmādvai devatāyā ādiśaty evam eva yathāpūrvaṃ havīṃṣi gṛhītvā //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 2, 22.2 dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyāmiti gṛhā vai duryāste heta īśvaro gṛhā yajamānasya yo 'syaiṣo 'dhvaryuryajñena carati
tam prayantamanu pracyotos tasyeśvaraḥ kulaṃ vikṣobdhos tān evaitad asyām pṛthivyāṃ dṛṃhati tathā nānupracyavante tathā na vikṣobhante tasmādāha dṛṃhantāṃ duryāḥ pṛthivyām ity atha praity urvantarikṣamanvemīti so 'sāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 4, 8.2 agnestanūrasi vāco visarjanamiti yajño hi tenāgnestanūrvāco visarjanamiti yāṃ vā amūṃ havirgrahīṣyanvācaṃ yacchatyatra vai
taṃ visṛjate tadyadetāmatra vācaṃ visṛjata eṣa hi yajña ulūkhale pratyaṣṭhādeṣa hi prāsāri tasmādāha vāco visarjanamiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 2, 14.2 devastvā savitā śrapayatviti na vā etasya manuṣyaḥ śrapayitā devo hyeṣa tadenaṃ deva eva savitā śrapayati varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti devatro etadāha yadāha varṣiṣṭhe 'dhi nāka iti
tamabhimṛśati śṛtaṃ vedānīti tasmādvā abhimṛśati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 1.2 sa yamagre 'gniṃ hotrāya prāvṛṇata sa prādhanvad yaṃ dvitīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad yaṃ tṛtīyam prāvṛṇata sa praivādhanvad atha yo 'yametarhyagniṃ sa bhīṣā nililye so 'paḥ praviveśa
taṃ devā anuvidya sahasaivādbhya āninyuḥ so 'po 'bhitiṣṭhevāvaṣṭhyūtā stha yā aprapadanaṃ stha yābhyo vo mām akāmaṃ nayantīti tata āptyāḥ saṃbabhūvustrito dvita ekataḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 7.2 taṃ khananta ivānvīṣus tamanvavindaṃs tāvimau vrīhiyavau tasmādapyetāvetarhi khananta ivaivānuvindanti sa yāvadvīryavaddha vā asyaite sarve paśava ālabdhāḥ syus tāvadvīryavaddhāsya havireva bhavati ya evametad vedātro sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 7.2 taṃ khananta ivānvīṣus
tamanvavindaṃs tāvimau vrīhiyavau tasmādapyetāvetarhi khananta ivaivānuvindanti sa yāvadvīryavaddha vā asyaite sarve paśava ālabdhāḥ syus tāvadvīryavaddhāsya havireva bhavati ya evametad vedātro sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 3, 8.2 yadāpa ānayatyatha tvagbhavati yadā saṃyautyatha māṃsam bhavati saṃtata iva hi sa tarhi bhavati saṃtatamiva hi māṃsaṃ yadā śṛto 'thāsthi bhavati dāruṇa iva hi sa tarhi bhavati dāruṇamityasthyatha yadudvāsayiṣyannabhighārayati
tam majjānaṃ dadhāty eṣo sā sampadyadāhuḥ pāṅktaḥ paśuriti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 4.2 devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinorbāhubhyām pūṣṇo hastābhyāmādade 'dhvarakṛtaṃ devebhya iti savitā vai devānām prasavitā tat savitṛprasūta evainametadādatte 'śvinorbāhubhyām ity aśvināvadhvaryū tat tayoreva bāhubhyām ādatte na svābhyāṃ vajro vā eṣa tasya na manuṣyo bhartā
tam etābhir devatābhir ādatte //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 5.2 adhvaro vai yajño yajñakṛtaṃ devebhya ityevaitadāha
taṃ savye pāṇau kṛtvā dakṣiṇenābhimṛśya japati saṃśyatyevainam etad yajjapati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 6.2 indrasya bāhurasi dakṣiṇa ity eṣa vai vīryavattamo ya indrasya bāhurdakṣiṇas tasmād āhendrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇa iti sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejā iti sahasrabhṛṣṭirvai sa vajra āsīcchatatejā yaṃ
taṃ vṛtrāya prāharat tam evaitat karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 6.2 indrasya bāhurasi dakṣiṇa ity eṣa vai vīryavattamo ya indrasya bāhurdakṣiṇas tasmād āhendrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇa iti sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejā iti sahasrabhṛṣṭirvai sa vajra āsīcchatatejā yaṃ taṃ vṛtrāya prāharat
tam evaitat karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 14.2 yaścainaṃ dveṣṭi
tamevaitadebhiśca lokairabhinidadhāti yad u cemāṃllokān ati caturtham asyā eva sarvaṃ haraty asyāṃ hīme sarve lokāḥ pratiṣṭhitāḥ kiṃ hi harad yad antarikṣaṃ harāmi divaṃ harāmīti haret tasmādasyā eva sarvaṃ harati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.2 apārarum pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam ity ararurha vai nāmāsurarakṣasam āsa
taṃ devā asyā apāghnanta tatho evainametadeṣo 'syā apahate vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānaṃ varṣatu te dyaur badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smāndveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 17.2 apārarum pṛthivyai devayajanād badhyāsam ity ararurha vai nāmāsurarakṣasam āsa taṃ devā asyā apāghnanta tatho evainametadeṣo 'syā apahate vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānaṃ varṣatu te dyaur badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyāṃ śatena pāśair yo 'smāndveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas
tam ato mā maugiti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 18.2 araro divam mā papta iti yatra vai devā ararum asurarakṣasam apāghnata sa divam apipatiṣat
tam agnir abhinyadadhād araro divam mā papta iti sa na divam apat tatho evainam etad adhvaryur evāsmāllokād antareti divo 'dhyagnīt tasmādevaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 9.2 kva nu viṣṇurabhūt kva nu yajño 'bhūditi te hocuś chandobhir abhitaḥ parigṛhīto 'gniḥ purastān nāpakramaṇam asty atraivānvicchateti
taṃ khananta ivānvīṣus taṃ tryaṅgule 'nvavindaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgulā vediḥ syāt tad u hāpi pāñcistryaṅgulāmeva saumyasyādhvarasya vediṃ cakre //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 9.2 kva nu viṣṇurabhūt kva nu yajño 'bhūditi te hocuś chandobhir abhitaḥ parigṛhīto 'gniḥ purastān nāpakramaṇam asty atraivānvicchateti taṃ khananta ivānvīṣus
taṃ tryaṅgule 'nvavindaṃs tasmāt tryaṅgulā vediḥ syāt tad u hāpi pāñcistryaṅgulāmeva saumyasyādhvarasya vediṃ cakre //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 4.2 tam pratapati pratyuṣṭaṃ rakṣaḥ pratyuṣṭā arātayo niṣṭaptaṃ rakṣo niṣṭaptā arātaya iti vā //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 10.2 yathāgniṃ nābhivyukṣed yathā yasmā aśanam āhariṣyant syāt
tam pātranirṇejanenābhivyukṣed evaṃ tat tasmād u tathaiva saṃmṛjyād yathāgniṃ nābhivyukṣet prāṅ ivaivotkramya //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 11.2 sruksammārjanānyagnāvabhyādadhati vedasyāhābhūvant sruca ebhiḥ samamārjiṣur idaṃ vai kiṃcidyajñasya ned idam bahirdhā yajñād bhavad iti tad u tathā na kuryād yathā yasmā
aśanamāharettam pātranirṇejanam pāyayedevaṃ tat tasmād u parāsyedevaitāni //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 14.2 bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty attāram evaitat parimitataraṃ kanīyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs tasmin vīryam balaṃ dadhāty atha yad aṣṭau kṛtva upabhṛti gṛhṇankanīya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāty ādyam evaitad aparimitataram bhūyāṃsaṃ kurvaṃs
tam avīryam abalīyāṃsaṃ karoti tasmāduta rājāpārāṃ viśam prāvasāyāpy ekaveśmanaiva jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa yaj juhvāṃ bhūya ājyaṃ gṛhṇāti sa yaj juhvāṃ gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti yad upabhṛti gṛhṇāti juhvaiva taj juhoti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 15.2 kasmā u tarhyupabhṛti gṛhṇīyād yad upabhṛtā na juhotīti sa yaddhopabhṛtā juhuyāt pṛthagghaivemāḥ prajāḥ syur naivāttā syān nādyaḥ syād atha yat tajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād imā viśaḥ kṣatriyasyaiva vaśe sati vaiśyam paśava upatiṣṭhante 'tha yattajjuhveva samānīya juhoti tasmād yadota kṣatriyaḥ kāmayate 'thāha vaiśya mayi yat te paro nihitaṃ tad āhareti
taṃ jināti tvad yathā tvat kāmayate tathā sacata eteno ha tad vīryeṇa //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 14.2 vajro vai tānvaṣaṭkāraḥ prāvṛṇag vajrād vai vaṣaṭkārādbibhemi yanmā vajro vaṣaṭkāro na pravṛñjyād etaireva mā paridhatta tathā mā vajro vaṣaṭkāro na pravarkṣyatīti tatheti
tametaiḥ paryadadhus taṃ na vajro vaṣaṭkāraḥ prāvṛṇak tad varmaivaitad agnaye nahyati yadetaiḥ paridadhāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 14.2 vajro vai tānvaṣaṭkāraḥ prāvṛṇag vajrād vai vaṣaṭkārādbibhemi yanmā vajro vaṣaṭkāro na pravṛñjyād etaireva mā paridhatta tathā mā vajro vaṣaṭkāro na pravarkṣyatīti tatheti tametaiḥ paryadadhus
taṃ na vajro vaṣaṭkāraḥ prāvṛṇak tad varmaivaitad agnaye nahyati yadetaiḥ paridadhāti //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 7.1 tāḥ pañcadaśa sāmidhenyaḥ sampadyante pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryaṃ vajro vīryamevaitatsāmidhenīr abhisaṃpādayati tasmād etāsvanūcyamānāsu yaṃ dviṣyāt
tam aṅguṣṭhābhyām avabādhetedam aham amum avabādha iti tadenametena vajreṇāvabādhate //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 10.2 iṣṭyā anubrūyād upāṃśu tasyai devatāyai yajati yasyā iṣṭaṃ nirvapati dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya pañcartava eṣa eva prajāpatiḥ saptadaśaḥ sarvaṃ vai prajāpatis tat sarveṇaiva
taṃ kāmam anaparādhaṃ rādhnoti yasmai kāmāyeṣṭiṃ nirvapaty upāṃśu devatām yajaty aniruktaṃ vā upāṃśu sarvaṃ vā aniruktaṃ tat sarveṇaiva taṃ kāmam anaparādhaṃ rādhnoti yasmai kāmāyeṣṭiṃ nirvapaty eṣa iṣṭer upacāraḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 10.2 iṣṭyā anubrūyād upāṃśu tasyai devatāyai yajati yasyā iṣṭaṃ nirvapati dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya pañcartava eṣa eva prajāpatiḥ saptadaśaḥ sarvaṃ vai prajāpatis tat sarveṇaiva taṃ kāmam anaparādhaṃ rādhnoti yasmai kāmāyeṣṭiṃ nirvapaty upāṃśu devatām yajaty aniruktaṃ vā upāṃśu sarvaṃ vā aniruktaṃ tat sarveṇaiva
taṃ kāmam anaparādhaṃ rādhnoti yasmai kāmāyeṣṭiṃ nirvapaty eṣa iṣṭer upacāraḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām pṛthivīm prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 13.2 taṃ tvā ghṛtasnav īmaha ityevābhivyāharad athāsya ghṛtakīrtāvevāgnirvaiśvānaro mukhādujjajvāla
tam na śaśāka dhārayituṃ so 'sya mukhānniṣpede sa imām pṛthivīm prāpādaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 14.2 sarasvatyāṃ sa tata eva prāṅ dahannabhīyāyemām pṛthivīṃ
taṃ gotamaśca rāhūgaṇo videghaśca māthavaḥ paścād dahantam anvīyatuḥ sa imāḥ sarvā nadīratidadāha sadānīrety uttarād girer nirdhāvati tāṃ haiva nātidadāha tāṃ ha sma tām purā brāhmaṇā na taranty anatidagdhāgninā vaiśvānareṇeti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 19.2 yatraiva tvaṃ ghṛtasnav īmaha ity abhivyāhārṣīs tadeva me ghṛtakīrtāvagnirvaiśvānaro mukhād udajvālīt
taṃ nāśakaṃ dhārayituṃ sa me mukhānnirapādīti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 38.2 adhvaro vai yajñaḥ samidhyamāno yajña ityevaitadāhāgniḥ pāvaka īḍya iti pāvako hyeṣa īḍyo hyeṣa
śociṣkeśastamīmaha iti śocantīva hyetasya keśāḥ samiddhasya samiddho agna āhutety ataḥ prācīnaṃ sarvam idhmam abhyādadhyād yad anyat samidho 'pavṛṅkta iva hy etaddhotā yad vā anyat samidha idhmasyātiricyate tasmād ataḥ prācīnaṃ sarvam idhmam abhyādadhyād yad anyat samidhaḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 1.2 yaddhotṛtva idaṃ no havyaṃ vaheti
tametadgariṣṭhe yuktvopāmadan vīryavānvai tvamasyalaṃ vai tvametasmā asīti vīrye samādadhato yathedam apyetarhi jñātīnāṃ yaṃ gariṣṭhe yuñjanti tam upamadanti vīryavān vai tvam asy alaṃ vai tvam etasmā asīti vīrye samādadhataḥ sa yadata ūrdhvam anvāhopastautyevainam etad vīryam evāsmin dadhāti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 2, 1.2 yaddhotṛtva idaṃ no havyaṃ vaheti tametadgariṣṭhe yuktvopāmadan vīryavānvai tvamasyalaṃ vai tvametasmā asīti vīrye samādadhato yathedam apyetarhi jñātīnāṃ yaṃ gariṣṭhe yuñjanti
tam upamadanti vīryavān vai tvam asy alaṃ vai tvam etasmā asīti vīrye samādadhataḥ sa yadata ūrdhvam anvāhopastautyevainam etad vīryam evāsmin dadhāti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 11.2 tam prati brūyāt prāṇaṃ vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhāḥ prāṇenātmana ārttimāriṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 12.2 tam prati brūyād apānaṃ vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhā apānenātmana ārttimāriṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 14.2 tam pratibrūyācchrotraṃ vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhāḥ śrotreṇātmana ārttimāriṣyasi badhiro bhaviṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 15.2 tam prati brūyād vācaṃ vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhā vācātmana ārttimāriṣyasi mūko bhaviṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 16.2 tam prati brūyān mano vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhā manasātmana ārttimāriṣyasi manomuṣigṛhīto momughaścariṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 17.2 taṃ prati brūyāc cakṣurvā etadātmano 'gnāvādhāścakṣuṣātmana ārttimāriṣyasyandho bhaviṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 18.2 taṃ prati brūyān madhyaṃ vā etatprāṇamātmano 'gnāvādhā madhyena prāṇenātmana ārtim āriṣyasyuddhmāya mariṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 19.2 taṃ prati brūyācchiśnaṃ vā etadātmano 'gnāvādhāḥ śiśnenātmana ārttimāriṣyasi klībo bhaviṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 3, 20.2 taṃ prati brūyād avāñcaṃ vā etatprāṇamātmano 'gnāvādhā avācā prāṇenātmana ārttimāriṣyasy apinaddho mariṣyasīti tathā haiva syāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 7.2 yam manasa āghārayati
tiṣṭhaṃstaṃ yaṃ vāce manaśca ha vai vākca yujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahato yataro vai yujorhrasīyānbhavatyupavahaṃ vai tasmai kurvanti vāgvai manaso hrasīyasy aparimitataramiva hi manaḥ parimitatareva hi vāk tad vāca evaitadupavahaṃ karoti te sayujau devebhyo yajñaṃ vahatas tasmāttiṣṭhan vāca āghārayati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 4, 12.2 yo mūlaṃ yajñasya niṣaṇṇamiva hīdam mūlaṃ
tiṣṭhaṃstamāghārayati yaḥ śiro yajñasya tiṣṭhatīva hīdaṃ śiraḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 4.2 ya eva devānāṃ hotā
tamevāgre pravṛṇīte 'gnimeva tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnim pravṛṇīte tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā tamagre pravṛṇīte tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 4.2 ya eva devānāṃ hotā tamevāgre pravṛṇīte 'gnimeva tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnim pravṛṇīte tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā
tamagre pravṛṇīte tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 5.2 agnirdevo daivyo hotety agnirhi devānāṃ hotā tasmādāhāgnirdevo daivyo hoteti tadagnaye caiva devebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā
tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 15.1 tatra japati etat tvā deva savitarvṛṇata iti tatsavitāram prasavāyopadhāvati sa hi devānām prasavitāgniṃ hotrāyeti tadagnaye caivaitaddevebhyaśca nihnute yadahāgre 'gnimāha tadagnaye nihnute 'tha yo devānāṃ hotā
tamagra āha tad u devebhyo nihnute //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 1, 23.2 sa hotṛṣadanādekaṃ tṛṇaṃ nirasyati nirastaḥ parāvasuriti parāvasurha vai nāmāsurāṇāṃ hotā sa
tamevaitaddhotṛṣadanānnirasyati //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 6.2 taṃ devā anvamantrayantā naḥ śṛṇūpa na āvartasveti so 'stu tathetyeva devānupāvavarta tenopāvṛttena devā ayajanta teneṣṭvaitadabhavanyadidaṃ devāḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 11.2 ā vaṣaṭkārāt
taṃ vaṣaṭkāreṇāgnāveva yonau reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty agnirvai yonir yajñasya sa tataḥ prajāyata iti nu haviryajñe 'tha saumye 'dhvare //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 2, 14.2 ā vaṣaṭkārāt
taṃ vaṣaṭkāreṇāgnāveva yonau reto bhūtaṃ siñcaty agnirvai yonir yajñasya sa tataḥ prajāyate //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 3, 22.2 svāhākāreṇaiva sarvaṃ yajñaṃ samasthāpayant svāhāgnimiti tad āgneyam ājyabhāgaṃ samasthāpayant svāhā somamiti tat saumyamājyabhāgaṃ samasthāpayant svāhāgnimiti tadya eṣa ubhayatrācyuta āgneyaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati
taṃ samasthāpayan //
ŚBM, 1, 5, 4, 5.2 hemanto vā ṛtūnāṃ svāhākāro hemanto hīmāḥ prajāḥ svaṃ vaśamupanayate tasmāddhemanmlāyanty oṣadhayaḥ pra vanaspatīnām palāśāni mucyante pratitarām iva vayāṃsi bhavanty adhastarāmiva vayāṃsi patanti vipatitalomeva pāpaḥ puruṣo bhavati hemanto hīmāḥ prajāḥ svaṃ vaśamupanayate svī ha vai
tamardhaṃ kurute śriye 'nnādyāya yasminnardhe bhavati ya evam etad veda //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 5.2 sa yatithīṃ tatsamām paridideśa tatithīṃ samāṃ nāvam upakalpyopāsāṃcakre sa augha utthite nāvamāpede
taṃ sa matsya upanyāpupluve tasya śṛṅge nāvaḥ pāśam pratimumoca tenaitamuttaraṃ girimatidudrāva //
ŚBM, 1, 8, 1, 6.2 apīparaṃ vai tvā vṛkṣe nāvam pratibadhnīṣva
taṃ tu tvā mā girau santam udakam antaśchaitsīd yāvadudakaṃ samavāyāt tāvat tāvad anvavasarpāsīti sa ha tāvattāvad evānvavasasarpa tadapyetaduttarasya girermanoravasarpaṇam ity augho ha tāḥ sarvāḥ prajā niruvāhātheha manurevaikaḥ pariśiśiṣe //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 2, 7.3 yam u haiva tat paśavo manuṣyeṣu kāmam arohaṃs
tam u haiva paśuṣu kāmaṃ rohati ya evaṃ vidvān rohiṇyām ādhatte //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 4.3 yad vā asya brāhmaṇāḥ kule vasanty ṛtvijaś cānṛtvijaś ca tenaiva
taṃ kāmam āpnoti /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 6.3 na hi tad avakalpate yasminn agnāv ṛcā vā sāmnā vā yajuṣā vā samidhaṃ vābhyādadhyād āhutiṃ vā juhuyād yat
taṃ dakṣiṇā vā hareyur anu vā gamayeyuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 8.1 taddhaike 'nudite mathitvā
tam udite prāñcam uddharanti tad u tad ubhe ahorātre parigṛhṇīmaḥ prāṇodānayor manasaś ca vācaś ca paryāptyā iti vadantaḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 5.2 etayaiva
taṃ kāmam āpnoti yam abhikāmam uttarāṇi havīṃṣi nirvapatīti //
ŚBM, 2, 2, 1, 9.2 etayaiva
taṃ kāmam āpnoti yam abhikāmam uttarāṇi havīṃṣi nirvapatīti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 19.2 sa yaḥ satyaṃ vadati yathāgniṃ samiddhaṃ
taṃ ghṛtenābhiṣiñced evaṃ hainaṃ sa uddīpayati /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 2, 19.5 atha yo 'nṛtaṃ vadati yathāgniṃ samiddhaṃ
tam udakenābhiṣiñced evaṃ hainaṃ sa jāsayati /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 1, 12.2 yatra devāso ajuṣanta viśva iti tadasya viśvair devair juṣṭam bhavaty ṛksāmābhyāṃ saṃtaranto yajurbhir ity ṛksāmābhyāṃ vai yajurbhir yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchanti yajñasyodṛcaṃ gacchānīty evaitad āha rāyaspoṣeṇa samiṣā mademeti bhūmā vai rāyaspoṣaḥ śrīrvai bhūmāśiṣam evaitad āśāste samiṣā mademetīṣam madatīti vai
tam āhur yaḥ śriyam aśnute yaḥ paramatāṃ gacchati tasmād āha samiṣā mademeti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 21.2 sa dhenvai cānaḍuhaśca nāśnīyād dhenvanaḍuhau vā idaṃ sarvam bibhṛtas te devā abruvan dhenvanaḍuhau vā idaṃ sarvam bibhṛto hanta yad anyeṣāṃ vayasāṃ vīryaṃ taddhenvanaḍuhayor dadhāmeti sa yad anyeṣāṃ vayasāṃ vīryam āsīt tad dhenvanaḍuhayor adadhus tasmāddhenuścaivānaḍvāṃśca bhūyiṣṭham bhuṅktas taddhaitat sarvāśyam iva yo dhenvanaḍuhayor aśnīyād antagatir iva
taṃ hādbhutam abhijanitor jāyāyai garbhaṃ niravadhīd iti pāpamakad iti pāpī kīrtis tasmād dhenvanaḍuhayor nāśnīyāt tad u hovāca yājñavalkyo 'śnāmyevāham aṃsalaṃ ced bhavatīti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 4.2 devā ādityā yadasmān anv ajanimā tadamuyeva bhūddhantemaṃ vikaravāmeti
taṃ vicakrur yathāyam puruṣo vikṛtastasya yāni māṃsāni saṃkṛtya saṃnyāsus tato hastī samabhavat tasmādāhur na hastinam pratigṛhṇīyāt puruṣājāno hi hastīti yam u ha tadvicakruḥ sa vivasvānādityastasyemāḥ prajāḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 12.2 yatra vā indro vṛtramahaṃs tasya yadakṣyāsīt
taṃ giriṃ trikakudam akarot tadyattraikakudam bhavati cakṣuṣyevaitaccakṣur dadhāti tasmāt traikakudam bhavati yadi traikakudaṃ na vinded apyatraikakudam eva syāt samānī hyevāñjanasya bandhutā //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 3, 17.2 saṃvatsarasaṃmito vai yajñaḥ pañca vā ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsarasya
tam pañcabhirāpnoti tasmātpañca kṛtva ānakti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 5.2 saṃvatsarasaṃmito vai yajñaḥ pañca vā ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsarasya
tam pañcabhirāpnoti tasmātpañca juhoti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 12.2 ātmanā vā agra ākuvate yajeyeti
tamātmana eva prayuṅkte yattanute te asyaite ātmandevate ādhīte bhavata ākūtiśca prayukca //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 4, 21.2 etāmevaikāṃ juhuyād yasmai kāmāyetarā hūyanta etayaiva
taṃ kāmamāpnotīti tāṃ vai yadyekāṃ juhuyātpūrṇāṃ juhuyāt sarvaṃ vai pūrṇaṃ sarvamevainayaitadāpnotyatha yatsruvamabhipūrayati srucaṃ tadabhipūrayati tām pūrṇāṃ juhoty anvaivaitad ucyate sarvāstveva hūyante //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 36.2 aṅgulīśca nyacanti vācaṃ ca yacchanty ato hi kiṃca na japiṣyanbhavatīti vadantas tad u tathā na kuryād yathā parāñcaṃ dhāvantam anulipseta
taṃ nānulabhetaivaṃ ha sa yajñaṃ nānulabhate tasmād amutraivāṅgulīr nyaced amutra vācaṃ yacchet //
ŚBM, 3, 2, 1, 39.2 dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇo dīkṣito 'yam brāhmaṇa iti niveditamevainametatsantaṃ devebhyo nivedayatyayam mahāvīryo yo yajñam prāpadity ayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt
taṃ gopāyatety evaitadāha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 6.2 tā avaṭe 'vanayati śundhantāṃ lokāḥ pitṛṣadanā iti pitṛdevatyo vai kūpaḥ khātas
tam evaitanmedhyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 1, 17.4 indrasya yujyaḥ sakhetīndro vai yajñasya devatā vaiṣṇavo yūpas
taṃ sendraṃ karoti tasmād āhendrasya yujyaḥ sakheti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 1.2 vajrā vai yūpās tad imām evaitat pṛthivīm etair vajraiḥ spṛṇute 'syai sapatnān nirbhajati tasmād yūpaikādaśinī bhavati dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati
vitaṣṭastaṃ dakṣiṇata upanidadhāti tad yad dvādaśa upaśayo bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 5.2 tamevāgra ucchrayed atha dakṣiṇamathottaraṃ dakṣiṇārdhyamuttamaṃ tathodīcī bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 2, 8.2 sarvatvāya nveva patnīyūpa ucchrīyate tattvāṣṭram paśum ālabhate tvaṣṭā vai siktaṃ reto vikaroti tadeṣa evaitatsiktaṃ reto vikaroti muṣkaro bhavatyeṣa vai prajanayitā yanmuṣkarastasmānmuṣkaro bhavati
taṃ na saṃsthāpayet paryagnikṛtamevotsṛjet sa yatsaṃsthāpayetprajāyai hāntam iyāt tatprajām utsṛjati tasmānna saṃsthāpayet paryagnikṛtam evotsṛjet //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 2.2 yadyūpaṃ
tam ucchiśriyus tasmād bhīṣā prāvlīyanta tataścatuṣpādā abhavaṃstato 'nnam abhavan yathedam annam bhūtā etasmai hi vā ete 'tiṣṭhanta tasmādyūpa eva paśumālabhante narte yūpāt kadācana //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 4, 10.2 dvau hyatra hotārau bhavataḥ sa maitrāvaruṇāyāhaivāśrāvayati yajamānaṃ tveva pravṛṇīte 'gnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetety agnirhi devatānām mukhaṃ tasmādāhāgnirha daivīnāṃ viśām puraetetyayaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti
taṃ hi so 'nvardho bhavati yasminnardhe yajate tasmād āhāyaṃ yajamāno manuṣyāṇām iti tayor asthūri gārhapatyaṃ dīdayacchataṃ himā dvāyū iti tayor anārtāni gārhapatyāni śataṃ varṣāṇi santv ity evaitad āha //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 2.2 tad yad āprībhiścaranti sarveṇeva vā eṣa manasā sarveṇevātmanā yajñaṃ saṃbharati saṃ ca jihīrṣati yo dīkṣate tasya riricāna ivātmā bhavati
tametābhir āprībhir āpyāyayanti tad yad āpyāyayanti tasmād āpriyo nāma tasmād āprībhiścaranti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 5.2 tāvagre juhvā aktvā paśor lalāṭam upaspṛśati ghṛtenāktau paśūṃs trāyethāmiti vajro vai yūpaśakalo vajraḥ śāso vajra ājyaṃ
tamevaitatkṛtsnaṃ vajraṃ saṃbhṛtya tam asyābhigoptāraṃ karoti nedenaṃ nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hinasanniti punar yūpaśakalam avagūhaty eṣā te prajñātāśrir astv ity āha śāsam prayacchant sādayati srucau //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 5.2 tāvagre juhvā aktvā paśor lalāṭam upaspṛśati ghṛtenāktau paśūṃs trāyethāmiti vajro vai yūpaśakalo vajraḥ śāso vajra ājyaṃ tamevaitatkṛtsnaṃ vajraṃ saṃbhṛtya
tam asyābhigoptāraṃ karoti nedenaṃ nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hinasanniti punar yūpaśakalam avagūhaty eṣā te prajñātāśrir astv ity āha śāsam prayacchant sādayati srucau //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 9.2 agnimevaitat purastāt karoty agniḥ purastān nāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsyapaghnann ety athābhayenānāṣṭreṇa paśuṃ nayanti
taṃ vapāśrapaṇībhyām pratiprasthātānvārabhate pratiprasthātāram adhvaryur adhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 11.2 agre paśumālebhire
taṃ tvaṣṭā śīrṣato 'gre 'bhyuvāmotaivaṃ cinnālabheranniti tvaṣṭurhi paśavaḥ sa eṣa śīrṣanmastiṣko 'nūkyaś ca majjā tasmātsa vānta iva tvaṣṭā hyetam abhyavamat tasmāttaṃ nāśnīyāt tvaṣṭurhyetad abhivāntam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 11.2 agre paśumālebhire taṃ tvaṣṭā śīrṣato 'gre 'bhyuvāmotaivaṃ cinnālabheranniti tvaṣṭurhi paśavaḥ sa eṣa śīrṣanmastiṣko 'nūkyaś ca majjā tasmātsa vānta iva tvaṣṭā hyetam abhyavamat
tasmāttaṃ nāśnīyāt tvaṣṭurhyetad abhivāntam //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 3, 12.2 sa eṣa vanaspatirajāyata
taṃ devāḥ prāpaśyaṃs tasmāt prakhyaḥ prakhyo ha vai nāmaitadyatplakṣa iti tenaivainametanmedhena samardhayati kṛtsnaṃ karoti tasmātplakṣaśākhā uttarabarhirbhavanti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 5.2 ya enam medham upanayed yadi kṛśaḥ syād yad udaryasya medasaḥ pariśiṣyeta tadgude nyṛṣet prāṇo vai gudaḥ so 'yam prāṅ ātatas
tam ayam prāṇo 'nusaṃcarati prāṇo vai paśur yāvaddhyeva prāṇena prāṇiti tāvat paśur atha yadāsmāt prāṇo 'pakrāmati dārveva tarhi bhūto 'narthyaḥ śete //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 9.2 sa yo 'yam purastāt prāṇas
tamevaitad dadhāti tena paścād upayajati sa yo 'yam paścāt prāṇas tam evaitad dadhāti tāvimā ubhayataḥ prāṇau hitau yaś cāyam upariṣṭād yaś cādhastāt //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 4, 9.2 sa yo 'yam purastāt prāṇas tamevaitad dadhāti tena paścād upayajati sa yo 'yam paścāt prāṇas
tam evaitad dadhāti tāvimā ubhayataḥ prāṇau hitau yaś cāyam upariṣṭād yaś cādhastāt //
ŚBM, 4, 1, 3, 8.2 yāvanmātramiva gandhasyāpajaghnus
tam paśuṣvadadhuḥ sa eṣa paśuṣu kuṇapagandhas tasmāt kuṇapagandhān nāpigṛhṇīta somasya haiṣa rājño gandhaḥ //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 3.2 yathaiva tasyai caraṇaṃ vapayā caritvādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca punaretaḥ sa āhādhvaryur nirūhaitaṃ garbhamiti
taṃ ha nodarato nirūhedārtāyā vai mṛtāyā udarato nirūhanti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavati prajananena vai sa tarhi pratyaṅṅaiti tamapi virujya śroṇī pratyañcaṃ nirūhitavai brūyāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 3.2 yathaiva tasyai caraṇaṃ vapayā caritvādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca punaretaḥ sa āhādhvaryur nirūhaitaṃ garbhamiti taṃ ha nodarato nirūhedārtāyā vai mṛtāyā udarato nirūhanti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavati prajananena vai sa tarhi pratyaṅṅaiti
tamapi virujya śroṇī pratyañcaṃ nirūhitavai brūyāt //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 4.2 ejatu daśamāsyo garbho jarāyuṇā saheti sa yadāhaijatviti prāṇam evāsminnetad dadhāti daśamāsya iti yadā vai garbhaḥ samṛddho bhavatyatha daśamāsyas
tametadapy adaśamāsyaṃ santam brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā daśamāsyaṃ karoti //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās
tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya
tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya
taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 10.2 ayajñiyā vai garbhās tametadbrahmaṇaiva yajuṣā yajñiyaṃ karoti yasyai yonir hiraṇyayītyado vā etasyai yoniṃ vicchindanti yadado niṣkarṣanty amṛtamāyurhiraṇyaṃ tāmevāsyā etadamṛtāṃ yoniṃ karoty aṅgānyahrutā yasya tam mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadi pumānt syād yady u strī syād aṅgānyahrutā yasyai tāṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāheti yadyvavijñāto garbho bhavati puṃskṛtyaiva juhuyāt pumāṃso hi garbhā aṅgānyahrutā yasya taṃ mātrā samajīgamaṃ svāhety ado vā etaṃ mātrā viṣvañcaṃ kurvanti yad ado niṣkarṣanti
tam etad brahmaṇaiva yajuṣā samardhya madhyato yajñasya punarmātrā saṃgamayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 2, 17.2 prathamāvaśānteṣv aṅgāreṣv etaṃ soṣṇīṣaṃ garbhamādatte
taṃ prāṅ tiṣṭhañjuhoti mārutyarcā maruto yasya hi kṣaye pāthā divo vimahasaḥ sa sugopātamo jana iti na svāhākaroty ahutādo vai devānām maruto viḍ ahutamivaitad yad asvāhākṛtaṃ devānāṃ vai marutas tadenam marutsveva pratiṣṭhāpayati //
ŚBM, 4, 5, 3, 4.1 taṃ vai harivatyarcā gṛhṇāti harivatīṣu stuvate harivatīr anuśaṃsati /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 6, 5.2 yo nv eva jñātas
tam avakāśayed yo vāsya priyaḥ syād yo vānūcānaḥ /
ŚBM, 4, 5, 8, 6.3 tam evaitad riricānam punar āpyāyayati yad āhājighra kalaśam mahy ā tvā viśantv indava iti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 5, 5.2 sa yasyai devatāyā etaṃ graham gṛhṇāti sāsmai devataitena graheṇa gṛhītā
taṃ kāmaṃ samardhayati yatkāmyā gṛhṇāti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 8, 12.7 api ha
tam ardhaṃ samad vindati yasminn ardhe yajante ye tathā kurvanti /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 14.2 yuvaṃ
tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 14.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa
taṃ tam iddhataṃ /
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 14.2 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ
tam iddhataṃ /
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 7.1 apāṃ rasamudvayasaṃ sūrye santaṃ samāhitam apāṃ rasasya yo
rasastaṃ vo gṛhṇāmy uttamam upayāmagṛhīto 'sīndrāya tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmy eṣa te yonir indrāya tvā juṣṭatamamiti sādayaty eṣa vā apāṃ raso yo 'yam pavate sa eṣa sūrye samāhitaḥ sūryāt pavata etamevaitena rasamujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 2, 19.2 hiraṇyapātreṇa madhugrahaṃ gṛhṇāti
tam madhye somagrahāṇāṃ sādayaty athokthyaṃ gṛhṇātyatha dhruvam athaitānt somagrahān uttame stotra ṛtvijāṃ camaseṣu vyavanīya juhvati tānbhakṣayanty atha mādhyandine savane madhugrahasya ca surāgrahāṇāṃ codyate tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt
taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 11.2 trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa
taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturthamupayujya dadāti tasmād apītarasmin yajña eta eva trayo yuktā bhavanti trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturtham upayujya dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 11.2 trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturthamupayujya dadāti tasmād apītarasmin yajña eta eva trayo yuktā bhavanti trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa
taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturtham upayujya dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 15.2 taṃ yajamāna ātiṣṭhati devasyāhaṃ savituḥ save satyaprasavaso bṛhaspater vājajito vājaṃ jeṣamiti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 25.2 tam upaspṛśaty annaṃ vā eṣa ujjayati yo vājapeyena yajate 'nnapeyaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yad vājapeyaṃ tad yad evaitad annam udajaiṣīt tenaivaitad etāṃ gatiṃ gatvā saṃspṛśate tad ātman kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas
taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate
taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti
tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 28.2 ekasminvaiśyo vā rājanyo vopāsthito bhavati sa veder uttarāyāṃ śroṇā upaviśaty athādhvaryuśca yajamānaśca pūrvayā dvārā madhugraham ādāya niṣkrāmatas taṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādhatto 'tha neṣṭāparayā dvārā surāgrahānādāya niṣkrāmati sa jaghanena śālām paryetyaikaṃ vaiśyasya vā rājanyasya vā pāṇāvādadhad āhānena ta imaṃ niṣkrīṇāmīti satyaṃ vai śrīr jyotiḥ somo 'nṛtam pāpmā tamaḥ surā satyam evaitacchriyaṃ jyotir yajamāne dadhāty anṛtena pāpmanā tamasā vaiśyaṃ vidhyati taiḥ sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate taṃ kurute 'thaitaṃ sahiraṇyapātrameva madhugraham brahmaṇe dadāti tam brahmaṇe dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyaṃ tena sa yam bhogaṃ kāmayate
taṃ kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 15.2 samrāḍ ayam asau samrāḍ ayam asāviti niveditam evainam etat santaṃ devebhyo nivedayaty ayam mahāvīryo yo 'bhyaṣecītyayaṃ yuṣmākaiko 'bhūt
taṃ gopāyatety evaitad āha triṣkṛtva āha trivṛddhi yajñaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 17.2 agnir ekākṣareṇa prāṇam udajayat
tam ujjeṣaṃ prajāpatiḥ saptadaśākṣareṇa saptadaśaṃ stomam udajayat tam ujjeṣamiti tad yad evaitābhir etā devatā udajayaṃs tad evaiṣa etābhir ujjayati saptadaśa bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatis tat prajāpatim ujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 17.2 agnir ekākṣareṇa prāṇam udajayat tam ujjeṣaṃ prajāpatiḥ saptadaśākṣareṇa saptadaśaṃ stomam udajayat
tam ujjeṣamiti tad yad evaitābhir etā devatā udajayaṃs tad evaiṣa etābhir ujjayati saptadaśa bhavanti saptadaśo vai prajāpatis tat prajāpatim ujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 19.2 upahūtāyām iḍāyām apa upaspṛśya māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhītvā stotram upākaroti
taṃ stotrāya pramīvati sa upāvarohati so 'nte stotrasya bhavaty ante śastrasya //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 2, 21.2 upahūtāyām iḍāyām apa upaspṛśya māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhītvā stotram upākaroti
taṃ stotrāya pramīvati sa upāvarohati so 'nte stotrasya bhavatyante śastrasya //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 3.2 eṣa te nirṛte bhāgas
taṃ juṣasva svāhetīyaṃ vai nirṛtiḥ sā yam pāpmanā gṛhṇāti taṃ nirṛtyā gṛhṇāti tad yad evāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāty atha yat svakṛte veriṇe juhoti śvabhrapradare vaitad u hyasyai nirṛtigṛhītam //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 3.2 eṣa te nirṛte bhāgas taṃ juṣasva svāhetīyaṃ vai nirṛtiḥ sā yam pāpmanā gṛhṇāti
taṃ nirṛtyā gṛhṇāti tad yad evāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāty atha yat svakṛte veriṇe juhoti śvabhrapradare vaitad u hyasyai nirṛtigṛhītam //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 20.2 sa haitenāpi pratisaraṃ kurvīta sa yasyāṃ tato diśi bhavati tat pratītya juhoti pratīcīnaphalo vā apāmārgaḥ sa yo hāsmai tatra kiṃcit karoti
tameva tat pratyag dhūrvati tasya nāmādiśed avadhiṣmāmum asau hata iti tannāṣṭrā rakṣāṃsi hanti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 1.2 senānyo gṛhānparetyāgnaye 'nīkavate 'ṣṭākapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapaty agnirvai devatānām anīkaṃ senāyā vai senānīranīkaṃ tasmādagnaye 'nīkavata etadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yat senānīs tasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svamanapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇāgneyo vā eṣa yajño bhavaty agne reto hiraṇyaṃ tasmāddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 2.2 purohitasya gṛhānparetya bārhaspatyaṃ caruṃ nirvapati bṛhaspatirvai devānāṃ purohita eṣa vā etasya purohito bhavati tasmādbārhaspatyo bhavaty etadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yatpurohitastasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya śitipṛṣṭho gaurdakṣiṇaiṣā vā ūrdhvā bṛhaspater dik tad eṣa upariṣṭād aryamṇaḥ panthās tasmācchitipṛṣṭho bārhaspatyasya dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 5.2 sūtasya gṛhān paretya vāruṇaṃ yavamayaṃ caruṃ nirvapati savo vai sūtaḥ savo vai devānāṃ varuṇas tasmād vāruṇo bhavaty etad vā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yat sūtas tasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasyāśvo dakṣiṇā sa hi vāruṇo yadaśvaḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 6.2 grāmaṇyo gṛhānparetya mārutaṃ saptakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati viśo vai maruto vaiśyo vai grāmaṇīs tasmānmāruto bhavaty etadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yadgrāmaṇīstasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svamanapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya pṛṣangaurdakṣiṇā bhūmā vā etadrūpāṇāṃ yatpṛṣato gor viśo vai maruto bhūmo vai viṭ tasmātpṛṣangaurdakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 7.2 kṣatturgṛhānparetya sāvitraṃ dvādaśakapālaṃ vāṣṭākapālaṃ vā puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati savitā vai devānām prasavitā prasavitā vai kṣattā tasmātsāvitro bhavaty etad vā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yat kṣattā tasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya śyeto 'naḍvāndakṣiṇaiṣa vai savitā ya eṣa tapaty eti vā eṣa ety anaḍvān yuktas tad yacchyeto bhavati śyeta iva hyeṣa udyaṃścāstaṃ ca yanbhavati tasmācchyeto 'naḍvāndakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 8.2 saṃgrahīturgṛhānparetyāśvinaṃ dvikapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati sayonī vā aśvinau sayonī savyaṣṭhṛsārathī samānaṃ hi rathamadhitiṣṭhatastasmādāśvino bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yatsaṃgrahītā tasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svamanapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya yamau gāvau dakṣiṇā tau hi sayonī yadyamau yadi yamau na vinded apy anūcīnagarbhāveva gāvau dakṣiṇā syātāṃ tā u hyapi samānayonī //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 9.2 bhāgadughasya gṛhānparetya pauṣṇaṃ caruṃ nirvapati pūṣā vai devānām bhāgadugha eṣa vā etasya bhāgadugho bhavati tasmātpauṣṇo bhavatyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yadbhāgadughastasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svam anapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya śyāmo gaurdakṣiṇā tasyāsāveva bandhuryo 'sau triṣaṃyukteṣu //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 10.2 akṣāvāpasya ca gṛhebhyo govikartasya ca gavedhukāḥ saṃbhṛtya sūyamānasya gṛhe raudraṃ gāvedhukaṃ caruṃ nirvapati te vā ete dve satī ratne ekaṃ karoti sampadaḥ kāmāya tadyadetena yajate yāṃ vā imāṃ sabhāyāṃ ghnanti rudro haitām abhimanyate 'gnir vai rudro 'dhidevanaṃ vā agnis tasyaite 'ṅgārā yad akṣās
tamevaitena prīṇāti tasya ha vā eṣānumatā gṛheṣu hanyate yo vā rājasūyena yajate yo vaitadevaṃ vedaitadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yadakṣāvāpaśca govikartaśca tābhyām evaitena sūyate tau svāvanapakramiṇau kurute tasya dvirūpo gaurdakṣiṇā śitibāhur vā śitivālo vāsirnakharo vāladāmnākṣāvapanam prabaddham etad u hi tayorbhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 11.2 pālāgalasya gṛhānparetya caturgṛhītamājyaṃ gṛhītvādhvana ājyaṃ juhoti juṣāṇo 'dhvājyasya vetu svāheti praheyo vai pālāgalo 'dhvānaṃ vai prahita eti tasmādadhvana ājyaṃ juhotyetadvā asyaikaṃ ratnaṃ yat pālāgalastasmā evaitena sūyate
taṃ svamanapakramiṇaṃ kurute tasya dakṣiṇā pyukṣṇaveṣṭitaṃ dhanuś carmamayā vāṇavanto lohita uṣṇīṣa etad u hi tasya bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 1, 13.2 parivṛttyai gṛhānparetya nairṛtaṃ caruṃ nirvapati yā vā aputrā patnī sā parivṛttī sakṛṣṇānāṃ vrīhīṇāṃ nakhairnirbhidya taṇḍulānnairṛtaṃ caruṃ śrapayati sa juhotyeṣa te nirṛte
bhāgastaṃ juṣasva svāheti yā vā aputrā patnī sā nirṛtigṛhītā tadyadevāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāti tasya dakṣiṇā kṛṣṇā gauḥ parimūrṇī paryāriṇī sā hyapi nirṛtigṛhītā tāmāha mā me 'dyeśāyāṃ vātsīditi tatpāpmānamapādatte //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 8.2 tam maitreṇa pātreṇāpidadhāti tadājyamānayati tattaṇḍulānāvapati sa eṣa ūṣmaṇaiva śrapyate varuṇyo vā eṣa yo 'gninā śṛto 'thaiṣa maitro ya ūṣmaṇā śṛtastasmādūṣmaṇā śṛto bhavati tayorubhayoravadyannāha mitrābṛhaspatibhyām anubrūhīty āśrāvyāha mitrābṛhaspatī yajeti vaṣaṭkṛte juhoti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 3, 9.2 vāruṇaṃ yavamayaṃ caruṃ nirvapati tadenaṃ varuṇa eva dharmapatir dharmasya patiṃ karoti paramatā vai sā yo dharmasya patir asad yo hi paramatāṃ gacchati
taṃ hi dharma upayanti tasmādvaruṇāya dharmapataye //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 5.2 taṃ gṛhṇāti vṛṣṇa ūrmirasi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭraṃ me dehi svāhā vṛṣṇa ūrmirasi rāṣṭradā rāṣṭramamuṣmai dehīti //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 4, 6.2 taṃ gṛhṇāti vṛṣaseno 'si rāṣṭradā rāṣṭraṃ me dehi svāhā vṛṣaseno 'si rāṣṭradā rāṣṭramamuṣmai dehīti tābhirabhiṣiñcati vīryaṃ vā etad apām udardati paśau vā puruṣe vābhyavete vīryeṇaivainam etad abhiṣiñcaty etā vā ekā āpas tā evaitat saṃbharati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 1.2 lohāyasamāsya āvidhyaty aveṣṭā dandaśūkā iti sarvān vā eṣa mṛtyūnatimucyate sarvān vadhānyo rājasūyena yajate tasya jaraiva mṛtyurbhavati tadyo mṛtyuryo vadhas
tamevaitadatinayati yaddandaśūkān //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 1, 9.2 sīsaṃ nihitam bhavati tatpadā pratyasyati pratyastaṃ namuceḥ śira iti namucirha vai nāmāsura āsa
tamindro nivivyādha tasya padā śiro 'bhitaṣṭhau sa yadabhiṣṭhita udabādhata sa ucchvaṅkas tasya padā śiraḥ pracicheda tato rakṣaḥ samabhavat taddha smainamanubhāṣate kva gamiṣyasi kva me mokṣyasa iti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ
putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā
tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā
tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 9.2 prajāpate na tvadetānyanyo viśvā rūpāṇi pari tā babhūva yatkāmāste juhumas tan no astv ayamamuṣya piteti tadyaḥ putrastam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ pitā tam putraṃ tadenayorvīrye vyatiṣajaty asāvasya piteti tadyaḥ pitā tam pitaraṃ karoti yaḥ
putrastam putraṃ tadenayor vīrye vyatiṣajya punareva yathāyathaṃ karoti vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāhety āśīrevaiṣaitasya karmaṇa āśiṣamevaitadāśāste //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 2, 10.0 atha ya eṣa saṃsravo 'tirikto bhavati
tamāgnīdhrīye juhoty atirikto vā eṣa saṃsravo bhavatyatirikta āgnīdhrīyo gārhapatye havīṃṣi śrapayanty āhavanīye juhvaty athaiṣo 'tiriktas tad atirikta evaitadatiriktaṃ dadhātyuttarārdhe juhoty eṣa hyetasya devasya dik tasmāduttarārdhe juhoti sa juhoti rudra yatte krivi paraṃ nāma tasmin hutam asyameṣṭam asi svāheti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 6.2 sa jaghanena sado 'greṇa śālāṃ yenaiva dakṣiṇā yanti tena pratipadyate
taṃ jaghanena cātvālamagreṇāgnīdhram udyacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 13.2 so 'greṇa yūpaṃ dakṣiṇena vediṃ yenaiva dakṣiṇā yanti tena pratipadyate
taṃ jaghanena sado 'greṇa śālām udyacchati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 23.2 nettaṃ lokam anvavatiṣṭhād yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāditi taṃ sarathameva rathavāhana ādadhati tato 'vāṅ apapravate tathā taṃ lokaṃ nānvavatiṣṭhati yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāt //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 23.2 nettaṃ lokam anvavatiṣṭhād yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāditi
taṃ sarathameva rathavāhana ādadhati tato 'vāṅ apapravate tathā taṃ lokaṃ nānvavatiṣṭhati yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāt //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 3, 23.2 nettaṃ lokam anvavatiṣṭhād yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāditi taṃ sarathameva rathavāhana ādadhati tato 'vāṅ apapravate tathā
taṃ lokaṃ nānvavatiṣṭhati yaṃ suṣuvāṇo 'nvavāsthāt //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 7.2 taṃ daṇḍairghnanto daṇḍavadhamatinayanti tasmād rājādaṇḍyo yadenaṃ daṇḍavadhamatinayanti //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 23.2 svāhākṛtāḥ sūryasya raśmibhiryatadhvaṃ sajātānām madhyameṣṭhyāyety eṣa vā agniḥ pṛthur yad adhidevanaṃ tasyaite 'ṅgārā yad akṣās
tamevaitena prīṇāti tasya ha vā eṣānumatā gṛheṣu hanyate yo vā rājasūyena yajate yo vaitadevaṃ vedaiteṣvakṣeṣvāha gāṃ dīvyadhvamiti pūrvāgnivāhau dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 4, 25.2 upahūtāyām iḍāyām apa upaspṛśya māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāti māhendraṃ grahaṃ gṛhītvā stotramupākaroti
taṃ stotrāya pramīvati sa upāvarohati so 'nte stotrasya bhavatyante śastrasya //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 15.2 dvedhopanahya parivahanti tato 'rdhamāsandyāmāsādya pracaratyatha ya eṣo 'rdho brahmaṇo gṛhe nihito bhavati
tamāsandyāmāsādyātithyena pracarati yadātithyena pracaratyathopasadbhiḥ pracarati yadopasadbhiḥ pracarati //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 18.2 agninaivaitattejasānusaṃsarpaty atha yatsomaṃ yajati somenaivaitadrājñānusaṃsarpaty atha yadviṣṇuṃ yajati yajño vai viṣṇustadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti
tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 19.2 saptadaśo vai prajāpatiḥ prajāpatiryajñastadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti
tam pratyakṣam āptvātman kurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 20.2 dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ prajāpatiryajñastadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti
tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 21.2 tāścaturviṃśatiścaturviṃśatirvai saṃvatsarasyārdhamāsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ prajāpatiryajñas tad yajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti
tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 4, 5, 23.2 dvādaśa vā trayodaśa vā dakṣiṇā bhavanti dvādaśa vā vai trayodaśa vā saṃvatsarasya māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ prajāpatiryajñastadyajñam pratyakṣamāpnoti
tam pratyakṣamāptvātmankurute //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 1.2 tam pūrvārdha āsādayaty aindra ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati saumyo vā carustaṃ dakṣiṇārdha āsādayati vaiśvadevaścarurbhavati tam paścārdha āsādayati maitrāvaruṇī payasyā bhavati tāmuttarārdha āsādayati bārhaspatyaścarurbhavati tam madhya āsādayatyeṣa caruḥ pañcabilas tad yat pañca havīṃṣi bhavanti teṣām pañca bilāni tasmāccaruḥ pañcabilo nāma //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 1.2 tam pūrvārdha āsādayaty aindra ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati saumyo vā
carustaṃ dakṣiṇārdha āsādayati vaiśvadevaścarurbhavati tam paścārdha āsādayati maitrāvaruṇī payasyā bhavati tāmuttarārdha āsādayati bārhaspatyaścarurbhavati tam madhya āsādayatyeṣa caruḥ pañcabilas tad yat pañca havīṃṣi bhavanti teṣām pañca bilāni tasmāccaruḥ pañcabilo nāma //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 1.2 tam pūrvārdha āsādayaty aindra ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati saumyo vā carustaṃ dakṣiṇārdha āsādayati vaiśvadevaścarurbhavati
tam paścārdha āsādayati maitrāvaruṇī payasyā bhavati tāmuttarārdha āsādayati bārhaspatyaścarurbhavati tam madhya āsādayatyeṣa caruḥ pañcabilas tad yat pañca havīṃṣi bhavanti teṣām pañca bilāni tasmāccaruḥ pañcabilo nāma //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 1.2 tam pūrvārdha āsādayaty aindra ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati saumyo vā carustaṃ dakṣiṇārdha āsādayati vaiśvadevaścarurbhavati tam paścārdha āsādayati maitrāvaruṇī payasyā bhavati tāmuttarārdha āsādayati bārhaspatyaścarurbhavati
tam madhya āsādayatyeṣa caruḥ pañcabilas tad yat pañca havīṃṣi bhavanti teṣām pañca bilāni tasmāccaruḥ pañcabilo nāma //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 9.2 tasyarṣabho dakṣiṇā sa haindro yadṛṣabho yady u saumyaś carur bhavati tasya babhrurgaurdakṣiṇā sa hi saumyo yad babhrus
tam brahmaṇe dadāti brahmā hi yajñaṃ dakṣiṇato 'bhigopāyati tasmāttam brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 9.2 tasyarṣabho dakṣiṇā sa haindro yadṛṣabho yady u saumyaś carur bhavati tasya babhrurgaurdakṣiṇā sa hi saumyo yad babhrus tam brahmaṇe dadāti brahmā hi yajñaṃ dakṣiṇato 'bhigopāyati
tasmāttam brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 10.2 tasya pṛṣangaurdakṣiṇā bhūmā vā etad rūpāṇāṃ yat pṛṣato gor viśo vai viśve devā bhūmā vai viṭ tasmāt pṛṣan gaur dakṣiṇā
taṃ hotre dadāti hotā hi bhūmā tasmāttaṃ hotre dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 10.2 tasya pṛṣangaurdakṣiṇā bhūmā vā etad rūpāṇāṃ yat pṛṣato gor viśo vai viśve devā bhūmā vai viṭ tasmāt pṛṣan gaur dakṣiṇā taṃ hotre dadāti hotā hi bhūmā
tasmāttaṃ hotre dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 12.2 tasya śitipṛṣṭho gaurdakṣiṇaiṣā vā ūrdhvā bṛhaspater dik tad eṣa upariṣṭādaryamṇaḥ panthās tasmācchitipṛṣṭho bārhaspatyasya dakṣiṇā
tam brahmaṇe dadāti bṛhaspatirvai devānām brahmaiṣa vā etasya brahmā bhavati tasmāttam brahmaṇe dadāti sa haitenāpi viṣṭhāvrājyannādyakāmo yajeta tad asmint sarvato 'nnādyaṃ dadhāti sa hānnāda eva bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 1, 12.2 tasya śitipṛṣṭho gaurdakṣiṇaiṣā vā ūrdhvā bṛhaspater dik tad eṣa upariṣṭādaryamṇaḥ panthās tasmācchitipṛṣṭho bārhaspatyasya dakṣiṇā tam brahmaṇe dadāti bṛhaspatirvai devānām brahmaiṣa vā etasya brahmā bhavati
tasmāttam brahmaṇe dadāti sa haitenāpi viṣṭhāvrājyannādyakāmo yajeta tad asmint sarvato 'nnādyaṃ dadhāti sa hānnāda eva bhavati //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 3.2 surāpāṇam ekam anyasmā aśanāyaikaṃ
tamindro didveṣa tasya tāni śīrṣāṇi pracicheda //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 8.2 idaṃ vai mā somādantaryantīti sa yathā balīyān abalīyasa evam anupahūta eva yo droṇakalaśe śukra āsa
tam bhakṣayāṃcakāra sa hainaṃ jihiṃsa so 'sya viṣvaṅṅeva prāṇebhyo dudrāva mukhāddhaivāsya na dudrāva tasmātprāyaścittirāsa sa yaddhāpi mukhād adroṣyan na haiva prāyaścittir abhaviṣyat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 11.2 tametayāśvināvabhiṣajyatāṃ taṃ sarveṇaiva samārdhayatāṃ sarvaṃ hi somaḥ sa vasīyān eveṣṭvābhavat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 11.2 tametayāśvināvabhiṣajyatāṃ
taṃ sarveṇaiva samārdhayatāṃ sarvaṃ hi somaḥ sa vasīyān eveṣṭvābhavat //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 4, 13.2 sarveṇa vā eṣa vyṛdhyate yaṃ somo 'tipavate sarvaṃ hi
somastaṃ sarveṇaiva samardhayati sarvaṃ hi somaḥ sa vasīyāneveṣṭvā bhavati tasmād u haitayāpi somātipūtam bhiṣajyet //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 6.2 tam anuparāmṛśya saṃlupyāchinat saiṣeṣṭir abhavat tad yad etasminnāśaye tridhāturivaiṣā vidyāśeta tasmāttraidhātavī nāma //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 15.2 yaṃ nvevaikayarcā bhiṣajyed ekena yajuṣaikena sāmnā
taṃ nvevāgadaṃ kuryāt kim u yaṃ trayeṇa vedena tasmād u hainayāpi bhiṣajyet //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 2.2 eṣa evendras tān eṣa prāṇān madhyata indriyeṇainddha yad ainddha tasmād indha indho ha vai
tam indra ityācakṣate parokṣaṃ parokṣakāmā hi devās ta iddhāḥ sapta nānā puruṣānasṛjanta //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa
āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 7.2 yaivaiteṣāṃ saptānām puruṣāṇāṃ śrīr yo rasas
tametadūrdhvaṃ samudūhanti tad asyaitacchiras tasmint sarve devāḥ śritā atra hi sarvebhyo devebhyo juhvati tasmād v evaitacchiraḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai
tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 11.2 so 'grir asṛjyata sa yadasya sarvasyāgramasṛjyata tasmād agrir agrir ha vai tamagnir ity ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śrurabhavad aśrurha vai
tamaśva ityācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yadarasadiva sa rāsabho 'bhavad atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt so 'jo 'bhavad atha yat kapālam āsīt sā pṛthivyabhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 3.2 bhūya eva syāt prajāyeteti sa vāyunāntarikṣam mithunaṃ samabhavat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tad abhyamṛśad yaśo bibhṛhīti tato 'sāvādityo 'sṛjyataiṣa vai yaśo 'tha yadaśru saṃkṣaritamāsīt so 'śmā pṛśnir abhavad aśrur ha vai
tam aśmety ācakṣate parokṣam parokṣakāmā hi devā atha yaḥ kapāle raso lipta āsīt te raśmayo 'bhavann atha yat kapālam āsīt sā dyaur abhavat //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 13.2 tvam mā saṃdhehīti kiṃ me tato bhaviṣyatīti tvayā mācakṣāntai yo vai putrāṇāṃ rādhyate tena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautram ācakṣate tvayā mācakṣāntā atha mā saṃdhehīti tatheti
tamagniḥ samadadhāt tasmād etam prajāpatiṃ santam agnirity ācakṣata ā ha vā enena pitaram pitāmaham putram pautraṃ cakṣate ya evaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 2, 29.2 kasmādasyā agniścīyata iti yatra vai sā devatā vyasraṃsata tadimāmeva rasenānu vyakṣarat
taṃ yatra devāḥ samaskurvaṃstadenamasyā evādhi samabharant saiṣaikaiveṣṭakeyam eveyaṃ hyagnirasyai hi sarvo 'gniścīyate seyaṃ catuḥsraktir diśo hyasyai sraktayas tasmāccatuḥsraktaya iṣṭakā bhavantīmāṃ hyanu sarvā iṣṭakāḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 1.2 sa yo 'yaṃ kumāro rūpāṇyanupraviṣṭa āsīt
tamanvaicchat so 'gnir aved anu vai mā pitā prajāpatir icchati hanta tad rūpam asāni yanma eṣa na vedeti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 8.2 yamimamātmānam apsu prāpiplavaṃ
tam anvicchānīti tam anvaicchat tad yad eṣām apsu praviddhānām pratyatiṣṭhat tā apaḥ samabharad atha yadasyāṃ tām mṛdaṃ tadubhayaṃ saṃbhṛtya mṛdaṃ cāpaś ceṣṭakām akarot tasmād etad ubhayam iṣṭakā bhavati mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 8.2 yamimamātmānam apsu prāpiplavaṃ tam anvicchānīti
tam anvaicchat tad yad eṣām apsu praviddhānām pratyatiṣṭhat tā apaḥ samabharad atha yadasyāṃ tām mṛdaṃ tadubhayaṃ saṃbhṛtya mṛdaṃ cāpaś ceṣṭakām akarot tasmād etad ubhayam iṣṭakā bhavati mṛccāpaśca //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 17.2 bahavo hyete 'gnayo yadetāścitayo 'tha yatkāmāyeti yathā
taṃ kāmamāpnuyādyajamāno yatkāma etatkarma kurute //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 25.2 samāstvāgna ṛtavo vardhayantviti prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatrāgniḥ samadadhāt
tamabravīd yā matsaṃmitāḥ sāmidhenyas tābhirmā samintsveti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 31.2 prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatrāgniḥ samadadhāt
tamabravīd yā matsaṃmitā āpriyas tābhir māprīṇīhīti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 7.2 śuklaṃ tūparam ālabhate prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatra devāḥ samaskurvant sa yo 'smātprāṇo madhyata udakrāmat
tamasminnetena paśunādadhus tathaivāsminn ayam etad dadhāti vāyave bhavati prāṇo vai vāyur niyutvate bhavaty udāno vai niyutaḥ prāṇodānāvevāsminn etad dadhāti śuklo bhavati śuklo hi vāyus tūparo bhavati tūparo hi vāyuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 12.2 prājāpatyaḥ paśupuroḍāśaḥ prajāpatiṃ visrastaṃ yatra devāḥ samaskurvant sa yo 'smāt prāṇo madhyata udakrāmat
tamasminnetena paśunādadhur athāsyaitena puroḍāśenātmānaṃ samaskurvant sa yat prājāpatyo bhavati prajāpatir hyātmā dvādaśakapālo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatiḥ kadvatyau yājyānuvākye ko hi prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas
tam asminnetad dadhāty atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 13.2 ya evāyam purastāt prāṇas tam asminnetad dadhāty atha yadetena madhyataścaranti madhyato hyayam ātmātha yaddhaviṣopariṣṭāccaranti ya evāyam upariṣṭāt prāṇas
tam asminnetad dadhāti śuklavatyo yājyānuvākyāḥ syuḥ śuklarūpāṇām upāptyai niyutvatyo yadeva niyutvadrūpaṃ tasyopāptyai //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 17.2 asau vai candraḥ paśus
taṃ devāḥ paurṇamāsyāmālabhante yatrainaṃ devā ālabhante tad enam ālabhā iti tasmāt paurṇamāsyāṃ yad v eva paurṇamāsyām paurṇamāsī ha vāva prathamā vyuvāsa tasmād v eva paurṇamāsyām //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 27.2 reto vā etad bhūtam ātmānaṃ siñcaty ukhāyāṃ yonau yaddīkṣate tasmā etam purastāllokaṃ karoti yaddīkṣito bhavati
taṃ kṛtaṃ lokamabhi jāyate tasmādāhuḥ kṛtaṃ lokam puruṣo 'bhi jāyata iti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva
tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva
tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva
tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva
tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 6.2 savitaiṣo 'gnis
tametayāhutyā purastātprīṇāti tamiṣṭvā prītvāthainaṃ saṃbharati tadyadetayā savitāram prīṇāti tasmāt sāvitrāṇi tasmādvā etāmāhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 6.2 savitaiṣo 'gnis tametayāhutyā purastātprīṇāti
tamiṣṭvā prītvāthainaṃ saṃbharati tadyadetayā savitāram prīṇāti tasmāt sāvitrāṇi tasmādvā etāmāhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 7.2 savitaiṣo 'gnis
tam etayāhutyā purastād reto bhūtaṃ siñcati yādṛgvai yonau retaḥ sicyate tādṛg jāyate tad yad etayā savitāraṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati tasmātsāvitrāṇi tasmādvā etāmāhutiṃ juhoti //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 19.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yajño bhagas
tam etad āha prasuva yajñam prasuva yajñapatim bhagāyeti divyo gandharvaḥ ketapūḥ ketaṃ naḥ punātvity asau vā ādityo divyo gandharvo 'nnaṃ keto 'nnapūrannaṃ naḥ punātv ity etad vācaspatir vācaṃ naḥ svadatv iti vāg vā idaṃ karma prāṇo vācaspatiḥ prāṇo na idaṃ karma svadatv ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 22.2 agnirdevebhya udakrāmat te devā abruvan paśurvā agniḥ paśubhir imamanvicchāma sa svāya rūpāyāvirbhaviṣyatīti
tam paśubhir anvaicchant sa svāya rūpāyāvirabhavat tasmād u haitat paśuḥ svāya rūpāyāvirbhavati gaur vā gave 'śvo vāśvāya puruṣo vā puruṣāya //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 6.2 tad enam uṣaḥsvaicchann anvahāni prathamo jātavedā iti tad enam ahaḥsvaicchann anu sūryasya purutrā ca raśmīniti tadenaṃ sūryasya raśmiṣvaicchann anu dyāvāpṛthivī ātatantheti tadenaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyoraicchaṃs
tam avindaṃs tathaivainam ayametad vindati taṃ yadā parāpaśyaty atha tām avāsyaty āgacchanti mṛdam //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 6.2 tad enam uṣaḥsvaicchann anvahāni prathamo jātavedā iti tad enam ahaḥsvaicchann anu sūryasya purutrā ca raśmīniti tadenaṃ sūryasya raśmiṣvaicchann anu dyāvāpṛthivī ātatantheti tadenaṃ dyāvāpṛthivyoraicchaṃs tam avindaṃs tathaivainam ayametad vindati
taṃ yadā parāpaśyaty atha tām avāsyaty āgacchanti mṛdam //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 11.2 pṛthivīmagnimiccha rucā tvamiti cakṣurvai rugākramya tvaṃ vājin pṛthivīmagnimiccha cakṣuṣety etad bhūmyā vṛttvāya no brūhi yataḥ khanema
taṃ vayamiti bhūmes tat spāśayitvāya no brūhi yata enaṃ khanemetyetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 13.2 etadvai devā abruvan kim imam abhyutkramiṣyāma iti mahat saubhagamiti
tam mahatsaubhagam abhyudakramayaṃs tathaivainam ayam etan mahat saubhagam abhyutkramayaty utkrāma mahate saubhagāyetyutkrāma mahat te saubhagam ityetat tasmād u haitad aśvaḥ paśūnām bhagitamo 'smād āsthānāditi yatraitat tiṣṭhasīty etad draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājinniti vājī hyeṣa vayaṃ syāma sumatau pṛthivyā agniṃ khananta upasthe 'syā iti vayam asyai pṛthivyai sumatau syāmāgnim asyā upasthe khananta ityetat //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 3, 14.2 etadvā enaṃ devāḥ procivāṃsaṃ yathā dadivāṃsaṃ vandetaivamupāstuvann upāmahayaṃs tathaivainamayam etad upastauty upamahayatyudakramīdity uddhyakramīd draviṇodā iti draviṇaṃ hyebhyo dadāti vājyarveti vājī ca hyeṣo 'rvā cākaḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam pṛthivyāmityakaraḥ sulokaṃ sukṛtam pṛthivyām ityetat tataḥ khanema supratīkam agnim iti tata enaṃ khanemetyetat supratīkam iti sarvato vā agniḥ supratīkaḥ svo ruhāṇā adhi nākam uttamam iti svargo vai loko nākaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ rohanto 'dhi nākam uttamam ityetat
taṃ dakṣiṇopasaṃkramayati yatretarau paśū bhavatas te dakṣiṇataḥ prāñcas tiṣṭhanti sa ya evāmutra dakṣiṇata sthānasya bandhuḥ so 'tra //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 1, 11.2 samīcī urasā tmaneti saṃvasāthāmenaṃ svarvidā samīcī urasā cātmanā cetyetad agnim antarbhariṣyantī jyotiṣmantamajasramidityasau vā āditya eṣo 'gniḥ sa eṣa
jyotiṣmānajasrastamete antarā bibhṛtas tasmādāha jyotiṣmantam ajasramiditi //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 1.2 purīṣyo 'sīti paśavyo 'sītyetadviśvabharā ityeṣa hīdaṃ sarvam bibhartyatharvā tvā prathamo niramanthad agna iti prāṇo vā atharvā prāṇo vā etam agre niramanthat tad yo 'sāvagre 'gnir asṛjyata so 'sīti tad āha
tam evainam etat karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 2, 10.2 ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvattadbhavati yad v eva saṃvatsaramabhisaṃpadyate tad bṛhatīmabhisaṃpadyate bṛhatī hi saṃvatsaro dvādaśa paurṇamāsyo dvādaśāṣṭakā dvādaśāmāvāsyās tat ṣaṭtriṃśat ṣaṭtriṃśadakṣarā bṛhatī
taṃ dakṣiṇata udañcamāharati dakṣiṇato vā udagyonau retaḥ sicyata eṣo 'syaitarhi yonir avicchedam āharati retaso 'vicchedāya //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 3, 10.2 asau vā āditya eṣo 'gnir amuṃ tadādityamita ūrdhvam prāñcaṃ dadhāti tasmādasāvāditya ita ūrdhvaḥ prāṅ dhīyata ūrdhva ū ṣu ṇa ūtaye tiṣṭhā devo na saviteti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhur ūrdhvo vājasya sanitetyūrdhvo vā eṣa tiṣṭhanvājamannaṃ sanoti yad añjibhir vāghadbhir vihvayāmaha iti raśmayo vā etasyāñjayo vāghatas tān etad āha parobāhu pragṛhṇāti parobāhu hyeṣa ito 'thainam upāvaharati
tam upāvahṛtyoparinābhi dhārayati tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 4, 4, 18.2 dvipādyajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvānagniryāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainametad upāvaharati
taṃ dakṣiṇata udañcamupāvaharati tasyokto bandhur uddhatamavokṣitam bhavati yatrainamupāvaharatyuddhate vā avokṣite 'gnim ādadhati sikatā upakīrṇā bhavanti tāsāmupari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 3.2 vasavastvā kṛṇvantu gāyatreṇa chandasāṅgirasvadityayaṃ haiṣa loko nidhis
tam etad vasavo gāyatreṇa chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametadgāyatreṇa chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsīty etad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti pṛthivyasīti pṛthivī hyeṣa nidhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātānyajamānāyetyetad vai vasava imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāna imaṃ lokaṃ kṛtvā tasminnetām āśiṣam āśāste tāṃ prādeśamātrīṃ kṛtvāthāsyai sarvatastīram unnayati //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 4.2 rudrāstvā kṛṇvantu traiṣṭubhena chandasāṅgirasvadityantarikṣaṃ haiṣa
uddhistam etad rudrāstraiṣṭubhena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametattraiṣṭubhena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsītyantarikṣamasītyantarikṣaṃ hyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 5.2 ādityāstvā kṛṇvantu jāgatena chandasāṅgirasvaditi dyaurhaiṣa uddhis
tametad ādityā jāgatena chandasākurvaṃstathaivainamayametajjāgatena chandasā karotyaṅgirasvaditi prāṇo vā aṅgirā dhruvāsīti sthirāsītyetad atho pratiṣṭhitāsīti dyaurasīti dyaurhyeṣa uddhir dhārayā mayi prajāṃ rāyaspoṣaṃ gaupatyaṃ suvīryaṃ sajātān yajamānāyetyetad vā ādityā divaṃ kṛtvā tasyāṃ etām āśiṣam āśāsata tathaivaitad yajamāno divaṃ kṛtvā tasyām etām āśiṣamāśāste //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 6.2 vaiśvānaraṃ vā etamagniṃ janayiṣyanbhavati
tametatpurastāddīkṣaṇīyāyāṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati yādṛgvai yonau retaḥ sicyate tādṛgjāyate tadyadetamatra vaiśvānaraṃ reto bhūtaṃ siñcati tasmādeṣo 'mutra vaiśvānaro jāyate //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 19.2 prajāpatirvai manuḥ sa hīdaṃ sarvam amanuta prajāpatirvā etadagre
karmākarottam evaitadetasmai karmaṇe prayuṅkte //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 20.2 saṃvatsaro vā agnir vaiśvānaraḥ saṃvatsaro vā etadagre karmākarot
tam evaitad etasmai karmaṇe prayuṅkte //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 21.2 savitā vā etadagre karmākarot
tam evaitad etasmai karmaṇe prayuṅkte viśvo devasya netur marto vurīta sakhyam viśvo rāya iṣudhyati dyumnaṃ vṛṇīta puṣyase svāheti yo devasya savituḥ sakhyaṃ vṛṇīte sa dyumnaṃ ca puṣṭiṃ ca vṛṇīta eṣa asya sakhyaṃ vṛṇīte ya etatkarma karoti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 22.2 ukhāyām evaitāny audgrabhaṇāni juhvati kāmebhyo vā etāni hūyanta ātmo eṣa yajamānasya yad ukhātman yajamānasya sarvān kāmān pratiṣṭhāpayāma iti na tathā kuryād etasya vai yajñasya saṃsthitasyaitāsāmāhutīnāṃ yo rasas tad etad arcir yad dīpyate tad yat saṃsthite yajñe huteṣvaudgrabhaṇeṣūkhām pravṛṇakti tad enām eṣa yajña ārohati
taṃ yajñaṃ bibharti tasmāt saṃsthita eva yajñe huteṣvaudgrabhaṇeṣūkhāṃ pravṛñjyāt //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 9.2 yadi ciram arcir ārohaty aṅgārān evāvapanty ubhayenaiṣo 'gniriti na tathā kuryād asthanvān vāva paśurjāyate 'tha
taṃ nāgra evāsthanvantam iva nyṛṣanti reta ivaiva dadhati reta u etad anasthikaṃ yad arcis tasmād enām arcir evārohet //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 3.2 hanta yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa udumbare
taṃ dadhāma te yady apakrāmeyur yātayāmā apakrāmeyur yathā dhenur dugdhā yathānaḍvān ūhivāniti tad yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa āsīd udumbare tam adadhus tayaitad ūrjā sarvān vanaspatīn prati pacyate tasmāt sa sarvadārdraḥ sarvadā kṣīrī tad etat sarvam annaṃ yad udumbaraḥ sarve vanaspatayaḥ sarveṇaivainam etad annena prīṇāti sarvairvanaspatibhiḥ saminddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 3.2 hanta yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa udumbare taṃ dadhāma te yady apakrāmeyur yātayāmā apakrāmeyur yathā dhenur dugdhā yathānaḍvān ūhivāniti tad yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa āsīd udumbare
tam adadhus tayaitad ūrjā sarvān vanaspatīn prati pacyate tasmāt sa sarvadārdraḥ sarvadā kṣīrī tad etat sarvam annaṃ yad udumbaraḥ sarve vanaspatayaḥ sarveṇaivainam etad annena prīṇāti sarvairvanaspatibhiḥ saminddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 10.2 daṃṣṭrābhyām malimlūnye janeṣu malimlavo yo asmabhyam arātīyād yaśca no dveṣate janaḥ nindād yo asmān dhipsācca sarvaṃ
tam masmasā kurviti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 11.2 yaś cainānadveḍyaṃ cādviṣus
tam asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpyadadhus tenainam aprīṇann annam ahaitasyābhavad adahad u devānām pāpmānaṃ tathaivaitad yajamāno yaś cainaṃ dveṣṭi yaṃ ca dveṣṭi tam asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpidadhāti tenainam prīṇāty annam ahaitasya bhavati dahaty u yajamānasya pāpmānam //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 11.2 yaś cainānadveḍyaṃ cādviṣus tam asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpyadadhus tenainam aprīṇann annam ahaitasyābhavad adahad u devānām pāpmānaṃ tathaivaitad yajamāno yaś cainaṃ dveṣṭi yaṃ ca dveṣṭi
tam asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpidadhāti tenainam prīṇāty annam ahaitasya bhavati dahaty u yajamānasya pāpmānam //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 4.6 tam eṣa udyann evānuvipaśyan yan u prayāṇam uṣaso virājatīty uṣā vā agre vyucchati /
ŚBM, 6, 7, 2, 8.1 taṃ haika etayā vikṛtyābhimantryānyāṃ citiṃ cinvanti droṇacitaṃ vā rathacakracitaṃ vā kaṅkacitaṃ vā praugacitaṃ vobhayataḥ praugaṃ vā samuhyapurīṣaṃ vā /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 3.3 so 'bravīt
taṃ vā anvicchāma taṃ saṃbharāma na vā ahaṃ taṃ hiṃsiṣyāmīti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 3.3 so 'bravīt taṃ vā anvicchāma
taṃ saṃbharāma na vā ahaṃ taṃ hiṃsiṣyāmīti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 3.3 so 'bravīt taṃ vā anvicchāma taṃ saṃbharāma na vā ahaṃ
taṃ hiṃsiṣyāmīti /
ŚBM, 10, 1, 3, 8.1 te vai devās
taṃ nāviduḥ yady enaṃ sarvaṃ vākurvan na vā sarvaṃ yady ati vārecayan na vābhyāpayan /
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 14.5 tad yāvān dvādaśasu māseṣu kāmaḥ ṣaṭsv ṛtuṣu
taṃ tat sarvam ātmānam abhisaṃcinute //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 5, 15.5 tad yāvāṃs trayodaśasu māseṣu kāmaḥ saptasv ṛtuṣu
taṃ tat sarvam ātmānam abhisaṃcinute //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 12.5 sa yaḥ śatāyutāyāṃ kāmo ya ekaśatavidhe saptavidhena haiva
tam evaṃvid āpnoti //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 13.2 sa yaḥ śatāyutāyāṃ kāmo ya ekaśatavidhe yaḥ saptavidhe yajñena yajñena haiva
tam evaṃvid āpnotīty u evādhiyajñam //
ŚBM, 10, 2, 6, 15.3 sa yaḥ śatāyutāyāṃ kāmo ya ekaśatavidhe yaḥ saptavidhe yaḥ sarveṣu yajñeṣu vidyāyā haiva
tam evaṃvid āpnoti /
ŚBM, 10, 3, 5, 9.2 atha ya evaitam anubhavati yo vai
tam anu bhāryān bubhūrṣati sa haivālam bhāryebhyo bhavati //
ŚBM, 10, 4, 1, 1.1 prajāpatiṃ visrastam yatra devāḥ samaskurvaṃs
tam ukhāyāṃ yonau reto bhūtam asiñcan /
ŚBM, 10, 5, 5, 1.2 taṃ hovāca suśravāḥ kauṣyo gautama yad agnim acaiṣīḥ prāñcam enam acaiṣīḥ pratyañcam enam acaiṣīr nyañcam enam acaiṣīr uttānam enam acaiṣīḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 1, 4.2 tasya mahimāpākrāmat sa mahartvijaḥ prāviśat
taṃ mahartvigbhir anvaicchat tam mahartvigbhir anvavindad yan mahartvijo brahmaudanam prāśnanti mahimānameva tad yajñasya yajamāno 'varunddhe brahmaudane suvarṇaṃ hiraṇyaṃ dadāti reto vā odano reto hiraṇyaṃ retasaivāsmiṃstad reto dadhāti śatamānam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte catuṣṭayīr apo vasatīvarīr madhyamāyāhne gṛhṇāti tā digbhyaḥ samāhṛtā bhavanti dikṣu vā annam annam āpo 'nnenaivāsmā annam avarunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 1, 4.2 tasya mahimāpākrāmat sa mahartvijaḥ prāviśat taṃ mahartvigbhir anvaicchat
tam mahartvigbhir anvavindad yan mahartvijo brahmaudanam prāśnanti mahimānameva tad yajñasya yajamāno 'varunddhe brahmaudane suvarṇaṃ hiraṇyaṃ dadāti reto vā odano reto hiraṇyaṃ retasaivāsmiṃstad reto dadhāti śatamānam bhavati śatāyur vai puruṣaḥ śatendriya āyur evendriyaṃ vīryam ātman dhatte catuṣṭayīr apo vasatīvarīr madhyamāyāhne gṛhṇāti tā digbhyaḥ samāhṛtā bhavanti dikṣu vā annam annam āpo 'nnenaivāsmā annam avarunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 2, 4.2 ārtim ārtor yo brahmaṇe devebhyo 'pratiprocyāśvaṃ badhnāti brahmannaśvam bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhyāsamiti brahmāṇamāmantrayate brahmaṇa evainam pratiprocya badhnāti nārtimārchati
taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ prajāpataye tena rādhnuhīti brahmā prasauti svayaivainaṃ devatayā samardhayatyatha prokṣatyasāveva bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so 'smāt sṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa diśo'nuprāviśat
taṃ devāḥ praiṣamaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhir anuprāyuñjata tamiṣṭibhiranvaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhiranvavindan yad iṣṭibhiryajate 'śvameva tanmedhyaṃ yajamāno 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so 'smāt sṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa diśo'nuprāviśat taṃ devāḥ praiṣamaicchaṃs
tamiṣṭibhir anuprāyuñjata tamiṣṭibhiranvaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhiranvavindan yad iṣṭibhiryajate 'śvameva tanmedhyaṃ yajamāno 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so 'smāt sṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa diśo'nuprāviśat taṃ devāḥ praiṣamaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhir anuprāyuñjata
tamiṣṭibhiranvaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhiranvavindan yad iṣṭibhiryajate 'śvameva tanmedhyaṃ yajamāno 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so 'smāt sṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa diśo'nuprāviśat taṃ devāḥ praiṣamaicchaṃs tamiṣṭibhir anuprāyuñjata tamiṣṭibhiranvaicchaṃs
tamiṣṭibhiranvavindan yad iṣṭibhiryajate 'śvameva tanmedhyaṃ yajamāno 'nvicchati //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 4, 2.0 sāvitryo bhavanti iyaṃ vai savitā yo vā asyāṃ nilayate yo'nyatraityasyāṃ vāva
tamanuvindanti na vā imāṃ kaścana tiryaṅnordhvo'tyetumarhati yatsāvitryo bhavantyaśvasyaivānuvittyai //
ŚBM, 13, 1, 8, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata sa sṛṣṭaḥ prarcam avlīnāt pra sāma
taṃ vaiśvadevānyudayacchan yad vaiśvadevāni juhotyaśvamedhasyaivodyatyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 3.0 kṛṣṇagrīvamāgneyaṃ rarāṭe purastāt pūrvāgnimeva
taṃ kurute tasmādrājñaḥ pūrvāgnirbhāvukaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 9.0 vāyavyaṃ śvetam pucche utsedhameva
taṃ kurute tasmādutsedham prajā bhaye'bhisaṃśrayantīndrāya svapasyāya vehatam yajñasya sendratāyai vaiṣṇavo vāmano yajño vai viṣṇur yajña evāntataḥ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 2, 16.0 hiraṇmayo'śvasya śāso bhavati lohamayāḥ paryaṅgyāṇāmāyasā itareṣāṃ jyotirvai hiraṇyaṃ rāṣṭramaśvamedho jyotireva tadrāṣṭre dadhāty atho hiraṇyajyotiṣaiva yajamānaḥ svargaṃ lokamety atho anūkāśameva
taṃ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 3, 1.0 devā vā aśvamedhe pavamānaṃ svargaṃ lokaṃ na prājānaṃs
tamaśvaḥ prājānād yadaśvamedhe'śvena pavamānāya sarpanti svargasya lokasya prajñātyai pucchamanvārabhante svargasyaiva lokasya samaṣṭyai na vai manuṣyaḥ svargaṃ lokam añjasā vedāśvo vai svargaṃ lokamañjasā veda //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 5, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so'smātsṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa paṅktirbhūtvā saṃvatsaram prāviśat te'rdhamāsā abhavaṃs
tam pañcadaśibhiranuprāyuṅkta tamāpnot tamāptvā pañcadaśibhiravārunddhārdhamāsānāṃ vā eṣā pratimā yat pañcadaśino yatpañcadaśina ālabhate'rdhamāsāneva tairyajamāno 'varunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 5, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so'smātsṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa paṅktirbhūtvā saṃvatsaram prāviśat te'rdhamāsā abhavaṃs tam pañcadaśibhiranuprāyuṅkta
tamāpnot tamāptvā pañcadaśibhiravārunddhārdhamāsānāṃ vā eṣā pratimā yat pañcadaśino yatpañcadaśina ālabhate'rdhamāsāneva tairyajamāno 'varunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 5, 1.0 prajāpatiraśvamedhamasṛjata so'smātsṛṣṭaḥ parāṅait sa paṅktirbhūtvā saṃvatsaram prāviśat te'rdhamāsā abhavaṃs tam pañcadaśibhiranuprāyuṅkta tamāpnot
tamāptvā pañcadaśibhiravārunddhārdhamāsānāṃ vā eṣā pratimā yat pañcadaśino yatpañcadaśina ālabhate'rdhamāsāneva tairyajamāno 'varunddhe //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 6, 2.0 tadāhuḥ parāṅvā etasmādyajña eti yasya paśurupākṛto'nyatra vederetīty etaṃ stotaranena pathā punaraśvamāvartayāsi na iti vāyurvai stotā
tamevāsmā etatparastāddadhāti tathā nātyeti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 13.0 agniḥ paśurāsīt tenāyajanta sa etaṃ lokamajayadyasminnagniḥ sa te loko bhaviṣyati
taṃ jeṣyasi pibaitā apa iti yāvānagnervijayo yāvāṃlloko yāvadaiśvaryaṃ tāvāṃste vijayas tāvāṃllokastāvadaiśvaryam bhaviṣyatīty evainaṃ tadāha //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 14.0 vāyuḥ paśurāsīt tenāyajanta sa etaṃ lokamajayadyasminvāyuḥ sa te loko bhaviṣyati
taṃ jeṣyasi pibaitā apa iti yāvānvāyorvijayo yāvāṃl loko //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 7, 15.0 sūryaḥ paśurāsīt tenāyajanta sa etaṃ lokamajayad yasmint sūryaḥ sa te loko bhaviṣyati
taṃ jeṣyasi pibaitā apa iti yāvāntsūryasya vijayo yāvāṃlloko yāvadaiśvaryaṃ tāvāṃste vijayas tāvāṃllokastāvadaiśvaryam bhaviṣyatīty evainaṃ tadāha tarpayitvāśvam punaḥ saṃskṛtya prokṣaṇīr itarānpaśūnprokṣati tasyātaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 8, 1.0 devā vā udañcaḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ na prājānaṃs
tamaśvaḥ prājānād yadaśvenodañco yanti svargasya lokasya prajñātyai vāso'dhivāsaṃ hiraṇyamityaśvāyopastṛṇanti yathā nānyasmai paśave tasminnenamadhi saṃjñapayanty anyairevainaṃ tat paśubhirvyākurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 2, 10, 1.0 yadasipathānkalpayanti setumeva
taṃ saṃkramaṇaṃ yajamānaḥ kurute svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 5, 2.0 tad āhuḥ yad amuṣmai svāhāmuṣmai svāheti juhvat saṃcakṣīta bahum mṛtyumamitraṃ kurvīta mṛtyava ātmānam apidadhyāditi mṛtyave svāhetyekasmā evaikāmāhutiṃ juhoty eko ha vā amuṣmiṃlloke mṛtyuraśanāyaiva
tamevāmuṣmiṃlloke 'pajayati //
ŚBM, 13, 3, 8, 2.0 atha yadi srāmo vindet pauṣṇaṃ carumanunirvapet pūṣā vai paśūnāmīṣṭe sa yasyaiva paśavo yaḥ paśūnām īṣṭe
tamevaitatprīṇāty agado haiva bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 1.0 prajāpatir akāmayata sarvānkāmānāpnuyāṃ sarvā vyaṣṭīr vyaśnuvīyeti sa etam aśvamedhaṃ trirātraṃ yajñakratum apaśyat
tam āharat tenāyajata teneṣṭvā sarvān kāmān āpnot sarvā vyaṣṭīrvyāśnuta sarvān ha vai kāmānāpnoti sarvā vyaṣṭīr vyaśnute yo'śvamedhena yajate //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 6.0 tam ete catvāra ṛtvijaḥ prāśnanti teṣām uktam brāhmaṇaṃ tebhyaś catvāri sahasrāṇi dadāti sarvaṃ vai sahasraṃ sarvam aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai catvāri ca suvarṇāni śatamānāni hiraṇyāni tasyo evoktam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 1, 11.0 atha yo'sya niṣkaḥ pratimukto bhavati
tam adhvaryave dadāty adhvaryave dadad amṛtam āyur ātman dhatte 'mṛtaṃ hyāyur hiraṇyam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis
tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 16.0 sa āha devā āśāpālāḥ etaṃ devebhyo 'śvam medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣatety uktā mānuṣā āśāpālā athaite daivā āpyāḥ sādhyā anvādhyā marutas
tam eta ubhaye devamanuṣyāḥ saṃvidānā apratyāvartayantaḥ saṃvatsaraṃ rakṣanti tad yaṃ na pratyāvartayanty eṣa vā eṣa tapati ka u hyetam arhati pratyāvartayituṃ yaddhyenam pratyāvartayeyuḥ parāg evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāt tasmād apratyāvartayanto rakṣanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 3, 3.0 manur vaivasvato rājety āha tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsata ity aśrotriyā gṛhamedhina upasametā bhavanti tān upadiśaty ṛco vedaḥ so 'yam ityṛcāṃ sūktaṃ vyācakṣāṇa ivānudraved vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ity āha purāṇair imaṃ yajamānaṃ rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ saṃgāyateti
taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti tad yad enam evaṃ saṃgāyanti purāṇair evainaṃ tad rājabhiḥ sādhukṛdbhiḥ salokaṃ kurvanti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 2.0 dīkṣaṇīyāyāṃ saṃsthitāyām sāyaṃ vāci visṛṣṭāyāṃ vīṇāgaṇagina upasametā bhavanti tān adhvaryuḥ saṃpreṣyati vīṇāgaṇagina ityāha devair imaṃ yajamānaṃ saṃgāyateti
taṃ te tathā saṃgāyanti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 8.0 tasya prātaḥsavanam agniṃ
tam manye yo vasuriti hotā pāṅktam ājyaṃ śastvaikāhikam upasaṃśaṃsati bārhataṃ ca praugam mādhuchandasaṃ ca tricaśa ubhe saṃśaṃsati yaśca bārhate prauge kāmo ya u ca mādhuchandase tayorubhayoḥ kāmayor āptyai kᄆptam prātaḥsavanam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 9.0 athāto mādhyandinaṃ savanaṃ atichandāḥ pratipan marutvatīyasya trikadrukeṣu mahiṣo yavāśiram ity atiṣṭhā vā eṣā chandasāṃ yad atichandā atiṣṭhā aśvamedho yajñānām aśvamedhasyaivāptyai saiṣaiva triḥ śastā tricaḥ sampadyate teno
taṃ kāmam āpnoti yas trica idaṃ vaso sutam andha ityanucara eṣa eva nitya ekāhātāna itthā hi soma in made 'vitāsi sunvato vṛktabarhiṣa iti paṅktīśca ṣaṭpadāśca śastvaikāhike nividaṃ dadhātīti marutvatīyam //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 16.0 atha purā bahiṣpavamānāt aśvaṃ niktvodānayanti tena pāvamānāya sarpanti tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ stute bahiṣpavamāne 'śvam āstāvam ākramayanti sa yady ava vā jighred vi vā vartet samṛddho me yajña iti ha vidyāt
tam upākṛtyādhvaryur āha hotar abhiṣṭuhīti tam ekādaśabhir hotābhiṣṭauti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 16.0 atha purā bahiṣpavamānāt aśvaṃ niktvodānayanti tena pāvamānāya sarpanti tasyoktam brāhmaṇaṃ stute bahiṣpavamāne 'śvam āstāvam ākramayanti sa yady ava vā jighred vi vā vartet samṛddho me yajña iti ha vidyāt tam upākṛtyādhvaryur āha hotar abhiṣṭuhīti
tam ekādaśabhir hotābhiṣṭauti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 17.0 yad akrandaḥ prathamaṃ jāyamāna iti triḥ prathamayā trir uttamayā tāḥ pañcadaśa sampadyante pañcadaśo vai vajro vīryam vajro vajreṇaivaitad vīryeṇa yajamānaḥ purastāt pāpmānam apahate tad vai yajamānāyaiva vajraḥ pradīyate yo 'sya stṛtyas
taṃ startava upa prāgācchasanam vājyarvopa prāgāt paramaṃ yat sadhastham iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 3.0 tayoḥ śayānayoḥ aśvaṃ yajamāno 'bhimethaty ut sakthyā ava gudaṃ dhehīti
taṃ na kaścana pratyabhimethati ned yajamānam pratipratiḥ kaścid asad iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 4.0 athādhvaryuḥ kumārīm abhimethati kumāri haye haye kumāri yakāsakau śakuntiketi
taṃ kumārī pratyabhimethaty adhvaryo haye haye 'dhvaryo yako 'sakau śakuntaka iti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 12.0 sa hotādhvaryum pṛcchati kaḥ svid ekākī caratīti
tam pratyāha sūrya ekākī caratīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 13.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati kiṃ svit sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti
tam pratyāha brahma sūryasamaṃ jyotiriti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 14.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā citaye devasakheti
tam pratyāhāpi teṣu triṣu padeṣvasmīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 15.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati keṣv antaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti
tam pratyāha pañcasvantaḥ puruṣa āviveśeti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 17.0 sa hotādhvaryum pṛcchati kā svid āsīt pūrvacittiriti
tam pratyāha dyaur āsīt pūrvacittiriti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 18.0 athādhvaryur hotāram pṛcchati ka īm are piśaṅgileti
tam pratyāhājāre piśaṅgileti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 19.0 atha brahmodgātāram pṛcchati katy asya viṣṭhāḥ katy akṣarāṇīti
tam pratyāha ṣaḍasya viṣṭhāḥ śatam akṣarāṇīti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 20.0 athodgātā brahmāṇam pṛcchati ko asya veda bhuvanasya nābhimiti
tam pratyāha vedāhamasya bhuvanasya nābhimiti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 2, 21.0 athādhvaryuṃ yajamānaḥ pṛcchati pṛcchāmi tvā paramantam pṛthivyā iti
tam pratyāheyam vediḥ paro antaḥ pṛthivyā iti //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 1.0 puruṣo ha nārāyaṇo'kāmayata atitiṣṭheyaṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāny aham evedaṃ sarvaṃ syāmiti sa etam puruṣamedham pañcarātram yajñakratum apaśyat
tam āharat tenāyajata teneṣṭvātyatiṣṭhat sarvāṇi bhūtānīdaṃ sarvam abhavad atitiṣṭhati sarvāṇi bhūtānīdaṃ sarvam bhavati ya evam vidvānpuruṣamedhena yajate yo vaitadevaṃ veda //
ŚBM, 13, 8, 1, 3.5 yad v etāṃ rātriṃ sarvāṇi bhūtāni saṃvasanti teno
taṃ kāmam āpnoti yaḥ sarveṣu nakṣatreṣu //
Śāṅkhāyanagṛhyasūtra
ŚāṅkhGS, 1, 1, 2.1 abhisamāvartsyamāno yatrāntyāṃ samidham abhyādadhyāt
tam agnim indhīta //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 7, 18.0 evamevam ṛṣer yasya yasya yo yo mantro yaddevatyo yacchandāś ca tathā tathā
taṃ taṃ mantram anubrūyāt //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 7, 18.0 evamevam ṛṣer yasya yasya yo yo mantro yaddevatyo yacchandāś ca tathā tathā taṃ
taṃ mantram anubrūyāt //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 18, 3.0 prāṇāpānā uruvyacās tvayā prapadye devāya tvā goptre paridadāmi deva savitar eṣa te brahmacārī
taṃ te paridadāmi taṃ gopāyasva taṃ mā mṛdha ity upāṃśu //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 18, 3.0 prāṇāpānā uruvyacās tvayā prapadye devāya tvā goptre paridadāmi deva savitar eṣa te brahmacārī taṃ te paridadāmi
taṃ gopāyasva taṃ mā mṛdha ity upāṃśu //
ŚāṅkhGS, 2, 18, 3.0 prāṇāpānā uruvyacās tvayā prapadye devāya tvā goptre paridadāmi deva savitar eṣa te brahmacārī taṃ te paridadāmi taṃ gopāyasva
taṃ mā mṛdha ity upāṃśu //
Śāṅkhāyanāraṇyaka
ŚāṅkhĀ, 1, 6, 12.0 taṃ hendra uvācaitad vā aham asmi yad etad avocaṃ yad vā ṛṣe 'to bhūyo 'tapās tadeva tat syād yad aham iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 2, 17, 21.0 parāmṛśan grahaṃ japati yam imaṃ prajayaṃ prājaiṣaṃ
tam anvasānīti ned asmāt prajayād ātmānam apādadhānīti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 3, 1, 3.0 taṃ hābhyāgataṃ papraccha gotamasya putra asti saṃvṛtaṃ loke yasmin mā dhāsyasi anyatamo vādhvā tasya mā loke dhāsyasīti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 3, 4, 1.0 taṃ pañca śatānyapsarasāṃ pratiyanti śataṃ phalahastāḥ śatam āñjanahastāḥ śataṃ mālyahastāḥ śataṃ vāsohastāḥ śataṃ cūrṇahastāḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 5, 3, 33.0 yatraitat puruṣa ārto mariṣyann ābalyam etya saṃmoham eti
tam āhuḥ udakramīccittam //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 4, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa candramasi puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 5, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa vidyuti puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 6, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa stanayitnau puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 13, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa pratiśrutkāyāṃ puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 15, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ yenaitat puruṣaḥ suptaḥ svapnayā carati
tamu evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 17, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa dakṣiṇe 'kṣiṇi puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 18, 1.0 sa hovāca bālākiḥ ya evaiṣa savye 'kṣiṇi puruṣas
tam evāham upāsa iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 19, 4.0 taṃ hovācājātaśatruḥ mṛṣā vai khalu mā saṃvādayiṣṭhā brahma te bravāṇīti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 19, 7.0 taṃ hovācājātaśatruḥ pratilomarūpam eva tan manye yat kṣatriyo brāhmaṇam upanayeta //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 6, 19, 15.0 taṃ hovācājātaśatruḥ kvaiṣa etad bālāke puruṣo 'śayiṣṭa yatraitad abhūt yata etad āgād iti //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 7, 9, 6.0 atha ced aśaknuvan manyeta prāṇaṃ vaṃśaṃ samadhitsīḥ
taṃ nāśakaḥ saṃdhātuṃ prāṇas tvā vaṃśo hāsyatītyevainaṃ brūyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 8, 7, 15.0 ya eṣo 'gner iva jvalataḥ śabdo rathasyevopabdis
taṃ na yadā śṛṇuyāt tad apy evam eva vidyāt //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 11, 8, 2.0 puruṣo maṇiḥ prāṇaḥ sūtram annaṃ granthis
taṃ granthim udgrathnāmy annakāmaḥ //
ŚāṅkhĀ, 13, 1, 4.0 tam etaṃ vedānuvacanena vividiṣanti brahmacaryeṇa tapasā śraddhayā yajñenānāśakena ceti māṇḍūkeyaḥ //
Ṛgveda
ṚV, 1, 31, 7.1 tvaṃ
tam agne amṛtatva uttame martaṃ dadhāsi śravase dive dive /
ṚV, 1, 31, 13.2 yo rātahavyo 'vṛkāya dhāyase kīreś cin mantram manasā vanoṣi
tam //
ṚV, 1, 33, 11.2 sadhrīcīnena manasā
tam indra ojiṣṭhena hanmanāhann abhi dyūn //
ṚV, 1, 39, 8.2 vi
taṃ yuyota śavasā vy ojasā vi yuṣmākābhir ūtibhiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 40, 6.1 tam id vocemā vidatheṣu śambhuvam mantraṃ devā anehasam /
ṚV, 1, 47, 1.2 tam aśvinā pibataṃ tiroahnyaṃ dhattaṃ ratnāni dāśuṣe //
ṚV, 1, 52, 3.2 indraṃ
tam ahve svapasyayā dhiyā maṃhiṣṭharātiṃ sa hi paprir andhasaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 52, 4.2 taṃ vṛtrahatye anu tasthur ūtayaḥ śuṣmā indram avātā ahrutapsavaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 53, 2.2 śikṣānaraḥ pradivo akāmakarśanaḥ sakhā sakhibhyas
tam idaṃ gṛṇīmasi //
ṚV, 1, 55, 3.1 tvaṃ
tam indra parvataṃ na bhojase maho nṛmṇasya dharmaṇām irajyasi /
ṚV, 1, 56, 2.1 taṃ gūrtayo nemanniṣaḥ parīṇasaḥ samudraṃ na saṃcaraṇe saniṣyavaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 57, 6.1 tvaṃ
tam indra parvatam mahāṁ uruṃ vajreṇa vajrin parvaśaś cakartitha /
ṚV, 1, 59, 2.2 taṃ tvā devāso 'janayanta devaṃ vaiśvānara jyotir id āryāya //
ṚV, 1, 60, 3.1 taṃ navyasī hṛda ā jāyamānam asmat sukīrtir madhujihvam aśyāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 60, 5.1 taṃ tvā vayam patim agne rayīṇām pra śaṃsāmo matibhir gotamāsaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 66, 9.1 taṃ vaś carāthā vayaṃ vasatyāstaṃ na gāvo nakṣanta iddham //
ṚV, 1, 73, 4.1 taṃ tvā naro dama ā nityam iddham agne sacanta kṣitiṣu dhruvāsu /
ṚV, 1, 77, 2.1 yo adhvareṣu śantama ṛtāvā hotā
tam ū namobhir ā kṛṇudhvam /
ṚV, 1, 77, 3.2 tam medheṣu prathamaṃ devayantīr viśa upa bruvate dasmam ārīḥ //
ṚV, 1, 80, 7.2 yaddha tyam māyinam mṛgaṃ
tam u tvam māyayāvadhīr arcann anu svarājyam //
ṚV, 1, 81, 1.2 tam in mahatsv ājiṣūtem arbhe havāmahe sa vājeṣu pra no 'viṣat //
ṚV, 1, 83, 1.2 tam it pṛṇakṣi vasunā bhavīyasā sindhum āpo yathābhito vicetasaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 89, 5.1 tam īśānaṃ jagatas tasthuṣas patiṃ dhiyañjinvam avase hūmahe vayam /
ṚV, 1, 92, 8.1 uṣas
tam aśyāṃ yaśasaṃ suvīraṃ dāsapravargaṃ rayim aśvabudhyam /
ṚV, 1, 96, 3.1 tam īḍata prathamaṃ yajñasādhaṃ viśa ārīr āhutam ṛñjasānam /
ṚV, 1, 100, 7.1 tam ūtayo raṇayañchūrasātau taṃ kṣemasya kṣitayaḥ kṛṇvata trām /
ṚV, 1, 100, 7.1 tam ūtayo raṇayañchūrasātau
taṃ kṣemasya kṣitayaḥ kṛṇvata trām /
ṚV, 1, 100, 13.2 taṃ sacante sanayas taṃ dhanāni marutvān no bhavatv indra ūtī //
ṚV, 1, 100, 13.2 taṃ sacante sanayas
taṃ dhanāni marutvān no bhavatv indra ūtī //
ṚV, 1, 102, 1.2 tam utsave ca prasave ca sāsahim indraṃ devāsaḥ śavasāmadann anu //
ṚV, 1, 102, 3.1 taṃ smā ratham maghavan prāva sātaye jaitraṃ yaṃ te anumadāma saṃgame /
ṚV, 1, 105, 7.2 tam mā vyanty ādhyo vṛko na tṛṣṇajam mṛgaṃ vittam me asya rodasī //
ṚV, 1, 105, 16.2 na sa devā atikrame
tam martāso na paśyatha vittam me asya rodasī //
ṚV, 1, 113, 3.1 samāno adhvā svasror anantas
tam anyānyā carato devaśiṣṭe /
ṚV, 1, 116, 3.2 tam ūhathur naubhir ātmanvatībhir antarikṣaprudbhir apodakābhiḥ //
ṚV, 1, 117, 4.2 saṃ
taṃ riṇītho viprutaṃ daṃsobhir na vāṃ jūryanti pūrvyā kṛtāni //
ṚV, 1, 123, 5.2 paścā sa daghyā yo aghasya dhātā jayema
taṃ dakṣiṇayā rathena //
ṚV, 1, 125, 1.1 prātā ratnam prātaritvā dadhāti
taṃ cikitvān pratigṛhyā ni dhatte /
ṚV, 1, 127, 5.1 tam asya pṛkṣam uparāsu dhīmahi naktaṃ yaḥ sudarśataro divātarād aprāyuṣe divātarāt /
ṚV, 1, 128, 2.1 taṃ yajñasādham api vātayāmasy ṛtasya pathā namasā haviṣmatā devatātā haviṣmatā /
ṚV, 1, 131, 7.1 tvaṃ
tam indra vāvṛdhāno asmayur amitrayantaṃ tuvijāta martyaṃ vajreṇa śūra martyam /
ṚV, 1, 132, 6.1 yuvaṃ
tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
ṚV, 1, 132, 6.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa
taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
ṚV, 1, 132, 6.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ
tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ tam iddhatam /
ṚV, 1, 132, 6.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa
taṃ tam iddhatam /
ṚV, 1, 132, 6.1 yuvaṃ tam indrāparvatā puroyudhā yo naḥ pṛtanyād apa taṃ tam iddhataṃ vajreṇa taṃ
tam iddhatam /
ṚV, 1, 136, 5.1 yo mitrāya varuṇāyāvidhaj jano 'narvāṇaṃ
tam pari pāto aṃhaso dāśvāṃsam martam aṃhasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 140, 8.1 tam agruvaḥ keśinīḥ saṃ hi rebhira ūrdhvās tasthur mamruṣīḥ prāyave punaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 141, 10.2 taṃ tvā nu navyaṃ sahaso yuvan vayam bhagaṃ na kāre mahiratna dhīmahi //
ṚV, 1, 143, 4.2 agniṃ
taṃ gīrbhir hinuhi sva ā dame ya eko vasvo varuṇo na rājati //
ṚV, 1, 143, 6.2 codaḥ kuvit tutujyāt sātaye dhiyaḥ śucipratīkaṃ
tam ayā dhiyā gṛṇe //
ṚV, 1, 144, 5.1 tam īṃ hinvanti dhītayo daśa vriśo devam martāsa ūtaye havāmahe /
ṚV, 1, 145, 1.1 tam pṛcchatā sa jagāmā sa veda sa cikitvāṁ īyate sā nv īyate /
ṚV, 1, 145, 2.1 tam it pṛcchanti na simo vi pṛcchati sveneva dhīro manasā yad agrabhīt /
ṚV, 1, 145, 3.1 tam id gacchanti juhvas tam arvatīr viśvāny ekaḥ śṛṇavad vacāṃsi me /
ṚV, 1, 145, 3.1 tam id gacchanti juhvas
tam arvatīr viśvāny ekaḥ śṛṇavad vacāṃsi me /
ṚV, 1, 151, 7.2 upāha
taṃ gacchatho vītho adhvaram acchā giraḥ sumatiṃ gantam asmayū //
ṚV, 1, 156, 3.1 tam u stotāraḥ pūrvyaṃ yathā vida ṛtasya garbhaṃ januṣā pipartana /
ṚV, 1, 156, 4.1 tam asya rājā varuṇas tam aśvinā kratuṃ sacanta mārutasya vedhasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 156, 4.1 tam asya rājā varuṇas
tam aśvinā kratuṃ sacanta mārutasya vedhasaḥ /
ṚV, 1, 162, 15.2 iṣṭaṃ vītam abhigūrtaṃ vaṣaṭkṛtaṃ
taṃ devāsaḥ prati gṛbhṇanty aśvam //
ṚV, 1, 164, 49.2 yo ratnadhā vasuvid yaḥ sudatraḥ sarasvati
tam iha dhātave kaḥ //
ṚV, 1, 166, 8.1 śatabhujibhis
tam abhihruter aghāt pūrbhī rakṣatā maruto yam āvata /
ṚV, 1, 169, 4.1 tvaṃ tū na indra
taṃ rayiṃ dā ojiṣṭhayā dakṣiṇayeva rātim /
ṚV, 1, 173, 5.1 tam u ṣṭuhīndraṃ yo ha satvā yaḥ śūro maghavā yo ratheṣṭhāḥ /
ṚV, 1, 180, 10.1 taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ vayam adyā huvema stomair aśvinā suvitāya navyam /
ṚV, 1, 183, 1.1 taṃ yuñjāthām manaso yo javīyān trivandhuro vṛṣaṇā yas tricakraḥ /
ṚV, 1, 186, 7.2 tam īṃ giro janayo na patnīḥ surabhiṣṭamaṃ narāṃ nasanta //
ṚV, 1, 190, 2.1 tam ṛtviyā upa vācaḥ sacante sargo na yo devayatām asarji /
ṚV, 2, 2, 3.1 taṃ devā budhne rajasaḥ sudaṃsasaṃ divaspṛthivyor aratiṃ ny erire /
ṚV, 2, 2, 4.1 tam ukṣamāṇaṃ rajasi sva ā dame candram iva surucaṃ hvāra ā dadhuḥ /
ṚV, 2, 2, 5.1 sa hotā viśvam pari bhūtv adhvaraṃ
tam u havyair manuṣa ṛñjate girā /
ṚV, 2, 6, 3.1 taṃ tvā gīrbhir girvaṇasaṃ draviṇasyuṃ draviṇodaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 9, 3.2 yasmād yoner udārithā yaje
tam pra tve havīṃṣi juhure samiddhe //
ṚV, 2, 13, 5.2 taṃ tvā stomebhir udabhir na vājinaṃ devaṃ devā ajanan sāsy ukthyaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 14, 4.2 yo arbudam ava nīcā babādhe
tam indraṃ somasya bhṛthe hinota //
ṚV, 2, 14, 11.2 tam ūrdaraṃ na pṛṇatā yavenendraṃ somebhis tad apo vo astu //
ṚV, 2, 20, 4.1 tam u stuṣa indraṃ taṃ gṛṇīṣe yasmin purā vāvṛdhuḥ śāśaduś ca /
ṚV, 2, 20, 4.1 tam u stuṣa indraṃ
taṃ gṛṇīṣe yasmin purā vāvṛdhuḥ śāśaduś ca /
ṚV, 2, 23, 4.1 sunītibhir nayasi trāyase janaṃ yas tubhyaṃ dāśān na
tam aṃho aśnavat /
ṚV, 2, 23, 5.1 na
tam aṃho na duritaṃ kutaścana nārātayas titirur na dvayāvinaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 23, 6.2 bṛhaspate yo no abhi hvaro dadhe svā
tam marmartu ducchunā harasvatī //
ṚV, 2, 23, 7.2 bṛhaspate apa
taṃ vartayā pathaḥ sugaṃ no asyai devavītaye kṛdhi //
ṚV, 2, 24, 4.2 tam eva viśve papire svardṛśo bahu sākaṃ sisicur utsam udriṇam //
ṚV, 2, 24, 6.1 abhinakṣanto abhi ye
tam ānaśur nidhim paṇīnām paramaṃ guhā hitam /
ṚV, 2, 24, 7.2 te bāhubhyāṃ dhamitam agnim aśmani nakiḥ ṣo asty araṇo jahur hi
tam //
ṚV, 2, 26, 4.1 yo asmai havyair ghṛtavadbhir avidhat pra
tam prācā nayati brahmaṇaspatiḥ /
ṚV, 2, 27, 13.2 nakiṣ
ṭaṃ ghnanty antito na dūrād ya ādityānām bhavati praṇītau //
ṚV, 2, 30, 2.1 yo vṛtrāya sinam atrābhariṣyat pra
taṃ janitrī viduṣa uvāca /
ṚV, 2, 30, 9.1 yo naḥ sanutya uta vā jighatnur abhikhyāya
taṃ tigitena vidhya /
ṚV, 2, 30, 11.1 taṃ vaḥ śardham mārutaṃ sumnayur giropa bruve namasā daivyaṃ janam /
ṚV, 2, 34, 7.1 taṃ no dāta maruto vājinaṃ ratha āpānam brahma citayad dive dive /
ṚV, 2, 34, 9.2 vartayata tapuṣā cakriyābhi
tam ava rudrā aśaso hantanā vadhaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 35, 3.2 tam ū śuciṃ śucayo dīdivāṃsam apāṃ napātam pari tasthur āpaḥ //
ṚV, 2, 35, 4.1 tam asmerā yuvatayo yuvānam marmṛjyamānāḥ pari yanty āpaḥ /
ṚV, 2, 35, 13.1 sa īṃ vṛṣājanayat tāsu garbhaṃ sa īṃ śiśur dhayati
taṃ rihanti /
ṚV, 2, 37, 2.1 yam u pūrvam ahuve
tam idaṃ huve sed u havyo dadir yo nāma patyate /
ṚV, 2, 38, 9.2 nārātayas
tam idaṃ svasti huve devaṃ savitāraṃ namobhiḥ //
ṚV, 2, 40, 3.2 viṣūvṛtam manasā yujyamānaṃ
taṃ jinvatho vṛṣaṇā pañcaraśmim //
ṚV, 3, 2, 13.2 taṃ citrayāmaṃ harikeśam īmahe sudītim agniṃ suvitāya navyase //
ṚV, 3, 2, 14.2 agnim mūrdhānaṃ divo apratiṣkutaṃ
tam īmahe namasā vājinam bṛhat //
ṚV, 3, 8, 4.2 taṃ dhīrāsaḥ kavaya un nayanti svādhyo manasā devayantaḥ //
ṚV, 3, 26, 2.1 taṃ śubhram agnim avase havāmahe vaiśvānaram mātariśvānam ukthyam /
ṚV, 3, 26, 9.2 meḍim madantam pitror upasthe
taṃ rodasī pipṛtaṃ satyavācam //
ṚV, 3, 31, 4.2 taṃ jānatīḥ praty ud āyann uṣāsaḥ patir gavām abhavad eka indraḥ //
ṚV, 3, 31, 19.1 tam aṅgirasvan namasā saparyan navyaṃ kṛṇomi sanyase purājām /
ṚV, 3, 46, 5.2 taṃ te hinvanti tam u te mṛjanty adhvaryavo vṛṣabha pātavā u //
ṚV, 3, 46, 5.2 taṃ te hinvanti
tam u te mṛjanty adhvaryavo vṛṣabha pātavā u //
ṚV, 3, 47, 5.2 viśvāsāham avase nūtanāyograṃ sahodām iha
taṃ huvema //
ṚV, 3, 48, 2.2 taṃ te mātā pari yoṣā janitrī mahaḥ pitur dama āsiñcad agre //
ṚV, 3, 53, 21.2 yo no dveṣṭy adharaḥ sas padīṣṭa yam u dviṣmas
tam u prāṇo jahātu //
ṚV, 3, 58, 9.1 aśvinā madhuṣuttamo yuvākuḥ somas
tam pātam ā gataṃ duroṇe /
ṚV, 4, 1, 9.1 sa cetayan manuṣo yajñabandhuḥ pra
tam mahyā raśanayā nayanti /
ṚV, 4, 2, 8.2 aśvo na sve dama ā hemyāvān
tam aṃhasaḥ pīparo dāśvāṃsam //
ṚV, 4, 4, 4.2 yo no arātiṃ samidhāna cakre nīcā
taṃ dhakṣy atasaṃ na śuṣkam //
ṚV, 4, 5, 7.1 tam in nv eva samanā samānam abhi kratvā punatī dhītir aśyāḥ /
ṚV, 4, 10, 1.1 agne
tam adyāśvaṃ na stomaiḥ kratuṃ na bhadraṃ hṛdispṛśam /
ṚV, 4, 13, 3.2 taṃ sūryaṃ haritaḥ sapta yahvī spaśaṃ viśvasya jagato vahanti //
ṚV, 4, 16, 9.2 ūtibhis
tam iṣaṇo dyumnahūtau ni māyāvān abrahmā dasyur arta //
ṚV, 4, 16, 16.1 tam id va indraṃ suhavaṃ huvema yas tā cakāra naryā purūṇi /
ṚV, 4, 21, 4.1 sthūrasya rāyo bṛhato ya īśe
tam u ṣṭavāma vidatheṣv indram /
ṚV, 4, 24, 3.1 tam in naro vi hvayante samīke ririkvāṃsas tanvaḥ kṛṇvata trām /
ṚV, 4, 24, 6.2 sadhrīcīnena manasāvivenan
tam it sakhāyaṃ kṛṇute samatsu //
ṚV, 4, 25, 5.1 na
taṃ jinanti bahavo na dabhrā urv asmā aditiḥ śarma yaṃsat /
ṚV, 4, 36, 7.1 śreṣṭhaṃ vaḥ peśo adhi dhāyi darśataṃ stomo vājā ṛbhavas
taṃ jujuṣṭana /
ṚV, 4, 36, 9.2 yena vayaṃ citayemāty anyān
taṃ vājaṃ citram ṛbhavo dadā naḥ //
ṚV, 4, 39, 1.1 āśuṃ dadhikrāṃ
tam u nu ṣṭavāma divas pṛthivyā uta carkirāma /
ṚV, 4, 39, 3.2 anāgasaṃ
tam aditiḥ kṛṇotu sa mitreṇa varuṇenā sajoṣāḥ //
ṚV, 4, 44, 1.1 taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ vayam adyā huvema pṛthujrayam aśvinā saṃgatiṃ goḥ /
ṚV, 4, 50, 1.2 tam pratnāsa ṛṣayo dīdhyānāḥ puro viprā dadhire mandrajihvam //
ṚV, 4, 50, 9.2 avasyave yo varivaḥ kṛṇoti brahmaṇe rājā
tam avanti devāḥ //
ṚV, 4, 58, 11.2 apām anīke samithe ya ābhṛtas
tam aśyāma madhumantaṃ ta ūrmim //
ṚV, 5, 2, 6.2 brahmāṇy atrer ava
taṃ sṛjantu ninditāro nindyāso bhavantu //
ṚV, 5, 6, 1.1 agniṃ
tam manye yo vasur astaṃ yaṃ yanti dhenavaḥ /
ṚV, 5, 22, 4.2 taṃ tvā suśipra dampate stomair vardhanty atrayo gīrbhiḥ śumbhanty atrayaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 24, 4.1 taṃ tvā śociṣṭha dīdivaḥ sumnāya nūnam īmahe sakhibhyaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 29, 12.2 gavyaṃ cid ūrvam apidhānavantaṃ
taṃ cin naraḥ śaśamānā apa vran //
ṚV, 5, 30, 15.2 gharmaś cit taptaḥ pravṛje ya āsīd ayasmayas
tam v ādāma viprāḥ //
ṚV, 5, 32, 6.2 taṃ cin mandāno vṛṣabhaḥ sutasyoccair indro apagūryā jaghāna //
ṚV, 5, 32, 11.2 tam me jagṛbhra āśaso naviṣṭhaṃ doṣā vastor havamānāsa indram //
ṚV, 5, 33, 3.2 tiṣṭhā ratham adhi
taṃ vajrahastā raśmiṃ deva yamase svaśvaḥ //
ṚV, 5, 42, 11.1 tam u ṣṭuhi yaḥ sviṣuḥ sudhanvā yo viśvasya kṣayati bheṣajasya /
ṚV, 5, 44, 1.1 tam pratnathā pūrvathā viśvathemathā jyeṣṭhatātim barhiṣadaṃ svarvidam /
ṚV, 5, 44, 8.2 yādṛśmin dhāyi
tam apasyayā vidad ya u svayaṃ vahate so araṃ karat //
ṚV, 5, 44, 14.1 yo jāgāra
tam ṛcaḥ kāmayante yo jāgāra tam u sāmāni yanti /
ṚV, 5, 44, 14.1 yo jāgāra tam ṛcaḥ kāmayante yo jāgāra
tam u sāmāni yanti /
ṚV, 5, 44, 15.1 agnir jāgāra
tam ṛcaḥ kāmayante 'gnir jāgāra tam u sāmāni yanti /
ṚV, 5, 44, 15.1 agnir jāgāra tam ṛcaḥ kāmayante 'gnir jāgāra
tam u sāmāni yanti /
ṚV, 5, 44, 15.2 agnir jāgāra
tam ayaṃ soma āha tavāham asmi sakhye nyokāḥ //
ṚV, 5, 54, 12.1 taṃ nākam aryo agṛbhītaśociṣaṃ ruśat pippalam maruto vi dhūnutha /
ṚV, 5, 56, 7.2 mā vo yāmeṣu marutaś ciraṃ karat pra
taṃ ratheṣu codata //
ṚV, 5, 58, 1.1 tam u nūnaṃ taviṣīmantam eṣāṃ stuṣe gaṇam mārutaṃ navyasīnām /
ṚV, 5, 63, 4.2 tam abhreṇa vṛṣṭyā gūhatho divi parjanya drapsā madhumanta īrate //
ṚV, 6, 1, 2.2 taṃ tvā naraḥ prathamaṃ devayanto maho rāye citayanto anu gman //
ṚV, 6, 1, 6.2 taṃ tvā vayaṃ dama ā dīdivāṃsam upa jñubādho namasā sadema //
ṚV, 6, 1, 7.1 taṃ tvā vayaṃ sudhyo navyam agne sumnāyava īmahe devayantaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 3, 2.2 evā cana
taṃ yaśasām ajuṣṭir nāṃho martaṃ naśate na pradṛptiḥ //
ṚV, 6, 5, 4.2 tam ajarebhir vṛṣabhis tava svais tapā tapiṣṭha tapasā tapasvān //
ṚV, 6, 5, 7.1 aśyāma
taṃ kāmam agne tavotī aśyāma rayiṃ rayivaḥ suvīram /
ṚV, 6, 10, 2.1 tam u dyumaḥ purvaṇīka hotar agne agnibhir manuṣa idhānaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 10, 3.2 citrābhis
tam ūtibhiś citraśocir vrajasya sātā gomato dadhāti //
ṚV, 6, 15, 10.1 taṃ supratīkaṃ sudṛśaṃ svañcam avidvāṃso viduṣṭaraṃ sapema /
ṚV, 6, 15, 11.1 tam agne pāsy uta tam piparṣi yas ta ānaṭ kavaye śūra dhītim /
ṚV, 6, 15, 11.1 tam agne pāsy uta
tam piparṣi yas ta ānaṭ kavaye śūra dhītim /
ṚV, 6, 15, 11.2 yajñasya vā niśitiṃ voditiṃ vā
tam it pṛṇakṣi śavasota rāyā //
ṚV, 6, 18, 1.1 tam u ṣṭuhi yo abhibhūtyojā vanvann avātaḥ puruhūta indraḥ /
ṚV, 6, 19, 4.1 taṃ va indraṃ catinam asya śākair iha nūnaṃ vājayanto huvema /
ṚV, 6, 19, 7.1 yas te madaḥ pṛtanāṣāᄆ amṛdhra indra
taṃ na ā bhara śūśuvāṃsam /
ṚV, 6, 20, 1.2 taṃ naḥ sahasrabharam urvarāsāṃ daddhi sūno sahaso vṛtraturam //
ṚV, 6, 21, 2.1 tam u stuṣa indraṃ yo vidāno girvāhasaṃ gīrbhir yajñavṛddham /
ṚV, 6, 21, 6.1 tam pṛcchanto 'varāsaḥ parāṇi pratnā ta indra śrutyānu yemuḥ /
ṚV, 6, 22, 1.1 ya eka iddhavyaś carṣaṇīnām indraṃ
taṃ gīrbhir abhy arca ābhiḥ /
ṚV, 6, 22, 2.1 tam u naḥ pūrve pitaro navagvāḥ sapta viprāso abhi vājayantaḥ /
ṚV, 6, 22, 3.1 tam īmaha indram asya rāyaḥ puruvīrasya nṛvataḥ purukṣoḥ /
ṚV, 6, 22, 3.2 yo askṛdhoyur ajaraḥ svarvān
tam ā bhara harivo mādayadhyai //
ṚV, 6, 22, 5.1 tam pṛcchantī vajrahastaṃ ratheṣṭhām indraṃ vepī vakvarī yasya nū gīḥ /
ṚV, 6, 22, 7.1 taṃ vo dhiyā navyasyā śaviṣṭham pratnam pratnavat paritaṃsayadhyai /
ṚV, 6, 23, 9.1 taṃ vaḥ sakhāyaḥ saṃ yathā suteṣu somebhir īm pṛṇatā bhojam indram /
ṚV, 6, 24, 6.2 taṃ tvābhiḥ suṣṭutibhir vājayanta ājiṃ na jagmur girvāho aśvāḥ //
ṚV, 6, 33, 1.1 ya ojiṣṭha indra
taṃ su no dā mado vṛṣan svabhiṣṭir dāsvān /
ṚV, 6, 35, 5.1 tam ā nūnaṃ vṛjanam anyathā cicchūro yacchakra vi duro gṛṇīṣe /
ṚV, 6, 36, 3.1 taṃ sadhrīcīr ūtayo vṛṣṇyāni pauṃsyāni niyutaḥ saścur indram /
ṚV, 6, 38, 3.1 taṃ vo dhiyā paramayā purājām ajaram indram abhy anūṣy arkaiḥ /
ṚV, 6, 40, 2.2 tam u te gāvo nara āpo adrir induṃ sam ahyan pītaye sam asmai //
ṚV, 6, 44, 14.2 tam u pra hoṣi madhumantam asmai somaṃ vīrāya śipriṇe pibadhyai //
ṚV, 6, 52, 1.2 ubjantu
taṃ subhvaḥ parvatāso ni hīyatām atiyājasya yaṣṭā //
ṚV, 6, 52, 2.2 tapūṃṣi tasmai vṛjināni santu brahmadviṣam abhi
taṃ śocatu dyauḥ //
ṚV, 6, 66, 11.1 taṃ vṛdhantam mārutam bhrājadṛṣṭiṃ rudrasya sūnuṃ havasā vivāse /
ṚV, 7, 1, 2.1 tam agnim aste vasavo ny ṛṇvan supraticakṣam avase kutaś cit /
ṚV, 7, 3, 5.1 tam id doṣā tam uṣasi yaviṣṭham agnim atyaṃ na marjayanta naraḥ /
ṚV, 7, 3, 5.1 tam id doṣā
tam uṣasi yaviṣṭham agnim atyaṃ na marjayanta naraḥ /
ṚV, 7, 4, 5.2 tam oṣadhīś ca vaninaś ca garbham bhūmiś ca viśvadhāyasam bibharti //
ṚV, 7, 5, 9.1 taṃ no agne maghavadbhyaḥ purukṣuṃ rayiṃ ni vājaṃ śrutyaṃ yuvasva /
ṚV, 7, 6, 4.2 tam īśānaṃ vasvo agniṃ gṛṇīṣe 'nānataṃ damayantam pṛtanyūn //
ṚV, 7, 20, 5.1 vṛṣā jajāna vṛṣaṇaṃ raṇāya
tam u cin nārī naryaṃ sasūva /
ṚV, 7, 24, 1.1 yoniṣ ṭa indra sadane akāri
tam ā nṛbhiḥ puruhūta pra yāhi /
ṚV, 7, 25, 2.2 āre
taṃ śaṃsaṃ kṛṇuhi ninitsor ā no bhara sambharaṇaṃ vasūnām //
ṚV, 7, 26, 4.1 evā
tam āhur uta śṛṇva indra eko vibhaktā taraṇir maghānām /
ṚV, 7, 32, 12.2 ya indro harivān na dabhanti
taṃ ripo dakṣaṃ dadhāti somini //
ṚV, 7, 32, 13.2 pūrvīś cana prasitayas taranti
taṃ ya indre karmaṇā bhuvat //
ṚV, 7, 41, 5.2 taṃ tvā bhaga sarva ij johavīti sa no bhaga puraetā bhaveha //
ṚV, 7, 47, 1.2 taṃ vo vayaṃ śucim aripram adya ghṛtapruṣam madhumantaṃ vanema //
ṚV, 7, 47, 2.1 tam ūrmim āpo madhumattamaṃ vo 'pāṃ napād avatv āśuhemā /
ṚV, 7, 47, 2.2 yasminn indro vasubhir mādayāte
tam aśyāma devayanto vo adya //
ṚV, 7, 59, 8.2 druhaḥ pāśān prati sa mucīṣṭa tapiṣṭhena hanmanā hantanā
tam //
ṚV, 7, 68, 9.2 iṣā
taṃ vardhad aghnyā payobhir yūyam pāta svastibhiḥ sadā naḥ //
ṚV, 7, 82, 7.1 na
tam aṃho na duritāni martyam indrāvaruṇā na tapaḥ kutaś cana /
ṚV, 7, 82, 7.2 yasya devā gacchatho vītho adhvaraṃ na
tam martasya naśate parihvṛtiḥ //
ṚV, 7, 90, 2.2 kṛṇoṣi
tam martyeṣu praśastaṃ jāto jāto jāyate vājy asya //
ṚV, 7, 97, 3.1 tam u jyeṣṭhaṃ namasā havirbhiḥ suśevam brahmaṇaspatiṃ gṛṇīṣe /
ṚV, 7, 97, 4.2 kāmo rāyaḥ suvīryasya
taṃ dāt parṣan no ati saścato ariṣṭān //
ṚV, 7, 97, 5.1 tam ā no arkam amṛtāya juṣṭam ime dhāsur amṛtāsaḥ purājāḥ /
ṚV, 7, 98, 4.2 yad vā nṛbhir vṛta indrābhiyudhyās
taṃ tvayājiṃ sauśravasaṃ jayema //
ṚV, 7, 100, 5.2 taṃ tvā gṛṇāmi tavasam atavyān kṣayantam asya rajasaḥ parāke //
ṚV, 7, 104, 16.2 indras
taṃ hantu mahatā vadhena viśvasya jantor adhamas padīṣṭa //
ṚV, 8, 2, 3.1 taṃ te yavaṃ yathā gobhiḥ svādum akarma śrīṇantaḥ /
ṚV, 8, 3, 8.2 adyā
tam asya mahimānam āyavo 'nu ṣṭuvanti pūrvathā //
ṚV, 8, 19, 1.1 taṃ gūrdhayā svarṇaraṃ devāso devam aratiṃ dadhanvire /
ṚV, 8, 19, 6.2 na
tam aṃho devakṛtaṃ kutaścana na martyakṛtaṃ naśat //
ṚV, 8, 21, 9.1 yo na idam idaṃ purā pra vasya ānināya
tam u va stuṣe /
ṚV, 8, 27, 15.2 na
taṃ dhūrtir varuṇa mitra martyaṃ yo vo dhāmabhyo 'vidhat //
ṚV, 8, 39, 8.2 tam āganma tripastyam mandhātur dasyuhantamam agniṃ yajñeṣu pūrvyaṃ nabhantām anyake same //
ṚV, 8, 46, 7.2 tam ā vahantu saptayaḥ purūvasum madāya harayaḥ sutam //
ṚV, 8, 51, 3.2 indraṃ
tam acchā vada navyasyā maty ariṣyantaṃ na bhojase //
ṚV, 8, 51, 6.2 taṃ tvā vayam maghavann indra girvaṇaḥ sutāvanto havāmahe //
ṚV, 8, 52, 4.2 taṃ tvā vayaṃ sudughām iva goduho juhūmasi śravasyavaḥ //
ṚV, 8, 53, 2.2 taṃ tvā vayaṃ haryaśvaṃ śatakratuṃ vājayanto havāmahe //
ṚV, 8, 58, 3.2 citrāmaghā yasya yoge 'dhijajñe
taṃ vāṃ huve ati riktam pibadhyai //
ṚV, 8, 61, 2.1 taṃ hi svarājaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ tam ojase dhiṣaṇe niṣṭatakṣatuḥ /
ṚV, 8, 61, 2.1 taṃ hi svarājaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ
tam ojase dhiṣaṇe niṣṭatakṣatuḥ /
ṚV, 8, 61, 14.2 taṃ tvā vayam maghavann indra girvaṇaḥ sutāvanto havāmahe //
ṚV, 8, 69, 11.2 varuṇa id iha kṣayat
tam āpo abhy anūṣata vatsaṃ saṃśiśvarīr iva //
ṚV, 8, 70, 2.1 indraṃ
taṃ śumbha puruhanmann avase yasya dvitā vidhartari /
ṚV, 8, 90, 6.1 tam u tvā nūnam asura pracetasaṃ rādho bhāgam ivemahe /
ṚV, 8, 96, 6.1 tam u ṣṭavāma ya imā jajāna viśvā jātāny avarāṇy asmāt /
ṚV, 8, 96, 13.2 āvat
tam indraḥ śacyā dhamantam apa snehitīr nṛmaṇā adhatta //
ṚV, 8, 97, 2.2 yajamāne sunvati dakṣiṇāvati tasmin
taṃ dhehi mā paṇau //
ṚV, 8, 97, 3.2 svaiḥ ṣa evair mumurat poṣyaṃ rayiṃ sanutar dhehi
taṃ tataḥ //
ṚV, 8, 97, 13.1 tam indraṃ johavīmi maghavānam ugraṃ satrā dadhānam apratiṣkutaṃ śavāṃsi /
ṚV, 9, 68, 6.2 tam marjayanta suvṛdhaṃ nadīṣv āṃ uśantam aṃśum pariyantam ṛgmiyam //
ṚV, 9, 71, 2.1 pra kṛṣṭiheva śūṣa eti roruvad asuryaṃ varṇaṃ ni riṇīte asya
tam /
ṚV, 9, 74, 1.2 divo retasā sacate payovṛdhā
tam īmahe sumatī śarma saprathaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 74, 4.2 samīcīnāḥ sudānavaḥ prīṇanti
taṃ naro hitam ava mehanti peravaḥ //
ṚV, 9, 80, 4.1 taṃ tvā devebhyo madhumattamaṃ naraḥ sahasradhāraṃ duhate daśa kṣipaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 80, 5.1 taṃ tvā hastino madhumantam adribhir duhanty apsu vṛṣabhaṃ daśa kṣipaḥ /
ṚV, 9, 86, 39.2 tvaṃ suvīro asi soma viśvavit
taṃ tvā viprā upa girema āsate //
ṚV, 9, 95, 4.1 tam marmṛjānam mahiṣaṃ na sānāv aṃśuṃ duhanty ukṣaṇaṃ giriṣṭhām /
ṚV, 9, 95, 4.2 taṃ vāvaśānam matayaḥ sacante trito bibharti varuṇaṃ samudre //
ṚV, 9, 113, 3.2 taṃ gandharvāḥ praty agṛbhṇan taṃ some rasam ādadhur indrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 9, 113, 3.2 taṃ gandharvāḥ praty agṛbhṇan
taṃ some rasam ādadhur indrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 9, 114, 1.2 tam āhuḥ suprajā iti yas te somāvidhan mana indrāyendo pari srava //
ṚV, 10, 6, 5.1 tam usrām indraṃ na rejamānam agniṃ gīrbhir namobhir ā kṛṇudhvam /
ṚV, 10, 6, 7.2 taṃ te devāso anu ketam āyann adhāvardhanta prathamāsa ūmāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 12, 6.2 yamasya yo manavate sumantv agne
tam ṛṣva pāhy aprayucchan //
ṚV, 10, 16, 4.1 ajo bhāgas tapasā
taṃ tapasva taṃ te śocis tapatu taṃ te arciḥ /
ṚV, 10, 16, 4.1 ajo bhāgas tapasā taṃ tapasva
taṃ te śocis tapatu taṃ te arciḥ /
ṚV, 10, 16, 4.1 ajo bhāgas tapasā taṃ tapasva taṃ te śocis tapatu
taṃ te arciḥ /
ṚV, 10, 16, 10.2 taṃ harāmi pitṛyajñāya devaṃ sa gharmam invāt parame sadhasthe //
ṚV, 10, 17, 12.2 adhvaryor vā pari vā yaḥ pavitrāt
taṃ te juhomi manasā vaṣaṭkṛtam //
ṚV, 10, 21, 4.2 tam ā no vājasātaye vi vo made yajñeṣu citram ā bharā vivakṣase //
ṚV, 10, 27, 3.1 nāhaṃ
taṃ veda ya iti bravīty adevayūn samaraṇe jaghanvān /
ṚV, 10, 27, 4.2 jināmi vet kṣema ā santam ābhum pra
taṃ kṣiṇām parvate pādagṛhya //
ṚV, 10, 27, 7.2 dve pavaste pari
taṃ na bhūto yo asya pāre rajaso viveṣa //
ṚV, 10, 30, 2.2 ava yāś caṣṭe aruṇaḥ suparṇas
tam āsyadhvam ūrmim adyā suhastāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 30, 9.1 taṃ sindhavo matsaram indrapānam ūrmim pra heta ya ubhe iyarti /
ṚV, 10, 37, 5.2 yad adya tvā sūryopabravāmahai
taṃ no devā anu maṃsīrata kratum //
ṚV, 10, 37, 6.1 taṃ no dyāvāpṛthivī tan na āpa indraḥ śṛṇvantu maruto havaṃ vacaḥ /
ṚV, 10, 38, 4.2 taṃ vikhāde sasnim adya śrutaṃ naram arvāñcam indram avase karāmahe //
ṚV, 10, 39, 1.2 śaśvattamāsas
tam u vām idaṃ vayam pitur na nāma suhavaṃ havāmahe //
ṚV, 10, 39, 11.1 na
taṃ rājānāv adite kutaś cana nāṃho aśnoti duritaṃ nakir bhayam /
ṚV, 10, 42, 9.2 yo devakāmo na dhanā ruṇaddhi sam it
taṃ rāyā sṛjati svadhāvān //
ṚV, 10, 45, 2.2 vidmā te nāma paramaṃ guhā yad vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ājagantha //
ṚV, 10, 45, 9.2 pra
taṃ naya prataraṃ vasyo acchābhi sumnaṃ devabhaktaṃ yaviṣṭha //
ṚV, 10, 46, 8.2 tam āyavaḥ śucayantam pāvakam mandraṃ hotāraṃ dadhire yajiṣṭham //
ṚV, 10, 51, 3.2 taṃ tvā yamo acikec citrabhāno daśāntaruṣyād ati rocamānam //
ṚV, 10, 67, 9.1 taṃ vardhayanto matibhiḥ śivābhiḥ siṃham iva nānadataṃ sadhasthe /
ṚV, 10, 82, 3.2 yo devānāṃ nāmadhā eka eva
taṃ sampraśnam bhuvanā yanty anyā //
ṚV, 10, 82, 6.1 tam id garbham prathamaṃ dadhra āpo yatra devāḥ samagacchanta viśve /
ṚV, 10, 82, 7.1 na
taṃ vidātha ya imā jajānānyad yuṣmākam antaram babhūva /
ṚV, 10, 83, 5.2 taṃ tvā manyo akratur jihīḍāhaṃ svā tanūr baladeyāya mehi //
ṚV, 10, 84, 5.2 priyaṃ te nāma sahure gṛṇīmasi vidmā
tam utsaṃ yata ābabhūtha //
ṚV, 10, 87, 6.2 yad vāntarikṣe pathibhiḥ patantaṃ
tam astā vidhya śarvā śiśānaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 87, 7.2 agne pūrvo ni jahi śośucāna āmādaḥ kṣviṅkās
tam adantv enīḥ //
ṚV, 10, 87, 8.2 tam ā rabhasva samidhā yaviṣṭha nṛcakṣasaś cakṣuṣe randhayainam //
ṚV, 10, 87, 11.2 tam arciṣā sphūrjayañjātavedaḥ samakṣam enaṃ gṛṇate ni vṛṅdhi //
ṚV, 10, 87, 17.2 pīyūṣam agne yatamas titṛpsāt
tam pratyañcam arciṣā vidhya marman //
ṚV, 10, 88, 5.2 taṃ tvāhema matibhir gīrbhir ukthaiḥ sa yajñiyo abhavo rodasiprāḥ //
ṚV, 10, 88, 8.2 sa eṣāṃ yajño abhavat tanūpās
taṃ dyaur veda tam pṛthivī tam āpaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 88, 8.2 sa eṣāṃ yajño abhavat tanūpās taṃ dyaur veda
tam pṛthivī tam āpaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 88, 8.2 sa eṣāṃ yajño abhavat tanūpās taṃ dyaur veda tam pṛthivī
tam āpaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 91, 6.1 tam oṣadhīr dadhire garbham ṛtviyaṃ tam āpo agniṃ janayanta mātaraḥ /
ṚV, 10, 91, 6.1 tam oṣadhīr dadhire garbham ṛtviyaṃ
tam āpo agniṃ janayanta mātaraḥ /
ṚV, 10, 91, 6.2 tam it samānaṃ vaninaś ca vīrudho 'ntarvatīś ca suvate ca viśvahā //
ṚV, 10, 91, 8.2 tam id arbhe haviṣy ā samānam it tam in mahe vṛṇate nānyaṃ tvat //
ṚV, 10, 91, 8.2 tam id arbhe haviṣy ā samānam it
tam in mahe vṛṇate nānyaṃ tvat //
ṚV, 10, 101, 8.2 puraḥ kṛṇudhvam āyasīr adhṛṣṭā mā vaḥ susroc camaso dṛṃhatā
tam //
ṚV, 10, 102, 9.1 imaṃ
tam paśya vṛṣabhasya yuñjaṃ kāṣṭhāyā madhye drughaṇaṃ śayānam /
ṚV, 10, 107, 6.1 tam eva ṛṣiṃ tam u brahmāṇam āhur yajñanyaṃ sāmagām ukthaśāsam /
ṚV, 10, 107, 6.1 tam eva ṛṣiṃ
tam u brahmāṇam āhur yajñanyaṃ sāmagām ukthaśāsam /
ṚV, 10, 108, 4.1 nāhaṃ
taṃ veda dabhyaṃ dabhat sa yasyedaṃ dūtīr asaram parākāt /
ṚV, 10, 108, 4.2 na
taṃ gūhanti sravato gabhīrā hatā indreṇa paṇayaḥ śayadhve //
ṚV, 10, 110, 9.2 tam adya hotar iṣito yajīyān devaṃ tvaṣṭāram iha yakṣi vidvān //
ṚV, 10, 113, 1.1 tam asya dyāvāpṛthivī sacetasā viśvebhir devair anu śuṣmam āvatām /
ṚV, 10, 113, 2.1 tam asya viṣṇur mahimānam ojasāṃśuṃ dadhanvān madhuno vi rapśate /
ṚV, 10, 114, 4.2 tam pākena manasāpaśyam antitas tam mātā reḍhi sa u reḍhi mātaram //
ṚV, 10, 114, 4.2 tam pākena manasāpaśyam antitas
tam mātā reḍhi sa u reḍhi mātaram //
ṚV, 10, 115, 3.1 taṃ vo viṃ na druṣadaṃ devam andhasa indum prothantam pravapantam arṇavam /
ṚV, 10, 125, 5.2 yaṃ kāmaye
taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi tam brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
ṚV, 10, 125, 5.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ
tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi tam brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
ṚV, 10, 125, 5.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi
tam brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
ṚV, 10, 125, 5.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi tam brahmāṇaṃ
tam ṛṣiṃ taṃ sumedhām //
ṚV, 10, 125, 5.2 yaṃ kāmaye taṃ tam ugraṃ kṛṇomi tam brahmāṇaṃ tam ṛṣiṃ
taṃ sumedhām //
ṚV, 10, 133, 2.2 aśatrur indra jajñiṣe viśvam puṣyasi vāryaṃ
taṃ tvā pari ṣvajāmahe nabhantām anyakeṣāṃ jyākā adhi dhanvasu //
ṚV, 10, 133, 4.2 adhaspadaṃ
tam īṃ kṛdhi vibādho asi sāsahir nabhantām anyakeṣāṃ jyākā adhi dhanvasu //
ṚV, 10, 134, 2.2 adhaspadaṃ
tam īṃ kṛdhi yo asmāṁ ādideśati devī janitry ajījanad bhadrā janitry ajījanat //
ṚV, 10, 160, 4.2 nir aratnau maghavā
taṃ dadhāti brahmadviṣo hanty anānudiṣṭaḥ //
ṚV, 10, 164, 5.2 jāgratsvapnaḥ saṃkalpaḥ pāpo yaṃ dviṣmas
taṃ sa ṛcchatu yo no dveṣṭi tam ṛcchatu //
ṚV, 10, 164, 5.2 jāgratsvapnaḥ saṃkalpaḥ pāpo yaṃ dviṣmas taṃ sa ṛcchatu yo no dveṣṭi
tam ṛcchatu //
Ṛgvedakhilāni
ṚVKh, 1, 2, 2.2 taṃ vāṃ ratiṃ vidatheṣu viprā rebhanto dasrāv agaman manasyum //
ṚVKh, 1, 2, 10.1 iheha vo maghavan ni dadhāmi dhruvaṃ tīvraṃ ca
taṃ hṛdiyantaṃ bṛhaspatim /
ṚVKh, 1, 2, 12.1 tam ekanemiṃ trivṛtaṃ ṣoḍaśāraṃ śatāvāraṃ viṃśatipratyarābhiḥ /
ṚVKh, 1, 3, 2.2 ā tiṣṭhad yatra duhitā vivasvatas
tam evārvāñcam avase karāmahe //
ṚVKh, 1, 4, 1.2 citrāmaghā yasya yoge idhi jajñe
taṃ vāṃ huve atiriktaṃ pibadhyai //
ṚVKh, 1, 4, 7.2 saṃ vām aśvibhyām uṣasā sajūs
tam ūrvaṃ gavyaṃ mahi gṛṇāna indra //
ṚVKh, 1, 5, 9.2 vṛkṣe sambaddham uśanā yuvānam atha
taṃ kṛṇutam mā virapśinam //
ṚVKh, 1, 9, 3.2 tad vāṃ matī madhunā
taṃ yuvānā vaṣaṭkṛtaṃ bhasatho mandasānā //
ṚVKh, 1, 11, 1.2 eṣasya gharmaḥ paripūta ṛgbhis
taṃ bapsatho rathirā vidravantā //
ṚVKh, 2, 12, 1.2 dvau pratyañcāvanulomau visargāv edaṃ
tam manye daśayantram utsam //
ṚVKh, 2, 14, 7.1 yaśaskaraṃ balavantaṃ prabhutvaṃ
tam eva rājādhipatir babhūva /
ṚVKh, 2, 15, 1.2 yasya vrate puṣṭipatir niviṣṭas
taṃ sarasvantam avase johavīmi /
ṚVKh, 3, 3, 3.2 indraṃ
tam acchāvada navyasyā maty aviṣyantaṃ na bhojase //
ṚVKh, 3, 3, 6.2 taṃ tvā vayaṃ maghavann indra girvaṇaḥ sutāvanto havāmahe //
ṚVKh, 4, 11, 8.2 te yajñacitteṣṭakāt
taṃ śarīraṃ tan me manaḥ śivasaṅkalpam astu //
Ṣaḍviṃśabrāhmaṇa
ṢB, 1, 4, 8.1 taṃ ced brūyus tamo vai tvam agāsīr na jyotir iti //
ṢB, 1, 4, 16.2 te hocuḥ pari vai no 'yam ārtvijyam ādatte hantemam anuvyāharāmeti
taṃ hānuvyāhariṣyanta upaniṣeduḥ /
ṢB, 1, 5, 4.1 tad yathobhayavartaninā rathena yāṃ yāṃ diśaṃ prārthayate tāṃ tām abhiprāpnoty evam etenobhayavartaninā yajñena yaṃ kāmaṃ kāmayate
tam abhyaśnute //
Arthaśāstra
ArthaŚ, 1, 11, 3.1 tam arthamānābhyāṃ protsāhya mantrī brūyāt rājānaṃ māṃ ca pramāṇaṃ kṛtvā yasya yad akuśalaṃ paśyasi tat tadānīm eva pratyādiśa iti //
ArthaŚ, 1, 14, 6.1 teṣāṃ muṇḍajaṭilavyañjanair yo yadbhaktiḥ
kṛtyapakṣīyastaṃ tenopajāpayet //
ArthaŚ, 1, 18, 6.1 bandhavadhabhayād vā yaḥ sāmanto nyāyavṛttir dhārmikaḥ satyavāgavisaṃvādakaḥ pratigrahītā mānayitā cābhipannānāṃ
tam āśrayeta //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 14.1 yaṃ vā mantrayogamūlakarmabhiḥ śmāśānikair vā saṃvadanakārakaṃ manyeta
taṃ sattrī brūyād amuṣya bhāryāṃ snuṣāṃ duhitaraṃ vā kāmaye sā māṃ pratikāmayatām ayaṃ cārthaḥ pratigṛhyatām iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 17.1 yaṃ vā rasasya kartāraṃ kretāraṃ vikretāraṃ bhaiṣajyāhāravyavahāriṇaṃ vā rasadaṃ manyeta
taṃ sattrī brūyād asau me śatruḥ tasyopaghātaḥ kriyatām ayaṃ cārthaḥ pratigṛhyatām iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 4, 20.1 yaṃ vā nānālohakṣārāṇām aṅgārabhastrāsaṃdaṃśamuṣṭikādhikaraṇībimbaṭaṅkamūṣāṇām abhīkṣṇakretāraṃ maṣībhasmadhūmadigdhahastavastraliṅgaṃ karmāropakaraṇasaṃsargaṃ kūṭarūpakārakaṃ manyeta
taṃ sattrī śiṣyatvena saṃvyavahāreṇa cānupraviśya prajñāpayet //
ArthaŚ, 4, 5, 14.1 yaṃ cātrāpasarpopadeśena śamyāpratodādīnām apahartāraṃ jānīyāt
tam eṣāṃ pratyādiśed eṣa rājñaḥ prabhāvaḥ iti //
ArthaŚ, 4, 11, 8.1 yaścainān dahed apanayed vā sa
tam eva daṇḍaṃ labheta sāhasam uttamaṃ vā //
ArthaŚ, 14, 3, 14.1 yatra brāhmaṇam āhitāgniṃ dagdhaṃ dahyamānaṃ vā paśyet tatra trirātropoṣitaḥ puṣyeṇa svayaṃmṛtasya vāsasā prasevaṃ kṛtvā citābhasmanā pūrayitvā
tam ābadhya naṣṭacchāyārūpaścarati //
ArthaŚ, 14, 3, 84.1 taṃ grāmam apasavyaṃ pariṇīya yat tatra nyastaṃ navanītam eṣāṃ tat sarvam āgacchati //
Avadānaśataka
AvŚat, 1, 4.4 atha bhagavāṃs
taṃ bhikṣusahasram antardhāpya ekaḥ pātracarakavyagrahastaḥ pūrṇasamīpe sthitaḥ /
AvŚat, 1, 11.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 2, 12.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ /
AvŚat, 3, 15.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ /
AvŚat, 4, 13.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ /
AvŚat, 6, 13.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 7, 3.3 sa kretukāmo yāvad anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis
taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ //
AvŚat, 7, 5.3 tata ārāmiko 'nāthapiṇḍadam āha gṛhapate ahaṃ svayam eva
taṃ bhagavantam abhyarcayiṣya iti //
AvŚat, 7, 14.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 8, 11.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 9, 13.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 10, 5.3 atha rājā prasenajit kauśalas
taṃ śreṣṭhinaṃ vareṇa pravārayati /
AvŚat, 10, 12.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti dhīrāḥ
taṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 12, 5.11 sa
taṃ vicitrair vastrālaṃkārair alaṃkṛtaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ gandhaghaṭikādhūpitaṃ bhagavataḥ saśrāvakasaṃghasya niryātya traimāsyaṃ praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpya vividhair vastraviśeṣair ācchādyānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau praṇidhiṃ cakāra //
AvŚat, 13, 4.2 tataś cakṣuḥsaṃpreṣaṇamātreṇa jetavane 'ntarhito bhikṣugaṇaparivṛtas
taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ /
AvŚat, 14, 1.6 sa nāḍakantheyān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn idam avocat eta yūyaṃ buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchata
taṃ ca bhagavantam āyācadhvam ihāgamanāya /
AvŚat, 15, 3.2 atha bhagavāñchakraveṣam abhinirmāya
taṃ yajñavāṭaṃ divyenāvabhāsenāvabhāsya avataritum ārabdhaḥ /
AvŚat, 17, 12.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 20, 1.6 adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasya gṛhapates tūṣṇībhāvena athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas
taṃ gṛhapatim ādāya yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāntaḥ upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ /
AvŚat, 20, 8.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 21, 2.24 tato rājā padminīm avagāhya
taṃ dārakaṃ padmakarṇikāyāṃ gṛhītvā pāṇitale sthāpitavān /
AvŚat, 22, 8.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
AvŚat, 23, 4.7 teṣāṃ
taṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvaivaṃ bhavati na hy eva vayaṃ bhavanta itaś cyutāḥ nāpy anyatropapannāḥ /
AvŚat, 23, 10.2 yasyārthe smitam upadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
Aṣṭasāhasrikā
ASāh, 1, 4.2 bodhisattvo bodhisattva iti yadidaṃ bhagavannucyate katamasyaitadbhagavan dharmasyādhivacanaṃ yaduta bodhisattva iti nāhaṃ
bhagavaṃstaṃ dharmaṃ samanupaśyāmi yaduta bodhisattva iti /
ASāh, 1, 4.3 tamapyahaṃ bhagavan dharmaṃ na samanupaśyāmi yaduta prajñāpāramitā nāma /
ASāh, 1, 15.2 sa
tam api samādhiṃ na samanupaśyati na ca tena samādhinā manyate ahaṃ samāhitaḥ ahaṃ samādhiṃ samāpatsye ahaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadye ahaṃ samādhisamāpannaḥ iti evaṃ tasya sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ na saṃvidyate //
ASāh, 1, 16.2 tatkasya hetoḥ
tam api hi sa kulaputraḥ samādhiṃ na jānāti na saṃjānīte /
ASāh, 1, 16.4 tatkasya hetorna jānāti na saṃjānīte avidyamānatvena tasya
samādhestaṃ samādhiṃ na jānāti na saṃjānīte /
ASāh, 1, 33.13 evaṃ bhagavan sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ bodhisattvadharmam anupalabhamāno nāhaṃ bhagavan
taṃ dharmaṃ samanupaśyāmi yasyaitannāmadheyaṃ yaduta bodhisattva iti /
ASāh, 1, 33.16 so 'haṃ bhagavan sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ
taṃ dharmam anupalabhamāno 'samanupaśyan katamaṃ dharmaṃ katamena dharmeṇa katamasmin dharme 'vavadiṣyāmi anuśāsiṣyāmi buddha iti bhagavan nāmadheyamātram etat /
ASāh, 2, 10.13 te devaputrā āhuḥ nirvāṇamapyārya subhūte māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadasi āyuṣmān subhūtirāha tadyadi devaputrā nirvāṇādapyanyaḥ kaściddharmo viśiṣṭataraḥ syāt
tamapyahaṃ māyopamaṃ svapnopamamiti vadeyam /
ASāh, 2, 21.3 tathāgataṃ
taṃ vayaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvamadyāgreṇa dhārayiṣyāmo yo 'nayā prajñāpāramitayā avirahito bhaviṣyati yo 'pi ca anena bodhisattvo mahāsattvaḥ prajñāpāramitāvihāreṇa vihariṣyati //
ASāh, 3, 2.1 punaraparaṃ devaputrāḥ ye devaputrā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau samprasthitāḥ yaiś ca devaputrairiyaṃ prajñāpāramitā nodgṛhītā na dhāritā na vācitā na paryavāptā na pravartitā te
devaputrāstaṃ kulaputraṃ vā kuladuhitaraṃ vā upasaṃkramitavyaṃ maṃsyante tasya ca kulaputrasya vā kuladuhiturvā imāṃ prajñāpāramitāmudgṛhṇato dhārayato vācayataḥ paryavāpnuvataḥ pravartayamānasyāntikācchroṣyanti śrutvā codgrahīṣyanti dhārayiṣyanti vācayiṣyanti paryavāpsyanti pravartayiṣyanti /
ASāh, 3, 6.13 sa
āśīviṣastaṃ prāṇakajātaṃ gandhenānubadhnīyād anugacched āhārahetorbhakṣayitukāmaḥ /
ASāh, 3, 7.2 tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi
taṃ prajñāpāramitā paridamayati prajñāpāramitā pariṇamayati na krodhaṃ vardhayati na mānaṃ vardhayati /
ASāh, 3, 12.8 tebhyo 'pyalpebhyo 'lpatarakāste ye 'nuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittānyutpādya
taṃ cittotpādaṃ bṛṃhayanti /
ASāh, 3, 12.32 sacetkauśika yāvantaś cāturmahādvīpake lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpair divyair dhūpair divyair gandhair divyairmālyairdivyaiścūrṇair divyairvastrairdivyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryāt gurukuryāt mānayet pūjayet arcayet apacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.37 yāvantaḥ kauśika sāhasre cūlikāyāṃ lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpairdivyairdhūpairdivyair gandhair divyairmālyair divyairvilepanair divyaiścūrṇairdivyairvastrair divyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.41 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika sāhasre cūlikāyāṃ lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yāvantaḥ kauśika dvisāhasre madhyame lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpairdivyairdhūpair divyairgandhair divyairmālyair divyairvilepanair divyaiścūrṇair divyaiśchatrairdivyair dhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhirdivyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.45 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika dvisāhasre madhyame lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yāvantaḥ kauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ teṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyaiḥ puṣpair divyairdhūpair divyairgandhairdivyairmālyair divyaiścūrṇair divyairvastrairdivyaiśchatrair divyairdhvajair divyābhirghaṇṭābhir divyābhiḥ patākābhiḥ samantācca divyadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyābhiḥ pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarvasattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 12.49 tiṣṭhantu khalu punaḥ kauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sarvasattvāḥ yeṣāmekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca yāvajjīvaṃ divyābhiḥ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca dīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca pūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet ye 'pi kecitkauśika trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau sattvāḥ sacetpunaste sarve apūrvācaramaṃ mānuṣyakamātmabhāvaṃ pratilabheran parikalpamupādāya tata ekaikaḥ sattva ekaikaṃ saptaratnamayaṃ tathāgatadhātugarbhaṃ stūpaṃ kārayet ekaikaś ca sattvastān sarvān stūpān kārayet kārayitvā ca tān pratiṣṭhāpya kalpaṃ vā kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā sarvavādyaiḥ sarvagītaiḥ sarvanṛtyaiḥ sarvatūryatālāvacarairdivyaiḥ sarvapuṣpaiḥ sarvadhūpaiḥ sarvagandhaiḥ sarvamālyaiḥ sarvavilepanaiḥ sarvacūrṇaiḥ sarvavastrairdivyābhiḥ sarvacchatradhvajaghaṇṭāpatākābhiḥ samantācca sarvadīpamālābhiḥ bahuvidhābhiś ca divyamānuṣikībhiḥ sarvapūjābhiḥ satkuryādgurukuryānmānayet pūjayedarcayedapacāyet ete evaṃrūpayā puṇyakriyayā te sarve sattvāstānaprameyānasaṃkhyeyān stūpān pratiṣṭhāpya evaṃrūpāṃ pūjāṃ kārayeyuḥ tatkiṃ manyase kauśika api nu te sarve sattvāstatonidānaṃ bahu puṇyaṃ prasaveyuḥ śakra āha bahu bhagavan bahu sugata /
ASāh, 3, 25.3 sa upālambhān api prajñāpāramitāvihārī na samanupaśyati upālambhakarān api prajñāpāramitāvihārī na samanupaśyati yo 'pyupālabhyeta
tam api na samanupaśyati tām api prajñāpāramitāṃ na samanupaśyati /
ASāh, 4, 1.30 anayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayorekatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayoryaste bhāgo
'bhipretastamekaṃ bhāgaṃ gṛhāṇeti tatra imāmevāhaṃ bhagavan prajñāpāramitāṃ parigṛhṇīyām /
ASāh, 4, 1.44 tasya
taṃ vātaṃ nigṛhṇīyāt na vivardhayet upaśamayet /
ASāh, 4, 1.47 śleṣmaṇāpi parigṛddhe sarvato bādhyamāne śarīre sthāpyeta tasya
tam api śleṣmāṇaṃ nigṛhṇīyāt na vivardhayet upaśamayet /
ASāh, 4, 1.48 sāṃnipātikenāpi vyādhinā duḥkhitasya śarīre sthāpyeta tasya
tam api sāṃnipātikaṃ vyādhiṃ nigṛhṇīyāt na vivardhayet upaśamayet /
ASāh, 4, 1.60 yo 'pi tasyodakasya
kaluṣabhāvastam api prasādayet /
ASāh, 4, 2.14 tatra cenmāṃ bhagavan kaścideva pravārayedanyatareṇa bhāgena pravāryamāṇo 'nayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayoḥ yaste bhāgo 'bhipretaḥ
tamekaṃ bhāgaṃ parigṛhṇīṣveti tatra imāmevāhaṃ bhagavaṃstayordvayorbhāgayoḥ sthāpitayorbhāgaṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ yaduta prajñāpāramitām /
ASāh, 6, 8.1 punaraparam ārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena yathā atītānām evamanāgatānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbhotsyante yāvacca anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāsyanti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardhāsyati etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ ye ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayiṣyanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣiṣyante 'dhimokṣayiṣyanti pratiṣṭhāsyanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākariṣyanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākariṣyanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api
sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śroṣyanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti ye ca sattvāsteṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayiṣyanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣam anumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 9.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāmaprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu tiṣṭhatāṃ dhriyamāṇānāṃ yāpayatāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyante yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvānti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardadhāti etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaṃ ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣante 'dhimokṣayanti pratitiṣṭhanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākurvanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākurvanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca devānāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā manuṣyāmanuṣyā vā
taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 9.1 punaraparamārya subhūte bodhisattvena mahāsattvena pratyutpannānāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ chinnavartmanāṃ chinnavartmanīnāṃ chinnaprapañcabhavanetrīkāṇām aprameyāṇām asaṃkhyeyānāmaprameyāsaṃkhyeyeṣu trisāhasramahāsāhasreṣu lokadhātuṣu tiṣṭhatāṃ dhriyamāṇānāṃ yāpayatāṃ yāvatprathamacittotpādamupādāya yāvacca anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyante yāvacca nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvānti yāvacca saddharmo nāntardadhāti etasmin antare yāni teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yaś ca teṣāṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ śīlaskandhaḥ samādhiskandhaḥ prajñāskandho vimuktiskandho vimuktijñānadarśanaskandhaḥ yā ca hitaiṣitā yā ca mahāmaitrī yā ca mahākaruṇā ye ca aprameyāsaṃkhyeyā buddhaguṇāḥ yaṃ ca te buddhā bhagavanto dharmaṃ deśayanti ye ca tasmin dharme śikṣante 'dhimokṣayanti pratitiṣṭhanti teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavanto bodhisattvān mahāsattvān vyākurvanti anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni ṣaṭpāramitāpratisaṃyuktāni kuśalamūlāni yāṃś ca te buddhā bhagavantaḥ pratyekabuddhayānikān pudgalān vyākurvanti pratyekabodhau teṣāṃ ca yāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śrāvakayānikānāṃ pudgalānāṃ dānamayāni kuśalamūlāni śīlamayāni kuśalamūlāni bhāvanāmayāni kuśalamūlāni yāni ca śaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni yāni ca aśaikṣāṇyanāsravāṇi kuśalamūlāni ye ca tasmin dharme pṛthagjanāḥ kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca devānāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragā manuṣyāmanuṣyā vā taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca tiryagyonigatā api
sattvāstaṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti śrutvā ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti ye ca teṣu buddheṣu bhagavatsu parinirvāyatsu parinirvṛteṣu ca kuśalamūlānyavaropayanti teṣāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yāni kuśalamūlāni tāni sarvāṇyekato 'bhisaṃkṣipya piṇḍayitvā tulayitvā niravaśeṣya niravaśeṣamanumoditavyāni /
ASāh, 6, 10.9 sacetpunarbodhisattvastaṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraṃ saṃjānīte na pariṇāmayatyanuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau /
ASāh, 6, 11.6 atha
taṃ pariṇāmayati niviśate nimittīkaroti mithyā pariṇāmayati /
ASāh, 7, 2.1 atha khalu śakrasya devānāmindrasyaitadabhūt kuto nu bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā atha khalu śakro devānāmindra āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputrametadavocat kuta iyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā kiṃnidānā bateyamāryasya śāriputrasya pṛcchā jātā evamukte āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyaparigṛhītaḥ kauśika bodhisattvo mahāsattvo 'numodanāsahagataṃ puṇyakriyāvastu sarvajñatāyāṃ pariṇāmayaṃsteṣāṃ paurvakāṇāmaupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yaś ca dānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ yaś ca śīlamayo yaś ca kṣāntimayo yaś ca vīryamayo yaś ca dhyānamayaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ
taṃ sarvamabhibhavatīti /
ASāh, 8, 18.3 atha khalvāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ śakraṃ devānāmindrametadavocat samanupaśyasi tvaṃ kauśika
taṃ dharmaṃ yasya dharmasya rakṣāvaraṇaguptiṃ kariṣyasi śakra āha no hīdamārya subhūte /
ASāh, 11, 1.89 ṣaṣṭikodanaṃ labdhvā śatarasaṃ bhojanamutsṛjya vivarjya
taṃ ṣaṣṭikodanaṃ paribhoktavyaṃ manyeta /
ASāh, 11, 9.5 evaṃ te kulaputrāḥ kuladuhitaraś ca arthikatayā chandikatayā dharmagauraveṇa
taṃ dharmabhāṇakamanuvartsyanti na cāvakāśaṃ dāsyanti sa ca dharmabhāṇaka āmiṣakiṃcitkābhilāṣī te ca na dātukāmāḥ /
Aṣṭādhyāyī
Buddhacarita
BCar, 1, 39.2 prāpurna pūrve munayo nṛpāśca rājñeti pṛṣṭā jagadur
dvijāstam //
BCar, 1, 50.1 taṃ brahmavid brahmavidaṃ jvalantaṃ brāhmyā śriyā caiva tapaḥśriyā ca /
BCar, 1, 52.1 tato
nṛpastaṃ munimāsanasthaṃ pādyārghyapūrvaṃ pratipūjya samyak /
BCar, 1, 63.2 yasyottamaṃ bhāvinamāttha cārthaṃ
taṃ prekṣya kasmāttava dhīra bāṣpaḥ //
BCar, 2, 31.2 taṃ tatra nāryo ramayāṃbabhūvur bhrūvañcitair ardhanirīkṣitaiśca //
BCar, 2, 48.2 kāle sa
taṃ taṃ vidhim ālalambe putrapriyaḥ svargamivārurukṣan //
BCar, 2, 48.2 kāle sa taṃ
taṃ vidhim ālalambe putrapriyaḥ svargamivārurukṣan //
BCar, 3, 11.1 taṃ tuṣṭuvuḥ saumyaguṇena kecidvavandire dīptatayā tathānye /
BCar, 3, 22.1 taṃ tāḥ kumāraṃ pathi vīkṣamāṇāḥ striyo babhur gām iva gantukāmāḥ /
BCar, 3, 23.1 dṛṣṭvā ca
taṃ rājasutaṃ striyastā jājvalyamānaṃ vapuṣā śriyā ca /
BCar, 3, 27.1 tataḥ kumāro jarayābhibhūtaṃ dṛṣṭvā narebhyaḥ pṛthagākṛtiṃ
tam /
BCar, 3, 40.2 dṛṣṭvā ca
taṃ sārathimābabhāṣe śauddhodanistadgatadṛṣṭireva //
BCar, 3, 43.1 ityūcivān rājasutaḥ sa
bhūyastaṃ sānukampo naramīkṣamāṇaḥ /
BCar, 3, 48.2 taṃ dvistathā prekṣya ca saṃnivṛttaṃ paryeṣaṇaṃ bhūmipatiścakāra //
BCar, 3, 54.2 taṃ caiva mārge mṛtamuhyamānaṃ sūtaḥ kumāraśca dadarśa nānyaḥ //
BCar, 3, 63.1 iti bruvāṇe 'pi narādhipātmaje nivartayāmāsa sa naiva
taṃ ratham /
BCar, 4, 37.2 taṃ svasthaṃ codayantīva vañcito 'sītyavekṣitaiḥ //
BCar, 5, 17.1 naradevasutastamabhyapṛcchadvada ko 'sīti śaśaṃsa so 'tha tasmai /
BCar, 5, 24.2 iti
taṃ samudīkṣya rājakanyā praviśantaṃ pathi sāñjalirjagāda //
BCar, 5, 45.1 tata
uttamamuttamāṅganāstaṃ niśi tūryairupatasthurindrakalpam /
BCar, 5, 72.2 balasattvajavānvayopapannaṃ sa varāśvaṃ
tamupānināya bhartre //
BCar, 5, 74.1 upaguhya sa
taṃ viśālavakṣāḥ kamalābhena ca sāntvayan kareṇa /
BCar, 6, 57.1 niṣkāsya
taṃ cotpalapattranīlaṃ cicheda citraṃ mukuṭaṃ sakeśam /
BCar, 6, 58.1 pūjābhilāṣeṇa ca bāhumānyād
divaukasastaṃ jagṛhuḥ praviddham /
BCar, 6, 60.2 kāṣāyavastro 'bhiyayau samīpaṃ
taṃ śākyarājaprabhavo 'bhyuvāca //
BCar, 7, 1.2 sarvārthasiddho vapuṣābhibhūya
tamāśramaṃ siddha iva prapede //
BCar, 7, 3.2 tamindrakalpaṃ dadṛśurna jagmurdhuryā ivārdhāvanataiḥ śirobhiḥ //
BCar, 7, 4.2 tapaḥpradhānāḥ kṛtabuddhayo 'pi
taṃ draṣṭumīyurna maṭhānabhīyuḥ //
BCar, 7, 6.1 dṛṣṭvā
tamikṣvākukulapradīpaṃ jvalantamudyantamivāṃśumantam /
BCar, 7, 10.2 tamāśramaṃ so 'nucacāra dhīrastapāṃsi citrāṇi nirīkṣamāṇaḥ //
BCar, 7, 35.1 anvavrajannāśramiṇastatastaṃ tadrūpamāhātmyagatairmanobhiḥ /
BCar, 7, 37.1 athopasṛtyāśramavāsinastaṃ manuṣyavaryaṃ parivārya tasthuḥ /
BCar, 7, 58.1 paramamiti tato
nṛpātmajastamṛṣijanaṃ pratinandya niryayau /
BCar, 7, 58.2 vidhivadanuvidhāya te 'pi
taṃ praviviśurāśramiṇastapovanam //
BCar, 8, 2.2 iyāya bharturvirahaṃ
vicintayaṃstameva panthānamahobhiraṣṭabhiḥ //
BCar, 8, 54.1 abhāginī nūnamiyaṃ vasuṃdharā
tamāryakarmāṇamanuttamaṃ patim /
BCar, 8, 80.2 ime parīpsanti hi
taṃ pipāsavo mamāsavaḥ pretagatiṃ yiyāsavaḥ //
BCar, 8, 82.1 śrutavinayaguṇānvitastatastaṃ matisacivaḥ pravayāḥ purohitaśca /
BCar, 9, 2.1 tamāśramaṃ jātapariśramau tāvupetya kāle sadṛśānuyātrau /
BCar, 9, 3.1 tau
nyāyatastaṃ pratipūjya vipraṃ tenārcitau tāvapi cānurūpam /
BCar, 9, 7.1 tasmāttatastāvupalabhya tattvaṃ
taṃ vipramāmantrya tadaiva sadyaḥ /
BCar, 9, 8.1 yāntau tatastau mṛjayā vihīnamapaśyatāṃ
taṃ vapuṣojjvalantam /
BCar, 9, 9.1 yānaṃ vihāyopayayau
tatastaṃ purohito mantradhareṇa sārdham /
BCar, 9, 10.1 tāvarcayāmāsatur arhatas
taṃ divīva śukrāṅgirasau mahendram /
BCar, 9, 12.1 taṃ vṛkṣamūlasthamabhijvalantaṃ purohito rājasutaṃ babhāṣe /
BCar, 9, 24.2 tasmāttamuttāraya nāthahīnaṃ nirāśrayaṃ magnamivārṇave nauḥ //
BCar, 9, 28.2 taṃ rāhulaṃ mokṣaya bandhuśokādrāhūpasargādeva pūrṇacandram //
BCar, 9, 81.2 durdharṣaṃ ravimiva dīptamātmabhāsā
taṃ draṣṭuṃ na hi pathi śekaturna moktum //
BCar, 10, 4.1 taṃ prekṣya yo 'nyena yayau sa tasthau yastatra tasthau pathi so 'nvagacchat /
BCar, 10, 5.1 kaścittamānarca janaḥ karābhyāṃ satkṛtya kaścicchirasā vavande /
BCar, 10, 6.1 taṃ jihriyuḥ prekṣya vicitraveṣāḥ prakīrṇavācaḥ pathi maunamīyuḥ /
BCar, 10, 7.2 taṃ devakalpaṃ naradevasūnuṃ nirīkṣamāṇā na tatarpa dṛṣṭiḥ //
BCar, 10, 9.2 taṃ bhikṣuveṣaṃ kṣitipālanārhaṃ saṃcukṣubhe rājagṛhasya lakṣmīḥ //
BCar, 10, 10.2 dadarśa papraccha ca tasya hetuṃ
tatastamasmai puruṣaḥ śaśaṃsa //
BCar, 10, 12.1 tataḥ śrutārtho manasāgatāstho rājā babhāṣe puruṣaṃ
tameva /
BCar, 10, 19.1 taṃ rūpalakṣmyā ca śamena caiva dharmasya nirmāṇamivopaviṣṭam /
BCar, 10, 20.1 taṃ nyāyato nyāyavidāṃ variṣṭhaṃ sametya papraccha ca dhātusāmyam /
BCar, 11, 59.2 tameva manye puruṣārthamuttamaṃ na vidyate yatra punaḥ punaḥ kriyā //
BCar, 11, 73.2 parivrajantaṃ
tamudīkṣya vismito nṛpo 'pi vavrāja puriṃ girivrajam //
BCar, 13, 2.2 kāmapracārādhipatiṃ
tameva mokṣadviṣaṃ māramudāharanti //
BCar, 13, 16.2 na cintayatyeṣa
tameva bāṇaṃ kiṃ syādacitto na śaraḥ sa eṣaḥ //
BCar, 13, 28.1 taṃ prekṣya mārasya ca pūrvarātre śākyarṣabhasyaiva ca yuddhakālam /
Carakasaṃhitā
Ca, Sū., 4, 22.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ naitadevaṃ buddhimatā draṣṭavyamagniveśa /
Ca, Sū., 14, 46.1 atha jentākaṃ cikīrṣurbhūmiṃ parīkṣeta tatra pūrvasyāṃ diśyuttarasyāṃ vā guṇavati praśaste bhūmibhāge kṛṣṇamadhuramṛttike suvarṇamṛttike vā parīvāpapuṣkariṇyādīnāṃ jalāśayānāmanyatamasya kūle dakṣiṇe paścime vā sūpatīrthe samasuvibhaktabhūmibhāge saptāṣṭau vāratnīr upakramyodakāt prāṅmukham udaṅmukhaṃ vābhimukhatīrthaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ kārayet utsedhavistārataḥ paramaratnīḥ ṣoḍaśa samantāt suvṛttaṃ mṛtkarmasampannam anekavātāyanam asya kūṭāgārasyāntaḥ samantato bhittimaratnivistārotsedhāṃ piṇḍikāṃ kārayed ā kapāṭāt madhye cāsya kūṭāgārasya catuṣkiṣkumātraṃ puruṣapramāṇaṃ mṛnmayaṃ kandusaṃsthānaṃ bahusūkṣmacchidramaṅgārakoṣṭhakastambhaṃ sapidhānaṃ kārayet
taṃ ca khādirāṇām āśvakarṇādīnāṃ vā kāṣṭhānāṃ pūrayitvā pradīpayet sa yadā jānīyāt sādhu dagdhāni kāṣṭhāni gatadhūmānyavataptaṃ ca kevalamagninā tadagnigṛhaṃ svedayogyena coṣmaṇā yuktamiti tatrainaṃ puruṣaṃ vātaharābhyaktagātraṃ vastrāvacchannaṃ praveśayaṃścainamanuśiṣyāt saumya praviśa kalyāṇāyārogyāya ceti praviśya caināṃ piṇḍikāmadhiruhya pārśvāparapārśvābhyāṃ yathāsukhaṃ śayīthāḥ na ca tvayā svedamūrcchāparītenāpi satā piṇḍikaiṣā vimoktavyā ā prāṇocchvāsāt bhraśyamāno hyataḥ piṇḍivakāvakāśād dvāram anadhigacchan svedamūrcchāparītatayā sadyaḥ prāṇāñjahyāḥ tasmāt piṇḍikāmenāṃ na kathaṃcana muñcethāḥ tvaṃ yadā jānīyāḥ vigatābhiṣyandamātmānaṃ samyakprasrutasvedapicchaṃ sarvasrotovimuktaṃ laghūbhūtam apagatavibandhastambhasuptivedanāgauravam iti tatastāṃ piṇḍikāmanusaran dvāraṃ prapadyethāḥ niṣkramya ca na sahasā cakṣuṣoḥ paripālanārthaṃ śītodakam upaspṛśethāḥ apagatasantāpaklamastu muhūrtāt sukhoṣṇena vāriṇā yathānyāyaṃ pariṣikto 'śnīyāḥ iti jentākasvedaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 15, 5.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śakyaṃ tathā pratividhātum asmābhir asmadvidhair vāpyagniveśa yathā prativihite sidhyedevauṣadhamekāntena tacca prayogasauṣṭhavamupadeṣṭuṃ yathāvat nahi kaścidasti ya etadevamupadiṣṭamupadhārayitumutsaheta upadhārya vā tathā pratipattuṃ prayoktuṃ vā sūkṣmāṇi hi doṣabheṣajadeśakālabalaśarīrāhārasātmyasattvaprakṛtivayasām avasthāntarāṇi yānyanucintyamānāni vimalavipulabuddherapi buddhimākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punaralpabuddheḥ tasmādubhayametadyathāvadupadekṣyāmaḥ samyakprayogaṃ cauṣadhānāṃ vyāpannānāṃ ca vyāpatsādhanāni siddhiṣūttarakālam //
Ca, Sū., 15, 8.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ yathoktābhyāṃ snehasvedābhyāṃ yathārhamupapādayet taṃ cedasminnantare mānasaḥ śārīro vā vyādhiḥ kaścittīvrataraḥ sahasābhyāgacchet tameva tāvadasyopāvartayituṃ yateta tatastamupāvartya tāvantamevainaṃ kālaṃ tathāvidhenaiva karmaṇopācaret //
Ca, Sū., 15, 8.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ yathoktābhyāṃ snehasvedābhyāṃ yathārhamupapādayet
taṃ cedasminnantare mānasaḥ śārīro vā vyādhiḥ kaścittīvrataraḥ sahasābhyāgacchet tameva tāvadasyopāvartayituṃ yateta tatastamupāvartya tāvantamevainaṃ kālaṃ tathāvidhenaiva karmaṇopācaret //
Ca, Sū., 15, 8.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ yathoktābhyāṃ snehasvedābhyāṃ yathārhamupapādayet taṃ cedasminnantare mānasaḥ śārīro vā vyādhiḥ kaścittīvrataraḥ sahasābhyāgacchet
tameva tāvadasyopāvartayituṃ yateta tatastamupāvartya tāvantamevainaṃ kālaṃ tathāvidhenaiva karmaṇopācaret //
Ca, Sū., 15, 8.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ yathoktābhyāṃ snehasvedābhyāṃ yathārhamupapādayet taṃ cedasminnantare mānasaḥ śārīro vā vyādhiḥ kaścittīvrataraḥ sahasābhyāgacchet tameva tāvadasyopāvartayituṃ yateta
tatastamupāvartya tāvantamevainaṃ kālaṃ tathāvidhenaiva karmaṇopācaret //
Ca, Sū., 15, 9.1 tatastaṃ puruṣaṃ snehasvedopapannamanupahatamanasamabhisamīkṣya sukhoṣitaṃ suprajīrṇabhaktaṃ śiraḥsnātamanuliptagātraṃ sragviṇamanupahatavastrasaṃvītaṃ devatāgnidvijaguruvṛddhavaidyānarcitavantamiṣṭe nakṣatratithikaraṇamuhūrte kārayitvā brāhmaṇān svastivācanaṃ prayuktābhir āśīrbhir abhimantritāṃ madhumadhukasaindhavaphāṇitopahitāṃ madanaphalakaṣāyamātrāṃ pāyayet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 12.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu vātavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu vāyor idam ātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehā vātavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā raukṣyaṃ śaityaṃ lāghavaṃ vaiśadyaṃ gatiramūrtatvam anavasthitatvaṃ ceti vāyorātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca vāyoḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati
taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā sraṃsabhraṃśavyāsasaṅgabhedasādaharṣatarṣakampavartacālatodavyathāceṣṭādīni tathā kharaparuṣaviśadasuṣirāruṇavarṇakaṣāyavirasamukhatvaśoṣaśūlasuptisaṃkocanastambhanakhañjatādīni ca vāyoḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ vātavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 12.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu vātavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu vāyor idam ātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehā vātavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā raukṣyaṃ śaityaṃ lāghavaṃ vaiśadyaṃ gatiramūrtatvam anavasthitatvaṃ ceti vāyorātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca vāyoḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ
taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā sraṃsabhraṃśavyāsasaṅgabhedasādaharṣatarṣakampavartacālatodavyathāceṣṭādīni tathā kharaparuṣaviśadasuṣirāruṇavarṇakaṣāyavirasamukhatvaśoṣaśūlasuptisaṃkocanastambhanakhañjatādīni ca vāyoḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ vātavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 13.0 taṃ madhurāmlalavaṇasnigdhoṣṇairupakramair upakrameta snehasvedāsthāpanānuvāsananastaḥkarmabhojanābhyaṅgotsādanapariṣekādibhir vātaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya tatrāsthāpanānuvāsanaṃ tu khalu sarvatropakramebhyo vāte pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita eva pakvāśayamanupraviśya kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ vātamūlaṃ chinatti tatrāvajite'pi vāte śarīrāntargatā vātavikārāḥ praśāntimāpadyante yathā vanaspatermūle chinne skandhaśākhāprarohakusumaphalapalāśādīnāṃ niyato vināśastadvat //
Ca, Sū., 20, 15.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu pittavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu pittasyedamātmarūpamapariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ pittavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā auṣṇyaṃ taikṣṇyaṃ dravatvam anatisneho varṇaśca śuklāruṇavarjo gandhaśca visro rasau ca kaṭukāmlau saratvaṃ ca pittasyātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca pittasya karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati
taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā dāhauṣṇyapākasvedakledakothakaṇḍūsrāvarāgā yathāsvaṃ ca gandhavarṇarasābhinirvartanaṃ pittasya karmāṇi tair anvitaṃ pittavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 15.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu pittavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu pittasyedamātmarūpamapariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ pittavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā auṣṇyaṃ taikṣṇyaṃ dravatvam anatisneho varṇaśca śuklāruṇavarjo gandhaśca visro rasau ca kaṭukāmlau saratvaṃ ca pittasyātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca pittasya karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ
taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā dāhauṣṇyapākasvedakledakothakaṇḍūsrāvarāgā yathāsvaṃ ca gandhavarṇarasābhinirvartanaṃ pittasya karmāṇi tair anvitaṃ pittavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 16.0 taṃ madhuratiktakaṣāyaśītair upakramair upakrameta snehavirekapradehapariṣekābhyaṅgādibhiḥ pittaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya virecanaṃ tu sarvopakramebhyaḥ pitte pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita evāmāśayamanupraviśya kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ pittamūlamapakarṣati tatrāvajite pitte'pi śarīrāntargatāḥ pittavikārāḥ praśāntim āpadyante yathāgnau vyapoḍhe kevalamagnigṛhaṃ śītībhavati tadvat //
Ca, Sū., 20, 18.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu śleṣmavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu śleṣmaṇa idamātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ śleṣmavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā snehaśaityaśauklyagauravamādhuryasthairyapaicchilyamārtsnyāni śleṣmaṇa ātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca śleṣmaṇaḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati
taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā śvaityaśaityakaṇḍūsthairyagauravasnehasuptikledopadehabandhamādhuryacirakāritvāni śleṣmaṇaḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ śleṣmavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 18.0 sarveṣvapi khalveteṣu śleṣmavikāreṣūkteṣvanyeṣu cānukteṣu śleṣmaṇa idamātmarūpam apariṇāmi karmaṇaśca svalakṣaṇaṃ yadupalabhya tadavayavaṃ vā vimuktasaṃdehāḥ śleṣmavikāramevādhyavasyanti kuśalāḥ tadyathā snehaśaityaśauklyagauravamādhuryasthairyapaicchilyamārtsnyāni śleṣmaṇa ātmarūpāṇi evaṃvidhatvācca śleṣmaṇaḥ karmaṇaḥ svalakṣaṇamidamasya bhavati taṃ
taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ tadyathā śvaityaśaityakaṇḍūsthairyagauravasnehasuptikledopadehabandhamādhuryacirakāritvāni śleṣmaṇaḥ karmāṇi tairanvitaṃ śleṣmavikāram evādhyavasyet //
Ca, Sū., 20, 19.0 taṃ kaṭukatiktakaṣāyatīkṣṇoṣṇarūkṣair upakramairupakrameta svedavamanaśirovirecanavyāyāmādibhiḥ śleṣmaharair mātrāṃ kālaṃ ca pramāṇīkṛtya vamanaṃ tu sarvopakramebhyaḥ śleṣmaṇi pradhānatamaṃ manyante bhiṣajaḥ taddhyādita evāmāśayam anupraviśyorogataṃ kevalaṃ vaikārikaṃ śleṣmamūlam ūrdhvamutkṣipati tatrāvajite śleṣmaṇyapi śarīrāntargatāḥ śleṣmavikārāḥ praśāntimāpadyante yathā bhinne kedārasetau śāliyavaṣaṣṭikādīny anabhiṣyandyamānānyambhasā praśoṣamāpadyante tadvaditi //
Ca, Sū., 25, 31.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ hitāhāropayoga eka eva puruṣavṛddhikaro bhavati ahitāhāropayogaḥ punarvyādhinimittamiti //
Ca, Sū., 25, 33.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ yadāhārajātamagniveśa samāṃścaiva śarīradhātūn prakṛtau sthāpayati viṣamāṃśca samīkarotītyetaddhitaṃ viddhi viparītaṃ tvahitamiti ityetaddhitāhitalakṣaṇam anapavādaṃ bhavati //
Ca, Sū., 25, 35.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ yeṣāṃ hi viditamāhāratattvamagniveśa guṇato dravyataḥ karmataḥ sarvāvayavaśaśca mātrādayo bhāvāḥ ta etadevamupadiṣṭaṃ vijñātumutsahante /
Ca, Sū., 25, 49.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ dhānyaphalamūlasārapuṣpakāṇḍapattratvaco bhavantyāsavayonayo 'gniveśa saṃgraheṇāṣṭau śarkarānavamīkāḥ /
Ca, Sū., 26, 12.0 anenopadeśena nānauṣadhibhūtaṃ jagati kiṃcid dravyam upalabhyate tāṃ tāṃ yuktim arthaṃ ca
taṃ tam abhipretya //
Ca, Sū., 26, 12.0 anenopadeśena nānauṣadhibhūtaṃ jagati kiṃcid dravyam upalabhyate tāṃ tāṃ yuktim arthaṃ ca taṃ
tam abhipretya //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca
taṃ tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca taṃ
tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Sū., 26, 14.0 bhedaś caiṣāṃ triṣaṣṭividhavikalpo dravyadeśakālaprabhāvād bhavati
tam upadekṣyāmaḥ //
Ca, Sū., 26, 81.0 tam uvāca bhagavān ātreyaḥ dehadhātupratyanīkabhūtāni dravyāṇi dehadhātubhirvirodham āpadyante parasparaguṇaviruddhāni kānicit kānicit saṃyogāt saṃskārād aparāṇi deśakālamātrādibhiś cāparāṇi tathā svabhāvādaparāṇi //
Ca, Sū., 26, 83.0 tanniśamyātreyavacanamanu bhadrakāpyo 'gniveśam uvāca sarvāneva matsyān payasā sahābhyavahared anyatraikasmāc cilicimāt sa punaḥ śakalī lohitanayanaḥ sarvato lohitarājī rohitākāraḥ prāyo bhūmau carati
taṃ cet payasā sahābhyavaharenniḥsaṃśayaṃ śoṇitajānāṃ vibandhajānāṃ ca vyādhīnāmanyatamamathavā maraṇaṃ prāpnuyāditi //
Ca, Sū., 28, 7.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyo na hitāhāropayoginām agniveśa tannimittā vyādhayo jāyante na ca kevalaṃ hitāhāropayogādeva sarvavyādhibhayam atikrāntaṃ bhavati santi hy ṛte 'pyahitāhāropayogād anyā rogaprakṛtayaḥ tadyathā kālaviparyayaḥ prajñāparādhaḥ śabdasparśarūparasagandhāścāsātmyā iti /
Ca, Sū., 29, 9.1 teṣāmidaṃ viśeṣavijñānaṃ bhavati atyarthaṃ vaidyaveṣena ślāghamānā viśikhāntaramanucaranti karmalobhāt śrutvā ca kasyacid āturyam abhitaḥ paripatanti saṃśravaṇe cāsyātmano vaidyaguṇānuccairvadanti yaścāsya vaidyaḥ pratikarma karoti tasya ca doṣānmuhurmuhurudāharanti āturamitrāṇi ca praharṣaṇopajāpopasevādibhir icchantyātmīkartuṃ svalpecchutāṃ cātmanaḥ khyāpayanti karma cāsādya muhurmuhuravalokayanti dākṣyeṇājñānamātmanaḥ pracchādayitukāmāḥ vyādhiṃ cāpāvartayitum aśaknuvato vyādhitam evānupakaraṇam aparicārakam anātmavantam upadiśanti antagataṃ cainam abhisamīkṣyānyam āśrayanti deśam apadeśam ātmanaḥ kṛtvā prākṛtajanasannipāte cātmanaḥ kauśalamakuśalavadvarṇayanti adhīravacca dhairyam apavadanti dhīrāṇāṃ vidvajjanasannipātaṃ cābhisamīkṣya pratibhayamiva kāntāramadhvagāḥ pariharanti dūrāt yaścaiṣāṃ kaścit sūtrāvayavo
bhavatyupayuktastam aprakṛte prakṛtāntare vā satatamudāharanti na cānuyogamicchantyanuyoktuṃ vā mṛtyoriva cānuyogādudvijante na caiṣāmācāryaḥ śiṣyaḥ sabrahmacārī vaivādiko vā kaścit prajñāyata iti //
Ca, Nid., 3, 5.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ samutthānapūrvarūpaliṅgavedanopaśayaviśeṣebhyo viśeṣavijñānaṃ gulmānāṃ bhavatyanyeṣāṃ ca rogāṇāmagniveśa tattu khalu gulmeṣūcyamānaṃ nibodha //
Ca, Nid., 3, 11.1 taṃ prakupitaṃ māruta āmāśayaikadeśe saṃvartya tāneva vedanāprakārānupajanayati ya uktā vātagulme śleṣmā tvasya śītajvarārocakāvipākāṅgamardaharṣahṛdrogacchardinidrālasyastaimityagauravaśirobhitāpānupajanayati api ca gulmasya sthairyagauravakāṭhinyāvagāḍhasuptatāḥ tathā kāsaśvāsapratiśyāyān rājayakṣmāṇaṃ cātipravṛddhaḥ śvaityaṃ tvaṅnakhanayanavadanamūtrapurīṣeṣūpajanayati nidānoktāni cāsya nopaśerate viparītāni copaśerata iti śleṣmagulmaḥ //
Ca, Nid., 4, 37.1 sa prakupitastathāvidhe śarīre visarpan yadā vasāmādāya mūtravahāni srotāṃsi pratipadyate tadā vasāmehamabhinirvartayati yadā punarmajjānaṃ mūtrabastāvākarṣati tadā majjameham abhinirvartayati yadā tu lasīkāṃ mūtrāśaye 'bhivahanmūtramanubandhaṃ cyotayati lasīkātibahutvād vikṣepaṇācca vāyoḥ khalvasyātimūtrapravṛttisaṅgaṃ karoti tadā sa matta iva gajaḥ kṣaratyajasraṃ mūtramavegaṃ
taṃ hastimehinamācakṣate ojaḥ punarmadhurasvabhāvaṃ tad yadā raukṣyādvāyuḥ kaṣāyatvenābhisaṃsṛjya mūtrāśaye 'bhivahati tadā madhumehaṃ karoti //
Ca, Nid., 6, 12.3 taṃ sarvarogāṇāṃ kaṣṭatamatvādrājayakṣmāṇamācakṣate bhiṣajaḥ yasmādvā pūrvamāsīdbhagavataḥ somasyoḍurājasya tasmādrājayakṣmeti //
Ca, Nid., 6, 16.1 durbalaṃ tvatikṣīṇabalamāṃsaśoṇitamalpaliṅgamajātāriṣṭamapi bahuliṅgaṃ jātāriṣṭaṃ ca vidyāt asahatvād vyādhyauṣadhabalasya
taṃ parivarjayet kṣaṇenaiva hi prādurbhavantyariṣṭāni animittaścāriṣṭaprādurbhāva iti //
Ca, Nid., 7, 10.1 yas tu doṣanimittebhya unmādebhyaḥ samutthānapūrvarūpaliṅgavedanopaśayaviśeṣasamanvito bhavaty unmādas
tam āgantukam ācakṣate /
Ca, Nid., 7, 10.4 prajñāparādhāddhyayaṃ devarṣipitṛgandharvayakṣarākṣasapiśācaguruvṛddhasiddhācāryapūjyān avamatyāhitānyācarati anyad vā kiṃcid evaṃvidhaṃ karmāpraśastam ārabhate
tam ātmanā hatam upaghnanto devādayaḥ kurvanty unmattam //
Ca, Nid., 7, 15.3 tatra hiṃsārthinonmādyamāno 'gniṃ praviśati apsu nimajjati sthalācchvabhre vā patati śastrakaśākāṣṭhaloṣṭamuṣṭibhir hantyātmānam anyacca prāṇavadhārthamārabhate kiṃcit
tam asādhyaṃ vidyāt sādhyau punar dvāvitarau //
Ca, Nid., 8, 8.4 samavetasarvaliṅgamapasmāraṃ sānnipātikaṃ vidyāt
tamasādhyamācakṣate /
Ca, Nid., 8, 9.1 teṣāmāganturanubandho bhavatyeva kadācit
tam uttarakālam upadekṣyāmaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 2, 7.3 yo hi mūrtānām āhārajātānāṃ sauhityaṃ gatvā dravaistṛptim āpadyate bhūyastasyām āśayagatā vātapittaśleṣmāṇo 'bhyavahāreṇātimātreṇātiprapīḍyamānāḥ sarve yugapat prakopam āpadyante te
prakupitāstam evāhārarāśim apariṇatam āviśya kukṣyekadeśam annāśritā viṣṭambhayantaḥ sahasā vāpy uttarādharābhyāṃ mārgābhyāṃ pracyāvayantaḥ pṛthak pṛthagimān vikārān abhinirvartayantyatimātrabhoktuḥ /
Ca, Vim., 2, 10.0 taṃ dvividham āmapradoṣam ācakṣate bhiṣajaḥ visūcikām alasakaṃ ca //
Ca, Vim., 2, 12.2 atimātrapraduṣṭāśca doṣāḥ praduṣṭām abaddhamārgās tiryaggacchantaḥ kadācideva kevalamasya śarīraṃ daṇḍavat stambhayanti
tatastaṃ daṇḍālasakam asādhyaṃ bruvate /
Ca, Vim., 3, 6.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ evam asāmānyāvatām apyebhir agniveśa prakṛtyādibhir bhāvair manuṣyāṇāṃ ye'nye bhāvāḥ sāmānyāstadvaiguṇyāt samānakālāḥ samānaliṅgāśca vyādhayo 'bhinirvartamānā janapadam uddhvaṃsayanti /
Ca, Vim., 3, 20.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ sarveṣām apyagniveśa vāyvādīnāṃ yadvaiguṇyamutpadyate tasya mūlamadharmaḥ tanmūlaṃ vāsatkarma pūrvakṛtaṃ tayoryoniḥ prajñāparādha eva /
Ca, Vim., 3, 20.2 tadyathā yadā vai deśanagaranigamajanapadapradhānā dharmam utkramyādharmeṇa prajāṃ vartayanti tadāśritopāśritāḥ paurajanapadā vyavahāropajīvinaśca
tamadharmam abhivardhayanti tataḥ so'dharmaḥ prasabhaṃ dharmam antardhatte tataste 'ntarhitadharmāṇo devatābhirapi tyajyante teṣāṃ tathāntarhitadharmaṇām adharmapradhānānām apakrāntadevatānām ṛtavo vyāpadyante tena nāpo yathākālaṃ devo varṣati na vā varṣati vikṛtaṃ vā varṣati vātā na samyagabhivānti kṣitirvyāpadyate salilānyupaśuṣyanti oṣadhayaḥ svabhāvaṃ parihāyāpadyante vikṛtiṃ tata uddhvaṃsante janapadāḥ spṛśyābhyavahāryadoṣāt //
Ca, Vim., 3, 22.0 rakṣogaṇādibhirvā vividhair bhūtasaṅghais
tamadharmam anyad vāpyapacārāntaram upalabhyābhihanyante //
Ca, Vim., 3, 38.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śrūyatāmagniveśa yathā yānasamāyukto'kṣaḥ prakṛtyaivākṣaguṇairupetaḥ sa ca sarvaguṇopapanno vāhyamāno yathākālaṃ svapramāṇakṣayād evāvasānaṃ gacchet tathāyuḥ śarīropagataṃ balavatprakṛtyā yathāvadupacaryamāṇaṃ svapramāṇakṣayād evāvasānaṃ gacchati sa mṛtyuḥ kāle /
Ca, Vim., 3, 40.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ jvaritasya kāyasamutthānadeśakālān abhisamīkṣya pācanārthaṃ pānīyamuṣṇaṃ prayacchanti bhiṣajaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 7, 4.3 te yadā guruvyādhitaṃ laghuvyādhitarūpamāsādayanti tadā
tamalpadoṣaṃ matvā saṃśodhanakāle 'smai mṛdu saṃśodhanaṃ prayacchanto bhūya evāsya doṣānudīrayanti /
Ca, Vim., 7, 4.4 yadā tu laghuvyādhitaṃ guruvyādhitarūpamāsādayanti tadā
taṃ mahādoṣaṃ matvā saṃśodhanakāle 'smai tīkṣṇaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ prayacchanto doṣānatinirhṛtya śarīramasya kṣiṇvanti /
Ca, Vim., 7, 17.1 athāhareti brūyāt mūlakasarṣapalaśunakarañjaśigrumadhuśigrukharapuṣpābhūstṛṇasumukhasurasakuṭherakagaṇḍīrakālamālakaparṇāsakṣavakaphaṇijjhakāni sarvāṇyathavā yathālābhaṃ tānyāhṛtānyabhisamīkṣya khaṇḍaśaśchedayitvā prakṣālya pānīyena suprakṣālitāyāṃ sthālyāṃ samāvāpya gomūtreṇārdhodakenābhiṣicya sādhayet satatamavaghaṭṭayan darvyā
tamupayuktabhūyiṣṭhe 'mbhasi gataraseṣvauṣadheṣu sthālīmavatārya suparipūtaṃ kaṣāyaṃ sukhoṣṇaṃ madanaphalapippalīviḍaṅgakalkatailopahitaṃ svarjikālavaṇitamabhyāsicya bastau vidhivadāsthāpayedenaṃ tathārkālarkakuṭajāḍhakīkuṣṭhakaiḍaryakaṣāyeṇa vā tathā śigrupīlukustumburukaṭukāsarṣapakaṣāyeṇa tathā āmalakaśṛṅgaveradāruharidrāpicumardakaṣāyeṇa madanaphalādisaṃyogasampāditena trivāraṃ saptarātraṃ vāsthāpayet //
Ca, Vim., 7, 21.1 yastvabhyavahāryavidhiḥ prakṛtivighātāyoktaḥ krimīṇāmatha
tamanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ mūlakaparṇīṃ samūlāgrapratānāmāhṛtya khaṇḍaśaśchedayitvolūkhale kṣodayitvā pāṇibhyāṃ pīḍayitvā rasaṃ gṛhṇīyāt tena rasena lohitaśālitaṇḍulapiṣṭaṃ samāloḍya pūpalikāṃ kṛtvā vidhūmeṣvaṅgāreṣūpakuḍya viḍaṅgatailalavaṇopahitāṃ krimikoṣṭhāya bhakṣayituṃ prayacchet anantaraṃ cāmlakāñjikamudaśvidvā pippalyādipañcavargasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ salavaṇam anupāyayet /
Ca, Vim., 7, 23.1 tathā bhallātakāsthīnyāhṛtya kalaśapramāṇena cāpothya snehabhāvite dṛḍhe kalaśe sūkṣmānekacchidrabradhne śarīram upaveṣṭya mṛdāvalipte samāvāpyoḍupena pidhāya bhūmāvākaṇṭhaṃ nikhātasya snehabhāvitasyaivānyasya dṛḍhasya kumbhasyopari samāropya samantādgomayairupacitya dāhayet sa yadā jānīyāt sādhu dagdhāni gomayāni vigatasnehāni ca bhallātakāsthīnīti
tatastaṃ kumbhamuddharet /
Ca, Vim., 7, 26.4 tatastamavatārya śītībhūtamahatena vāsasā paripūya śucau dṛḍhe kalaśe samāsicya pidhānena pidhāya śuklena vastrapaṭṭenāvacchādya sūtreṇa subaddhaṃ suniguptaṃ nidhāpayet /
Ca, Vim., 8, 5.1 tamupasṛtyārirādhayiṣurupacaredagnivacca devavacca rājavacca pitṛvacca bhartṛvaccāpramattaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 8, 11.1 tamupasthitamājñāya same śucau deśe prākpravaṇe udakpravaṇe vā catuṣkiṣkumātraṃ caturasraṃ sthaṇḍilaṃ gomayodakenopaliptaṃ kuśāstīrṇaṃ suparihitaṃ paridhibhiścaturdiśaṃ yathoktacandanodakumbhakṣaumahemahiraṇyarajatamaṇimuktāvidrumālaṃkṛtaṃ medhyabhakṣyagandhaśuklapuṣpalājasarṣapākṣatopaśobhitaṃ kṛtvā tatra pālāśībhir aiṅgudībhir audumbarībhir mādhukībhir vā samidbhiragnimupasamādhāya prāṅmukhaḥ śuciradhyayanavidhimanuvidhāya madhusarpirbhyāṃ tristrir juhuyād agnim āśīḥsamprayuktair mantrair brahmāṇamagniṃ dhanvantariṃ prajāpatimaśvināvindramṛṣīṃśca sūtrakārānabhimantrayamāṇaḥ pūrvaṃ svāheti //
Ca, Śār., 2, 15.2 taṃ strī prasūte sucireṇa garbhaṃ puṣṭo yadā varṣagaṇairapi syāt //
Ca, Śār., 3, 8.2 garbhātmā hyantarātmā yaḥ
taṃ jīva ityācakṣate śāśvatam arujam ajaram amaram akṣayam abhedyam achedyam aloḍyaṃ viśvarūpaṃ viśvakarmāṇam avyaktam anādim anidhanam akṣaram api /
Ca, Śār., 4, 24.3 taṃ caivārthamabhisamīkṣyāṣṭamaṃ māsamagaṇyamityācakṣate kuśalāḥ //
Ca, Śār., 4, 30.1 yatastu kārtsnyenāvinaśyan vikṛtimāpadyate tad anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ yadā striyā doṣaprakopaṇoktānyāsevamānāyā doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ śarīramupasarpantaḥ śoṇitagarbhāśayāvupapadyante na ca kārtsnyena śoṇitagarbhāśayau dūṣayanti tadeyaṃ garbhaṃ labhate strī tadā tasya garbhasya mātṛjānāmavayavānāmanyatamo 'vayavo vikṛtimāpadyata eko 'thavāneke yasya yasya hyavayavasya bīje bījabhāge vā doṣāḥ prakopamāpadyante
taṃ tamavayavaṃ vikṛtirāviśati /
Ca, Śār., 4, 30.1 yatastu kārtsnyenāvinaśyan vikṛtimāpadyate tad anuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ yadā striyā doṣaprakopaṇoktānyāsevamānāyā doṣāḥ prakupitāḥ śarīramupasarpantaḥ śoṇitagarbhāśayāvupapadyante na ca kārtsnyena śoṇitagarbhāśayau dūṣayanti tadeyaṃ garbhaṃ labhate strī tadā tasya garbhasya mātṛjānāmavayavānāmanyatamo 'vayavo vikṛtimāpadyata eko 'thavāneke yasya yasya hyavayavasya bīje bījabhāge vā doṣāḥ prakopamāpadyante taṃ
tamavayavaṃ vikṛtirāviśati /
Ca, Śār., 5, 4.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ aparisaṃkhyeyā lokāvayavaviśeṣāḥ puruṣāvayavaviśeṣā apyaparisaṃkhyeyāḥ teṣāṃ yathāsthūlaṃ katicidbhāvān sāmānyamabhipretyodāhariṣyāmaḥ tānekamanā nibodha samyagupavarṇyamānānagniveśa /
Ca, Śār., 6, 21.1 tamevamuktavantamagniveśaṃ bhagavān punarvasurātreya uvāca pūrvam uktam etadgarbhāvakrāntau yathāyamabhinivartate kukṣau yāsya yadā saṃtiṣṭhate'ṅgajātam /
Ca, Śār., 6, 28.8 yasya ceṣṭaṃ yo yadā mriyate sa tasya mṛtyukāla iti tasya sarve bhāvā yathāsvaṃ niyatakālā bhaviṣyanti tacca nopapadyate pratyakṣaṃ hyakālāhāravacanakarmaṇāṃ phalamaniṣṭaṃ viparyaye ceṣṭaṃ pratyakṣataścopalabhyate khalu kālākālavyaktistāsu tāsvavasthāsu
taṃ tamartham abhisamīkṣya tadyathā kālo'yamasya vyādherāhārasyauṣadhasya pratikarmaṇo visargasya akālo veti /
Ca, Śār., 6, 28.8 yasya ceṣṭaṃ yo yadā mriyate sa tasya mṛtyukāla iti tasya sarve bhāvā yathāsvaṃ niyatakālā bhaviṣyanti tacca nopapadyate pratyakṣaṃ hyakālāhāravacanakarmaṇāṃ phalamaniṣṭaṃ viparyaye ceṣṭaṃ pratyakṣataścopalabhyate khalu kālākālavyaktistāsu tāsvavasthāsu taṃ
tamartham abhisamīkṣya tadyathā kālo'yamasya vyādherāhārasyauṣadhasya pratikarmaṇo visargasya akālo veti /
Ca, Śār., 7, 4.1 tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ śṛṇu matto'gniveśa sarvaśarīram ācakṣāṇasya yathāpraśnamekamanā yathāvat /
Ca, Śār., 8, 26.2 upavāsavratakarmaparāyāḥ punaḥ kadāhārāyāḥ snehadveṣiṇyā vātaprakopaṇoktānyāsevamānāyā garbho vṛddhiṃ na prāpnoti pariśuṣkatvāt sa cāpi kālamavatiṣṭhate'timātram aspandanaśca bhavati
taṃ tu nāgodaram ityācakṣate //
Ca, Indr., 3, 6.7 athāsya keśalomānyāyacchettasya cet keśalomānyāyamyamānāni pralucyeran na
cedvedayeyustaṃ parāsuriti vidyāt /
Ca, Cik., 2, 14.0 bhallātakānāṃ jarjarīkṛtānāṃ piṣṭasvedanaṃ pūrayitvā bhūmāv ākaṇṭhaṃ nikhātasya snehabhāvitasya dṛḍhasyopari kumbhasyāropyoḍupenāpidhāya kṛṣṇamṛttikāvaliptaṃ gomayāgnibhir upasvedayet teṣāṃ yaḥ svarasaḥ kumbhaṃ prapadyeta
tam aṣṭabhāgamadhusamprayuktaṃ dviguṇaghṛtam adyāt tatprayogādvarṣaśatamajaraṃ vayastiṣṭhatīti samānaṃ pūrveṇa //
Ca, Cik., 1, 3, 3.0 karapracitānāṃ yathoktaguṇānām āmalakānāmuddhṛtāsthnāṃ śuṣkacūrṇitānāṃ punarmāghe phālgune vā māse triḥsaptakṛtvaḥ svarasaparipītānāṃ punaḥ śuṣkacūrṇīkṛtānām āḍhakam ekaṃ grāhayet atha jīvanīyānāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyānāṃ stanyajananānāṃ śukrajananānāṃ vayaḥsthāpanānāṃ ṣaḍvirecanaśatāśritīyoktānām auṣadhagaṇānāṃ candanāgurudhavatiniśakhadiraśiṃśapāsanasārāṇāṃ cāṇuśaḥ kṛttānām abhayāvibhītakapippalīvacācavyacitrakaviḍaṅgānāṃ ca samastānāmāḍhakamekaṃ daśaguṇenāmbhasā sādhayet tasminnāḍhakāvaśeṣe rase supūte tāny āmalakacūrṇāni dattvā gomayāgnibhir vaṃśavidalaśaratejanāgnibhir vā sādhayed yāvad apanayādrasasya
tam anupadagdham upahṛtyāyasīṣu pātrīṣvāstīrya śoṣayet suśuṣkaṃ tat kṛṣṇājinasyopari dṛṣadi ślakṣṇapiṣṭam ayaḥsthālyāṃ nidhāpayet samyak taccūrṇam ayaś cūrṇāṣṭabhāgasamprayuktaṃ madhusarpirbhyām agnibalam abhisamīkṣya prayojayediti //
Garbhopaniṣat
GarbhOp, 1, 1.2 taṃ saptadhātuṃ trimalaṃ dviyoniṃ caturvidhāhāramayaṃ śarīram //
Lalitavistara
LalVis, 1, 67.1 tadyathā bhagavatā padmottareṇa ca dharmaketunā ca dīpaṃkareṇa ca guṇaketunā ca mahākareṇa ca ṛṣidevena ca śrītejasā ca satyaketunā ca vajrasaṃhatena ca sarvābhibhuvā ca hemavarṇena ca atyuccagāminā ca pravāhasāgareṇa ca puṣpaketunā ca vararūpeṇa ca sulocanena ca ṛṣiguptena ca jinavaktreṇa ca unnatena ca puṣpitena ca ūrṇatejasā ca puṣkareṇa ca suraśminā ca maṅgalena ca sudarśanena ca mahāsiṃhatejasā ca sthitabuddhidattena ca vasantagandhinā ca satyadharmavipulakīrtinā ca tiṣyeṇa ca puṣyeṇa ca lokasundareṇa ca vistīrṇabhedena ca ratnakīrtinā ca ugratejasā ca brahmatejasā ca sughoṣeṇa ca supuṣpeṇa ca sumanojñaghoṣeṇa ca suceṣṭarūpeṇa ca prahasitanetreṇa ca guṇarāśinā ca meghasvareṇa ca sundaravarṇena ca āyustejasā ca salīlagajagāminā ca lokābhilāṣitena ca jitaśatruṇā ca saṃpūjitena ca vipaśyinā ca śikhinā ca viśvabhuvā ca kakucchandena ca kanakamuninā ca kāśyapena ca tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena bhāṣitapūrvaḥ
taṃ bhagavānapyetarhi saṃprakāśayet bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
LalVis, 1, 74.1 atha khalu te bodhisattvāste ca mahāśrāvakā yena bhagavāṃstenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantametadavocan tatsādhu bhagavan
taṃ lalitavistaraṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ deśayatu //
LalVis, 3, 1.1 iti hi bhikṣavo bodhisattva evaṃ dharmakālasaṃcoditaḥ saṃstato mahāvimānānniṣkramya dharmoccayo nāma mahāprāsādo yatra niṣadya bodhisattvastuṣitebhyo devebhyo dharmaṃ deśayati sma
taṃ bodhisattvo 'bhirohati sma abhiruhya ca sudharme siṃhāsane niṣīdati sma /
LalVis, 3, 1.2 atha ye devaputrā bodhisattvasya sabhāgāḥ samayānasamprasthitāste 'pi
tameva prāsādamabhirohanti sma /
LalVis, 3, 1.3 ye ca daśadiksaṃnipatitā bodhisattvāḥ sabhāgacaritā bodhisattvasya devaputrāśca te 'pi
taṃ prāsādamabhiruhya yathāpratyarheṣu siṃhāsaneṣu svakasvakeṣu niṣīdanti sma apagatāpsarogaṇā apagataprākṛtadevaputrāḥ samānādhyāśayaparivārā aṣṭaṣaṣṭikoṭisahasraparivārāḥ //
LalVis, 3, 7.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo
mūrdhābhiṣiktastaṃ maṇiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati atha rātryāmardharātrasamaye 'ndhakāratamisrāyāṃ taṃ maṇiratnaṃ dhvajāgre ucchrāpayitvā udyānabhūmiṃ niryāti subhūmidarśanāya /
LalVis, 3, 7.3 yadā ca rājā kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktastaṃ maṇiratnaṃ mīmāṃsitukāmo bhavati atha rātryāmardharātrasamaye 'ndhakāratamisrāyāṃ
taṃ maṇiratnaṃ dhvajāgre ucchrāpayitvā udyānabhūmiṃ niryāti subhūmidarśanāya /
LalVis, 3, 12.2 sa
taṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā kardama iva śilāyāṃ prasthāya vihāyasā saptatālamātram atyudgamya ca tejodhātuṃ samāpadyolkeva parinirvāṇo 'yam /
LalVis, 3, 13.2 te 'pi
taṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā vihāyasā saptatālamātramatyudgamya tejodhātuṃ samāpadyolkeva parinirvānti sma /
LalVis, 3, 18.7 tamarthaṃ ca sampratītya bodhisattvastuṣitavarabhavanasthaścatvāri mahāvilokitāni vilokayati sma //
LalVis, 3, 28.1 tato
bodhisattvastaṃ mahāntaṃ bodhisattvagaṇaṃ devagaṇaṃ ca vyavalokya etadavocat catuṣṣaṣṭyākārairmārṣāḥ sampannakulaṃ bhavati yatra caramabhaviko bodhisattvaḥ pratyājāyate /
LalVis, 4, 1.2 iti hi bhikṣavo bodhisattvo janmakulaṃ vyavalokya uccadhvajaṃ nāma tuṣitālaye mahāvimānaṃ catuḥṣaṣṭiyojanānyāyāmavistāreṇa yasmin bodhisattvaḥ saṃniṣadya tuṣitebhyo devebhyo dharmaṃ deśayati sma
taṃ mahāvimānaṃ bodhisattvo 'bhirohati sma /
LalVis, 5, 77.21 devakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi pāṇibhiraṃsaiḥ
śirobhistaṃ mahāvimānaṃ vahanti sma /
LalVis, 6, 39.6 ānanda āha ayamasya bhagavan kālaḥ ayaṃ sugata samayaḥ
yattathāgatastaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogamupadarśayed yaṃ dṛṣṭvā prītiṃ vetsyāmaḥ //
LalVis, 6, 40.7 bhagavānāha tena hi tvaṃ brahman upadarśaya
taṃ daśamāsikaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ jñāsyanti kiyatsaṃskṛtamiti //
LalVis, 6, 44.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiścaturaśītyā devakoṭyā nayutaśatasahasraḥ sārdhaṃ
taṃ ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ parigṛhya mahati brāhme vimāne triyojanaśatike pratiṣṭhāpyānekair daivakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraiḥ samantato 'nuparivārya jambūdvīpamavatārayati sma //
LalVis, 6, 46.1 atha khalu
bhagavāṃstaṃ divyaṃ vādyanirghoṣamantardhāpayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 48.1 atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiḥ sārdhaṃ taiścaturaśītyā
devakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraistaṃ ratnavyūhaṃ bodhisattvaparibhogaṃ gṛhītvā yena bhagavāṃstenopasaṃkrāmayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 49.2 na ca
kaścittaṃ padmaṃ paśyati sma anyatra sārathinarottamād daśaśatasāhasrikācca mahābrahmaṇaḥ /
LalVis, 6, 50.1 tamenaṃ mahābrahmā śubhe vaiḍūryabhājane prakṣipya bodhisattvasyopanāmayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 50.2 taṃ bodhisattvaḥ parigṛhya bhuṅkte sma mahābrahmaṇo 'nukampāmupādāya /
LalVis, 6, 50.5 tasya karmaṇo vipākena mahābrahmā bodhisattvasya
taṃ madhubindumupanāmayati sma //
LalVis, 6, 54.6 tadyathāpi nāma mahato 'bhrakūṭādvidyuto niḥsṛtya mahāntamavabhāsaṃ saṃjanayanti evameva bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣigataḥ śriyā tejasā varṇena ca
taṃ prathamaṃ ratnakūṭāgāramavabhāsayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 54.10 tamavabhāsya yatra cāsane niṣaṇṇo bhavati sma tadavabhāsayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 55.13 vicārya punarapi smṛtaḥ
samprajānaṃstaṃ pāṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati sma /
LalVis, 6, 59.1 nirgate ca khalu punarbhikṣavo madhyāhnakālasamaye sāyāhnakālasamaye pratyupasthite atha khalu brahmā sahāpatiranekairbrahmakāyikair devaputraśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ
puraskṛtastaṃ divyamojobindumādāya yena bodhisattvastenopasaṃkrāmati sma bodhisattvaṃ draṣṭuṃ vandituṃ paryupāsituṃ dharmaṃ ca śrotum /
LalVis, 7, 26.1 atha khalu māyādevī lumbinīvanamanupraviśya tasmādrathavarādavatīrya naramarukanyāparivṛtā vṛkṣeṇa vṛkṣaṃ paryaṭantī vanādvanaṃ caṅkramyamāṇā drumād drumaṃ nirīkṣamāṇā anupūrveṇa yenāsau plakṣo mahādrumaratnavarapravaraḥ suvibhaktaśākhaḥ samapatramañjarīdharo divyamānuṣyanānāpuṣpasaṃpuṣpito varapravarasurabhigandhinānāgandhinānāraṅgavastrābhipralambito vividhamaṇivicitraprabhojjvalitaḥ sarvaratnamūladaṇḍaśākhāpatrasamalaṃkṛtaḥ suvibhaktavistīrṇaśākhaḥ karatalanibhe bhūmibhāge suvibhaktavistīrṇanīlatṛṇamayūragrīvāsaṃnibhe kācilindikasukhasaṃsparśe dharaṇītale saṃsthitaḥ pūrvajinajanetryābhinivāsitaḥ devasaṃgītyanugītaḥ śubhavimalaviśuddhaḥ śuddhāvāsadevaśatasahasraiḥ praśāntacittair abhinatajaṭāmakuṭāvalambitāvanatamūrdhabhir
abhinandyamānastaṃ plakṣavṛkṣamupajagāma //
LalVis, 7, 30.1 yasmiṃśca kūṭāgāre bodhisattvo mātuḥ kukṣigato 'sthāt
taṃ brahmā sahāpatirbrahmakāyikāśca devaputrā abhyutkṣipya brahmalokaṃ caityārthaṃ pūjārthaṃ copanāmayāmāsuḥ /
LalVis, 7, 34.1 yadā ca bodhisattvo jātamātraḥ sapta padāni prakrānto 'bhūd asaṃkhyeyākalpakoṭinayutaśatasahasraiḥ sucaritacaraṇair mahāvīryamahāsthāmadharmatāpratilambhena tasmin samaye daśadiglokadhātusthitā buddhā
bhagavantastaṃ pṛthvīpradeśaṃ vajramayam adhitiṣṭhanti sma /
LalVis, 7, 83.17 viṃśati ca devakanyāsahasrāṇi sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitāni ratnasūtraparigṛhītāni
taṃ rathaṃ vahanti sma /
LalVis, 7, 85.2 tatra ca nānāratnavyūho nāma
mahāprāsādastaṃ bodhisattvaḥ samārūḍho 'bhūt /
LalVis, 7, 88.6 atha rājā śuddhodano 'sitasya maharṣerāsanaṃ prajñāpya
taṃ puruṣamevamāha praviśatu ṛṣiriti /
LalVis, 7, 90.4 evamukte 'sito maharṣī rājānaṃ śuddhodanametadavocat putraste mahārāja
jātastamahaṃ draṣṭukāma ihāgata iti //
LalVis, 7, 94.5 sa
taṃ dṛṣṭvā prārodīdaśrūṇi ca pravartayan gambhīraṃ ca niśvasati sma //
LalVis, 7, 96.8 asmāttaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā jātidharmāṇaḥ sattvā jātyā parimokṣante /
LalVis, 7, 124.3 hanta
gacchāmastamabhivandituṃ mānayituṃ pūjayitum abhistotum anyeṣāṃ ca mānābhibhūtānāṃ devaputrāṇāṃ mānamadadarpacchedanārtham /
LalVis, 9, 4.1 tatra vimalā nāmodyānadevatā sā audārikam ātmabhāvam abhisaṃdarśya purataḥ sthitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ
taṃ ca mahāntaṃ śākyagaṇaṃ gāthābhirabhibhāṣate sma //
LalVis, 10, 2.3 taṃ tathā prapatitaṃ dṛṣṭvā śubhāṅgo nāma tuṣitakāyiko devaputro dakṣiṇena karatalena parigṛhyotthāpayati sma /
LalVis, 10, 2.4 utthāpya ca gaganatalastho rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ
taṃ ca mahāntaṃ janakāyaṃ gāthābhirabhyabhāṣat //
LalVis, 11, 20.8 sa
taṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptastuṣṭa udagra āttamanāḥ pramuditaḥ prītisaumanasyajātaḥ śīghraṃ śīghraṃ tvaramāṇarūpo rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramya gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣata //
LalVis, 12, 21.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sa
purohitastaṃ gāthālekhaṃ gṛhītvā kapilavastuni mahānagare gṛhādgṛhaṃ vyavalokayan gatvā hiṇḍan kanyāṃ paryeṣate sma /
LalVis, 12, 21.4 sa
taṃ niveśanaṃ praviṣṭo 'drākṣīt kanyāmabhirūpāṃ prāsādikāṃ darśanīyāṃ paramayā śubhavarṇapuṣkaratayā samanvāgatāṃ nātidīrghāṃ nātihrasvāṃ nātisthūlāṃ nātikṛśāṃ nātigaurāṃ nātikṛṣṇāṃ prathamayauvanāvasthāṃ strīratnamiva khyāyamānām /
LalVis, 12, 24.1 atha sā dārikā
taṃ gāthālekhaṃ vācayitvā smitamupadarśya taṃ purohitaṃ gāthayādhyabhāṣat //
LalVis, 12, 24.1 atha sā dārikā taṃ gāthālekhaṃ vācayitvā smitamupadarśya
taṃ purohitaṃ gāthayādhyabhāṣat //
LalVis, 12, 27.1 atha sa khalu purohito rājānaṃ śuddhodanamupasaṃkramyaiva
tamarthamārocayati sma dṛṣṭā mayā deva kanyā yā kumārasyānurūpā syāt /
LalVis, 12, 42.4 sa
taṃ hastināgaṃ vāmena pāṇinā śuṇḍāyāṃ gṛhītvā dakṣiṇena pāṇinā capeṭayā ekaprahāreṇaiva hato 'bhūt //
LalVis, 12, 43.6 sa
taṃ hastināgaṃ lāṅgūle gṛhītvā nagaradvārādapakarṣati sma //
LalVis, 12, 45.1 tataḥ kumāro rathasya evaikaṃ pādaṃ bhūmau prasārya pādāṅguṣṭhena
taṃ hastināgaṃ lāṅgūle gṛhītvā sapta prākārān sapta ca parikhānatikramya bahirnagarasya krośamātre prakṣipati sma /
LalVis, 12, 82.12 gaganatalagatāśca devaputrā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ
taṃ ca mahāntaṃ janakāyaṃ gāthayādhyabhāṣanta //
LalVis, 12, 84.1 iti hi bhikṣavo bodhisattvastaddhanuḥ pūrayitveṣuṃ gṛhītvā tādṛśena balasthāmnā
tamiṣuṃ kṣipati sma yena yā cānandasya bherī yā ca devadattasya yāvatsundaranandasya yāvaddaṇḍapāṇestāḥ sarvā abhinirbhidya tāṃ ca daśakrośasthāṃ svakāmayasmayīṃ bherīṃ saptatālāṃ yantrayuktavarāhapratimāmabhinirbhidya sa iṣurdharaṇītalaṃ praviśya adarśanābhāso 'bhūt /
LalVis, 12, 84.6 gaganatalagatāśca devaputrā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ
taṃ ca mahāntaṃ janakāyamevamāhuḥ ko 'tra vismayo manujāḥ /
LalVis, 14, 34.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya
taṃ rathavaraṃ punarapi puraṃ prāvikṣat //
LalVis, 14, 35.2 adrākṣīdbodhisattvastaṃ bhikṣuṃ śāntaṃ dāntaṃ saṃyataṃ brahmacāriṇam avikṣiptacakṣuṣaṃ yugamātraprekṣiṇaṃ prāsādikenairyāpathena sampannaṃ prāsādikenābhikramapratikrameṇa sampannaṃ prāsādikenāvalokitavyavalokitena prāsādikena samiñjitaprasāritena prāsādikena saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇena mārge sthitam /
LalVis, 14, 41.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo bodhisattvaḥ pratinivartya
taṃ rathavaraṃ punarapi puravaraṃ prāvikṣat //
Mahābhārata
MBh, 1, 1, 120.2 taṃ cātmānaṃ bahudhā darśayānaṃ tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya //
MBh, 1, 1, 148.2 yudhiṣṭhiraṃ śūnyam adharṣayan
taṃ tadā nāśaṃse vijayāya saṃjaya //
MBh, 1, 3, 13.1 tasya
taṃ putram abhigamya janamejayaḥ pārikṣitaḥ paurohityāya vavre //
MBh, 1, 3, 15.6 yad enaṃ kaścid brāhmaṇaḥ kaṃcid artham abhiyācet
taṃ tasmai dadyād ayam /
MBh, 1, 3, 27.1 sa tacchrutvā āruṇir upādhyāyavākyaṃ tasmāt kedārakhaṇḍāt sahasotthāya
tam upādhyāyam upatasthe /
MBh, 1, 3, 63.1 ṣaṣṭiś ca gāvas triśatāś ca dhenava ekaṃ vatsaṃ suvate
taṃ duhanti /
MBh, 1, 3, 101.2 sa pathi gacchann apaśyad ṛṣabham atipramāṇaṃ
tam adhirūḍhaṃ ca puruṣam atipramāṇam eva //
MBh, 1, 3, 133.2 tad evaṃ gate na śakto 'haṃ tīkṣṇahṛdayatvāt
taṃ śāpam anyathā kartum /
MBh, 1, 17, 30.2 dadau ca
taṃ nidhim amṛtasya rakṣituṃ kirīṭine balabhid athāmaraiḥ saha //
MBh, 1, 19, 16.1 gambhīraṃ timimakarograsaṃkulaṃ
taṃ garjantaṃ jalacararāvaraudranādaiḥ /
MBh, 1, 19, 17.1 ityevaṃ jhaṣamakarormisaṃkulaṃ
taṃ gambhīraṃ vikasitam ambaraprakāśam /
MBh, 1, 19, 17.2 pātālajvalanaśikhāvidīpitaṃ
taṃ paśyantyau drutam abhipetatustadānīm /
MBh, 1, 28, 25.1 jvalantam agniṃ
tam amitratāpanaḥ samāstarat pattraratho nadībhiḥ /
MBh, 1, 40, 6.2 nṛpaṃ yam āhus
tam amitraghātinaṃ kurupravīraṃ janamejayaṃ janāḥ //
MBh, 1, 53, 19.1 bhūyo bhūyaḥ sarvaśaste
'bruvaṃstaṃ kiṃ te priyaṃ karavāmo 'dya vidvan /
MBh, 1, 65, 42.1 vanācca vāyuḥ surabhiḥ pravāyet tasmin kāle
tam ṛṣiṃ lobhayantyāḥ /
MBh, 1, 71, 37.3 ṛṣeḥ putraṃ
tam atho vāpi pautraṃ kathaṃ na śoceyam ahaṃ na rudyām //
MBh, 1, 71, 50.1 dṛṣṭvā ca
taṃ patitaṃ brahmarāśim utthāpayāmāsa mṛtaṃ kaco 'pi /
MBh, 1, 71, 50.2 vidyāṃ siddhāṃ tām avāpyābhivādya tataḥ
kacastaṃ gurum ityuvāca /
MBh, 1, 83, 6.3 samprekṣya rājarṣivaro
'ṣṭakastam uvāca saddharmavidhānagoptā //
MBh, 1, 183, 1.3 tam evārthaṃ dhyāyamānā manobhir āsāṃcakrur atha tatrāmitaujāḥ //
MBh, 1, 183, 7.1 tam abravīd vāsudevaḥ prahasya gūḍho 'pyagnir jñāyata eva rājan /
MBh, 1, 183, 7.2 taṃ vikramaṃ pāṇḍaveyānatītya ko 'nyaḥ kartā vidyate mānuṣeṣu //
MBh, 1, 185, 4.1 kṛṣṇā ca gṛhyājinam anvayāt
taṃ nāgaṃ yathā nāgavadhūḥ prahṛṣṭā /
MBh, 1, 185, 4.2 yaḥ sūtaputreṇa cakāra yuddhaṃ śaṅke 'rjunaṃ
taṃ tridaśeśavīryam /
MBh, 1, 186, 3.2 tataḥ prayātāḥ kurupuṃgavāste purohitaṃ
taṃ prathamaṃ prayāpya /
MBh, 1, 189, 15.1 tam abravīd devarājo mamedaṃ tvaṃ viddhi viśvaṃ bhuvanaṃ vaśe sthitam /
MBh, 1, 189, 15.2 īśo 'ham asmīti samanyur abravīd dṛṣṭvā
tam akṣaiḥ subhṛśaṃ pramattam //
MBh, 1, 189, 18.2 tam abravīd bhagavān ugratejā maivaṃ punaḥ śakra kṛthāḥ kathaṃcit //
MBh, 2, 52, 4.1 taṃ vai rājā satyadhṛtir mahātmā ajātaśatrur viduraṃ yathāvat /
MBh, 2, 63, 22.3 taṃ rāsabhāḥ pratyabhāṣanta rājan samantataḥ pakṣiṇaścaiva raudrāḥ //
MBh, 2, 63, 23.1 taṃ ca śabdaṃ vidurastattvavedī śuśrāva ghoraṃ subalātmajā ca /
MBh, 2, 63, 24.1 tato gāndhārī viduraścaiva vidvāṃs
tam utpātaṃ ghoram ālakṣya rājñe /
MBh, 2, 68, 15.1 tad vai śrutvā bhīmaseno 'tyamarṣī
nirbhartsyoccaistaṃ nigṛhyaiva roṣāt /
MBh, 3, 5, 12.3 athāparo bhavati hi
taṃ nigṛhya pāṇḍoḥ putraṃ prakuruṣvādhipatye //
MBh, 3, 12, 67.1 ity evam uktvā puruṣapravīras
taṃ rākṣasaṃ krodhavivṛttanetraḥ /
MBh, 3, 24, 5.2 taṃ brāhmaṇāś cābhyavadan prasannā mukhyāś ca sarve kurujāṅgalānām //
MBh, 3, 25, 22.1 taṃ satyasaṃdhaṃ sahitābhipetur didṛkṣavaś cāraṇasiddhasaṃghāḥ /
MBh, 3, 26, 4.2 tam āśramaṃ tīvrasamṛddhatejā mārkaṇḍeyaḥ śrīmatāṃ pāṇḍavānām //
MBh, 3, 26, 6.1 taṃ dharmarājo vimanā ivābravīt sarve hriyā santi tapasvino 'mī /
MBh, 3, 26, 13.1 dhātrā vidhir yo vihitaḥ purāṇas
taṃ pūjayanto naravarya santaḥ /
MBh, 3, 26, 18.2 tam evam uktvā vacanaṃ maharṣis tapasvimadhye sahitaṃ suhṛdbhiḥ /
MBh, 3, 35, 14.1 taṃ saṃdhim āsthāya satāṃ sakāśe ko nāma jahyād iha rājyahetoḥ /
MBh, 3, 41, 26.2 vihāya
taṃ patagamaharṣisevitaṃ jagāma khaṃ puruṣavarasya paśyataḥ //
MBh, 3, 98, 22.1 prahṛṣṭarūpāś ca jayāya devās tvaṣṭāram āgamya
tam artham ūcuḥ /
MBh, 3, 102, 7.2 agastyam atyadbhutavīryadīptaṃ
taṃ cārtham ūcuḥ sahitāḥ surās te //
MBh, 3, 132, 7.1 taṃ vai viprāḥ paryabhavaṃś ca śiṣyās taṃ ca jñātvā viprakāraṃ guruḥ saḥ /
MBh, 3, 132, 7.1 taṃ vai viprāḥ paryabhavaṃś ca śiṣyās
taṃ ca jñātvā viprakāraṃ guruḥ saḥ /
MBh, 3, 132, 9.1 upālabdhaḥ śiṣyamadhye maharṣiḥ sa
taṃ kopād udarasthaṃ śaśāpa /
MBh, 3, 132, 15.1 rarakṣa sā cāpyati
taṃ sumantraṃ jāto 'py evaṃ na sa śuśrāva vipraḥ /
MBh, 3, 161, 3.1 taṃ pādapaiḥ puṣpadharair upetaṃ nagottamaṃ prāpya mahārathānām /
MBh, 3, 161, 23.2 tam indravāhaṃ samupetya pārthāḥ pradakṣiṇaṃ cakrur adīnasattvāḥ //
MBh, 3, 173, 10.1 saṃvatsaraṃ
taṃ tu vihṛtya gūḍhaṃ narādhamaṃ taṃ sukham uddharema /
MBh, 3, 173, 10.1 saṃvatsaraṃ taṃ tu vihṛtya gūḍhaṃ narādhamaṃ
taṃ sukham uddharema /
MBh, 3, 174, 6.2 āsedur atyarthamanoramaṃ vai
tam āśramāgryaṃ vṛṣaparvaṇas te //
MBh, 3, 174, 13.2 pratyudyayau prītiyutaḥ sa rājā
taṃ cābhyanandan vṛṣabhāḥ kurūṇām //
MBh, 3, 184, 21.3 ācakṣva me
taṃ paramaṃ viśokaṃ mokṣaṃ paraṃ yaṃ praviśanti dhīrāḥ //
MBh, 3, 184, 22.2 taṃ vai paraṃ vedavidaḥ prapannāḥ paraṃ parebhyaḥ prathitaṃ purāṇam /
MBh, 3, 190, 73.3 taṃ jahi tvaṃ madvacanāt praṇunnas tūrṇaṃ priyaṃ sāyakair ghorarūpaiḥ //
MBh, 3, 191, 14.3 sa yadi kathaṃcid abhijānīyād imaṃ rājānaṃ
tam akūpāraṃ pṛcchāma iti //
MBh, 3, 252, 1.3 mukhena visphūrya suvīrarāṣṭrapaṃ tato 'bravīt
taṃ drupadātmajā punaḥ //
MBh, 3, 253, 7.2 pravyāharat
taṃ pravimṛśya rājā provāca bhīmaṃ ca dhanaṃjayaṃ ca //
MBh, 4, 6, 4.1 tam āpatantaṃ prasamīkṣya pāṇḍavaṃ virāṭarāḍ indum ivābhrasaṃvṛtam /
MBh, 4, 6, 9.2 tam abravīt svāgatam ityanantaraṃ rājā prahṛṣṭaḥ pratisaṃgṛhāṇa ca //
MBh, 4, 7, 3.1 taṃ prekṣya rājā varayann upāgataṃ tato 'bravījjānapadān samāgatān /
MBh, 4, 7, 11.3 uvāsa rājanna ca
taṃ pṛthagjano bubodha tatrānucaraśca kaścana //
MBh, 4, 10, 3.1 taṃ prekṣya rājopagataṃ sabhātale sattrapraticchannam aripramāthinam /
MBh, 4, 10, 11.3 apuṃstvam apyasya niśamya ca sthiraṃ tataḥ kumārīpuram utsasarja
tam //
MBh, 4, 11, 1.3 tam āpatantaṃ dadṛśe pṛthagjano vimuktam abhrād iva sūryamaṇḍalam //
MBh, 4, 49, 5.2 tam eva māṃ prāpaya rājaputra duryodhanāpāśrayajātadarpam //
MBh, 4, 49, 7.1 taṃ citraseno viśikhair vipāṭhaiḥ saṃgrāmajicchatrusaho jayaśca /
MBh, 4, 60, 6.1 duryodhanaścāpi
tam ugratejāḥ pārthaśca duryodhanam ekavīraḥ /
MBh, 4, 60, 8.1 tam āpatantaṃ tvaritaṃ gajendraṃ dhanaṃjayaḥ kumbhavibhāgamadhye /
MBh, 4, 60, 15.1 taṃ bhīmarūpaṃ tvaritaṃ dravantaṃ duryodhanaṃ śatrusaho niṣaṅgī /
MBh, 4, 61, 3.1 taṃ prekṣya karṇaḥ parivartamānaṃ nivartya saṃstabhya ca viddhagātraḥ /
MBh, 4, 61, 20.1 ayaṃ kathaṃsvid bhavatāṃ vimuktas
taṃ vai prabadhnīta yathā na mucyet /
MBh, 4, 61, 20.2 tam abravīcchāṃtanavaḥ prahasya kva te gatā buddhir abhūt kva vīryam //
MBh, 4, 63, 15.1 tam abravīd dharmarājaḥ prahasya virāṭam ārtaṃ kurubhiḥ prataptam /
MBh, 5, 1, 20.1 ime ca satye 'bhiratāḥ sadaiva
taṃ pārayitvā samayaṃ yathāvat /
MBh, 5, 16, 32.2 tam āha śakro bhavitāgne tavāpi aindrāgno vai bhāga eko mahākratau //
MBh, 5, 22, 23.2 yaṃ
taṃ kārṣṇipratimaṃ prāhur ekaṃ sa sātyakiḥ pāṇḍavārthe niviṣṭaḥ //
MBh, 5, 22, 27.1 tam asahyaṃ keśavaṃ tatra matvā sugrīvayuktena rathena kṛṣṇam /
MBh, 5, 22, 28.1 yastaṃ pratīpastarasā pratyudīyād āśaṃsamāno dvairathe vāsudevam /
MBh, 5, 27, 24.1 pāpānubandhaṃ ko nu
taṃ kāmayeta kṣamaiva te jyāyasī nota bhogāḥ /
MBh, 5, 28, 2.2 tathā dharmo dhārayan dharmarūpaṃ
vidvāṃsastaṃ samprapaśyanti buddhyā //
MBh, 5, 28, 3.2 ādyaṃ liṅgaṃ yasya tasya pramāṇam āpaddharmaṃ saṃjaya
taṃ nibodha //
MBh, 5, 29, 26.2 sa
taṃ duṣṭam anuśiṣyāt prajānan na ced gṛdhyed iti tasminna sādhu //
MBh, 5, 29, 29.1 bhāgaḥ punaḥ pāṇḍavānāṃ niviṣṭas
taṃ no 'kasmād ādadīran pare vai /
MBh, 5, 30, 11.2 gandharvaputrapratimaṃ tarasvinaṃ
tam aśvatthāmānaṃ kuśalaṃ sma pṛccheḥ //
MBh, 5, 30, 41.2 paśyāmyahaṃ yuktarūpāṃstathaiva tām eva siddhiṃ śrāvayethā nṛpaṃ
tam //
MBh, 5, 32, 26.2 parastvenaṃ garhayate 'parādhe praśaṃsate sādhuvṛttaṃ
tam eva //
MBh, 5, 33, 85.2 viśeṣavicchrutavān kṣiprakārī
taṃ sarvalokaḥ kurute pramāṇam //
MBh, 5, 33, 86.2 jānāti mātrāṃ ca tathā kṣamāṃ ca
taṃ tādṛśaṃ śrīr juṣate samagrā //
MBh, 5, 33, 92.2 na mūrchitaḥ kaṭukānyāha kiṃcit priyaṃ sadā
taṃ kurute jano 'pi //
MBh, 5, 33, 93.2 na durgato 'smīti karoti manyuṃ
tam āryaśīlaṃ param āhur agryam //
MBh, 5, 33, 99.2 dadātyamitreṣvapi yācitaḥ saṃs
tam ātmavantaṃ prajahatyanarthāḥ //
MBh, 5, 40, 1.3 kṣipraṃ
yaśastaṃ samupaiti santam alaṃ prasannā hi sukhāya santaḥ //
MBh, 5, 40, 14.2 taṃ muktakeśāḥ karuṇaṃ rudantaś citāmadhye kāṣṭham iva kṣipanti //
MBh, 5, 40, 27.2 kṣātrād dharmāddhīyate pāṇḍuputras
taṃ tvaṃ rājan rājadharme niyuṅkṣva //
MBh, 5, 42, 8.1 tatastaṃ devā anu viplavante ato mṛtyur maraṇākhyām upaiti /
MBh, 5, 44, 7.2 taṃ manyeta pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca tasmai na druhyet kṛtam asya jānan //
MBh, 5, 45, 17.2 hito manīṣī manasābhipaśyed ye
taṃ śrayeyur amṛtāste bhavanti /
MBh, 5, 45, 24.2 ajaścaro divārātram atandritaśca sa
taṃ matvā kavir āste prasannaḥ //
MBh, 5, 47, 4.2 yathā samagraṃ vacanaṃ mayoktaṃ sahāmātyaṃ śrāvayethā nṛpaṃ
tam //
MBh, 5, 47, 12.1 yadā jyeṣṭhaḥ pāṇḍavaḥ saṃśitātmā krodhaṃ yat
taṃ varṣapūgān sughoram /
MBh, 5, 47, 39.2 na jātu
taṃ śatravo 'nye saheran yeṣāṃ sa syād agraṇīr vṛṣṇisiṃhaḥ //
MBh, 5, 61, 1.2 tathā tu pṛcchantam atīva pārthān vaicitravīryaṃ
tam acintayitvā /
MBh, 5, 61, 7.1 evaṃ bruvāṇaṃ
tam uvāca bhīṣmaḥ kiṃ katthase kālaparītabuddhe /
MBh, 5, 69, 4.1 draṣṭāro hi
kuravastaṃ sametā mahātmānaṃ śatruhaṇaṃ vareṇyam /
MBh, 5, 69, 7.2 narādhipānāṃ viduṣāṃ pradhānam indrānujaṃ
taṃ śaraṇaṃ prapadye //
MBh, 6, 20, 8.2 taṃ sarvataḥ śakuniḥ pārvatīyaiḥ sārdhaṃ gāndhāraiḥ pāti gāndhārarājaḥ //
MBh, 6, 22, 12.2 taṃ prekṣya mattarṣabhasiṃhakhelaṃ loke mahendrapratimānakalpam //
MBh, 6, 55, 91.1 tam āttacakraṃ praṇadantam uccaiḥ kruddhaṃ mahendrāvarajaṃ samīkṣya /
MBh, 6, 55, 93.1 tam āpatantaṃ pragṛhītacakraṃ samīkṣya devaṃ dvipadāṃ variṣṭham /
MBh, 6, 56, 2.1 taṃ droṇaduryodhanabāhlikāśca tathaiva durmarṣaṇacitrasenau /
MBh, 6, 56, 7.1 taṃ vyālanānāvidhagūḍhasāraṃ gajāśvapādātarathaughapakṣam /
MBh, 6, 59, 25.1 taṃ yāntam aśvai rajataprakāśaiḥ śarān dhamantaṃ dhanuṣā dṛḍhena /
MBh, 6, 59, 26.2 taṃ vai caturbhiḥ pratividhya vīro naptā śiner abhyapatad rathena //
MBh, 6, 73, 39.3 taṃ yāta sarve sahitā nihantuṃ mā vo ripuḥ prārthayatām anīkam //
MBh, 6, 73, 40.1 śrutvā tu vākyaṃ
tam amṛṣyamāṇā jyeṣṭhājñayā coditā dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ /
MBh, 6, 76, 5.1 saṃmohya sarvān yudhi kīrtimanto vyūhaṃ ca
taṃ makaraṃ vajrakalpam /
MBh, 6, 76, 6.1 kruddhaṃ
tam udvīkṣya bhayena rājan saṃmūrchito nālabhaṃ śāntim adya /
MBh, 6, 76, 7.2 taṃ pratyuvācāvimanā manasvī gaṅgāsutaḥ śastrabhṛtāṃ variṣṭhaḥ //
MBh, 6, 81, 12.2 madrādhipaṃ samabhityajya saṃkhye svabhāgam āptaṃ
tam anantakīrtiḥ /
MBh, 6, 81, 18.1 uktvā tathā tvaṃ pitur agrato mām ahaṃ haniṣyāmi mahāvrataṃ
tam /
MBh, 6, 81, 22.1 dṛṣṭvā hi bhīṣmaṃ
tam anantavīryaṃ bhagnaṃ ca sainyaṃ dravamāṇam evam /
MBh, 6, 81, 25.1 tam āpatantaṃ mahatā javena śikhaṇḍinaṃ bhīṣmam abhidravantam /
MBh, 7, 2, 32.1 taṃ cenmṛtyuḥ sarvaharo 'bhirakṣet sadāpramattaḥ samare kirīṭinam /
MBh, 7, 3, 23.1 tam adyāhaṃ pāṇḍavaṃ yuddhaśauṇḍam amṛṣyamāṇo bhavatānuśiṣṭaḥ /
MBh, 7, 7, 25.1 taṃ bhīmasenaśca dhanaṃjayaśca śineśca naptā drupadātmajaśca /
MBh, 7, 25, 59.2 tam ekanāgaṃ gaṇaśo yathā gajāḥ samantato drutam iva menire janāḥ //
MBh, 7, 28, 44.1 nihatya
taṃ narapatim indravikramaṃ sakhāyam indrasya tathaindrir āhave /
MBh, 7, 51, 38.2 caram acaram apīdaṃ yat paraṃ cāpi tasmāt tad api mama ripuṃ
taṃ rakṣituṃ naiva śaktāḥ //
MBh, 7, 84, 30.2 niśamya
taṃ pratyanadaṃstu kauravās tato dhvanir bhuvanam athāspṛśad bhṛśam //
MBh, 7, 94, 3.1 tam evam uktvā śinipuṃgavastadā mahāmṛdhe so 'gryadhanurdharo 'rihā /
MBh, 7, 94, 4.1 taṃ yāntam aśvaiḥ śaśiśaṅkhavarṇair vigāhya sainyaṃ puruṣapravīram /
MBh, 7, 94, 7.1 tayor abhūd bharata saṃprahāraḥ
sudāruṇastaṃ samabhipraśaṃsan /
MBh, 7, 115, 9.2 tathā tu vaikartanapīḍitaṃ
taṃ bhīmaṃ prayāntaṃ puruṣapravīram /
MBh, 7, 115, 19.1 nihatya
taṃ pārthivaputrapautraṃ saṃkhye madhūnām ṛṣabhaḥ pramāthī /
MBh, 7, 120, 83.2 taṃ pratyudīyuḥ kuravaḥ pāṇḍusūnuṃ rathair mahārhaiḥ śaravarṣāṇyavarṣan //
MBh, 7, 154, 52.1 sa vai kruddhaḥ siṃha ivātyamarṣī nāmarṣayat pratighātaṃ raṇe
tam /
MBh, 7, 157, 9.2 vaikartano vā yadi
taṃ nihanyāt tathāpi kṛtyaṃ śaktināśāt kṛtaṃ syāt //
MBh, 8, 12, 54.2 taṃ sāśvasūtadhvajam ekavīram āvṛtya saṃśaptakasainyam ārchat //
MBh, 8, 12, 63.1 tam arjunas tāṃś ca punas tvadīyān abhyarditas tair avikṛttaśastraiḥ /
MBh, 8, 12, 68.2 chittvāśvaraśmīṃs turagān avidhyat te
taṃ raṇād ūhur atīva dūram //
MBh, 8, 13, 25.2 yathānurūpaṃ pratipūjya
taṃ janaṃ jagāma saṃśaptakasaṃghahā punaḥ //
MBh, 8, 15, 35.2 tam adhyatiṣṭhan malayeśvaro mahān yathādriśṛṅgaṃ harir unnadaṃs tathā //
MBh, 8, 21, 10.1 tam api sarathavājisārathiṃ śinivṛṣabho vividhaiḥ śarais tvaran /
MBh, 8, 21, 12.1 tam udadhinibham ādravad balī tvaritataraiḥ samabhidrutaṃ paraiḥ /
MBh, 8, 26, 59.1 taṃ cen mṛtyuḥ sarvaharo 'bhirakṣate sadāpramattaḥ samare pāṇḍuputram /
MBh, 8, 26, 59.2 taṃ vā haniṣyāmi sametya yuddhe yāsyāmi vā bhīṣmamukho yamāya //
MBh, 8, 26, 60.2 jugupiṣava ihaitya pāṇḍavaṃ kim u bahunā saha tair jayāmi
tam //
MBh, 8, 29, 6.1 pṛṣṭaś cāhaṃ
tam avocaṃ maharṣiṃ sūto 'ham asmīti sa māṃ śaśāpa /
MBh, 8, 29, 8.2 mahānagaṃ yaḥ kurute samudraṃ velaiva
taṃ vārayaty aprameyam //
MBh, 8, 29, 22.2 tasyārthasiddhim abhikāṅkṣamāṇas
tam abhyeṣye yatra naikāntyam asti //
MBh, 8, 45, 61.2 jñātuṃ prayāhy āśu
tam adya bhīma sthāsyāmy ahaṃ śatrugaṇān nirudhya //
MBh, 8, 47, 6.2 ahaṃ tu
taṃ triṃśatā vajrakalpaiḥ samārdayaṃ nimiṣasyāntareṇa //
MBh, 8, 49, 62.1 hanyām ahaṃ keśava
taṃ prasahya bhīmo hanyāt tūbaraketi coktaḥ /
MBh, 8, 49, 63.1 taṃ hatvā cet keśava jīvaloke sthātā kālaṃ nāham apy alpamātram /
MBh, 8, 49, 72.2 ity evam uktas tu janārdanena pārthaḥ praśasyātha suhṛdvadhaṃ
tam /
MBh, 8, 49, 89.1 tam āha kṛṣṇaḥ kim idaṃ punar bhavān vikośam ākāśanibhaṃ karoty asim /
MBh, 8, 53, 9.2 bhīmaṃ raṇe śastrabhṛtāṃ variṣṭhaṃ tadā samārchat
tam asahyavegam //
MBh, 8, 53, 13.2 taṃ drauṇir āvārya rathaṃ kṛpaṃ sma samujjahre paṅkagatāṃ yathā gām //
MBh, 8, 54, 3.1 tato 'pare nāgarathāśvapattibhiḥ pratyudyayuḥ kuravas
taṃ samantāt /
MBh, 8, 57, 37.2 tam īdṛśaṃ pratiyotsyāmi pārthaṃ mahāhave paśya ca pauruṣaṃ me //
MBh, 8, 57, 56.1 tam abhyadhāvad visṛjañ śarān kṛpas tathaiva bhojas tava cātmajaḥ svayam /
MBh, 8, 60, 4.1 tam abhyadhāvan nihate kumāre kaikeyasenāpatir ugradhanvā /
MBh, 8, 60, 13.1 taṃ bhīmaseno 'nu yayau rathena pṛṣṭhe rakṣan pāṇḍavam ekavīram /
MBh, 8, 60, 15.1 tam uttamaujā janamejayaś ca kruddhau yudhāmanyuśikhaṇḍinau ca /
MBh, 8, 60, 29.2 tam abhyadhāvat tvarito vṛkodaro mahāruruṃ siṃha ivābhipetivān //
MBh, 8, 62, 18.1 tam abhyadhāvan nakulaḥ pravīro roṣād amitraṃ pratudan pṛṣatkaiḥ /
MBh, 8, 62, 21.1 tataḥ kruddho nakulas
taṃ mahātmā śarair maholkāpratimair avidhyat /
MBh, 8, 62, 26.1 tam āpatantaṃ nakulaṃ so 'bhipatya samantataḥ sāyakair abhyavidhyat /
MBh, 8, 62, 44.2 tavātmajaṃ tasya tavātmajaḥ śaraiḥ śitaiḥ śarīraṃ bibhide dvipaṃ ca
tam //
MBh, 8, 62, 50.2 jagāma vegena bhṛśārdayaṃś ca
taṃ tato 'sya gāndhārapatiḥ śiro 'harat //
MBh, 8, 62, 54.2 parākramajñās tu dhanaṃjayasya te huto 'yam agnāv iti
taṃ tu menire //
MBh, 8, 62, 55.2 tam abhyadhāvad vṛṣasenam āhave sa sūtajasya pramukhe sthitaṃ tadā //
MBh, 8, 62, 62.1 taṃ prekṣya bāṇābhihataṃ patantaṃ rathāt sutaṃ sūtajaḥ kṣiprakārī /
MBh, 8, 64, 17.2 hayāṃś ca nāgāṃś ca rathāṃś ca yudhyatāṃ dhanaṃjayaḥ śatrugaṇaṃ
tam akṣiṇot //
MBh, 8, 64, 31.2 śrameṇa yukto mahatādya phalgunas
tam eṣa karṇaḥ prasabhaṃ haniṣyati //
MBh, 8, 64, 32.1 tam evam uktvābhyanunīya cāsakṛt tavātmajaḥ svān anuśāsti sainikān /
MBh, 8, 65, 12.2 tam arjunaḥ pratyavidhyacchitāgraiḥ kakṣāntare daśabhir atīva kruddhaḥ //
MBh, 8, 66, 7.1 tam abravīn madrarājo mahātmā vaikartanaṃ prekṣya hi saṃhiteṣum /
MBh, 8, 66, 9.1 tathaivam uktvā visasarja
taṃ śaraṃ balāhakaṃ varṣaghanābhipūjitam /
MBh, 8, 66, 21.1 tam abravīd viddhi kṛtāgasaṃ me kṛṣṇādya mātur vadhajātavairam /
MBh, 8, 66, 30.1 tam asya harṣaṃ mamṛṣe na pāṇḍavo bibheda marmāṇi tato 'sya marmavit /
MBh, 8, 66, 34.1 sa
taṃ vivarmāṇam athottameṣubhiḥ śaraiś caturbhiḥ kupitaḥ parābhinat /
MBh, 8, 67, 12.1 taṃ hastikakṣyāpravaraṃ ca bāṇaiḥ suvarṇamuktāmaṇivajramṛṣṭam /
MBh, 8, 67, 21.1 ity ūcivāṃs
taṃ sa mumoca bāṇaṃ dhanaṃjayaḥ karṇavadhāya ghoram /
MBh, 8, 67, 28.1 taṃ somakāḥ prekṣya hataṃ śayānaṃ prītā nādaṃ saha sainyair akurvan /
MBh, 8, 68, 14.1 taṃ dhyānamūkaṃ kṛpaṇaṃ bhṛśārtam ārtāyanir dīnam uvāca vākyam /
MBh, 8, 68, 33.1 taṃ droṇaputrapramukhā narendrāḥ sarve samāśvāsya saha prayānti /
MBh, 9, 16, 7.1 taṃ bhīmasenaśca śineśca naptā mādryāśca putrau puruṣapravīrau /
MBh, 9, 16, 11.2 taṃ cāpi pārtho navabhiḥ pṛṣatkair vivyādha rājaṃstumule mahātmā //
MBh, 9, 16, 27.1 tam agraṇīḥ sarvadhanurdharāṇām ekaṃ carantaṃ samare 'tivegam /
MBh, 9, 16, 30.1 taṃ cāpi rājānam athotpatantaṃ kruddhaṃ yathaivāntakam āpatantam /
MBh, 9, 16, 35.2 dṛṣṭvā tu madrādhipatiṃ sa tūrṇaṃ samabhyadhāvat
tam ariṃ balena //
MBh, 9, 19, 4.1 tam āsthito rājavaro babhūva yathodayasthaḥ savitā kṣapānte /
MBh, 9, 19, 6.1 te pāṇḍavāḥ somakāḥ sṛñjayāśca
tam eva nāgaṃ dadṛśuḥ samantāt /
MBh, 9, 19, 8.2 diśaścatasraḥ sahasā pradhāvitā gajendravegaṃ
tam apārayantī //
MBh, 9, 19, 9.2 apūjayaṃstatra narādhipaṃ
taṃ dadhmuśca śaṅkhāñ śaśisaṃnikāśān //
MBh, 9, 19, 11.1 tatastu
taṃ vai dviradaṃ mahātmā pratyudyayau tvaramāṇo jayāya /
MBh, 9, 19, 12.2 taṃ vai dvipaṃ preṣayāmāsa tūrṇaṃ vadhāya rājan drupadātmajasya //
MBh, 9, 19, 13.1 sa
taṃ dvipaṃ sahasābhyāpatantam avidhyad arkapratimaiḥ pṛṣatkaiḥ /
MBh, 9, 19, 15.1 taṃ nāgarājaṃ sahasā praṇunnaṃ vidrāvyamāṇaṃ ca nigṛhya śālvaḥ /
MBh, 9, 19, 17.1 sa
taṃ rathaṃ hemavibhūṣitāṅgaṃ sāśvaṃ sasūtaṃ sahasā vimṛdya /
MBh, 9, 19, 18.2 tam abhyadhāvat sahasā javena bhīmaḥ śikhaṇḍī ca śineśca naptā //
MBh, 9, 27, 56.1 mādrīsutastasya samudyataṃ
taṃ prāsaṃ suvṛttau ca bhujau raṇāgre /
MBh, 12, 43, 17.2 tam abhyanandad bhārataṃ puṣkalābhir vāgbhir jyeṣṭhaṃ pāṇḍavaṃ yādavāgryaḥ //
MBh, 12, 61, 10.2 samāhitaḥ pracared duścaraṃ
taṃ gārhasthyadharmaṃ munidharmadṛṣṭam //
MBh, 12, 64, 15.2 kim iṣyate dharmabhṛtāṃ variṣṭha yad draṣṭukāmo 'si
tam aprameyam /
MBh, 12, 64, 19.2 dharmo yo 'sāvādidevāt pravṛtto
lokajyeṣṭhastaṃ na jānāmi kartum //
MBh, 12, 84, 51.2 niṣṭhā kṛtā tena yadā saha syāt
taṃ tatra mārgaṃ praṇayed asaktam //
MBh, 12, 138, 68.2 na tat khaned yasya na mūlam utkhanen na
taṃ hanyād yasya śiro na pātayet //
MBh, 12, 161, 43.2 bhūyaśca taistaiḥ pratibodhitāni mokṣaṃ praśaṃsanti na
taṃ ca vidmaḥ //
MBh, 12, 195, 16.2 na cāpi taiḥ sādhayate 'tha kāryaṃ te
taṃ na paśyanti sa paśyate tān //
MBh, 12, 199, 32.2 sanātanaṃ yad amṛtam avyayaṃ padaṃ vicārya
taṃ śamam amṛtatvam aśnute //
MBh, 12, 288, 14.2 etān vegān yo viṣahatyudīrṇāṃs
taṃ manye 'haṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vai muniṃ ca //
MBh, 12, 296, 39.2 prasādya yatnena
tam ugratejasaṃ sanātanaṃ brahma yathādya vai tvayā //
MBh, 12, 309, 25.1 taṃ dṛṣṭvā prasṛtam ajasram ugravegaṃ gacchantaṃ satatam ihāvyapekṣamāṇam /
MBh, 12, 329, 23.5 athendrastaṃ vivardhamānaṃ somapānāpyāyitasarvagātraṃ dṛṣṭvā cintām āpede //
MBh, 12, 329, 26.5 te
tam abruvañ śarīraparityāgaṃ lokahitārthaṃ bhagavān kartum arhatīti /
MBh, 12, 329, 40.5 tataḥ kṛṣṇasāraṅgaṃ medhyam aśvam utsṛjya vāhanaṃ
tam eva kṛtvā indraṃ marutpatiṃ bṛhaspatiḥ svasthānaṃ prāpayāmāsa //
MBh, 12, 329, 49.4 tam abravīd bhṛgur yasmāt tvayāhaṃ kanyāvaraṇakṛtabhāvaḥ pratyākhyātastasmānna ratnānāṃ bhavān bhājanaṃ bhaviṣyatīti /
MBh, 12, 339, 19.1 devāḥ sarve munayaḥ sādhu dāntās
taṃ prāg yajñair yajñabhāgaṃ yajante /
MBh, 13, 48, 5.1 paraṃ śavād brāhmaṇasyaiṣa putraḥ śūdrāputraṃ pāraśavaṃ
tam āhuḥ /
MBh, 13, 69, 8.1 tathā bruvāṇaṃ tu
tam āha mādhavaḥ śubhaṃ tvayā karma kṛtaṃ na pāpakam /
MBh, 13, 70, 19.1 tenaivam
uktastam ahaṃ pratyavocaṃ prāpto 'smi te viṣayaṃ durnivartyam /
MBh, 13, 90, 36.2 yaṃ manyate naiva śatruṃ na mitraṃ
taṃ madhyasthaṃ bhojayeddhavyakavye //
MBh, 13, 96, 42.3 sahasrākṣo devarāṭ samprahṛṣṭaḥ samīkṣya
taṃ kopanaṃ vipramukhyam //
MBh, 13, 143, 15.2 taṃ brāhmaṇā brahmamantraiḥ stuvanti tasmai havir adhvaryavaḥ kalpayanti //
MBh, 14, 9, 4.3 taṃ saṃvarto yājayiteti me śrutaṃ tad icchāmi na sa taṃ yājayeta //
MBh, 14, 9, 4.3 taṃ saṃvarto yājayiteti me śrutaṃ tad icchāmi na sa
taṃ yājayeta //
MBh, 14, 9, 20.3 taṃ vai dṛṣṭvā prāha śakro mahātmā bṛhaspateḥ saṃnidhau havyavāham //
MBh, 14, 9, 24.2 punar bhavān pārthivaṃ
taṃ sametya vākyaṃ madīyaṃ prāpaya svārthayuktam /
MBh, 14, 9, 31.3 taṃ tvaṃ kruddhaḥ pratyaṣedhīḥ purastāccharyātiyajñaṃ smara taṃ mahendra //
MBh, 14, 9, 31.3 taṃ tvaṃ kruddhaḥ pratyaṣedhīḥ purastāccharyātiyajñaṃ smara
taṃ mahendra //
MBh, 14, 9, 36.1 apaśyastvaṃ
taṃ tadā ghorarūpaṃ sarve tvanye dadṛśur darśanīyam /
MBh, 14, 10, 2.1 dhṛtarāṣṭra prahito gaccha maruttaṃ saṃvartena sahitaṃ
taṃ vadasva /
MBh, 14, 10, 8.3 taponityaṃ dharmavidāṃ variṣṭhaṃ saṃvartaṃ
taṃ jñāpayāmāsa kāryam //
MBh, 14, 26, 3.1 eko bandhur nāsti tato dvitīyo yo
hṛcchayastam aham anubravīmi /
MBh, 14, 26, 4.1 ekaḥ śrotā nāsti tato dvitīyo yo
hṛcchayastam aham anubravīmi /
MBh, 14, 26, 5.1 eko dveṣṭā nāsti tato dvitīyo yo
hṛcchayastam aham anubravīmi /
MBh, 15, 25, 18.1 kṣattā ca dharmārthavid agryabuddhiḥ
sasaṃjayastaṃ nṛpatiṃ sadāram /
MBh, 16, 5, 5.2 taṃ vai yāntaṃ saṃnidhau keśavasya tvarantam ekaṃ sahasaiva babhrum /
MBh, 16, 5, 11.2 tato gatvā
keśavastaṃ dadarśa rāmaṃ vane sthitam ekaṃ vivikte //
MBh, 16, 5, 13.2 samyak ca
taṃ sāgaraḥ pratyagṛhṇān nāgā divyāḥ saritaścaiva puṇyāḥ //
MBh, 16, 5, 20.2 jarāvidhyat pādatale tvarāvāṃs
taṃ cābhitastajjighṛkṣur jagāma /
MBh, 16, 5, 21.2 āśvāsayat
taṃ mahātmā tadānīṃ gacchann ūrdhvaṃ rodasī vyāpya lakṣmyā //
Manusmṛti
Mūlamadhyamakārikāḥ
Nyāyasūtra
NyāSū, 4, 2, 48.0 taṃ śiṣyagurusabrahmacāriviśiṣṭaśreyo'rthibhir anasūyibhir abhyupeyāt //
Rāmāyaṇa
Rām, Bā, 14, 21.2 virāvaṇaṃ sādhu tapasvikaṇṭakaṃ tapasvinām uddhara
taṃ bhayāvaham //
Rām, Ay, 7, 31.2 tathā hy avocas tvam ataḥ priyottaraṃ varaṃ paraṃ te pradadāmi
taṃ vṛṇu //
Rām, Ay, 51, 30.1 tatas
tam antaḥpuranādam utthitaṃ samīkṣya vṛddhās taruṇāś ca mānavāḥ /
Rām, Ay, 57, 39.2 tataḥ sarayvāṃ
tam ahaṃ śayānaṃ samīkṣya bhadre subhṛśaṃ viṣaṇṇaḥ //
Rām, Ay, 73, 16.2 praharṣajās
taṃ prati bāṣpabindavo nipetur āryānananetrasambhavāḥ //
Rām, Ay, 79, 21.2 sudurmanās
taṃ bharataṃ tadā punar guhaḥ samāśvāsayad agrajaṃ prati //
Rām, Ay, 95, 46.1 sa tatra kāṃścit pariṣasvaje narān narāś ca kecit tu
tam abhyavādayan /
Rām, Ay, 98, 71.1 tam ṛtvijo naigamayūthavallabhās tathā visaṃjñāśrukalāś ca mātaraḥ /
Rām, Ay, 104, 24.1 athānupūrvyāt pratipūjya
taṃ janaṃ gurūṃś ca mantriprakṛtīs tathānujau /
Rām, Ār, 4, 36.2 pitāmahaś cāpi samīkṣya
taṃ dvijaṃ nananda susvāgatam ity uvāca ha //
Rām, Ār, 17, 25.2 upetya
taṃ bhrātaram ugratejasaṃ papāta bhūmau gaganād yathāśaniḥ //
Rām, Ki, 6, 23.2 kathaya mama ripuṃ
tam adya vai pravagapate yamasaṃnidhiṃ nayāmi //
Rām, Ki, 37, 34.1 tatas
tam udyogam avekṣya buddhimān haripravīrasya nideśavartinaḥ /
Rām, Su, 4, 2.2 bhūtāni sarvāṇi virājayantaṃ dadarśa śītāṃśum
athābhiyāntam //
Rām, Su, 29, 12.1 sā tiryag ūrdhvaṃ ca tathāpyadhastān nirīkṣamāṇā
tam acintyabuddhim /
Rām, Su, 30, 3.1 sā
taṃ samīkṣyaiva bhṛśaṃ visaṃjñā gatāsukalpeva babhūva sītā /
Rām, Su, 36, 56.1 maṇivaram upagṛhya
taṃ mahārhaṃ janakanṛpātmajayā dhṛtaṃ prabhāvāt /
Rām, Su, 45, 3.2 rathaṃ samāsthāya yayau sa vīryavān mahāhariṃ
taṃ prati nairṛtarṣabhaḥ //
Rām, Su, 45, 8.1 sa
taṃ samāsādya hariṃ harīkṣaṇo yugāntakālāgnim iva prajākṣaye /
Rām, Su, 45, 11.1 tataḥ kapiṃ
taṃ prasamīkṣya garvitaṃ jitaśramaṃ śatruparājayorjitam /
Rām, Su, 45, 16.1 tataḥ sa piṅgādhipamantrisattamaḥ samīkṣya
taṃ rājavarātmajaṃ raṇe /
Rām, Su, 45, 24.1 tam āttabāṇāsanam āhavonmukhaṃ kham āstṛṇantaṃ vividhaiḥ śarottamaiḥ /
Rām, Su, 45, 33.1 sa
taṃ parityajya mahāratho rathaṃ sakārmukaḥ khaḍgadharaḥ kham utpatat /
Rām, Su, 45, 34.2 sametya
taṃ mārutavegavikramaḥ krameṇa jagrāha ca pādayor dṛḍham //
Rām, Su, 45, 35.1 sa
taṃ samāvidhya sahasraśaḥ kapir mahoragaṃ gṛhya ivāṇḍajeśvaraḥ /
Rām, Su, 45, 37.1 mahākapir bhūmitale nipīḍya
taṃ cakāra rakṣo'dhipater mahad bhayam //
Rām, Su, 46, 51.1 athendrajit
taṃ prasamīkṣya muktam astreṇa baddhaṃ drumacīrasūtraiḥ /
Rām, Yu, 24, 36.2 tam iha śaraṇam abhyupehi devi divasakaraṃ prabhavo hyayaṃ prajānām //
Rām, Yu, 47, 39.2 taṃ prekṣya bhūmau patitaṃ visaṃjñaṃ neduḥ prahṛṣṭā yudhi yātudhānāḥ //
Rām, Yu, 47, 40.2 śailān samudyamya vivṛddhakāyāḥ
pradudruvustaṃ prati rākṣasendram //
Rām, Yu, 47, 44.2 taṃ lakṣmaṇaḥ prāñjalir abhyupetya uvāca vākyaṃ paramārthayuktam //
Rām, Yu, 48, 33.1 taṃ śailaśṛṅgair musalair gadābhir vṛkṣaistalair mudgaramuṣṭibhiśca /
Rām, Yu, 55, 49.2 taṃ prekṣya bhūmau patitaṃ visaṃjñaṃ neduḥ prahṛṣṭā yudhi yātudhānāḥ //
Rām, Yu, 56, 19.2 nyapatad atha daśānano bhṛśārtas
tam anujam indraripuṃ hataṃ viditvā //
Rām, Yu, 57, 90.1 athāṅgado rāmamanaḥpraharṣaṇaṃ suduṣkaraṃ
taṃ kṛtavān hi vikramam /
Rām, Yu, 60, 31.2 māyānigūḍhaṃ ca surendraśatruṃ na cātra
taṃ rākṣasam abhyapaśyan //
Rām, Yu, 68, 33.2 taṃ hṛṣṭarūpaṃ samudīkṣya vānarā viṣaṇṇarūpāḥ samabhipradudruvuḥ //
Rām, Yu, 77, 38.1 tato mahendrapratimaḥ sa lakṣmaṇaḥ padātinaṃ
taṃ niśitaiḥ śarottamaiḥ /
Rām, Yu, 79, 18.2 hṛṣṭā babhūvur yudhi yūthapendrā niśamya
taṃ śakrajitaṃ nipātitam //
Rām, Utt, 33, 18.1 sa
taṃ pramuktvā tridaśārim arjunaḥ prapūjya divyābharaṇasragambaraiḥ /
Saundarānanda
SaundĀ, 1, 61.2 te tatra
priyaguravastamabhyaṣicann ādityā daśaśatalocanaṃ divīva //
SaundĀ, 4, 7.1 tāṃ sundarīṃ cenna labheta nandaḥ sā vā niṣeveta na
taṃ natabhrūḥ /
SaundĀ, 4, 13.2 viśeṣakaṃ yāvadahaṃ karomītyuvāca kāntaṃ sa ca
taṃ babhāra //
SaundĀ, 4, 19.1 sā
taṃ stanodvartitahārayaṣṭirutthāpayāmāsa nipīḍya dorbhyām /
SaundĀ, 4, 39.1 sā
taṃ prayāntaṃ ramaṇaṃ pradadhyau pradhyānaśūnyasthitaniścalākṣī /
SaundĀ, 4, 42.1 taṃ gauravaṃ buddhagataṃ cakarṣa bhāryānurāgaḥ punarācakarṣa /
SaundĀ, 5, 15.2 kleśānukūlaṃ viṣayātmakaṃ ca nandaṃ
yatastaṃ munirācakarṣa //
SaundĀ, 5, 18.2 yasmādimaṃ tatra cakāra yatnaṃ
taṃ snehapaṅkān munirujjihīrṣan //
SaundĀ, 5, 21.1 dīnaṃ
mahākāruṇikastatastaṃ dṛṣṭvā muhūrtaṃ karuṇāyamānaḥ /
SaundĀ, 5, 34.1 atha pramādācca
tamujjihīrṣan matvāgamasyaiva ca pātrabhūtam /
SaundĀ, 5, 35.2 śanaistatastaṃ samupetya nando na pravrajiṣyāmyahamityuvāca //
SaundĀ, 5, 40.2 āropyamāṇasya
tameva mārgaṃ bhraṣṭasya sārthādiva sārthikasya //
SaundĀ, 6, 18.2 bibharti so 'nyasya janasya
taṃ cennamo 'stu tasmai calasauhṛdāya //
SaundĀ, 6, 21.2 yastvāṃ priyo nābhyacarat
kadācittamanyathā yāsyatikātarāsi //
SaundĀ, 6, 22.1 mā svāminaṃ svāmini doṣato gāḥ priyaṃ priyārhaṃ priyakāriṇaṃ
tam /
SaundĀ, 8, 7.2 avalambya kare kareṇa
taṃ praviveśānyatarad vanāntaram //
SaundĀ, 9, 4.1 tatastathākṣiptamavekṣya
taṃ tadā balena rūpeṇa ca yauvanena ca /
SaundĀ, 9, 35.2 tamutsṛjaivaṃ yadi śāmyatā bhaved bhayaṃ hyahaṃ ceti mameti cārchati //
SaundĀ, 10, 2.1 taṃ prāptamaprāptavimokṣamārgaṃ papraccha cittaskhalitaṃ sucittaḥ /
SaundĀ, 10, 3.1 nandaṃ viditvā
sugatastatastaṃ bhāryābhidhāne tamasi bhramantam /
SaundĀ, 10, 64.2 tato muniḥ pavana ivāmbarāt patan pragṛhya
taṃ punaragamanmahītalam //
SaundĀ, 16, 75.1 na doṣataḥ paśyati yo hi doṣaṃ
kastaṃ tato vārayituṃ samarthaḥ /
SaundĀ, 16, 92.1 yaṃ vikramaṃ
yogavidhāvakurvaṃstameva śīghraṃ vidhivat kuruṣva /
SaundĀ, 17, 73.1 taṃ vande paramanukampakaṃ maharṣiṃ mūrdhnāhaṃ prakṛtiguṇajñamāśayajñam /
SaundĀ, 17, 73.2 saṃbuddhaṃ daśabalinaṃ bhiṣakpradhānaṃ trātāraṃ punarapi cāsmi
saṃnatastam //
SaundĀ, 18, 21.2 dharmānvayaṃ cānugataṃ prasādaṃ
meghasvarastaṃ munirābabhāṣe //
SaundĀ, 18, 43.2 svaṃ nāśrayaṃ samprati cintayāmi na
taṃ janaṃ nāpsaraso na devān //
SaundĀ, 18, 57.2 bhramatsu sattveṣu
tamāvṛtātmasu śrutapradīpo niśi dhāryatāmayam //
Saṅghabhedavastu
SBhedaV, 1, 30.1 adrākṣur anye'pi
sattvāstaṃ sattvaṃ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayamānam yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavān iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 79.1 te
tam ekāham api pravāsayanti dvis triḥ saptāham api pravāsayanti //
SBhedaV, 1, 84.1 athānyataraḥ sattvas
taṃ sattvam idam avocat ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 85.1 atha sa sattvas
tam idam avocat pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva svaṃ śālim ānīto mayā sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 88.1 athānyataraḥ sattvas
taṃ sattvam idam avocat ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 89.1 atha sa sattvas
taṃ sattvam idam avocat pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva svaṃ śālim ānīto mayā sa dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhikaṃ śālir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 117.1 adrākṣīd anyataraḥ sattvaḥ
taṃ sattvaṃ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ sattvam idam avocat kasmāt tvam bhoḥ sattva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim ādatse gaccha bhos tvam sattva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣir dvir api trir api sa sattvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte //
SBhedaV, 1, 117.1 adrākṣīd anyataraḥ sattvaḥ taṃ sattvaṃ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punas
taṃ sattvam idam avocat kasmāt tvam bhoḥ sattva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim ādatse gaccha bhos tvam sattva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣir dvir api trir api sa sattvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte //
SBhedaV, 1, 118.1 adrākṣīt sa sattvaḥ
taṃ sattvaṃ dvir api trir api tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ sattvam idam avocat //
SBhedaV, 1, 118.1 adrākṣīt sa sattvaḥ taṃ sattvaṃ dvir api trir api tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punas
taṃ sattvam idam avocat //
SBhedaV, 1, 120.1 sa
tam ākarṣati parākarṣati yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatārayati ayaṃ bhavantaḥ sattvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim ādatta iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 121.1 atha te sattvās
taṃ sattvam idam avocan kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva tiṣṭhati sve śālau yāvat trir api parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ sattva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣir iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 125.0 yan nu vayaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya yo 'smākaṃ sattvo 'bhirūpataraśca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca
taṃ vayaṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayema yo 'smākaṃ nigṛhītavyāṃśca nigrahīṣyati pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragrahīṣyati //
SBhedaV, 1, 126.0 yac cāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ sampatsyate tato 'smai dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti te saṃgamya samāgamya yas teṣāṃ sattvo 'bhirūpataraśca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca
taṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayanti //
SBhedaV, 1, 190.0 tatas
taṃ gautamariṣiṃ parivārya saṃjātāmarṣāḥ kathayanti bhoḥ pravrajita riṣidhvajaṃ dhārayasi īdṛśaṃ ca karma karoṣīti //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ
tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 196.0 sa kathayati vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti aputrasya gatir nāstīti asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ pañcābhijñālābhī tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād vedanā viṣṭambhitā sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni ātmacintā lokacintā sattvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite dvau kumārau jātau tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ tau tatra praviṣṭau tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ paśyati kālagataḥ sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite kapālāny avasthitāni so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati dvau kumārau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyaitau putrāv iti paśyati gautamasya ṛṣeḥ tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ tena tāv āśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ tasmāt sūryagotrāviti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣuvāṭāllabdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ tam abhiṣiñcāma iti kṛtasaṃjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi śobhanaṃ tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena pāpakāryasāvakīrtanīyaḥ kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ idaṃ cedaṃ ca nāsau pāpakarmakārī adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ kathaṃ tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāviti te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau amātyāḥ kathayanti maharṣe kasyaitau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ tais
taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ so 'pyaputraḥ kālagataḥ tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt //
SBhedaV, 1, 197.0 teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā sa kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati sa kathayati mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ duhitaraḥ rājā kathayati ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati devaś cittaṃ karotu vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti deva svasti svastīti rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ rājā kathayati śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ kiṃtu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati
taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ rājā kathayati bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ deva saṃdigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti rājā kathayati bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata tataḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavatu tair gatvā pratigṛhītā yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas tenāvatiṣṭhasva eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ katham atra pratipattavyam iti te kathayanti deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye sa kathayati bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ te kathayanti deva udīrṇabalavāhano 'sau rājā sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhībhavati tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ samprasthitāḥ amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam iti te kathayanti devasya te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ kathaṃ praviśāma iti amātyāḥ kathayanti devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ amātyai rājābhihitaḥ deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ kālo devasya draṣṭum iti rājā samprasthitaḥ aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate amātyāḥ kathayanti deva kumārāḥ yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ mā parityajyantām iti rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi rājñā ājñā dattā te samprasthitāḥ anuraktajanapadās te taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ samprasthitaḥ saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate nacirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ te tasmiñśākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛśālakāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ te kathayanti maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe sa kathayati svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 197.0 teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā sa kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ dattvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati sa kathayati mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ duhitaraḥ rājā kathayati ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati devaś cittaṃ karotu vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti deva svasti svastīti rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ rājā kathayati śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ kiṃtu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ rājā kathayati bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ deva saṃdigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti rājā kathayati bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata tataḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavatu tair gatvā pratigṛhītā yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ
taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas tenāvatiṣṭhasva eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ katham atra pratipattavyam iti te kathayanti deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye sa kathayati bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ te kathayanti deva udīrṇabalavāhano 'sau rājā sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād rājā kathayati bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhībhavati tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ samprasthitāḥ amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam iti te kathayanti devasya te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ amātyāḥ kathayanti kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ kathaṃ praviśāma iti amātyāḥ kathayanti devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ amātyai rājābhihitaḥ deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ kālo devasya draṣṭum iti rājā samprasthitaḥ aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate amātyāḥ kathayanti deva kumārāḥ yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ mā parityajyantām iti rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi rājñā ājñā dattā te samprasthitāḥ anuraktajanapadās te taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ samprasthitaḥ saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate nacirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ te tasmiñśākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ kṛśālakāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ te kathayanti maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe sa kathayati svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 201.1 tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasampannaḥ phalasampannaḥ śālisampanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati lumbinyās
taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā sā kathayati deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti rājā kathayati gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ katham anuprayacchāmi yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ tasya lumbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasattvā saṃvṛttā sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ saṃdigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante kecit kathayanti dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti apare kathayanti nāsau dārikā kiṃ tarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma tasyā māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasampannaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārikānāmeti amātyāḥ kathayanti asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā sā naimittikair vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasampannaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ kiṃtu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ śākyāḥ sambhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata te kathayanti deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ dattvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavāḥ khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ parituṣṭā smaḥ vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ sa kathayati sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ kiṃtu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ deva śobhanam evaṃ kriyatāṃ tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte //
SBhedaV, 1, 202.1 yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisattvaḥ pañcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti kadācit kṣatriyāḥ idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ yannvahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsampanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ yannvahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti utkarṣe vartamānāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti kena kāraṇena bodhisattvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yannvahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisattvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati kīdṛśyāḥ striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulīnā kulavardhanī śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasampannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti atha bodhisattvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāccyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jambūdvīpaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ maskarī gośāliputraḥ saṃjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ ṣaḍ ānuśravikāḥ katame tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ puṣkarasārī brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ saṃjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati
taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe yathāpi tad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat tena hi mārṣāḥ sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti //
Śira'upaniṣad
ŚiraUpan, 1, 37.2 tam ātmasthaṃ ye tu paśyanti dhīrās teṣāṃ śāntir bhavati netareṣām //
Śvetāśvataropaniṣad
ŚvetU, 1, 4.1 tam ekanemiṃ trivṛtaṃ ṣoḍaśāntaṃ śatārdhāraṃ viṃśatipratyarābhiḥ /
ŚvetU, 3, 7.2 viśvasyaikaṃ pariveṣṭitāram īśaṃ
taṃ jñātvāmṛtā bhavanti //
ŚvetU, 3, 8.2 tam eva viditvāti mṛtyum eti nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya //
ŚvetU, 3, 19.2 sa vetti vedyaṃ na ca tasyāsti vettā
tam āhur agryaṃ puruṣaṃ mahāntam //
ŚvetU, 3, 20.2 tam akratuṃ paśyati vītaśoko dhātuḥ prasādān mahimānam īśam //
ŚvetU, 4, 11.2 tam īśānaṃ varadaṃ devam īḍyaṃ nicāyyemāṃ śāntim atyantam eti //
ŚvetU, 4, 15.2 yasmin yuktā brahmarṣayo devatāś ca
tam evaṃ jñātvā mṛtyupāśāṃś chinatti //
ŚvetU, 5, 2.2 ṛṣiprasūtaṃ kapilaṃ yas
tam agre jñānair bibharti jāyamānaṃ ca paśyet //
ŚvetU, 6, 5.2 taṃ viśvarūpaṃ bhavabhūtam īḍyaṃ devaṃ svacittastham upāsya pūrvam //
ŚvetU, 6, 7.1 tam īśvarāṇāṃ paramaṃ maheśvaraṃ taṃ devatānāṃ paramaṃ ca daivataṃ /
ŚvetU, 6, 7.1 tam īśvarāṇāṃ paramaṃ maheśvaraṃ
taṃ devatānāṃ paramaṃ ca daivataṃ /
ŚvetU, 6, 12.2 tam ātmasthaṃ ye 'nupaśyanti dhīrās teṣāṃ sukhaṃ śāśvataṃ netareṣāṃ //
ŚvetU, 6, 14.2 tam eva bhāntam anubhāti sarvaṃ tasya bhāsā sarvam idaṃ vibhāti //
ŚvetU, 6, 15.2 tam eva viditvāti mṛtyum eti nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya //
ŚvetU, 6, 18.2 taṃ ha devam ātmabuddhiprakāśaṃ mumukṣur vai śaraṇam ahaṃ prapadye //
Agnipurāṇa
Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā
AHS, Utt., 39, 78.1 tam amṛtarasapākaṃ yaḥ prage prāśam aśnann anupibati yatheṣṭaṃ vāri dugdhaṃ rasaṃ vā /
Bodhicaryāvatāra
BoCA, 4, 36.2 khalpe'pi tāvadapakāriṇi baddharoṣā mānonnatās
tam anihatya na yānti nidrām //
BoCA, 7, 59.2 ye
taṃ sphurantamapi mānaripuṃ nihatya kāmaṃ jane jayaphalaṃ pratipādayanti //
BoCA, 8, 58.2 yatas tan nirgataṃ
kāyāttaṃ spraṣṭuṃ kathamicchasi //
Bṛhatkathāślokasaṃgraha
BKŚS, 1, 66.2 pālakenābravīt
taṃ ca sthita eva sthitaṃ sthitam //
BKŚS, 2, 2.1 taṃ purodhaḥprabhṛtayaḥ kadācid avadan prajāḥ /
BKŚS, 2, 45.1 yau 'sau rājan gajo vanyas
taṃ budhyasva vināyakam /
BKŚS, 9, 58.1 dīrghāyuṣkaṃ ca
taṃ vitta snigdhās tasya śiroruhāḥ /
BKŚS, 12, 84.1 taṃ cākarṇya mahāmanoratham idaṃ pūrṇaṃ cirāt kāṅkṣitaṃ naiva prītivikāsihārihasitaṃ dhatte sma kāntāmukham /
BKŚS, 21, 5.1 tam uktvā yuktam āttheti taṃ cāmantrya prasannakam /
BKŚS, 21, 5.1 tam uktvā yuktam āttheti
taṃ cāmantrya prasannakam /
BKŚS, 22, 23.2 lambauṣṭhaṃ bhugnapṛṣṭhaṃ ca sā
taṃ putraṃ samarpayat //
Daśakumāracarita
DKCar, 1, 1, 23.1 bhūpatir āyāntaṃ
taṃ vilokya samyagjñātatadīyagūḍhacārabhāvo nikhilamanucaranikaraṃ visṛjya mantrijanasametaḥ praṇatamenaṃ mandahāsamabhāṣata nanu tāpasa deśaṃ sāpadeśaṃ bhramanbhavāṃstatra tatra bhavadabhijñātaṃ kathayatu iti //
DKCar, 1, 1, 40.1 sā sasaṃbhramam āgatyāmandahṛdayānandasaṃphullavadanāravindā
tam upoṣitābhyām ivānimiṣitābhyāṃ locanābhyāṃ pibantī vikasvareṇa svareṇa purohitāmātyajanam uccairāhūya tebhyastamadarśayat //
DKCar, 1, 1, 40.1 sā sasaṃbhramam āgatyāmandahṛdayānandasaṃphullavadanāravindā tam upoṣitābhyām ivānimiṣitābhyāṃ locanābhyāṃ pibantī vikasvareṇa svareṇa purohitāmātyajanam uccairāhūya
tebhyastamadarśayat //
DKCar, 1, 1, 48.1 taṃ praṇamya tena kṛtātithyastasmai kathitakathyastadāśrame dūrīkṛtaśrame kaṃcana kālamuṣitvā nijarājyābhilāṣī mitabhāṣī somakulāvataṃso rājahaṃso munim abhāṣata bhagavan mānasāraḥ prabalena daivabalena māṃ nirjitya madbhogyaṃ rājyamanubhavati /
DKCar, 1, 1, 48.2 tadvadahamapyugraṃ tapo viracya
tam arātim unmūlayiṣyāmi lokaśaraṇyena bhavatkāruṇyeneti niyamavantaṃ bhavantaṃ prāpnavam iti //
DKCar, 1, 1, 63.1 rājā suhṛdāpannimittaṃ śokaṃ tannandanavilokanasukhena kiṃcid adharīkṛtya
tamupahāravarmanāmnāhūya rājavāhanamiva pupoṣa //
DKCar, 1, 2, 8.2 so 'pi māmavekṣya citraguptaṃ nāma nijāmātyamāhūya
tamavocat saciva naiṣo 'muṣya mṛtyusamayaḥ /
DKCar, 1, 2, 19.1 vañcayitvā vayasyagaṇaṃ samāgato rājavāhanastadavalokanakautūhalena bhuvaṃ gamiṣṇuḥ kālindīdattaṃ kṣutpipāsādikleśanāśanaṃ maṇiṃ sāhāyyakaraṇasaṃtuṣṭān mataṅgāllabdhvā kaṃcanādhvānam anuvartamānaṃ
taṃ visṛjya bilapathena tena niryayau /
DKCar, 1, 2, 21.1 pramodāśrupūrṇo rājā pulakitāṅgaṃ
taṃ gāḍhamāliṅgya aye saumya somadatta iti vyājahāra /
DKCar, 1, 3, 4.1 kanyāsāreṇa niyukto mānapālo nāma vīraketumantrī mānadhanaś caturaṅgabalasamanvito 'nyatra
racitaśibirastaṃ nijanāthāvamānakhinnamānaso 'ntarbibheda iti //
DKCar, 1, 3, 12.2 tasminnavasare purataḥ puṣpodbhavaṃ vilokya sasaṃbhramaṃ nijaniṭilataṭaspṛṣṭacaraṇāṅgulimudañjalimamuṃ gāḍham āliṅgyānandabāṣpasaṃkulasaṃphullalocanaḥ saumya somadatta ayaṃ saḥ puṣpodbhavaḥ iti tasmai
taṃ darśayāmāsa //
DKCar, 1, 4, 2.2 mama purobhāge dinamadhyasaṃkucitasarvāvayavāṃ kūrmākṛtiṃ mānuṣacchāyāṃ nirīkṣyonmukho gaganatalānmahārayeṇa patantaṃ puruṣaṃ kaṃcid antarāla eva dayopanatahṛdayo 'ham avalambya śanairavanitale nikṣipya dūrāpātavītasaṃjñaṃ
taṃ śiśiropacāreṇa vibodhya śokātirekeṇodgatabāṣpalocanaṃ taṃ bhṛgupatanakāraṇamapṛccham //
DKCar, 1, 4, 2.2 mama purobhāge dinamadhyasaṃkucitasarvāvayavāṃ kūrmākṛtiṃ mānuṣacchāyāṃ nirīkṣyonmukho gaganatalānmahārayeṇa patantaṃ puruṣaṃ kaṃcid antarāla eva dayopanatahṛdayo 'ham avalambya śanairavanitale nikṣipya dūrāpātavītasaṃjñaṃ taṃ śiśiropacāreṇa vibodhya śokātirekeṇodgatabāṣpalocanaṃ
taṃ bhṛgupatanakāraṇamapṛccham //
DKCar, 1, 4, 5.1 tanniśamya manoviditajanakabhāvaṃ
tamavādiṣam tāta bhavate vijñāpanīyāni bahūni santi /
DKCar, 1, 4, 18.3 tadākārasaṃpadāśāśṛṅkhalitahṛdayo yaḥ saṃbandhayogyaḥ sāhasiko ratimandire
taṃ yakṣaṃ nirjitya tayā ekasakhīsametayā mṛgākṣyā saṃlāpāmṛtasukhamanubhūya kuśalī nirgamiṣyati tena cakravākasaṃśayākārapayodharā vivāhanīyeti siddhenaikenāvādīti purajanasya purato bhavadīyaiḥ satyavākyairjanairasakṛt kathanīyam /
DKCar, 1, 4, 19.5 ahamekāntaniketane
muṣṭijānupādāghātaistaṃ rabhasānnihatya punarapi vayasyāmiṣeṇa bhavatīm anu niḥśaṅkaṃ nirgamiṣyāmi /
DKCar, 1, 4, 21.1 manmāyopāyavāgurāpāśalagnena dāruvarmaṇā ratimandire rantuṃ samāhūtā bālacandrikā
taṃ gamiṣyantīdūtikāṃ mannikaṭam abhipreṣitavatī /
DKCar, 1, 5, 6.1 sā mūrtimatīva lakṣmīrmālaveśakanyakā svenaivārādhyamānaṃ saṃkalpitavarapradānāyāvirbhūtaṃ mūrtimantaṃ manmathamiva
tamālokya mandamārutāndolitā lateva madanāveśavatī cakampe /
DKCar, 1, 5, 13.3 sa tāpasaḥ
karuṇākṛṣṭacetāstam avadat rājan iha janmani bhavataḥ śāpaphalābhāvo bhavatu /
DKCar, 1, 5, 15.1 tasminnavasare mālavendramahiṣī parijanaparivṛtā duhitṛkelīvilokanāya
taṃ deśamavāpa /
DKCar, 1, 5, 23.2 rājavāhanaḥ sādaram ko bhavān kasyāṃ vidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ iti
taṃ papraccha /
DKCar, 1, 5, 23.10 saṃtuṣṭamanā mahīpatiranimittaṃ mitraṃ prakaṭīkṛtakṛtrimakriyāpāṭavaṃ vipralambhakṛtrimapremasahajasauhārdavedinaṃ
taṃ vidyeśvaraṃ sabahumānaṃ visasarja //
DKCar, 2, 1, 17.1 tadanubhāvaniruddhanigrahecchāstu sadya eva te
tamarthaṃ caṇḍavarmaṇe nivedayāṃcakruḥ //
DKCar, 2, 1, 25.1 sa kila caṇḍaśīlaścaṇḍavarmā sarvamidamudantajātaṃ rājarājagirau tapasyate darpasārāya saṃdiśya sarvameva puṣpodbhavakuṭumbakaṃ sarvasvaharaṇapūrvakaṃ sadya eva bandhane kṣiptvā kṛtvā ca rājavāhanaṃ rājakesarikiśorakamiva dārupañjaranibaddhaṃ mūrdhajajālavilīnacūḍāmaṇiprabhāvavikṣiptakṣutpipāsādikhedaṃ ca
tam avadhūtaduhitṛprārthanasyāṅgarājasyoddharaṇāyāṅgān abhiyāsyann ananyaviśvāsān nināya //
DKCar, 2, 1, 38.1 kṛtavivāhakṛtyaścotthāyāhameva
tamanāryaśīlaṃ tasya hastinaḥ kṛtvā krīḍanakaṃ tadadhirūḍha eva gatvā śatrasāhāyyakāya pratyāsīdato rājanyakasya sakośavāhanasyāvagrahaṇaṃ kariṣyāmi iti pārśvacarān avekṣāṃcakre //
DKCar, 2, 1, 60.1 śrutvā
caitattameva mattahastinamudastādhoraṇo rājaputro 'dhiruhya raṃhasottamena rājabhavanamabhyavartata //
DKCar, 2, 1, 75.1 devo 'pi yathā te rocate iti
tamābhāṣya gatvā ca tannirdiṣṭena mārgeṇa nagarād bahir atimahato rohiṇadrumasya kasyacitkṣaumāvadātasaikate gaṅgātaraṅgapavanapātaśītale tale dviradādavatatara //
DKCar, 2, 1, 77.1 tathā niṣaṇṇaṃ ca
tam upahāravarmārthapālapramatimitraguptamantraguptaviśrutair maithilena ca prahāravarmaṇā kāśībhartrā ca kāmapālena campeśvareṇa siṃhavarmaṇā sahopāgatya dhanamitraḥ praṇipapāta //
DKCar, 2, 2, 2.1 kutaścitsaṃlapato janasamājādupalabhyāmutobubhutsustvadgatiṃ
tamuddeśamagamam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 6.1 tamekadā kāmamañjarī nāmāṅgapurīvataṃsasthānīyā vārayuvatir aśrubindutārakitapayodharā sanirvedamabhyetya kīrṇaśikhaṇḍāstīrṇabhūmir abhyavandiṣṭa //
DKCar, 2, 2, 8.1 sa kila
kṛpālustaṃ janamārdrayā girāśvāsyārtikāraṇaṃ tāṃ gaṇikāmapṛcchat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 26.1 tathā iti tasyāḥ pratiyāte svajane sā gaṇikā
tam ṛṣim alaghubhaktir dhautodgamanīyavāsinī nātyādṛtaśarīrasaṃskārā vanatarupotālavālapūraṇair devatārcanakusumoccayāvacayaprayāsair naikavikalpopahārakarmabhiḥ kāmaśāsanārthe ca gandhamālyadhūpadīpanṛtyagītavādyādibhiḥ kriyābhir ekānte ca trivargasambandhanībhiḥ kathābhiradhyātmavādaiścānurūpairalpīyasaiva kālenānvarañjayat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 27.1 ekadā ca rahasi raktaṃ
tamupalakṣya mūḍhaḥ khalu loko yatsaha dharmeṇārthakāmāvapi gaṇayatīti kiṃcid asmayata //
DKCar, 2, 2, 35.1 bādhito 'pi
cālpāyāsapratisamāhitastamapi doṣaṃ nirhṛtya śreyase 'nalpāya kalpate //
DKCar, 2, 2, 49.1 sā sudūraṃ mūḍhātmānaṃ ca
taṃ pravahaṇena nītvā puramudāraśobhayā rājavīthyā svabhavanam anaiṣīt //
DKCar, 2, 2, 51.1 uttaredyuḥ snātānuliptam āracitamañjumālam ārabdhakāmijanavṛttaṃ nivṛttasvavṛttābhilāṣaṃ kṣaṇamātre gate 'pi tayā vinā dūyamānaṃ
tamṛddhimatā rājamārgeṇotsavasamājaṃ nītvā kvacidupavanoddeśe yuvatijanaśataparivṛtasya rājñaḥ saṃnidhau smitamukhena tena bhadre bhagavatā saha niṣīda ityādiṣṭā savibhramaṃ kṛtapraṇāmā sasmitaṃ nyaṣīdat //
DKCar, 2, 2, 54.1 hṛṣṭena ca rājñā mahārhai ratnālaṅkārair mahatā ca paribarheṇānugṛhya visṛṣṭā vāramukhyābhiḥ pauramukhyaiśca gaṇaśaḥ praśasyamānā svabhavanamagatvaiva
tam ṛṣim abhāṣata bhagavan ayamañjaliḥ ciramanugṛhīto 'yaṃ dāsajanaḥ svārtha idānīmanuṣṭheyaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 2, 69.1 anumatamuniśāsanas tvam amunaiva sahopāsya saṃdhyāmanurūpābhiḥ
kathābhistamanuśayya nītarātriḥ pratyunmiṣaty udayaprasthadāvakalpe kalpadrumakisalayāvadhīriṇyaruṇārciṣi taṃ namaskṛtya nagarāyodacalam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 69.1 anumatamuniśāsanas tvam amunaiva sahopāsya saṃdhyāmanurūpābhiḥ kathābhistamanuśayya nītarātriḥ pratyunmiṣaty udayaprasthadāvakalpe kalpadrumakisalayāvadhīriṇyaruṇārciṣi
taṃ namaskṛtya nagarāyodacalam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 83.1 āsīnayoścāvayormāmevāpagamya sā nīlotpalamayamivāpāṅgadāmāṅge mama muñcantī
taṃ janamapatrapayādhomukhaṃ vyadhatta //
DKCar, 2, 2, 236.1 arthapatistu
tam adṛṣṭvā tatkṛtam aparādham ātmasambaddhaṃ matvā mohādbhayādvā pratyākhyāya punardhanamitreṇa vibhāvite kupitena rājñā nigṛhya nigaḍabandhanamanīyata //
DKCar, 2, 2, 344.1 nāgadantalagnaniryāsakalkavarṇitaṃ phalakamādāya maṇisamudgakādvarṇavartikāmuddhṛtya tāṃ tathāśayānāṃ tasyāśca mām ābaddhāñjaliṃ caraṇalagnamālikhamāryāṃ caitām tvām ayam ābaddhāñjali
dāsajanastamimamarthamarthayate //
DKCar, 2, 2, 365.1 gatvā ca rāgamañjarīgṛhaṃ ciravirahakhedavihvalāmimāṃ bahuvidhaṃ samāśvāsya
taṃ niśāśeṣamanayam //
DKCar, 2, 2, 374.1 ahaṃ ca dhanamitragṛhe tadvivāhāyaiva pinaddhamaṅgalapratisaras
tam evam avocam sakhe samāpatitam evāṅgarājābhisaraṃ rājamaṇḍalam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 14.1 sā tvahaṃ mohasuptā kenāpi vṛṣṇipālenopanīya svaṃ kuṭīramāveśya kṛpayopakrāntavraṇā svasthībhūya svabhartur antikam upatiṣṭhāsur asahāyatayā yāvadvyākulībhavāmi tāvanmamaiva duhitā saha yūnā kenāpi
tamevoddeśamāgamat //
DKCar, 2, 3, 33.1 pitarāvapi tāvanmāṃ na saṃvidāte kimutetare
tamenamarthamupāyena sādhayiṣyāmi ityagādiṣam //
DKCar, 2, 3, 87.1 anenāmuṣya pade pratiṣṭhāpya
tamevātyantamupacarya jīviṣyāmi iti //
DKCar, 2, 3, 190.1 taṃ viṣānnena vyāpādyājīrṇadoṣaṃ khyāpayeyamiti mantribhiḥ sahā dhyavasitam //
DKCar, 2, 4, 5.0 asti cenmamāpi ko 'pi sāhāyyadānāvakāśas
tam enam abhyupetyetyapṛccham bhadra saṃnāho 'yaṃ sāhasamavagamayati //
DKCar, 2, 4, 35.0 rājajñayā niśīthe 'ham ākrīḍanagiridarīgṛhe viśrabdhaprasuptas tayopadarśito yathopapannarajjubaddhaḥ śmaśānamupanīya mātaṅgodyatena kṛpāṇena prājihīrṣye
niyatibalāllūnabandhastamasimācchidyāntyajaṃ tamanyāṃśca kāṃścitprahṛtyāpāsaram //
DKCar, 2, 4, 35.0 rājajñayā niśīthe 'ham ākrīḍanagiridarīgṛhe viśrabdhaprasuptas tayopadarśito yathopapannarajjubaddhaḥ śmaśānamupanīya mātaṅgodyatena kṛpāṇena prājihīrṣye niyatibalāllūnabandhastamasimācchidyāntyajaṃ
tamanyāṃśca kāṃścitprahṛtyāpāsaram //
DKCar, 2, 4, 52.0 evamanekamṛtyumukhaparibhraṣṭaṃ daivānmayopalabdhaṃ
tamekapiṅgādeśādvane tapasyato rājahaṃsasya devyai vasumatyai tatsutasya bhāvicakravartino rājavāhanasya paricaryārthaṃ samarpya gurubhirabhyanujñātā kṛtāntayogātkṛtāntamukhabhraṣṭasya te pādapadmaśuśrūṣārthamāgatāsmi iti //
DKCar, 2, 4, 67.0 taṃ ca devajyeṣṭhaṃ caṇḍaghoṣaṃ viṣeṇa hatvā bālo 'yamasamartha iti tvamadyāpi prakṛtiviśrambhaṇāyopekṣitaḥ //
DKCar, 2, 4, 86.0 tamahaṃ mantrauṣadhabalenābhigṛhya pūrṇabhadramabravam bhadra siddhaṃ naḥ samīhitam //
DKCar, 2, 4, 102.0 punaranyo 'pi yadi syādanyāyavṛttis
tamapyevameva yathārheṇa daṇḍena yojayiṣyati devaḥ iti //
DKCar, 2, 4, 109.0 darvīkarastu
tamapi caṇḍālaṃ daṣṭvā rūḍhatrāsadrutalokadattamārgaḥ prādravat //
DKCar, 2, 4, 169.0 ākṛṣya ca
tamahimivāhiśatruḥ sphurantamamunaiva bhittirandhrapathena straiṇasaṃnidhimanaiṣam //
DKCar, 2, 4, 172.0 atha pitarau prahṛṣṭatarau
taṃ nikṛṣṭāśayaṃ niśamya bandhane niyamya tasyā dārikāyā yathārheṇa karmaṇā māṃ pāṇimagrāhayetām //
DKCar, 2, 5, 31.1 śetām ayamatra muhūrtamātraṃ brāhmaṇakumāro yāvatkṛtakṛtyā nivarteya iti tvāṃ tatra śāyayitvā
tamuddeśamagamam //
DKCar, 2, 5, 71.1 punastamādāya tāmapi vyājasuptām ullasanmadanarāgavihvalāṃ vallabhāṃ tatraivābhilikhya kācidevaṃbhūtā yuvatirīdṛśasya puṃsaḥ pārśvaśāyinyaraṇyānīprasuptena mayopalabdhā //
DKCar, 2, 5, 95.1 tena
tamānīya pāṇimasyā grāhayitvā tasmin nyastabhāraḥ saṃnyasiṣye //
DKCar, 2, 6, 73.1 kṣapānte ca
kṛtayathocitaniyamastameva priyādarśanasubhagam udyānoddeśam upāgato 'smi //
DKCar, 2, 6, 93.1 taṃ cāhamavabudhya jātavrīḍamabravam tāta kiṃ dṛṣṭāni kṛtāntavilasitāni iti //
DKCar, 2, 6, 94.1 te tu sāṃyātrikā madīyenaiva śṛṅkhalena
tamatigāḍhaṃ baddhvā harṣakilakilāravam akurvan māṃ cāpūjayan //
DKCar, 2, 6, 115.1 tamapyārdrāśayaḥ skandhenodvahankandamūlamṛgabahule gahanoddeśe yatnaracitaparṇaśālaściramavasat //
DKCar, 2, 6, 117.1 puṣṭaṃ ca
tamudriktadhātumekadā mṛgānveṣaṇāya ca prayāte dhanyake sā dhūminī riraṃsayopātiṣṭhata //
DKCar, 2, 6, 121.1 taṃ ca vikalaṃ skandhenoduhya deśāddeśāntaraṃ paribhramantī pativratāpratītiṃ lebhe bahuvidhāśca pūjāḥ //
DKCar, 2, 6, 154.1 tathānuṣṭhite ca tayā dvitrānupadaṃśānupapādya tadannamaṇḍam ārdravālukopahitanavaśarāvagatam iti mṛdunā tālavṛntānilena śītalīkṛtya salavaṇasaṃbhāraṃ dattāṅgāradhūpavāsaṃ ca sampādya tadapyāmalakaṃ ślakṣṇapiṣṭamutpalagandhi kṛtvā dhātrīmukhena snānāya
tamacodayat //
DKCar, 2, 6, 203.1 atha
tamādāya tasya haste dattvā vakṣyasi putra taveyaṃ bhāryāsakhī nidhipatidattasya sarvaśreṣṭhimukhyasya kanyā kanakavatī nāma //
DKCar, 2, 6, 234.1 sa ca
tamabravīt bhadra viruddham ivaitatpratibhāti yataḥ kulajādurlabhaṃ vapuḥ ābhijātyaśaṃsinī ca namratā pāṇḍurā ca mukhacchaviḥ anatiparibhuktasubhagā ca tanuḥ prauḍhatānuviddhā ca dṛṣṭiḥ //
DKCar, 2, 6, 264.1 sa dṛṣṭvā mama gṛhiṇyā evaiṣa nūpuraḥ kathamayamupalabdhastvayā iti
tam abruvāṇaṃ nirbandhena papraccha //
DKCar, 2, 7, 16.0 ādiśaṃ ca
tam sakhe saiṣā sajjanācaritā saraṇiḥ yadaṇīyasi kāraṇe 'naṇīyān ādaraḥ saṃdṛśyate //
DKCar, 2, 7, 71.0 śānte ca tatra salilaraṭite klinnagātraḥ kiṃcidāraktadṛṣṭir yenākāreṇa niryāsyati nicāyya
taṃ nikhilajananetrānandakāriṇaṃ na yakṣaḥ śakṣyatyagrataḥ sthitaye //
DKCar, 2, 7, 89.0 gataṃ ca kīrṇakeśaṃ saṃhatakarṇanāsaṃ sarasastalaṃ hāstinaṃ nakralīlayā nīrātinilīnatayā
taṃ tathā śayānaṃ kandharāyāṃ kanthayā vyagrahīṣam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 5.0 iti athāhamabhyetya vratatyā kayāpi vṛddhamuttārya
taṃ ca bālaṃ vaṃśanālīmukhoddhṛtābhir adbhiḥ phalaiśca pañcaṣaiḥ śarakṣepocchritasya lakucavṛkṣasya śikharātpāṣāṇapātitaiḥ pratyānītaprāṇavṛttim āpādya tarutalaniṣaṇṇastaṃ jarantamabravam tāta ka eṣa bālaḥ ko vā bhavān kathaṃ ceyamāpadāpannā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 5.0 iti athāhamabhyetya vratatyā kayāpi vṛddhamuttārya taṃ ca bālaṃ vaṃśanālīmukhoddhṛtābhir adbhiḥ phalaiśca pañcaṣaiḥ śarakṣepocchritasya lakucavṛkṣasya śikharātpāṣāṇapātitaiḥ pratyānītaprāṇavṛttim āpādya
tarutalaniṣaṇṇastaṃ jarantamabravam tāta ka eṣa bālaḥ ko vā bhavān kathaṃ ceyamāpadāpannā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 10.0 tamekadā rahasi vasurakṣito nāma mantrivṛddhaḥ piturasya bahumataḥ pragalbhavāgabhāṣata tāta sarvaivātmasaṃpad abhijanāt prabhṛty anyūnaivātrabhavati lakṣyate //
DKCar, 2, 8, 24.0 tāṃ ca vārtāṃ pārthivena pramadāsaṃnidhau prasaṅgenodīritāmupaniśamya samīpopaviṣṭaścittānuvṛttikuśalaḥ prasādavitto gītanṛtyavādyādiṣvabāhyo bāhyanārīparāyaṇaḥ paṭur ayantritamukho bahubhaṅgiviśāradaḥ paramarmānveṣaṇaparaḥ parihāsayitā parivādaruciḥ paiśunyapaṇḍitaḥ sacivamaṇḍalādapyutkocahārī sakaladurnayopādhyāyaḥ kāmatantrakarṇadhāraḥ kumārasevako vihārabhadro nāma smitapūrvaṃ vyajñapayat deva daivānugraheṇa yadi kaścidbhājanaṃ bhavati vibhūteḥ
tamakasmāduccāvacairupapralobhanaiḥ kadarthayantaḥ svārthaṃ sādhayanti dhūrtāḥ tathāhi kecitpretya kila labhyair abhyudayātiśayair āśām utpādya muṇḍayitvā śiraḥ baddhvā darbharajjubhiḥ ajinenācchādya navanītenopalipya anaśanaṃ ca śāyayitvā sarvasvaṃ svīkariṣyanti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 27.0 tamanye parivāryāhuḥ ekāmapi kākiṇīṃ kārṣāpaṇalakṣamāpādayema śastrādṛte sarvaśatrūn ghātayema ekaśarīriṇamapi martyaṃ cakravartinaṃ vidadhīmahi yadyasmaduddiṣṭena mārgeṇācaryate iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 95.0 kimiti gurutvaviparītamanuṣṭhitam iti
tamutthāpya krīḍānirbharam atiṣṭhat //
DKCar, 2, 8, 143.0 tatparāmṛṣṭarāṣṭraparyantaś cānantavarmā
tamabhiyoktuṃ balasamutthānamakarot //
DKCar, 2, 8, 166.0 nirbhartsitaśca tayā sutamiyamakhaṇḍacāritrā rājyārhaṃ cikīrṣati iti
nairghṛṇyāttamenaṃ bālam ajighāṃsīt //
DKCar, 2, 8, 174.0 yadyevametanmāturmatpituścaiko mātāmahaḥ iti sasnehaṃ
tamahaṃ sasvaje //
DKCar, 2, 8, 177.0 ahaṃ tu
taṃ nayāvaliptam aśmakanayenaivonmūlya bālamenaṃ pitrye pade pratiṣṭhāpayeyam iti pratijñāya kathamasyaināṃ kṣudhaṃ kṣapayeyam ityacintayam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 181.0 taṃ caikaṃ mṛgaṃ dattvā mṛgayave anyasyāpalomatvacaḥ klomāpohya niṣkulākṛtya vikṛtyorvaṅghrigrīvādīni śūlākṛtya dāvāṅgāreṣu taptenāmiṣeṇa tayorātmanaśca kṣudhamatārṣam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 216.0 mayāpi sasmitaṃ mañjuvādinīrāgalīnadṛṣṭilīḍhadhairyeṇa evamastu iti labdhabhaikṣaḥ nālījaṅghamākārya nirgamya tataśca
taṃ cānuyāntaṃ śanairapṛccham kvāsāvalpāyuḥ prathitaḥ pracaṇḍavarmā iti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 218.0 yadyevamudyāne tiṣṭha iti
taṃ jarantamādiśya tatprakāraikapārśve kvacicchūnyamaṭhikāyāṃ mātrāḥ samavatārya tadrakṣaṇaniyuktarājaputraḥ kṛtakuśīlavaveṣalīlaḥ pracaṇḍavarmāṇametyānvarañjayam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 219.0 anurañjitātape tu samaye janasamājajñānopayogīni saṃhṛtya nṛtyagītanānāruditāni hastacaṅkramaṇam ūrdhvapādālātapādapīṭhavṛścikamakaralaṅghanādīni matsyodvartanādīni ca karaṇāni punar ādāyādāyāsannavartināṃ kṣurikāḥ tābhirupāhitavarṣmā citraduṣkarāṇi karaṇāni śyenapātotkrośapātādīni darśayan viṃśaticāpāntarālāvasthitasya pracaṇḍavarmaṇaśchurikayaikayā pratyurasaṃ prahṛtya jīvyād varṣasahasraṃ vasantabhānuḥ ityabhigarjan madgātram arūkartum udyatāseḥ kasyāpi cārabhaṭasya pīvarāṃsabāhuśikharamākramya tāvataiva
taṃ vicetākurvan sākulaṃ ca lokam uccakṣūkurvan dvipuruṣocchritaṃ prākāram atyalaṅghayam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 235.0 taṃ ca guṇavatyahani bhadrākṛtam upanāyya purohitena pāṭhayannītiṃ rājakāryāṇyanvatiṣṭham //
DKCar, 2, 8, 244.0 so 'nyadaivaṃ māmāvedayat muhurupāsya prābhṛtaiḥ pravartya citrāḥ kathāḥ saṃvāhya pāṇipādam ati visrambhadattakṣaṇaṃ
tamaprākṣaṃ tvadupadiṣṭena nayena //
DKCar, 2, 8, 248.0 dviṣatāmeṣa cirabilvadrumaḥ prahvāṇāṃ tu candanataruḥ
tamuddhṛtya nītijñaṃ manyam aśmakamimaṃ ca rājaputraṃ pitrye pade pratiṣṭhitameva viddhi //
DKCar, 2, 8, 250.0 taccāpi śrutvā bhūyobhūyaścopadābhirviśodhya
taṃ me matisahāyamakaravam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 277.0 ahaṃ ca śikṣāviśeṣaviphalitatadasiprahāraḥ pratiprahāreṇa
taṃ prahṛtyāvakṛttamaśmakendraśiro 'vanau vinipātya tatsainikānavadam ataḥ paramapi ye yuyutsavo bhavanti te sametya mayā yudhyantām //
DKCar, 2, 8, 280.0 tato 'haṃ tadaśmakendrarājyaṃ rājasūnusād vidhāya tadrakṣaṇārthaṃ maulān svānadhikāriṇo niyujyātmībhūtenāśmakendrasainyena ca sākaṃ vidarbhānabhyetya rājadhānyāṃ
taṃ rājatanayaṃ bhāskaravarmāṇamabhiṣicya pitrye pade nyaveśayam //
DKCar, 2, 8, 281.0 ekadā ca mātrā vasundharayā sahāvasthitaṃ
taṃ rājānaṃ vyajijñapam mayaikasya kāryasyārambhaścikīrṣito 'sti //
DKCar, 2, 8, 284.0 ahaṃ ca yāvadiṣṭajanopalambhaṃ kiyantamapyanehasaṃ bhuvaṃ vibhramya
tamāsādya punaratra sameṣyāmi ityākarṇya mātrānumatena rājñāhamagādi yad etad asmākam etadrājyopalambhalakṣaṇasyaitāvato 'bhyudayasyāsādhāraṇo heturbhavāneva //
DKCar, 2, 8, 288.0 tatastaṃ tatra niyujyāhaṃ gamiṣyāmi ityādivacanasaṃdohaiḥ pralobhito 'pi sajananīko nṛpo 'nekairāgrahairmāṃ kiyantamapi kālaṃ prayāṇopakramāt nyavartayat //
DKCar, 2, 9, 5.0 etaṃ bhavadvṛttāntaṃ tatapratyāvṛttānāṃ sainikānāṃ mukhādākarṇyāsahyaduḥkhodanvati magnamanasāvubhāvahaṃ yuṣmajjananī ca vāmadevāśramaṃ gatvaitadvṛttāntaṃ tadviditaṃ vidhāya prāṇaparityāgaṃ kurvaḥ iti niścitya tadāśramamupagatau
taṃ muniṃ praṇamya yāvatsthitau tāvadeva tena trikālavedinā muninā viditamevāsmanmanīṣitam //
DKCar, 2, 9, 22.0 tataste sarve 'pi kumārāstanmunivacanaṃ śirasyādhāya
taṃ praṇamya pitarau ca gatvā digvijayaṃ vidhāya pratyāgamanāntaṃ svasvavṛttaṃ pṛthakpṛthaṅmunisamakṣaṃ nyavedayan //
Divyāvadāna
Divyāv, 1, 59.0 sa
koṭikarṇastaṃ pitaraṃ paśyati nityaṃ kṛṣikarmānte udyuktam //
Divyāv, 1, 146.0 upasaṃkramya
taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛcchati asti atra bhoḥ puruṣa pānīyamiti //
Divyāv, 1, 201.0 taistaṃ puruṣam avamūrdhakaṃ pātayitvā tāvat pṛṣṭhavaṃśān utpāṭyotpāṭya bhakṣito yāvat sūryasyāstagamanakālasamayaḥ //
Divyāv, 1, 250.0 sa
tamupasaṃkramya pṛcchati ko bhavān kena karmaṇā ihopapannaḥ sa evamāha śroṇa duṣkuhakā jāmbūdvīpakā manuṣyāḥ nābhiśraddadhāsyasi //
Divyāv, 1, 278.0 sā
taṃ dūrata eva dṛṣṭvā pratyavabhāṣitumārabdhā śroṇa svāgatam //
Divyāv, 1, 323.0 te kathayanti
tamuddhṛtyātmānaṃ samyaksukhena prīṇaya āryaṃ ca mahākātyāyanaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya asmākaṃ ca nāmnā dakṣiṇāmādeśaya //
Divyāv, 1, 363.0 sa kathayati
tamuddhṛtyātmānaṃ samyaksukhena prīṇaya āryaṃ ca mahākātyāyanaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya asmākaṃ ca nāmnā dakṣiṇāmādeśaya //
Divyāv, 1, 377.0 te kathayanti
tamuddhṛtyātmānaṃ samyaksukhena prīṇaya āryaṃ ca mahākātyāyanaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya asmākaṃ ca nāmnā dakṣiṇāmādeśaya //
Divyāv, 1, 411.0 sa
taṃ dhanajātaṃ dīnānāthakṛpaṇebhyo dattvā daridrānadaridrān kṛtvā yenāyuṣmān mahākātyāyanastenopasaṃkrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 42.0 yameva divasamāpannasattvā saṃvṛttā
tameva divasamupādāya bhavasya gṛhapateḥ sarvārthāḥ sarvakarmāntāśca paripūrṇāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 147.0 tābhistaṃ dṛṣṭvā svāminau tathā tathā bhagnau yathā gṛhavibhāgaṃ kartumārabdhau //
Divyāv, 2, 191.0 tena
taṃ kāṣṭhabhāraṃ gṛhītvā tadgośīrṣacandanamapanīya vīthīṃ gatvā karapattrikayā catasraḥ khaṇḍikāḥ kṛtāḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 316.0 sa
taṃ hṛdi kṛtvā taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahāsamudramavatīrṇaḥ saṃsiddhayānapātraśca pratyāgataḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 14.0 dṛṣṭvā ca punarāyuṣmantamāmantrayate icchasi tvamānanda yo 'sau yūpa ūrdhvaṃ vyāmasahasraṃ tiryak ṣoḍaśapravedho nānāratnavicitro divyaḥ sarvasauvarṇo rājñā mahāpraṇādena dānāni dattvā puṇyāni kṛtvā nadyāṃ gaṅgāyāṃ āplāvitaḥ
taṃ draṣṭum etasya bhagavan kālaḥ etasya sugata samayaḥ yo 'yaṃ bhagavān yūpamucchrāpayet bhikṣavaḥ paśyeyuḥ //
Divyāv, 3, 114.0 tataste
māṇavakāstam yūpaṃ khaṇḍaṃ khaṇḍaṃ chittvā bhājayiṣyanti //
Divyāv, 4, 40.2 yasyārthe smitamupadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
Divyāv, 5, 12.2 yasyārthe smitamupadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
Divyāv, 5, 35.2 taṃ bhāṣase varṇapadāni tasya dadāmi te grāmavarāṇi pañca //
Divyāv, 8, 102.0 katame pañca raktaṃ puruṣaṃ jānāti kālaṃ jānāti ṛtuṃ jānāti garbhamavakrāntaṃ jānāti yasyāḥ sakāśādgarbho 'vakrāmati
taṃ jānāti dārakaṃ jānāti dārikāṃ jānāti //
Divyāv, 8, 203.0 sacedetāṃ vidhiṃ nānutiṣṭhati auṣadhīṃ vā na labhate labdhāṃ vā na gṛhṇāti
tamenaṃ śaṅkhanābho rākṣasaḥ pañcatvamāpādayati //
Divyāv, 8, 211.0 sacedetāṃ vidhiṃ nānutiṣṭhati auṣadhīṃ vā na labhate labdhāṃ vā na gṛhṇāti
tamenaṃ tārākṣo dakarākṣasa ojaṃ vā ghaṭṭayati cittaṃ vā kṣipati sarveṇa vā sarvaṃ jīvitādvyaparopayati //
Divyāv, 8, 225.0 sacedetāṃ vidhiṃ nānutiṣṭhati auṣadhīṃ vā na labhate labdhāṃ vā na gṛhṇāti
tamenaṃ nīlagrīvo rākṣasaḥ pañcatvamāpādayiṣyati //
Divyāv, 8, 228.0 tamutsṛjya uttareṇa vairambhasya mahāsamudrasya mahatī tāmrāṭavī anekayojanāyāmavistārā //
Divyāv, 8, 370.0 tataḥ supriyo
mahāsārthavāhastaṃ maṅgalapotaṃ tīramupanīya vetrapāśaṃ badhnāti //
Divyāv, 8, 387.0 na cāsyopāyaṃ paśyati
taṃ parvatamabhirohaṇāyeti viditvā cintāparo 'horātramavasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 8, 501.0 yastamaṣṭamyāṃ pañcadaśyāṃ vā bālāho'śvarājaḥ paribhujya sukhī arogo balavān prīṇitendriyaḥ pūrvakāyamabhyunnamayyodānamudānayati kaḥ pāragāmī kaḥ pāragāmī kaṃ pāraṃ nayāmi svastikṣemābhyāṃ jambudvīpamanuprāpayāmi sa tvayopasaṃkramya idaṃ syādvacanīyam ahaṃ pāragāmī māṃ pāraṃ naya māṃ svastikṣemābhyāṃ vārāṇasīmanuprāpaya //
Divyāv, 8, 502.0 atha sa supriyo mahāsārthavāhastāḥ kinnarakanyā dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya mātṛduhitṛvat pratisaṃmodya yathoddiṣṭena mārgeṇa yathoktena vidhinā anupūrveṇa
taṃ bhūmipradeśamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 10, 36.1 tena bhāryā abhihitā bhadre yo mama
pratyaṃśastamahamasmai pravrajitāyānuprayacchāmīti //
Divyāv, 10, 48.1 snuṣā praṇidhānaṃ kartumārabdhā yanmayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kāraḥ kṛtaḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yadyekasya gandham yojayeyam śataṃ vā gandhaṃ ghrāsyati
taṃ na ca parikṣayaṃ gaccheyuryāvanmayā apratipraśrabdham evaṃvidhānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ lābhinī syām prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāramārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyamiti //
Divyāv, 10, 68.1 rājā
tamāhūya kathayati yadā eva lokaḥ kālagataḥ tadā tvayā kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇyudghāṭitānīti //
Divyāv, 11, 5.1 tamenaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddho māṃsārthī kathayati śīghramenaṃ vṛṣaṃ ghātaya vayaṃ māṃsenārthina iti //
Divyāv, 11, 18.1 tato
bhagavāṃstaṃ raudrakarmāṇaṃ goghātakamidamavocat kuruṣva tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa anena govṛṣabheṇa sārdhaṃ sātmyam //
Divyāv, 11, 29.1 atha goghātakaḥ kārṣāpaṇasahasratrayaṃ vṛṣamūlyaṃ gṛhītvā hṛṣṭastuṣṭaḥ pramudito bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā
taṃ govṛṣaṃ bandhanānmuktvā prakrāntaḥ //
Divyāv, 11, 65.2 yasyārthe smitamupadarśayanti
dhīrāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ /
Divyāv, 11, 94.1 sarve ca vītarāgā vigatadveṣā vigatamohā yāvat pañcamātrāṇi dhūrtakaśatāni tena tenāhiṇḍyamānāni
taṃ pradeśamanuprāptāni //
Divyāv, 12, 351.1 atha
bhagavāṃstam ṛddhyabhisaṃskāraṃ pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 25.1 yameva divasamāpannasattvā saṃvṛttā
tameva divasaṃ bodhasya gṛhapateranekānyanarthaśatāni prādurbhūtāni //
Divyāv, 13, 127.1 te
taṃ khaṭucapeṭādibhis tāḍayitvā ardhacandrākāreṇa grīvāyāṃ gṛhītvā niṣkāsitumārabdhāḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 130.1 sārthavāhastaṃ kolāhalaśabdaṃ śrutvā nirīkṣitumārabdhaḥ yāvat paśyati taṃ niṣkāsyamānam //
Divyāv, 13, 130.1 sārthavāhastaṃ kolāhalaśabdaṃ śrutvā nirīkṣitumārabdhaḥ yāvat paśyati
taṃ niṣkāsyamānam //
Divyāv, 13, 176.1 sa yadi prativibudhyate
tamevaṃ vadanti bhoḥ puruṣa na tvayā śrutam yathā śrāvastyāmudyānamoṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ pratidinamanvāhiṇḍyante te yadi suptaṃ puruṣaṃ paśyanti vadanti uttiṣṭha gaccheti //
Divyāv, 13, 186.1 sā saṃlakṣayati yamāgamya bodhasya gṛhapateranekadhanasamuditaṃ sasuhṛtsambandhibāndhavaṃ gṛhaṃ vinaṣṭam yadi
tamiha praveśayāmi sthānametadvidyate yanmayāpi śvaśuragṛhamanayena vyasanamāpatsyate //
Divyāv, 13, 227.1 tatra bhagavāṃs
taṃ svāgatamāmantrayate ākāṅkṣase vatsa pātraśeṣam bhagavan //
Divyāv, 13, 261.1 sa
taṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃlakṣayati yadyapyahaṃ bhagavatā trailokyaguruṇā daivāt samanvāhṛtaḥ tadapi stokaḥ pātraśeṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ //
Divyāv, 13, 300.1 tatastaṃ bhagavānāha vatsa kiṃ na pravrajasīti sa kathayati pravrajāmi bhagavanniti //
Divyāv, 13, 485.1 yāvadanyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ
caraṃstaṃ karvaṭakamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 14, 3.1 adrākṣīcchakro
devānāmindrastaṃ devaputramatyarthaṃ pṛthivyāmāvartantaṃ parivartantam //
Divyāv, 14, 5.1 upasaṃkramya
taṃ devaputramidamavocat hā kasmāt tvaṃ mārṣa atyarthaṃ pṛthivyāmāvartase samparivartase karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevase hā mandākini hā puṣkiriṇi hā vāpi hā caitraratha hā pāruṣyaka hā nandanavana hā miśrakāvana hā pāriyātraka hā pāṇḍukambalaśilā hā devasabhā hā sudarśana iti karuṇakaruṇaṃ paridevase evamukte devaputraḥ śakraṃ devānāmindramidamavocat eṣo 'haṃ kauśika divyaṃ sukhamanubhūya itaḥ saptame divase rājagṛhe nagare sūkaryāḥ kukṣau upapatsyāmi //
Divyāv, 14, 7.1 atha śakro devānāmindraḥ kāruṇyatayā
taṃ devaputramidamavocat ehi tvaṃ mārṣa buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha dvipadānāmagryam dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha virāgāṇāmagryam saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha gaṇānāmagryamiti //
Divyāv, 14, 11.1 atha śakro
devānāmindrastaṃ devaputramavalokayati kimasau devaputraḥ sūkarikāyāḥ kukṣau upapanno na veti //
Divyāv, 14, 22.1 tamenamevaṃ vadāmi kasmāt tvaṃ mārṣa atyarthaṃ śocasi paridevase krandasi urasi tāḍayasi saṃmohamāpadyasa iti sa evamāha eṣo 'haṃ kauśika divyaṃ sukhamapahāya itaḥ saptame divase rājagṛhe nagare sūkarikāyāḥ kukṣau upapatsyāmi //
Divyāv, 14, 24.1 tamenamevaṃ vadāmi ehi tvaṃ mārṣa buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha dvipadānāmagryam dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha virāgāṇāmagryam saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha gaṇānāmagryamiti //
Divyāv, 15, 6.0 adrākṣīdbhagavāṃstaṃ bhikṣuṃ keśanakhastūpe sarvaśarīreṇa praṇipatya cittamabhiprasādayantam //
Divyāv, 17, 334.1 atha rājā tasmiñ śāsane 'bhyāgataḥ kathayati kenaitadviṣkambhitaṃ bhaṭabalāgram tenoktam ṛṣibhirdeva
taṃ bhaṭabalāgraṃ viṣkambhitam //
Divyāv, 17, 442.1 taṃ śrutvā asurāḥ kathayanti kasyaiṣa guṇaśabdas taiḥ śrutaṃ rājño mūrdhātasyaiṣa guṇaśabdaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 488.1 taṃ dṛṣṭvā dvātriṃśallakṣaṇālaṃkṛtamasecanakadarśanamatīva prasāda utpannaḥ //
Divyāv, 17, 489.1 yato 'sau prasādīkṛtacetā yānādavatīrya
taṃ bhagavantaṃ taiścatūratnamayaiḥ puṣpairavakirati //
Divyāv, 18, 5.1 yato
vaṇijastaṃ mahāsamudraṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃbhinnamanaso na prasahante samavataritum //
Divyāv, 18, 9.1 evamukte ca punaḥ sarva eva sattvāḥ saṃpattikāmā
vipattipratikūlāstaṃ śrutvā tasmin mahāsamudre vyavasitāḥ samavataritum //
Divyāv, 18, 18.1 taṃ śrutvā tathodghuṣya tu tasmādyānapātrādavatīrṇā bahavaḥ kecidavaśiṣṭāḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 23.1 sa
taṃ pradeśamanuprāptānāṃ karṇadhāraḥ kathayati santyasmin ratnadvīpe kācamaṇayo ratnasadṛśās te bhavadbhirupaparīkṣyopaparīkṣya gṛhītavyāḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 32.1 prāpya ca
taṃ ratnadvīpaṃ prayatnamāsthāya ratnānveṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā anupūrveṇopaparīkṣya ratnānāṃ tadvahanaṃ pūritaṃ tadyathā yavānāṃ vā yavasasyānāṃ vā mudgānāṃ vā māṣāṇāṃ vā //
Divyāv, 18, 56.1 tadidānīṃ bhavadbhiḥ kiṃ karaṇīyaṃ yasya vo yasmin deve bhaktiḥ sa
tamāyācatu //
Divyāv, 18, 71.1 tasya
taṃ namo buddhāyeti rāvaṃ śrutvā manaso 'marṣa utpanno viklavībhūtaśca buddho bata loka utpannaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 94.1 maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kṛtavanto yadasmābhiḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksambuddhamāsādyoddiṣṭamadhītaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ ca na kaścit guṇagaṇo 'dhigato 'sti asya karmaṇo vipākena vayam yo 'sau anāgate 'dhvani kāśyapena samyaksambuddhena śākyamunirnāma samyaksambuddho vyākṛtaḥ
taṃ vayamārāgayemo na virāgayemaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 163.1 punaśca pṛcchati vatsa kimidānīṃ tṛpto 'si atha sa
tamupādhyāyaṃ vadati na tṛpto 'smi //
Divyāv, 18, 164.1 yata
upādhyāyastaṃ śrutvā sapremān bhikṣūnanyāṃśca sārdhavihāriṇaḥ prārabdho vaktum //
Divyāv, 18, 184.1 tatastena gṛhapatinā saṃlakṣayitvā yenāhāreṇaikasya bhikṣoḥ paryāptaṃ bhavati tāvadannapānaṃ śakaṭaṃ gṛhītvā
taṃ dharmaruciṃ pariveṣayituṃ pravṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 244.1 dharmarucistaṃ śrutvā bhagavadvaco vyākulitacetāḥ kathayati mamaiṣedṛśī asthiśakalā tasyoktam eṣā dharmaruce tavāsthiśakalā //
Divyāv, 18, 287.1 uttīrya ca
taṃ bhāṇḍaṃ śakaṭairuṣṭrairgobhirgardabhaiśca cotkṣipya anupūrveṇa samprasthitaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 342.1 sa
taṃ stūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarvajātakṛtaniṣṭhitaṃ kathayaty asmiṃścaitye kārāṃ kṛtvā kimavāpyate yato 'sau śreṣṭhī buddhodāharaṇaṃ pravṛttaḥ kartum evaṃ tribhirasaṃkhyeyairvīryeṇa vyāyamatānuttarā bodhiravāpyate //
Divyāv, 18, 343.1 sa
taṃ śrutvā viṣādamāpanno hīnotsāhatayā kathayati nāhaṃ śakṣyāmi anuttarāṃ samyaksambodhiṃ samudānayitum //
Divyāv, 18, 351.1 sa ca śreṣṭhī
taṃ caityaṃ kṛtvā nirīkṣya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ karoti //
Divyāv, 18, 381.1 yataḥ sā kanyā sumatiṃ māṇavaṃ prāsādikamabhirūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā lubdhā snehotpannā
taṃ sumatiṃ māṇavamevamāha pratigṛhṇa māṃ brāhmaṇa //
Divyāv, 18, 429.1 evamuktvā
taṃ sumatiṃ māṇavamuvāca kimebhiḥ kariṣyasi sumatirāha buddhaṃ bhagavantamarcayiṣyāmi //
Divyāv, 18, 525.1 kiṃ pratiṣṭhito 'syārthena tena tasyā abhihitaṃ kimetat tataḥ sā vṛddhā kathayati bhavānevamabhirūpaśca yuvā ca asmin vayasi taruṇayuvatyā sārdhaṃ śobhethāḥ krīḍan raman paricārayan kimeva kāmabhogaparihīnastiṣṭhasi
vaṇigdārakastaṃ śrutvā lajjāvyapatrāpyasaṃlīnacetāstasyā vṛddhāyāstadvacanaṃ nādhivāsayati //
Divyāv, 18, 551.1 tatra ca gataḥ saṃpaśyati
tamevātmīyaṃ prāvaraṇaṃ tasyā mātuḥ śirasi prāvṛtam //
Divyāv, 18, 571.1 ka upāyaḥ syāt yadahaṃ
tamihāsamprāptameva jīvitāt vyaparopayeyam iti saṃcintya taṃ putramāhūya kathayati pitrā te lekhyo 'nupreṣita āgamiṣyatīti //
Divyāv, 18, 571.1 ka upāyaḥ syāt yadahaṃ tamihāsamprāptameva jīvitāt vyaparopayeyam iti saṃcintya
taṃ putramāhūya kathayati pitrā te lekhyo 'nupreṣita āgamiṣyatīti //
Divyāv, 18, 581.1 āgamya pitā asya atīva
taṃ putraṃ dṛṣṭvā abhirūpaprāsādikaṃ maheśākhyaṃ prāmodyaṃ prāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 583.1 yadā tena dārakeṇa saṃlakṣitaṃ sarvatra ahamanena pitrā pratisaṃvedita iti
tatastaṃ pitaramāha tāta ambayā maṇḍilakāḥ praheṇakamanupreṣitam //
Divyāv, 18, 589.1 sa
dārakastaṃ bhāṇḍaṃ hiraṇyasuvarṇaṃ paitṛkaṃ gṛhya svagṛhamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 590.1 tasya ca gatasya svagṛhaṃ sā mātā pracchannāsaddharmeṇa
taṃ putraṃ paricaramāṇā ratiṃ nādhigacchaty anabhiratarūpā ca taṃ putraṃ vadati kiyatkālaṃ vayamevaṃ pracchannena krameṇa ratikrīḍāmanubhaviṣyāmo yannu vayamasmāddeśādanyadeśāntaraṃ gatvā prakāśakrameṇa niḥśaṅkā bhūtvā jāyāpatīti vikhyātadharmāṇaḥ sukhaṃ prativasema //
Divyāv, 18, 590.1 tasya ca gatasya svagṛhaṃ sā mātā pracchannāsaddharmeṇa taṃ putraṃ paricaramāṇā ratiṃ nādhigacchaty anabhiratarūpā ca
taṃ putraṃ vadati kiyatkālaṃ vayamevaṃ pracchannena krameṇa ratikrīḍāmanubhaviṣyāmo yannu vayamasmāddeśādanyadeśāntaraṃ gatvā prakāśakrameṇa niḥśaṅkā bhūtvā jāyāpatīti vikhyātadharmāṇaḥ sukhaṃ prativasema //
Divyāv, 18, 593.1 yāvadarhan bhikṣuḥ kenacit kālāntareṇa janapadacārikāṃ caraṃs
tamadhiṣṭhānamanuprāptaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 595.1 dṛṣṭvā cārogyayitvā cābhibhāṣyokto mātuste kuśalam sa ca
dārakastamarhantaṃ tathā abhivadamānamupaśrutya saṃbhinnacetāḥ svena duścaritena karmaṇā śaṅkitamanāścintayituṃ pravṛttaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 598.1 kathameṣa śakyaṃ ghātayituṃ tatastayoḥ saṃcintya
taṃ gṛhamenamupanimantrayitvā bhuñjānaṃ ghātayāmaḥ //
Divyāv, 18, 604.1 tasya dārakasya sā mātā
taṃ putramasaddharmeṇānuvartamānā tasminnevādhiṣṭhāne śreṣṭhiputreṇa sārdhaṃ pracchannakāmā asaddharmeṣu saktacittā jātā //
Divyāv, 18, 636.1 sa
taṃ puruṣaṃ sametya kathayati bhadramukha kimetad yato 'sya puruṣeṇoktam ārya pravrajyāṃ na labhāmi //
Divyāv, 19, 80.2 yasyārthe smitamupadarśayanti
nāthāstaṃ śrotuṃ samabhilaṣanti te janaughāḥ //
Divyāv, 19, 241.1 āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapaḥ saṃlakṣayati yena mayā anādikālopacitaṃ kleśagaṇaṃ vāntaṃ tyaktaṃ charditaṃ pratinisṛṣṭaṃ
taṃ māṃ gṛhapatistīrthikasādhāraṇayā ṛddhyā āhvayati //
Divyāv, 19, 260.1 taistaṃ svapnaṃ saṃbandhibāndhavānāṃ nivedya divasatithimuhūrtena tasmin pradeśe yakṣasthānaṃ kāritam //
Divyāv, 20, 64.1 adrākṣīdanyatamo
mahāmātrastaṃ bhagavantaṃ pratyekabuddhaṃ dūrata evāgacchantam //
Divyāv, 20, 72.1 atha rājā
kanakavarṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ pratyekabuddhamutthāyāsanāt pratyudgamya pādau śirasā vanditvā prajñapta evāsane niṣīdayati //
Divyāv, 20, 73.1 atha rājā
kanakavarṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ pratyekabuddhamidamavocat kimartham ṛṣe ihābhyāgamanaṃ bhojanārthaṃ mahārāja //
Harivaṃśa
HV, 1, 18.1 taṃ vai viddhi mahārāja brahmāṇam amitaujasam /
HV, 1, 38.2 puruṣaṃ
taṃ manuṃ viddhi tad vai manvantaraṃ smṛtam /
HV, 2, 21.1 taṃ dṛṣṭvā munayaḥ prāhur eṣa vai muditāḥ prajāḥ /
HV, 3, 9.3 taṃ bhūyo janayāmāsa piteva munipuṃgavam //
HV, 3, 106.3 vajrapāṇis tato garbhaṃ saptadhā
taṃ nyakṛntata //
HV, 3, 107.2 mā rodīr iti
taṃ śakraḥ punaḥ punar athābravīt //
HV, 3, 108.1 so 'bhavat saptadhā garbhas
tam indro ruṣitaḥ punaḥ /
HV, 5, 8.1 tam atikrāntamaryādam ādadānam asāṃpratam /
HV, 5, 15.1 nigṛhya
taṃ mahātmāno visphurantaṃ mahābalam /
HV, 5, 17.2 tam atrir vihvalaṃ dṛṣṭvā niṣīdety abravīt tadā //
HV, 5, 25.1 taṃ samudrāś ca nadyaś ca ratnāny ādāya sarvaśaḥ /
HV, 5, 40.1 taṃ dṛṣṭvā paramaprītāḥ prajāḥ prāhur maharṣayaḥ /
HV, 6, 7.3 vatsaṃ tu mama
taṃ paśya kṣareyaṃ yena vatsalā //
HV, 8, 20.1 taṃ śaśāpa tataḥ krodhāt savarṇā jananī tadā /
HV, 8, 30.1 tvaṣṭā tu
taṃ yathānyāyam arcayitvā vibhāvasum /
HV, 9, 6.2 anugacchasva māṃ bhadre
tam iḍā pratyuvāca ha //
HV, 9, 14.2 janayitvā tataḥ sā
tam iḍā sudyumnatāṃ gatā //
HV, 9, 32.1 kakudminas tu
taṃ lokaṃ raivatasya gatasya ha /
HV, 9, 50.2 tam uttaṅko 'tha viprarṣiḥ prayāntaṃ pratyavārayat //
HV, 9, 63.1 sa
taṃ vyādiśya tanayaṃ rājarṣir dhundhunigrahe /
HV, 9, 65.1 tam āviśat tadā viṣṇur bhagavāṃs tejasā prabhuḥ /
HV, 9, 67.1 divyair mālyaiś ca
taṃ devāḥ samantāt samavākiran /
HV, 9, 73.1 tataḥ sa rājā kauravya rākṣasaṃ
taṃ mahābalam /
HV, 9, 93.2 na ca
taṃ vārayāmāsa vasiṣṭho bhagavān ṛṣiḥ //
HV, 9, 98.1 taṃ tu baddhaṃ gale dṛṣṭvā vikrīyantaṃ nṛpātmajaḥ /
HV, 10, 6.1 pitrā tu
taṃ tadā rāṣṭrāt parityaktaṃ priyaṃ sutam /
HV, 10, 9.2 na ca satyavratas tasya
tam upāṃśum abudhyata //
HV, 10, 12.1 na
taṃ vasiṣṭho bhagavān pitrā tyaktaṃ nyavārayat /
HV, 10, 24.1 hehayās tālajaṅghāś ca nirasyanti sma
taṃ nṛpam /
HV, 10, 35.1 tasyāśrame ca
taṃ garbhaṃ gareṇaiva sahācyutam /
HV, 10, 47.3 sa
taṃ deśaṃ tadā putraiḥ khānayāmāsa pārthivaḥ //
HV, 10, 52.1 samudraś cārghyam ādāya vavande
taṃ mahīpatim /
HV, 10, 53.1 taṃ cāśvamedhikaṃ so 'śvaṃ samudrād upalabdhavān /
HV, 11, 17.2 taṃ pitā mama hastena bhittvā bhūmim ayācata //
HV, 12, 1.3 praśnaṃ
tam evānvapṛcchaṃ yan me pṛṣṭaḥ purā pitā //
HV, 12, 18.1 ity uktavantaṃ
tam ahaṃ pratyavocaṃ sanātanam /
HV, 12, 19.1 tato 'ham artham etaṃ vai
tam apṛcchaṃ sanātanam /
HV, 12, 21.2 tam utsṛjya tadātmānam ayajaṃs te phalārthinaḥ //
HV, 13, 68.1 pitṝn prīṇāti yo bhaktyā pitaraḥ prīṇayanti
tam /
HV, 14, 3.1 tam evārtham anudhyānto naṣṭam apsv iva mohitāḥ /
HV, 14, 10.2 variṣṭhaṃ sarvadharmāṇāṃ
taṃ samācara bhārgava //
HV, 15, 4.1 śukasya kanyā kṛtvī
taṃ janayāmāsa pārthivam /
HV, 15, 52.2 taṃ haniṣyasi vikramya śambaraṃ maghavān iva //
HV, 16, 13.3 ārjavāt sa tu vatsaṃ
taṃ pratijagrāha vai dvijaḥ //
HV, 16, 14.1 mithyopacarya te
taṃ tu gurum anyāyato dvijāḥ /
HV, 16, 36.1 svatantraś cakravākas tu spṛhayāmāsa
taṃ nṛpam /
HV, 17, 1.2 tatas
taṃ cakravākau dvāv ūcatuḥ sahacāriṇau /
HV, 17, 2.2 evaṃ te samayaṃ cakruḥ
suvāktaṃ pratyabhāṣata //
HV, 18, 3.2 nirvedāc ca
tam evārtham anudhyātvā puraṃ yayau //
HV, 18, 29.1 te
tam ūcur dvijāḥ sarve pitaraṃ punar eva hi /
HV, 19, 6.1 prasādyamānā bhartrā sā
tam uvāca śucismitā /
HV, 19, 17.2 śrāvayāmāsa rājānaṃ ślokaṃ
taṃ sacivau ca tau //
HV, 19, 22.1 tatas te tat saraḥ smṛtvā yogaṃ
tam upalabhya ca /
HV, 20, 6.1 taṃ garbhaṃ daśadhā dṛṣṭvā daśa devyo dadhus tataḥ /
HV, 20, 6.2 sametya dhārayāmāsur na ca tāḥ
tam aśaknuvan //
HV, 20, 36.1 tato nivāryośanasaṃ
taṃ vai rudraṃ ca śaṃkaram /
HV, 20, 41.1 taṃ nivārya tato brahmā tārāṃ papraccha saṃśayam /
HV, 20, 43.1 taṃ mūrdhny upāghrāya tadā somo dhātā prajāpatiḥ /
HV, 21, 4.1 taṃ brahmavādinaṃ kṣāntaṃ dharmajñaṃ satyavādinam /
HV, 22, 14.1 tato hatvā jarāsaṃdhaṃ bhīmas
taṃ ratham uttamam /
HV, 22, 22.2 jarāṃ tvayi samādhāya
taṃ yaduḥ pratyuvāca ha //
HV, 23, 83.2 labheyam iti
taṃ śakras trāsād abhyetya jajñivān //
HV, 23, 151.2 yatrāpavas tu
taṃ krodhāc chaptavān arjunaṃ vibhuḥ //
HV, 27, 19.1 imāś codāharanty atra gāthāḥ prati
tam āhukam //
HV, 28, 14.2 govindo na ca
taṃ lebhe śakto 'pi na jahāra saḥ //
HV, 28, 20.2 sāśvaṃ hataṃ prasenaṃ tu nāvindac caiva
taṃ maṇim //
HV, 28, 45.2 veda mithyābhiśāpās
taṃ na spṛśanti kadācana //
HV, 29, 3.2 rātrau
taṃ maṇim ādāya tato 'krūrāya dattavān //
HV, 29, 35.2 sabhāmadhyagataṃ prāha
tam akrūraṃ janārdanaḥ //
HV, 29, 38.2 pradadau
taṃ maṇiṃ babhrur akleśena mahāmatiḥ //
HV, 29, 39.1 tatas
tam āryavatprāptaṃ babhror hastād ariṃdamaḥ /
HV, 29, 39.2 dadau hṛṣṭamanāḥ kṛṣṇas
taṃ maṇiṃ babhrave punaḥ //
Harṣacarita
Harṣacarita, 1, 23.1 tathāsīnaṃ ca
taṃ tribhuvanapratīkṣyaṃ manudakṣacākṣuṣaprabhṛtayaḥ prajāpatayaḥ sarve ca saptarṣipuraḥsarā maharṣayaḥ siṣevire //
Harṣacarita, 1, 107.1 atha sa yuvā puroyāyināṃ yathādarśanaṃ pratinivṛtyātivismitamanasāṃ kathayatāṃ padātīnāṃ sakāśādupalabhya divyākṛti tat kanyāyugalam upajātakutūhalaḥ pratūrṇaturago
didṛkṣustaṃ latāmaṇḍapoddeśamājagāma //
Harṣacarita, 1, 111.1 āsīnayośca tayor āsīnā nāticiramiva sthitvā
taṃ dvitīyaṃ pravayasam uddiśyāvādīd ārya sahajalajjādhanasya pramadājanasya prathamābhibhāṣaṇam aśālīnatā viśeṣato vanamṛgīmugdhasya kulakumārījanasya //
Harṣacarita, 1, 155.1 turagārūḍhaṃ ca
taṃ prayāntaṃ sarasvatī suciramuttambhitapakṣmaṇā niścalatārakeṇa likhiteneva cakṣuṣā vyalokayat //
Harṣacarita, 1, 184.1 atha gaṇarātrāpagame nivartamānas tenaiva vartmanā
taṃ deśaṃ samāgatya tathaiva nivāritaparijanaśchatradhāradvitīyo vikukṣir ḍuḍhauke //
Harṣacarita, 1, 185.1 sarasvatī tu
taṃ dūrādeva saṃmukhamāgacchantaṃ prītyā sasaṃbhramamutthāya vanamṛgīvodgrīvā vilokayantī mārgapariśrāntam asnapayad iva dhavalitadaśadiśā dṛśā //
Harṣacarita, 1, 186.1 kṛtāsanaparigrahaṃ tu
taṃ prītyā sāvitrī papraccha ārya kaccit kuśalī kumāra iti //
Harṣacarita, 1, 269.1 mahataśca
kālāttameva bhūyo vātsyāyanavaṃśāśramamātmano janmabhuvaṃ brāhmaṇādhivāsam agamat //
Kirātārjunīya
Kir, 2, 54.2 svayam artha ivābhivāñchitas
tam abhīyāya parāśarātmajaḥ //
Kir, 3, 24.2 prasedivāṃsaṃ
tam upāsasāda vasann ivānte vinayena jiṣṇuḥ //
Kir, 3, 26.1 yogaṃ ca
taṃ yogyatamāya tasmai tapaḥprabhāvād vitatāra sadyaḥ /
Kir, 3, 27.2 niyojayiṣyan vijayodaye
taṃ tapaḥsamādhau munir ity uvāca //
Kir, 3, 29.2 śiloccayaṃ cāruśiloccayaṃ
tam eṣa kṣaṇān neṣyati guhyakas tvām //
Kir, 3, 30.2 taṃ rājarājānucaro 'sya sākṣāt pradeśam ādeśam ivādhitasthau //
Kir, 3, 51.2 saṃsatsu jāte puruṣādhikāre na pūraṇī
taṃ samupaiti saṃkhyā //
Kir, 4, 10.2 tam utsukāś cakrur avekṣaṇotsukaṃ gavāṃ gaṇāḥ prasnutapīvaraudharasaḥ //
Kir, 4, 20.2 uvāca yakṣas
tam acodito 'pi gāṃ na hīṅgitajño 'vasare 'vasīdati //
Kir, 4, 38.1 tam atanuvanarājiśyāmitopatyakāntaṃ nagam upari himānīgauram āsadya jiṣṇuḥ /
Kir, 5, 52.1 tam anatiśayanīyaṃ sarvataḥ sārayogād avirahitam anekenāṅkabhājā phalena /
Kir, 6, 1.2 dhṛtasatpathas tripathagām abhitaḥ sa
tam āruroha puruhūtasutaḥ //
Kir, 6, 2.1 tam anindyabandina ivendrasutaṃ vihitālinikvaṇajayadhvanayaḥ /
Kir, 6, 3.2 parirebhire 'bhimukham etya sukhāḥ suhṛdaḥ sakhāyam iva
taṃ marutaḥ //
Kir, 6, 34.1 itaretarānabhibhavena mṛgās
tam upāsate gurum ivāntasadaḥ /
Kir, 10, 37.2 bhuvanaparibhavī na yat tadānīṃ
tam ṛtugaṇaḥ kṣaṇam unmanīcakāra //
Kir, 10, 57.2 śravaṇaniyamitena
taṃ nidadhya sakalam ivāsakalena locanena //
Kir, 12, 53.1 sa
tam āsasāda ghananīlam abhimukham upasthitaṃ muneḥ /
Kir, 13, 29.2 vijigīṣum ivānayapramādāv avasādaṃ viśikhau vininyatus
tam //
Kir, 13, 32.1 sphuṭapauruṣam āpapāta pārthas
tam atha prājyaśaraḥ śaraṃ jighṛkṣuḥ /
Kir, 13, 51.2 taṃ virodhya bhavatā nirāsi mā sajjanaikavasatiḥ kṛtajñatā //
Kir, 14, 58.2 tam ekadeśastham anekadeśagā nidadhyur arkaṃ yugapat prajā iva //
Kir, 15, 49.1 śambho dhanurmaṇḍalataḥ pravṛttaṃ
taṃ maṇḍalād aṃśum ivāṃśubhartuḥ /
Kir, 16, 42.1 tam āśu cakṣuḥśravasāṃ samūhaṃ mantreṇa tārkṣyodayakāraṇena /
Kir, 17, 23.1 prasedivāṃsaṃ na
tam āpa kopaḥ kutaḥ parasmin puruṣe vikāraḥ /
Kir, 17, 43.1 taṃ śambhur ākṣiptamaheṣujālaṃ lohaiḥ śarair marmasu nistutoda /
Kir, 17, 48.2 śastrābhighātais
tam ajasram īśas tvaṣṭā vivasvantam ivollilekha //
Kir, 18, 13.2 kṣeptukāmam avanau
tam aklamaṃ niṣpipeṣa parirabhya vakṣasā //
Kir, 18, 47.2 svadhāmnā lokānāṃ
tam upari kṛtasthānam amarās tapolakṣmyā dīptaṃ dinakṛtam ivoccair upajaguḥ //
Kumārasaṃbhava
KumSaṃ, 1, 48.2 taṃ keśapāśaṃ prasamīkṣya kuryur vālapriyatvaṃ śithilaṃ camaryaḥ //
KumSaṃ, 1, 58.1 anarghyam arghyeṇa
tam adrināthaḥ svargaukasām arcitam arcayitvā /
KumSaṃ, 3, 50.2 yam akṣaraṃ kṣetravido vidus
tam ātmānam ātmany avalokayantam //
KumSaṃ, 3, 74.1 tam āśu vighnaṃ tapasas tapasvī vanaspatiṃ vajra ivāvabhajya /
KumSaṃ, 4, 26.1 tam avekṣya ruroda sā bhṛśaṃ stanasaṃbādham uro jaghāna ca /
KumSaṃ, 4, 37.2 avibhajya paratra
taṃ mayā sahitaḥ pāsyati te sa bāndhavaḥ //
KumSaṃ, 5, 31.1 tam ātitheyī bahumānapūrvayā saparyayā pratyudiyāya pārvatī /
KumSaṃ, 5, 50.2 tadardhabhāgena labhasva kāṅkṣitaṃ varaṃ
tam icchāmi ca sādhu veditum //
KumSaṃ, 5, 52.1 sakhī tadīyā
tam uvāca varṇinaṃ nibodha sādho tava cet kutūhalam /
KumSaṃ, 5, 65.2 amaṅgalābhyāsaratiṃ vicintya
taṃ tavānuvṛttiṃ na ca kartum utsahe //
KumSaṃ, 5, 85.1 taṃ vīkṣya vepathumatī sarasāṅgayaṣṭir nikṣepaṇāya padam uddhṛtam udvahantī /
KumSaṃ, 6, 95.2 kam aparam avaśaṃ na viprakuryur vibhum api
taṃ yad amī spṛśanti bhāvāḥ //
KumSaṃ, 7, 24.2 tam eva menā duhituḥ kathaṃcid vivāhadīkṣātilakaṃ cakāra //
KumSaṃ, 7, 38.1 taṃ mātaro devam anuvrajantyaḥ svavāhanakṣobhacalāvataṃsāḥ /
KumSaṃ, 7, 43.1 tam anvagacchat prathamo vidhātā śrīvatsalakṣmā puruṣaś ca sākṣāt /
KumSaṃ, 7, 45.1 taṃ lokapālāḥ puruhūtamukhyāḥ śrīlakṣaṇotsargavinītaveṣāḥ /
KumSaṃ, 7, 52.1 tam ṛddhimadbandhujanādhirūḍhair vṛndair gajānāṃ giricakravartī /
KumSaṃ, 7, 64.1 tam ekadṛśyaṃ nayanaiḥ pibantyo nāryo na jagmur viṣayāntarāṇi /
KumSaṃ, 7, 71.1 tam anvag indrapramukhāś ca devāḥ saptarṣipūrvāḥ paramarṣayaś ca /
KumSaṃ, 8, 16.1 taṃ yathātmasadṛśaṃ varaṃ vadhūr anvarajyata varas tathaiva tām /
KumSaṃ, 8, 44.2 yena pūrvam udaye puraskṛtā nānuyāsyati kathaṃ
tam āpadi //
Kāmasūtra
KāSū, 1, 4, 7.9 etena
taṃ taṃ devatāviśeṣam uddiśya saṃbhāvitasthitayo ghaṭā vyākhyātāḥ //
KāSū, 1, 4, 7.9 etena taṃ
taṃ devatāviśeṣam uddiśya saṃbhāvitasthitayo ghaṭā vyākhyātāḥ //
KāSū, 1, 5, 17.4 mamāmitro vāsyāḥ patyā sahaikībhāvam
upagatastam anayā rasena yojayiṣyāmītyevamādibhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ parastriyam api prakurvīta //
KāSū, 2, 2, 15.2 uddhṛtya mandaśītkṛtā
tam āśritā vā kiṃcid rāmaṇīyakaṃ paśyet tallatāveṣṭitakam //
KāSū, 2, 8, 1.1 nāyakasya saṃtatābhyāsāt pariśramam upalabhya rāgasya cānupaśamam anumatā tena
tam adho 'vapātya puruṣāyitena sāhāyyaṃ dadyāt /
KāSū, 3, 3, 3.4 sā hi prīyamāṇā viditākārāpy apratyādiśantī
taṃ tāṃ ca yojayituṃ śaknuyāt /
KāSū, 3, 4, 32.1 ekapuruṣābhiyogānāṃ tvasaṃbhave gṛhītārthayā dhātreyikayā sakhyā vā tasyām antarbhūtayā
tam artham anirvadantyā sahainām aṅkam ānāyayet /
KāSū, 3, 4, 36.1 yaṃ vā manyeta mātāpitror asamīkṣayā svayam apyayam indriyadaurbalyān mayi pravartiṣyata iti priyahitopacārair abhīkṣṇasaṃdarśanena ca
tam āvarjayet //
KāSū, 5, 3, 4.1 apratigṛhyābhiyogaṃ saviśeṣam alaṃkṛtā ca punar dṛśyeta tathaiva
tam abhigacchecca vivikte balād grahaṇīyāṃ vidyāt //
KāSū, 5, 6, 18.3 adroho
dharmastam api bhayājjahyād ato dharmabhayopadhāśuddhān iti vātsyāyanaḥ //
KāSū, 6, 5, 30.1 āyatyarthinī tu
tam āśritya cānarthaṃ praticikīrṣantī naiva pratigṛhṇīyāt //
Kātyāyanasmṛti
Kāvyādarśa
Kāvyālaṃkāra
Kāśikāvṛtti
Kūrmapurāṇa
KūPur, 1, 24, 65.2 sthānaṃ prāhuranādimadhyanidhanaṃ yasmādidaṃ jāyate nityaṃ tvāmahamupaimi satyavibhavaṃ viśveśvaraṃ
taṃ śivam //
KūPur, 1, 31, 41.2 paśyanti devaṃ praṇato 'smi nityaṃ
taṃ brahmapāraṃ bhavataḥ svarūpam //
KūPur, 1, 31, 42.2 taṃ brahmapāraṃ praṇato 'smi nityaṃ svayaṃbhuvaṃ tvāṃ śaraṇaṃ prapadye //
Laṅkāvatārasūtra
LAS, 1, 6.1 ṛddhyā gatvā
tamadhvānaṃ yatra tiṣṭhati nāyakaḥ /
LAS, 1, 44.24 tadahaṃ kāruṇikaṃ kleśendhanavikalpakṣayakaraṃ
taṃ jinaputraiḥ parivṛtaṃ sarvasattvacittāśayānupraviṣṭaṃ sarvagataṃ sarvajñaṃ kriyālakṣaṇavinivṛttaṃ tayaivamṛddhyā paśyeyam taddarśanānnādhigatamadhigaccheyam adhigataṃ ca me nirvikalpācāraḥ sukhasamādhisamāpattivihārastathāgatagatibhūmiprāpako vivṛddhiṃ yāyāt /
LAS, 1, 44.45 upāyakauśalaparigrahābhinirhārābhinirhṛte
tam acintyaviṣayam anuprāpsyasi bahurūpavikāratāṃ ca tathāgatabhūmim /
LAS, 1, 44.46 yadadṛṣṭapūrvaṃ śrāvakapratyekabuddhatīrthyabrahmendropendrādibhis
taṃ prāpsyasi /
Liṅgapurāṇa
Matsyapurāṇa
MPur, 4, 37.2 tameva purataḥ kṛtvā dhruvaṃ saptarṣayaḥ sthitāḥ //
MPur, 25, 45.3 ṛṣeḥ suputraṃ
tamathāpi pautraṃ kathaṃ na śoce yamahaṃ na rudyām //
MPur, 25, 49.2 tamabravītkena cehopanīto mamodare tiṣṭhasi brūhi vatsa //
MPur, 25, 58.1 dṛṣṭvā ca
taṃ patitaṃ vedarāśimutthāpayāmāsa tataḥ kaco'pi /
MPur, 25, 58.2 vidyāṃ siddhāṃ tāmavāpyābhivādya tataḥ
kacastaṃ gurumityuvāca //
MPur, 32, 7.3 taṃ dṛṣṭvā mama saṃpraṣṭuṃ śaktir nāsīcchucismite //
MPur, 37, 6.3 samprekṣya rājarṣivaro 'ṣṭakas
tamuvāca saddharmavidhānagoptā //
MPur, 41, 18.2 bruvāṇamevaṃ nṛpatiṃ yayātiṃ nṛpottamo vasumānabravīt
tam //
MPur, 48, 51.2 gavāṃ dharmaṃ tu vai śrutvā saṃbhrāntastu visṛjya
tam /
MPur, 83, 24.1 saṃsthāpya
taṃ vipulaśailamathottareṇa śailaṃ supārśvamapi māṣamayaṃ suvastram /
MPur, 83, 24.2 puṣpaiśca hemavaṭapādapaśekharaṃ
tamākārayetkanakadhenuvirājamānam //
MPur, 95, 37.2 imāṃ śivacaturdaśīmamarakāminīkoṭayaḥ stuvanti
tamaninditaṃ kimu samācaredyaḥ sadā //
MPur, 117, 21.1 dṛṣṭvaiva
taṃ cārunitambabhūmiṃ mahānubhāvaḥ sa tu madranāthaḥ /
MPur, 151, 1.2 taṃ dṛṣṭvā dānavāḥ kruddhāśceruḥ svaiḥ svairbalairvṛtāḥ /
MPur, 151, 36.1 tamapratarkyaṃ janayannajayyaṃ cakraṃ papāta grasanasya kaṇṭhe /
MPur, 154, 566.0 dakṣiṇātpaścimaṃ paścimāduttaramuttarātpūrvamabhyetya sakhyā yutā prekṣatī
taṃ gavākṣāntarādvīrakaṃ śailaputrī bahiḥ krīḍanaṃ yajjaganmāturapyeṣa cittabhramaḥ //
Meghadūta
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 48.2 dhautāpāṅgaṃ haraśaśirucā pāvakes
taṃ mayūraṃ paścād adrigrahaṇagurubhir garjitair nartayethāḥ //
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 57.1 taṃ ced vāyau sarati saralaskandhasaṃghaṭṭajanmā bādhetolkākṣapitacamarībālabhāro davāgniḥ /
Megh, Pūrvameghaḥ, 66.2 dhunvan kalpadrumakisalayāny aṃśukānīva vātair nānāceṣṭair jaladalalitair nirviśes
taṃ nagendram //
Megh, Uttarameghaḥ, 17.2 madgehinyāḥ priya iti sakhe cetasā kātareṇa prekṣyopāntasphuritataḍitaṃ tvāṃ
tam eva smarāmi //
Narasiṃhapurāṇa
Nyāyabhāṣya
Nāradasmṛti
Nāṭyaśāstra
NāṭŚ, 6, 9.2 nibandho yaḥ samāsena saṅgrahaṃ
taṃ vidurbudhāḥ //
Pañcārthabhāṣya
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 4, 6, 5.0 tatra yadi kaścid jñānajijñāsanārthaṃ dayārtham anugrahārthaṃ vā pṛcchati
taṃ nivartayitvā brūyāt samayataḥ praviśasveti //
Ratnaṭīkā
Saṃvitsiddhi
Suśrutasaṃhitā
Su, Sū., 11, 11.2 taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi girisānujaṃ śucirupoṣya praśaste 'hani praśastadeśajātamanupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ mahāntam asitamuṣkakam adhivāsyāparedyuḥ pāṭayitvā khaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nirvāte deśe nicitiṃ kṛtvā sudhāśarkarāś ca prakṣipya tilanālair ādīpayet /
Su, Sū., 11, 11.6 sa yadā bhavatyaccho raktastīkṣṇaḥ picchilaś ca
tamādāya mahati vastre parisrāvyetaraṃ vibhajya punaragnāvadhiśrayet /
Su, Sū., 11, 18.1 tatra kṣārasādhyavyādhivyādhitam upaveśya nivātātape deśe 'saṃbādhe 'gropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopasaṃbhṛtasambhāraṃ tato 'sya
tamavakāśaṃ nirīkṣyāvaghṛṣyāvalikhya pracchayitvā śalākayā kṣāraṃ pratisārayet dattvā vākśatamātramupekṣeta //
Su, Sū., 13, 19.1 atha jalauko'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya cāsya
tamavakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yadyarujaḥ syāt /
Su, Sū., 15, 32.2 tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino 'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso madhurataraś ca śarīramanukrāmannatisnehānmedo janayati tadatisthaulyamāpādayati
tamatisthūlaṃ kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni kṣipramevāviśanti saukumāryānmedasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ kaphamedoniruddhamārgatvāccālpavyavāyo bhavati āvṛtamārgatvādeva śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati pramehapiḍakājvarabhagaṃdaravidradhivātavikārāṇām anyatamaṃ prāpya pañcatvam upayāti /
Su, Sū., 16, 7.1 tatra samyagviddhamāmatailena pariṣecayet tryahāttryahāc ca vartiṃ sthūlatarāṃ dadyāt pariṣekaṃ ca
tameva //
Su, Sū., 18, 3.1 ālepa ādya upakramaḥ eṣa sarvaśophānāṃ sāmānyaḥ pradhānatamaś ca
taṃ ca pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tato bandhaḥ pradhānaṃ tena śuddhirvraṇaropaṇamasthisaṃdhisthairyaṃ ca //
Su, Sū., 18, 18.1 tatra kośam aṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt dāma saṃbādhe 'ṅge sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikam anuvellitaṃ tu śākhāsu grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ pratolīṃ vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalam aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvām apāṅgayoścīnaṃ pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu vibandhaṃ mūrdhani vitānaṃ cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīmiti yo vā yasmin śarīrapradeśe suniviṣṭo bhavati
taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt //
Su, Sū., 21, 33.3 te yadodarasaṃniveśaṃ kurvanti tadā gulmavidradhyudarāgnisaṅgānāhaviṣūcikātisāraprabhṛtīn janayanti vastigatāḥ pramehāśmarīmūtrāghātamūtradoṣaprabhṛtīn vṛṣaṇagatā vṛddhīḥ meḍhragatā niruddhaprakaśopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaprabhṛtīn gudagatā bhagaṃdarārśaḥprabhṛtīn ūrdhvajatrugatās tūrdhvajān tvaṅmāṃsaśoṇitasthāḥ kṣudrarogān kuṣṭhāni visarpāṃś ca medogatā granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍālajīprabhṛtīn asthigatā vidradhyanuśayīprabhṛtīn pādagatāḥ ślīpadavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakaprabhṛtīn sarvāṅgagatā jvarasarvāṅgarogaprabhṛtīn teṣāmevamabhiniviṣṭānāṃ pūrvarūpaprādurbhāvaḥ
taṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ /
Su, Sū., 22, 11.0 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ sambhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti
vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikamiti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātram aṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikamiti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikamiti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānāmutpattistaṃ sāṃnipātikamiti vidyāt //
Su, Sū., 22, 11.0 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ sambhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikamiti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātram aṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca
vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikamiti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikamiti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānāmutpattistaṃ sāṃnipātikamiti vidyāt //
Su, Sū., 22, 11.0 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ sambhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikamiti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātram aṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikamiti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra
taṃ ślaiṣmikamiti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānāmutpattistaṃ sāṃnipātikamiti vidyāt //
Su, Sū., 22, 11.0 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ sambhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikamiti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātram aṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikamiti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikamiti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ
vedanānāmutpattistaṃ sāṃnipātikamiti vidyāt //
Su, Sū., 25, 32.1 taṃ kṣāraśastrāgnibhir auṣadhaiś ca bhūyo 'bhiyuñjānamayuktiyuktam /
Su, Sū., 25, 39.2 tṛṣṇāṅgasādau śvayathuś ca rukca
tamasthividdhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet //
Su, Sū., 27, 22.1 bāhurajjulatāpāśaiḥ kaṇṭhapīḍanādvāyuḥ prakupitaḥ śleṣmāṇaṃ kopayitvā sroto niruṇaddhi lālāsrāvaṃ phenāgamanaṃ saṃjñānāśaṃ cāpādayati
tamabhyajya saṃsvedya śirovirecanaṃ tasmai tīkṣṇaṃ dadyādrasaṃ ca vātaghnaṃ vidadhyād iti //
Su, Sū., 39, 10.2 tatra vyādhibalādadhikamauṣadham upayuktaṃ
tam upaśamya vyādhiṃ vyādhimanyamāvahati agnibalādadhikam ajīrṇaṃ viṣṭabhya vā pacyate puruṣabalādadhikaṃ glānimūrchāmadān āvahati saṃśamanam evaṃ saṃśodhanamatipātayati /
Su, Sū., 41, 5.1 anena nidarśanena nānauṣadhībhūtaṃ jagati kiṃciddravyamastīti kṛtvā
taṃ taṃ yuktiviśeṣamarthaṃ cābhisamīkṣya svavīryaguṇayuktāni dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti /
Su, Sū., 41, 5.1 anena nidarśanena nānauṣadhībhūtaṃ jagati kiṃciddravyamastīti kṛtvā taṃ
taṃ yuktiviśeṣamarthaṃ cābhisamīkṣya svavīryaguṇayuktāni dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti /
Su, Sū., 43, 3.10 madanaphalamajjacūrṇaṃ vā tatkvāthaparibhāvitaṃ madanaphalakaṣāyeṇa madanaphalamajjasiddhasya vā payasaḥ saṃtānikāṃ kṣaudrayuktāṃ madanaphalamajjasiddhaṃ vā payaḥ madanaphalamajjasiddhena vā payasā yavāgūm adhobhāgāsṛkpittahṛddāhayoḥ madanaphalamajjasiddhasya vā payaso dadhibhāvam upagatasya dadhyuttaraṃ dadhi vā kaphaprasekacchardimūrcchātamakeṣu madanaphalamajjarasaṃ bhallātakasnehavadādāya phāṇitībhūtaṃ lehayet ātapapariśuṣkaṃ vā
tam eva jīvantīkaṣāyeṇa pitte kaphasthānagate /
Su, Nid., 4, 5.1 tatrāpathyasevināṃ vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ saṃnivṛttaḥ sthirībhūto gudamabhito 'ṅgule dvyaṅgule vā māṃsaśoṇite pradūṣyāruṇavarṇāṃ piḍakāṃ janayati sāsya todādīn vedanāviśeṣāñjanayati apratikriyamāṇā ca pākam upaiti mūtrāśayābhyāsagatatvāc ca vraṇaḥ praklinnaḥ śataponakavadaṇumukhaiśchidrair āpūryate tāni ca chidrāṇyajasramacchaṃ phenānuviddhamadhikamāsrāvaṃ sravanti vraṇaśca tāḍyate bhidyate chidyate sūcībhir iva nistudyate gudaṃ cāvadīryate upekṣite ca vātamūtrapurīṣaretasāmapyāgamaśca tair eva chidrair bhavati
taṃ bhagandaraṃ śataponakamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 4, 6.1 pittaṃ tu prakupitamanilenādhaḥ preritaṃ pūrvavadavasthitaṃ raktāṃ tanvīmucchritāmuṣṭragrīvākārāṃ piḍakāṃ janayati sāsya coṣādīn vedanāviśeṣāñjanayati apratikriyamāṇā ca pākam upaiti vraṇaścāgnikṣārābhyām iva dahyate durgandhamuṣṇamāsrāvaṃ sravati upekṣitaśca vātamūtrapurīṣaretāṃsi visṛjati
taṃ bhagandaramuṣṭragrīvamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 4, 7.1 śleṣmā tu prakupitaḥ samīraṇenādhaḥ preritaḥ pūrvavadavasthitaḥ śuklāvabhāsāṃ sthirāṃ kaṇḍūmatīṃ piḍakāṃ janayati sāsya kaṇḍvādīn vedanāviśeṣāñjanayati apratikriyamāṇā ca pākam upaiti vraṇaśca kaṭhinaḥ saṃrambhī kaṇḍūprāyaḥ picchilamajasramāsrāvaṃ sravati upekṣitaś ca vātamūtrapurīṣaretāṃsi visṛjati
taṃ bhagandaraṃ parisrāviṇamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 4, 8.1 vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ prakupitau pittaśleṣmāṇau parigṛhyādho gatvā pūrvavadavasthitaḥ pādāṅguṣṭhāgrapramāṇāṃ sarvaliṅgāṃ piḍakāṃ janayati sāsya todadāhakaṇḍvādīn vedanāviśeṣāñjanayati apratikriyamāṇā ca pākamupaiti vraṇaś ca nānāvidhavarṇamāsrāvaṃ sravati pūrṇanadīśambūkāvartavaccātra samuttiṣṭhanti vedanāviśeṣāḥ
taṃ bhagandaraṃ śambūkāvartamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 4, 9.1 mūḍhena māṃsalubdhena yadasthiśalyamannena sahābhyavahṛtaṃ yadāvagāḍhapurīṣonmiśram apānenādhaḥpreritam asamyagāgataṃ gudam apakṣiṇoti tadā kṣatanimittaḥ kotha upajāyate tasmiṃś ca kṣate pūyarudhirāvakīrṇamāṃsakothe bhūmāv iva jalapraklinnāyāṃ krimayaḥ saṃjāyante te bhakṣayanto gudamanekadhā pārśvato dārayanti tasya tair mārgaiḥ kṛmikṛtair vātamūtrapurīṣaretāṃsyabhiniḥsaranti
taṃ bhagandaramunmārgiṇamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 8, 3.1 grāmyadharmayānavāhanādhvagamanapraskhalanaprapatanaprapīḍanadhāvanābhighātaviṣamaśayanāsanopavāsavegābhighātātirūkṣakaṭutiktabhojanaśokātikṣārasevanātisāravamanavirecanapreṅkholanājīrṇagarbhaśātanaprabhṛtibhir viśeṣair bandhanānmucyate garbhaḥ phalam iva vṛntabandhanādabhighātaviśeṣaiḥ sa vimuktabandhano garbhāśayamatikramya yakṛtplīhāntravivarair avasraṃsamānaḥ koṣṭhasaṃkṣobhamāpādayati tasyā jaṭharasaṃkṣobhād vāyurapāno mūḍhaḥ pārśvabastiśīrṣodarayoniśūlānāhamūtrasaṅgānām anyatamam āpādya garbhaṃ cyāvayati taruṇaṃ śoṇitasrāveṇa
tam eva kadācid vivṛddham asamyagāgatam apatyapatham anuprāptam anirasyamānaṃ viguṇāpānasaṃmohitaṃ garbhaṃ mūḍhagarbhamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 10, 3.2 kurvanti vistṛtamanunnatam āśu śophaṃ
taṃ sarvato visaraṇācca visarpamāhuḥ //
Su, Nid., 12, 7.1 tatrātimaithunād atibrahmacaryādvā tathātibrahmacāriṇīṃ cirotsṛṣṭāṃ rajasvalāṃ dīrgharomāṃ karkaśaromāṃ saṃkīrṇaromāṃ nigūḍharomāmalpadvārāṃ mahādvārām apriyām akāmām acaukṣasalilaprakṣālitayonim aprakṣālitayoniṃ yonirogopasṛṣṭāṃ svabhāvato vā duṣṭayoniṃ viyoniṃ vā nārīmatyartham upasevamānasya tathā karajadaśanaviṣaśūkanipātanād bandhanāddhastābhighātāccatuṣpadīgamanād acaukṣasalilaprakṣālanād avapīḍanācchukravegavidhāraṇānmaithunānte vāprakṣālanādibhir meḍhramāgamya prakupitā doṣāḥ kṣate 'kṣate vā śvayathum upajanayanti
tam upadaṃśamityācakṣate //
Su, Nid., 12, 10.1 kupitāstu doṣā vātapittaśleṣmāṇo 'dhaḥprapannā vaṅkṣaṇorujānujaṅghāsvavatiṣṭhamānāḥ kālāntareṇa pādamāśritya śanaiḥ śophaṃ janayanti
taṃ ślīpadamityācakṣate /
Su, Śār., 5, 3.2 taṃ cetanāvasthitaṃ vāyurvibhajati teja enaṃ pacati āpaḥ kledayanti pṛthivī saṃhanti ākāśaṃ vivardhayati evaṃ vivardhitaḥ sa yadā hastapādajihvāghrāṇakarṇanitambādibhir aṅgair upetas tadā śarīram iti saṃjñāṃ labhate /
Su, Śār., 10, 57.3 vātābhipanna eva śuṣyati garbhaḥ sa mātuḥ kukṣiṃ na pūrayati mandaṃ spandate ca
taṃ bṛṃhaṇīyaiḥ payobhir māṃsarasaiścopacaret /
Su, Śār., 10, 57.4 śukraśoṇitaṃ vāyunābhiprapannam avakrāntajīvam ādhmāpayatyudaraṃ
taṃ kadācid yadṛcchayopaśāntaṃ naigameṣāpahṛtamiti bhāṣante tam eva kadācit pralīyamānaṃ nāgodaramityāhuḥ tatrāpi līnavat pratīkāraḥ //
Su, Śār., 10, 57.4 śukraśoṇitaṃ vāyunābhiprapannam avakrāntajīvam ādhmāpayatyudaraṃ taṃ kadācid yadṛcchayopaśāntaṃ naigameṣāpahṛtamiti bhāṣante
tam eva kadācit pralīyamānaṃ nāgodaramityāhuḥ tatrāpi līnavat pratīkāraḥ //
Su, Cik., 5, 18.2 tatra prāgeva snehābhyaktaṃ svinnaśarīramavapīḍanena tīkṣṇenopakrameta śiraḥśuddhyartham anantaraṃ vidārigandhādikvāthamāṃsarasakṣīradadhipakvaṃ sarpiracchaṃ pāyayet tathā hi nātimātraṃ vāyuḥ prasarati tato bhadradārvādivātaghnagaṇam āhṛtya sayavakolakulatthaṃ sānūpaudakamāṃsaṃ pañcavargamekataḥ prakvāthya
tamādāya kaṣāyam amlakṣīraiḥ sahonmiśrya ca sarpistailavasāmajjabhiḥ saha vipacenmadhurakapratīvāpaṃ tadetattraivṛtam apatānakināṃ pariṣekāvagāhābhyaṅgapānabhojanānuvāsananasyeṣu vidadhyāt yathoktaiś ca svedavidhānaiḥ svedayet balīyasi vāte sukhoṣṇatuṣabusakarīṣapūrṇe kūpe nidadhyād ā mukhāt taptāyāṃ vā rathakāracullyāṃ taptāyāṃ vā śilāyāṃ surāpariṣiktāyāṃ palāśadalacchannāyāṃ śāyayet kṛśarāveśavārapāyasair vā svedayet /
Su, Cik., 5, 22.1 arditāturaṃ balavantamātmavantam upakaraṇavantaṃ ca vātavyādhividhānenopacaret vaiśeṣikaiś ca mastiṣkyaśirobastinasyadhūmopanāhasnehanāḍīsvedādibhiḥ tataḥ satṛṇaṃ mahāpañcamūlaṃ kākolyādiṃ vidārigandhādim audakānūpamāṃsaṃ tathaivaudakakandāṃścāhṛtya dviguṇodake kṣīradroṇe niṣkvāthya kṣīrāvaśiṣṭamavatārya parisrāvya tailaprasthenonmiśrya punar agnāvadhiśrayet tatastailaṃ kṣīrānugatamavatārya śītībhūtamabhimathnīyāt tatra yaḥ sneha
uttiṣṭhettamādāya madhurauṣadhasahākṣīrayuktaṃ vipacet etat kṣīratailam arditāturāṇāṃ pānābhyaṅgādiṣūpayojyaṃ tailahīnaṃ vā kṣīrasarpir akṣitarpaṇam iti //
Su, Cik., 10, 12.1 trivṛcchyāmāgnimanthasaptalākevukaśaṅkhinītilvakatriphalāpalāśaśiṃśapānāṃ svarasamādāya pālāśyāṃ droṇyāmabhyāsicya khadirāṅgārataptam ayaḥpiṇḍaṃ trisaptakṛtvo nirvāpya
tamādāya punarāsicya sthālyāṃ gomayāgninā vipacet tataścaturthabhāgāvaśiṣṭamavatārya parisrāvya bhūyo 'gnitaptānyayaḥpatrāṇi prakṣipet sidhyati cāsmin pippalyādicūrṇabhāgaṃ dvau madhunastāvadghṛtasyeti dadyāt tataḥ praśāntamāyase pātre svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tato yathāyogaṃ śuktiṃ prakuñcaṃ vopayuñjīta jīrṇe yathāvyādhyāhāram upaseveta /
Su, Cik., 10, 13.1 ataḥ khadiravidhānam upadekṣyāmaḥ praśastadeśajātam anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ khadiraṃ paritaḥ khānayitvā tasya madhyamaṃ mūlaṃ chittvāyomayaṃ kumbhaṃ tasminnantare nidadhyādyathā rasagrahaṇasamartho bhavati
tatastaṃ gomayamṛdāvaliptamavakīryendhanair gomayamiśrair ādīpayedyathāsya dahyamānasya rasaḥ sravatyadhastāt tadyadā jānīyāt pūrṇaṃ bhājanamiti athainamuddhṛtya parisrāvya rasamanyasmin pātre nidhāyānuguptaṃ nidadhyāt tato yathāyogaṃ mātrāmāmalakarasamadhusarpirbhiḥ saṃsṛjyopayuñjīta jīrṇe bhallātakavidhānavadāhāraḥ parihāraśca prasthe copayukte śataṃ varṣāṇāmāyuṣo 'bhivṛddhirbhavati /
Su, Cik., 10, 13.2 khadirasāratulām udakadroṇe vipācya ṣoḍaśāṃśāvaśiṣṭamavatāryānuguptaṃ nidadhyāt
tamāmalakarasamadhusarpirbhiḥ saṃsṛjyopayuñjīta /
Su, Cik., 17, 46.1 saṃpacyamānam api
taṃ tu vinopanāhaiḥ sambhojanena khalu pācayituṃ yateta /
Su, Cik., 31, 11.3 tatra snehauṣadhivivekamātraṃ yatra bheṣajaṃ sa mṛduriti madhūcchiṣṭam iva viśadam avilepi yatra bheṣajaṃ sa madhyamaḥ kṛṣṇamavasannamīṣadviśadaṃ cikkaṇaṃ ca yatra bheṣajaṃ sa khara iti ata ūrdhvaṃ dagdhasneho bhavati
taṃ punaḥ sādhu sādhayet /
Su, Cik., 32, 5.3 pārśvacchidreṇa vā kumbhenādhomukhena tasyā mukhamabhisaṃdhāya tasmiñchidre hastiśuṇḍākārāṃ nāḍīṃ praṇidhāya
taṃ svedayet //
Su, Cik., 32, 10.1 pūrvavat kuṭīṃ vā caturdvārāṃ kṛtvā tasyām upaviṣṭasyāntaścaturdvāre 'ṅgārānupasaṃdhāya
taṃ svedayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 4.1 tatra bubhukṣāpīḍitasyātitīkṣṇāgner mṛdukoṣṭhasya cāvatiṣṭhamānaṃ durvamasya vā guṇasāmānyabhāvād vamanam adho gacchati tatrepsitānavāptirdoṣotkleśaśca
tamāśu snehayitvā bhūyastīkṣṇatarair vāmayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 6.1 doṣavigrathitam alpamauṣadham avasthitam ūrdhvabhāgikam adhobhāgikaṃ vā na sraṃsayati doṣān tatra tṛṣṇā pārśvaśūlaṃ chardir mūrcchā parvabhedo hṛllāso 'ratirudgārāviśuddhiśca bhavati
tam uṣṇābhir adbhir āśu vāmayed ūrdhvabhāgike adhobhāgike 'pi ca sāvaśeṣauṣadham atipradhāvitadoṣam atibalam asamyagviriktalakṣaṇam apyevaṃ vāmayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 7.1 krūrakoṣṭhasyātitīkṣṇāgneralpamauṣadhamalpaguṇaṃ vā bhaktavat pākam upaiti tatra samudīrṇā doṣā yathākālam anirhrīyamāṇā vyādhivibhramaṃ balavibhraṃśaṃ cāpādayanti
tam analpam amandam auṣadhaṃ ca pāyayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 8.1 asnigdhasvinnenālpaguṇaṃ vā bheṣajam upayuktamalpān doṣān hanti tatra vamane doṣaśeṣo gauravamutkleśaṃ hṛdayāviśuddhiṃ vyādhivṛddhiṃ ca karoti tatra
taṃ yathāyogaṃ pāyayitvā vāmayeddṛḍhataraṃ virecane tu gudaparikartanamādhmānaṃ śirogauravam aniḥsaraṇaṃ vā vāyor vyādhivṛddhiṃ ca karoti tam upapādya bhūyaḥ snehasvedābhyāṃ virecayeddṛḍhataraṃ dṛḍhaṃ bahupracalitadoṣaṃ vā tṛtīye divase 'lpaguṇaṃ ceti //
Su, Cik., 34, 8.1 asnigdhasvinnenālpaguṇaṃ vā bheṣajam upayuktamalpān doṣān hanti tatra vamane doṣaśeṣo gauravamutkleśaṃ hṛdayāviśuddhiṃ vyādhivṛddhiṃ ca karoti tatra taṃ yathāyogaṃ pāyayitvā vāmayeddṛḍhataraṃ virecane tu gudaparikartanamādhmānaṃ śirogauravam aniḥsaraṇaṃ vā vāyor vyādhivṛddhiṃ ca karoti
tam upapādya bhūyaḥ snehasvedābhyāṃ virecayeddṛḍhataraṃ dṛḍhaṃ bahupracalitadoṣaṃ vā tṛtīye divase 'lpaguṇaṃ ceti //
Su, Cik., 34, 9.1 asnigdhasvinnena rūkṣauṣadham upayuktamabrahmacāriṇā vā vāyuṃ kopayati tatra vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ pārśvapṛṣṭhaśroṇimanyāmarmaśūlaṃ mūrcchāṃ bhramaṃ madaṃ saṃjñānāśaṃ ca karoti
taṃ vātaśūlamityācakṣate tamabhyajya dhānyasvedena svedayitvā yaṣṭīmadhukavipakvena tailenānuvāsayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 9.1 asnigdhasvinnena rūkṣauṣadham upayuktamabrahmacāriṇā vā vāyuṃ kopayati tatra vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ pārśvapṛṣṭhaśroṇimanyāmarmaśūlaṃ mūrcchāṃ bhramaṃ madaṃ saṃjñānāśaṃ ca karoti taṃ vātaśūlamityācakṣate
tamabhyajya dhānyasvedena svedayitvā yaṣṭīmadhukavipakvena tailenānuvāsayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 10.1 snehasvedābhyām avibhāvitaśarīreṇālpam auṣadham alpaguṇaṃ vā pītamūrdhvamadho vā nābhyeti doṣāṃścotkleśya taiḥ saha balakṣayamāpādayati tatrādhmānaṃ hṛdayagrahastṛṣṇā mūrcchā dāhaśca bhavati
tamayogamityācakṣate tamāśu vāmayenmadanaphalalavaṇāmbubhir virecayettīkṣṇataraiḥ kaṣāyaiśca /
Su, Cik., 34, 10.1 snehasvedābhyām avibhāvitaśarīreṇālpam auṣadham alpaguṇaṃ vā pītamūrdhvamadho vā nābhyeti doṣāṃścotkleśya taiḥ saha balakṣayamāpādayati tatrādhmānaṃ hṛdayagrahastṛṣṇā mūrcchā dāhaśca bhavati tamayogamityācakṣate
tamāśu vāmayenmadanaphalalavaṇāmbubhir virecayettīkṣṇataraiḥ kaṣāyaiśca /
Su, Cik., 34, 10.3 asnigdhasvinnasya durviriktasyādhonābheḥ stabdhapūrṇodaratā śūlaṃ vātapurīṣasaṅgaḥ kaṇḍūmaṇḍalaprādurbhāvo vā bhavati
tamāsthāpya punaḥ saṃsnehya virecayettīkṣṇena /
Su, Cik., 34, 11.2 tatra vamanātiyoge pittātipravṛttir balavisraṃso vātakopaśca balavān bhavati
taṃ ghṛtenābhyajyāvagāhya śītāsv apsu śarkarāmadhumiśrair lehair upacaredyathāsvaṃ virecanātiyoge kaphasyātipravṛttir uttarakālaṃ ca saraktasya tatrāpi balavisraṃso vātakopaśca balavān bhavati tam atiśītāmbubhiḥ pariṣicyāvagāhya vā śītaistaṇḍulāmbubhir madhumiśraiśchardayet picchābastiṃ cāsmai dadyāt kṣīrasarpiṣā cainamanuvāsayet priyaṅgvādiṃ cāsmai taṇḍulāmbunā pātuṃ prayacchet kṣīrarasayoścānyatareṇa bhojayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 11.2 tatra vamanātiyoge pittātipravṛttir balavisraṃso vātakopaśca balavān bhavati taṃ ghṛtenābhyajyāvagāhya śītāsv apsu śarkarāmadhumiśrair lehair upacaredyathāsvaṃ virecanātiyoge kaphasyātipravṛttir uttarakālaṃ ca saraktasya tatrāpi balavisraṃso vātakopaśca balavān bhavati
tam atiśītāmbubhiḥ pariṣicyāvagāhya vā śītaistaṇḍulāmbubhir madhumiśraiśchardayet picchābastiṃ cāsmai dadyāt kṣīrasarpiṣā cainamanuvāsayet priyaṅgvādiṃ cāsmai taṇḍulāmbunā pātuṃ prayacchet kṣīrarasayoścānyatareṇa bhojayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 12.1 tasminneva vamanātiyoge pravṛddhe śoṇitaṃ ṣṭhīvati chardayati vā tatra jihvāniḥsaraṇam apasaraṇam akṣṇor vyāvṛttir hanusaṃhananaṃ tṛṣṇā hikkā jvaro vaisaṃjñyam ityupadravā bhavanti
tam ajāsṛkcandanośīrāñjanalājacūrṇaiḥ saśarkarodakair manthaṃ pāyayet phalarasair vā saghṛtakṣaudraśarkaraiḥ śuṅgābhir vā vaṭādīnāṃ peyāṃ siddhāṃ sakṣaudrāṃ varcogrāhibhir vā payasā jāṅgalarasena vā bhojayet atisrutaśoṇitavidhānenopacaret jihvām atisarpitāṃ kaṭukalavaṇacūrṇapraghṛṣṭāṃ tiladrākṣāpraliptāṃ vāntaḥ pīḍayet antaḥ praviṣṭāyām amlamanye tasya purastāt khādayeyuḥ vyāvṛtte cākṣiṇī ghṛtābhyakte pīḍayet tṛṣṇādiṣu ca yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta visaṃjñe veṇuvīṇāgītasvanaṃ śrāvayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 13.1 virecanātiyoge ca sacandrakaṃ salilamadhaḥ sravati tato māṃsadhāvanaprakāśam uttarakālaṃ jīvaśoṇitaṃ ca tato gudaniḥsaraṇaṃ vepathurvamanātiyogopadravāścāsya bhavanti
tam api niḥsrutaśoṇitavidhānenopacaret niḥsarpitagudasya gudamabhyajya parisvedyāntaḥ pīḍayet kṣudrarogacikitsitaṃ vā vīkṣeta vepathau vātavyādhividhānaṃ kurvīta jihvāniḥsaraṇādiṣūktaḥ pratīkāro 'tipravṛtte vā jīvaśoṇite kāśmarīphalabadarīdūrvośīraiḥ śṛtena payasā ghṛtamaṇḍāñjanayuktena suśītenāsthāpayet nyagrodhādikaṣāyekṣurasaghṛtaśoṇitasaṃsṛṣṭaiścainaṃ bastibhir upācaret śoṇitaṣṭhīvane raktapittaraktātīsārakriyāścāsya vidadhyāt nyagrodhādiṃ cāsya vidadhyāt pānabhojaneṣu //
Su, Cik., 34, 15.1 saśeṣānnena bahudoṣeṇa rūkṣeṇānilaprāyakoṣṭhenānuṣṇamasnigdhaṃ vā pītamauṣadham ādhmāpayati tatrānilamūtrapurīṣasaṅgaḥ samunnaddhodaratā pārśvabhaṅgo gudabastinistodanaṃ bhaktāruciśca bhavati
taṃ cādhmānamityācakṣate tam upasvedyānāhavartidīpanabastikriyābhir upacaret //
Su, Cik., 34, 15.1 saśeṣānnena bahudoṣeṇa rūkṣeṇānilaprāyakoṣṭhenānuṣṇamasnigdhaṃ vā pītamauṣadham ādhmāpayati tatrānilamūtrapurīṣasaṅgaḥ samunnaddhodaratā pārśvabhaṅgo gudabastinistodanaṃ bhaktāruciśca bhavati taṃ cādhmānamityācakṣate
tam upasvedyānāhavartidīpanabastikriyābhir upacaret //
Su, Cik., 34, 17.1 krūrakoṣṭhasyātiprabhūtadoṣasya mṛdvauṣadhamavacāritaṃ samutkliśya doṣānna niḥśeṣān apaharati tataste doṣāḥ parisrāvamāpādayanti tatra daurbalyodaraviṣṭambhārucigātrasadanāni bhavanti savedanau cāsya pittaśleṣmāṇau parisravatas
taṃ parisrāvamityācakṣate tamajakarṇadhavatiniśapalāśabalākaṣāyair madhusaṃyuktair āsthāpayet upaśāntadoṣaṃ snigdhaṃ ca bhūyaḥ saṃśodhayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 17.1 krūrakoṣṭhasyātiprabhūtadoṣasya mṛdvauṣadhamavacāritaṃ samutkliśya doṣānna niḥśeṣān apaharati tataste doṣāḥ parisrāvamāpādayanti tatra daurbalyodaraviṣṭambhārucigātrasadanāni bhavanti savedanau cāsya pittaśleṣmāṇau parisravatas taṃ parisrāvamityācakṣate
tamajakarṇadhavatiniśapalāśabalākaṣāyair madhusaṃyuktair āsthāpayet upaśāntadoṣaṃ snigdhaṃ ca bhūyaḥ saṃśodhayet //
Su, Cik., 34, 19.1 yastūrdhvamadho vā bheṣajavegaṃ pravṛttamajñatvādvinihanti tasyopasaraṇaṃ hṛdi kurvanti doṣāḥ tatra pradhānamarmasantāpādvedanābhir atyarthaṃ pīḍyamāno dantān kiṭakiṭāyate udgatākṣo jihvāṃ khādati pratāmyatyacetāśca bhavati
taṃ parivarjayanti mūrkhāḥ tamabhyajya dhānyasvedena svedayet yaṣṭimadhukasiddhena ca tailenānuvāsayet śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai tīkṣṇaṃ vidadhyāt tato yaṣṭimadhukamiśreṇa taṇḍulāmbunā chardayet yathādoṣocchrāyeṇa cainaṃ bastibhir upācaret //
Su, Cik., 34, 19.1 yastūrdhvamadho vā bheṣajavegaṃ pravṛttamajñatvādvinihanti tasyopasaraṇaṃ hṛdi kurvanti doṣāḥ tatra pradhānamarmasantāpādvedanābhir atyarthaṃ pīḍyamāno dantān kiṭakiṭāyate udgatākṣo jihvāṃ khādati pratāmyatyacetāśca bhavati taṃ parivarjayanti mūrkhāḥ
tamabhyajya dhānyasvedena svedayet yaṣṭimadhukasiddhena ca tailenānuvāsayet śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai tīkṣṇaṃ vidadhyāt tato yaṣṭimadhukamiśreṇa taṇḍulāmbunā chardayet yathādoṣocchrāyeṇa cainaṃ bastibhir upācaret //
Su, Cik., 34, 20.1 yastūrdhvamadho vā pravṛttadoṣaḥ śītāgāramudakamanilamanyadvā seveta tasya doṣāḥ srotaḥsvavalīyamānā ghānībhāvam āpannā vātamūtraśakṛdgrahamāpādya vibadhyante tasyāṭopo dāho jvaro vedanāśca tīvrā bhavanti
tamāśu vāmayitvā prāptakālāṃ kriyāṃ kurvīta adhobhāge tvadhobhāgadoṣaharadravyaṃ saindhavāmlamūtrasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ virecanāya pāyayet āsthāpanamanuvāsanaṃ ca yathādoṣaṃ vidadhyāt yathādoṣamāhārakramaṃ ca ubhayatobhāge tūpadravaviśeṣān yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta //
Su, Ka., 3, 12.2 siñcet payobhiḥ
sumṛdanvitaistaṃ viḍaṅgapāṭhākaṭabhījalair vā //
Su, Ka., 3, 43.1 daṃṣṭrānipātāḥ sakalāśca yasya
taṃ cāpi vaidyaḥ parivarjayettu /
Su, Ka., 5, 58.1 tṛṣṇā mūrcchā bhrāntidāhau jvaraśca yasya
syustaṃ digdhaviddhaṃ vyavasyet /
Su, Utt., 4, 7.2 eko yaḥ śaśarudhiropamastu binduḥ śuklastho bhavati
tamarjunaṃ vadanti //
Su, Utt., 17, 47.2 punaśca kalpe 'ñjanavistaraḥ śubhaḥ pravakṣyate
'nyastamapīha yojayet //
Su, Utt., 19, 11.1 taṃ vāmayettu madhusaindhavasamprayuktaiḥ pītaṃ payaḥ khalu phalaiḥ kharamañjarīṇām //
Su, Utt., 27, 13.2 durvarṇaḥ satatam adhaḥśayo
'mlagandhistaṃ brūyurbhiṣaja ihāndhapūtanārtam //
Su, Utt., 40, 6.2 vṛddho 'tīvādhaḥ saratyeṣa yasmādvyādhiṃ ghoraṃ
taṃ tvatīsāramāhuḥ //
Su, Utt., 41, 30.2 taṃ vāhayanti sa nadīrvijalāśca paśyecchuṣkāṃstarūn pavanadhūmadavārditāṃśca //
Su, Utt., 47, 22.1 dveṣaḥ surānnavikṛteṣu ca teṣu teṣu
taṃ pānavibhramamuśantyakhilena dhīrāḥ /
Su, Utt., 53, 5.2 sarvātmake bhavati sarvavikārasaṃpadavyaktatā ca
vacasastamasādhyamāhuḥ //
Su, Utt., 53, 9.1 yaḥ śvāsakāsavidhirādita eva
coktastaṃ cāpyaśeṣamavatārayituṃ yateta /
Su, Utt., 53, 9.2 vaiśeṣikaṃ ca vidhimūrdhvamato vadāmi
taṃ vai svarāturahitaṃ nikhilaṃ nibodha //
Su, Utt., 57, 3.2 nānne rucirbhavati
taṃ bhiṣajo vikāraṃ bhaktopaghātamiha pañcavidhaṃ vadanti //
Su, Utt., 57, 16.2 artheṣu cāpyapaciteṣu punarbhavāya paurāṇikaiḥ
śrutiśatairanumānayettam //
Sāṃkhyakārikābhāṣya
Sāṃkhyatattvakaumudī
Tantrākhyāyikā
TAkhy, 1, 38.1 kṛtaśaucaś cāgatas
tam uddeśam āṣāḍhabhūtim api gṛhītārthamātrāsāram apakrāntaṃ nāpaśyad devaśarmā //
TAkhy, 1, 51.1 taṃ ca dṛṣṭvā pratyutpannamatiḥ kauśalād ākalpam apanīya pūrvaprakṛtam eva veṣam āsthāya pādaśaucaśayanādyārambham akarot //
TAkhy, 1, 91.1 sa ca samastakṣurabhāṇḍāsamarpaṇāt krodhāviṣṭacitto nāpitas
tam eva tasyāḥ kṣuraṃ pratīpaṃ prāhiṇot //
TAkhy, 1, 140.1 kulīrakas tu mṛtyubhayodvigno muhur muhus
taṃ prārthitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 178.1 atha te mṛgāḥ sarva evābhimukhāḥ praṇatacittā haritatṛṇāṅkuravaktradhāriṇo 'vanitalāsaktajānavas
taṃ mṛgarājaṃ vijñāpayāmāsuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 191.1 asāv api kṣutkṣāmakaṇṭhaḥ krodhasaṃraktanayanaḥ sphuradvadanadaśanasaṃgharṣadaṃṣṭrākarālo lāṅgūlāsphālanākārabhayakṛt
tam āha //
TAkhy, 1, 254.1 atha tadvacanam ākarṇya siṃhavyāghracitrakavānaraśaśahariṇavṛṣadaṃśajambukādayaḥ śvāpadagaṇās
taṃ praṇemuḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 255.1 pratidinaṃ ca kesarikarajakuliśadāritamattebhapiśitair āpūryamāṇakukṣiḥ kakṣam iva
taṃ jambukapūgaṃ bahiḥ kṛtvā siṃhavyāghrādīn āsannavartinaś cakāra //
TAkhy, 1, 257.1 atas te siṃhādayas trapayā bhūbhāgadṛṣṭibhājaḥ kaṣṭam aho vañcitāḥ smaḥ kroṣṭāyam ity avadhārya ruṣā
taṃ paruṣagiraṃ nāśitavanta iti //
TAkhy, 1, 261.1 taṃ cājñātapūrvarūpaṃ hāsyajananaṃ dṛṣṭvā siṃhaḥ pṛṣṭavān //
TAkhy, 1, 448.1 atha tadājñāsamakālam eva te 'raṇye paryaṭanto yadā na kiṃcid āseduḥ tadāsau jambukas
taṃ śaṅkukarṇanāmānaṃ karabhaṃ vivikte 'bhihitavān //
TAkhy, 1, 468.1 tataś caturakas
taṃ siṃhaṃ rudhiraraktasarvagātraṃ dṛṣṭvā abravīt //
TAkhy, 1, 486.1 atha siṃhaḥ kuliśakharanakaro bhrūkuṭilamukhaḥ
prakaṭitaroṣastaṃ hantum aicchat //
TAkhy, 1, 490.1 tasya ca sārthāgresaraṃ kaṭāhena galabaddhena karabham āgacchantaṃ dṛṣṭvā kṛtakaviṣādo jambukas
taṃ siṃham āha //
TAkhy, 1, 500.1 tatraikaḥ śākhāmṛgas tadgatamanā muhurmuhus
tam eva mukhenopādhamat //
TAkhy, 1, 517.1 atha duṣṭabuddhir antaḥkaṭhinahṛdayaḥ svārthasiddhaye
tam āha //
TAkhy, 1, 529.1 pratipanne ca dharmabuddhinā saha gatvā
tam evoddeśaṃ khātakarma kartum ārabdhaḥ //
TAkhy, 1, 621.1 atha bhojanasamaye sārthavāho dārakam adṛṣṭvā samākulamanāḥ śaṅkitahṛdayaś ca
tam apṛcchat //
TAkhy, 1, 626.1 tac chrutvā paramāvigno nirdayībhūtaś ca
taṃ bāhau gṛhītvā dharmasthānaṃ nītavān āha ca //
TAkhy, 2, 4.1 sa bhikṣāvelāyāṃ tasmān nagarāt tīrthabhūta iti brāhmaṇagṛhebhyaḥ sakhaṇḍaguḍadāḍimagarbhāṇāṃ snigdhadravapeśalānām annaviśeṣāṇāṃ bhikṣābhājanaṃ paripūrṇaṃ kṛtvā
tam āvasatham avagamya yathāvidhi vratakālaṃ kṛtvā tatra śeṣam āpotake suguptaṃ kṛtvā nāgadantake sthāpayati //
TAkhy, 2, 59.1 atha tasmin mahati viṣame vṛtte mṛgalubdhakasūkaraprastare kṣutkṣāmakukṣir dardurako nāma gomāyur āhārārthī
tam uddeśam āgato 'paśyan mṛgasūkaralubdhakān //
TAkhy, 2, 221.1 iti ca
taṃ mokṣayitvānena laghupatanakenāhaṃ bhavadantikaṃ prāpitaḥ //
TAkhy, 2, 247.1 tatraiva nīyate yāvad astaṃ gacchati bhānau
tam eva nyagrodham āsāditavān acintayac ca //
TAkhy, 2, 307.1 tato dvitīyaṃ
taṃ vyayaśīlaṃ bhogavarmāṇam uddiśya somilako gataḥ //
Vaikhānasadharmasūtra
VaikhDhS, 1, 11.18 purā prajāpatir upadeśagūhanārthaṃ visaragapakṣaṃ dṛṣṭavān
taṃ dṛṣṭvā munayo 'pi mohaṃ jagmuḥ kiṃ punar manuṣyāḥ /
VaikhDhS, 2, 7.0 sruci sruveṇa catur gṛhītaṃ gṛhītvā sarvāgniṣv oṃ svāheti juhuyād agnihotrahavaṇīm āhavanīye mṛcchilāmayebhyo 'nyāni pātrāṇi gārhapatye prakṣipati gṛhastho 'nāhitāgnir aupāsane vanasthaś ca śrāmaṇakāgnau homaṃ hutvā pātrāṇi prakṣipet paccho 'rdharcaśo vyastāṃ samastāṃ ca sāvitrīṃ japtvā bhikṣāśramaṃ praviśāmīti
taṃ praviśati antar vedyāṃ sthitvā gārhapatyādīn yā te 'gne yajñiyeti pratyekaṃ trir āghrāya bhavataṃ naḥ samanasāv ity ātmany āropayet bhūr bhuvaḥ svaḥ saṃnyastaṃ mayeti trir upāṃśūccaiś ca praiṣam uktvā dakṣiṇahastena sakṛj jalaṃ pītvācamya tathaivoktvā trir jalāñjaliṃ visṛjen mekhalāṃ catvāry upavītāny ekaṃ vopavītaṃ kṛṣṇājinam uttarīyaṃ ca pūrvavad dadāti //
VaikhDhS, 2, 14.0 parasyodake mṛtpiṇḍān pañcoddhṛtya snāyāt kūpe tattīre triḥ kumbhenābhiṣiñced ucchiṣṭo nagno vā na snāyāt tathā na śayīta āturo 'psu nāvagāheta āturasya snāne naimittike daśakṛtvo dvādaśakṛtvo vā
tam anāturo jale avagāhyācamya spṛśet tataḥ sa pūto bhavati dvikālaṃ homānte pādau prakṣālyācamyāsane prāṅmukhaḥ pratyaṅmukhaḥ vā sthitvā caturaśraupalipte maṇḍale śuddhaṃ pātraṃ nyaset tatrānnaṃ prakṣipya tat pūjayati dvau pādāv ekaṃ vā bhūmau nidhāya prasannartaṃ tvā satyena pariṣiñcāmīti sāyaṃ pariṣiñcati satyaṃ tvartena pariṣiñcāmīti prātar amṛtopastaraṇam asīty ādhāvaṃ pītvā vidhinā prāṇāhutīr hutvānnam anindann aśnāti bhuktvāmṛtāpidhānam asīty apaḥ pītvācamyācāmed ekavāsāḥ śayānas tiṣṭhann asnānajapahomīśuṣkapāda udaṅmukho vā nāśnāti bhinnapātre 'nnaṃ paryuṣitaṃ śayanāsanotsaṅgasthaṃ vā na bhuñjīta añjalināpo na pibed ucchiṣṭāśucyāśaucipatitaiḥ spṛṣṭaṃ sūtakapretake cānnaṃ nāśnīyāt //
Vaiśeṣikasūtravṛtti
VaiSūVṛ zu VaiśSū, 3, 1, 7, 1.0 anyo hetulakṣaṇabāhya ityarthaḥ tathāhi indriyārthaprasiddhir indriyārthadharmatvād ātmanā asaṃbandhānna
tamanumāpayet ato'napadeśaḥ //
Varāhapurāṇa
Viṣṇupurāṇa
ViPur, 3, 7, 18.2 tamapagatasamastapāpabandhaṃ vraja parihṛtya yathāgnimājyasiktam //
ViPur, 3, 7, 20.3 na harati na ca hanti kiṃciduccaiḥ sitamanasaṃ
tamavaihi viṣṇubhaktam //
ViPur, 3, 7, 22.2 bhavati ca bhagavatyananyacetāḥ puruṣavaraṃ
tamavaihi viṣṇubhaktam //
ViPur, 4, 2, 47.2 iti ṛṣivacanam ākarṇya sa rājā jarājarjaritadeham
tam ṛṣim ālokya pratyākhyānakātarastasmācca bhagavataḥ śāpato bibhyatkiṃcidadhomukhaś ciraṃ dadhyau //
ViPur, 4, 2, 55.2 ayam asmān brahmarṣiḥ kanyārthī samabhyāgato mayā cāsya pratijñātaṃ yadyasmatkanyakā kācid bhagavantaṃ varayati tat kanyāyāśchande nāhaṃ paripanthānaṃ kariṣyāmītyākarṇya sarvā eva tāḥ kanyāḥ sānurāgāḥ samanmathāḥ kareṇava ivebhayūthapatiṃ
tam ṛṣim ahamahamikayā varayāṃbabhūvuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 2, 74.1 dṛṣṭaste bhagavan sumahān eṣa siddhiprabhāvo naivaṃvidham anyasya kasyacid asmābhir vibhūtivilasitam upalakṣitaṃ kiyad etad bhagavaṃs tapasaḥ phalam ityabhipūjya
tam ṛṣiṃ tatraiva tena ṛṣivaryeṇa saha kiṃcit kālam abhimatopabhogaṃ bubhuje svapuraṃ ca jagāma //
ViPur, 4, 2, 90.2 yasmānna kiṃcit
tam ahaṃ gurūṇāṃ paraṃ guruṃ saṃśrayam emi viṣṇum //
ViPur, 4, 3, 5.3 āha bhagavān anādipuruṣaḥ puruṣottamo yauvanāśvasya māndhātuḥ purukutsanāmā putras
tam aham anupraviśya tān aśeṣaduṣṭagandharvān upaśamaṃ nayiṣyāmīti //
ViPur, 4, 3, 14.1 trasadasyutaḥ sambhūtastato 'naraṇyas
taṃ rāvaṇo digvijaye nijaghāna /
ViPur, 4, 4, 28.1 tad ākarṇya
taṃ ca bhagavān āha uktam evaitan mayādya pautraste tridivād gaṅgāṃ bhuvam ānayiṣyatīti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 60.1 tayośca
tam atibhīṣaṇaṃ rākṣasasvarūpam avalokya trāsād dampatyoḥ pradhāvitayor brāhmaṇaṃ jagrāha //
ViPur, 4, 4, 63.1 nārhasi strīdharmasukhābhijño mayyakṛtārthāyām asmadbhartāraṃ hantum ity evaṃ bahuprakāraṃ tasyāṃ vilapantyāṃ vyāghraḥ paśum ivāraṇye 'bhimataṃ
taṃ brāhmaṇam abhakṣayat //
ViPur, 4, 4, 67.1 tatas tasya dvādaśābdaparyaye vimuktaśāpasya strīviṣayābhilāṣiṇo madayantī
taṃ smārayāmāsa //
ViPur, 4, 4, 70.1 yadā ca sapta varṣāṇyasau garbheṇa jajñe
tatastaṃ garbham aśmanā sā devī jaghāna //
ViPur, 4, 4, 74.1 yo 'sau niḥkṣatre kṣmātale 'smin kriyamāṇe strībhir vivastrābhiḥ parivārya rakṣitaḥ tatas
taṃ nārīkavacam udāharanti //
ViPur, 4, 4, 80.2 tathā
tam evaṃ munijanānusmṛtaṃ bhagavantam askhalitagatiḥ prāpayeyam ityaśeṣadevagurau bhagavaty anirdeśyavapuṣi sattāmātrātmanyātmānaṃ paramātmani vāsudevākhye yuyoja /
ViPur, 4, 5, 3.1 tam āha vasiṣṭho 'ham indreṇa pañcavarṣaśatayāgārthaṃ prathamaṃ vṛtaḥ //
ViPur, 4, 6, 4.1 ayaṃ hi vaṃśo 'tibalaparākramadyutiśīlaceṣṭāvadbhir atiguṇānvitair nahuṣayayātikārtavīryārjunādibhir bhūpālair alaṃkṛtaḥ
tam ahaṃ kathayāmi śrūyatām //
ViPur, 4, 6, 7.1 taṃ ca bhagavān abjayoniḥ aśeṣauṣadhīdvijanakṣatrāṇām ādhipatye 'bhyaṣecayat //
ViPur, 4, 6, 22.1 sā ca tenaivam uktātipativratā bhartṛvacanānantaraṃ
tam iṣīkāstambe garbham utsasarja //
ViPur, 4, 6, 31.1 athāha bhagavān pitāmahaḥ
taṃ kumāraṃ saṃnivārya svayam apṛcchat tāṃ tārām //
ViPur, 4, 6, 36.1 dṛṣṭamātre ca tasminn apahāya mānam aśeṣam apāsya svargasukhābhilāṣaṃ tanmanaskā bhūtvā
tam evopatasthe //
ViPur, 4, 6, 40.1 subhru tvām aham abhikāmo 'smi prasīdānurāgam udvahetyuktā lajjāvakhaṇḍitam urvaśī
taṃ prāha //
ViPur, 4, 7, 10.1 taṃ cogratapasam avalokya mā bhavatv anyo 'smattulyo vīrya ity ātmanaivāsyendraḥ putratvam agacchat //
ViPur, 4, 13, 15.1 tatas
tam ātāmrojjvalaṃ hrasvavapuṣam īṣadāpiṅgalanayanam ādityam adrākṣīt //
ViPur, 4, 13, 20.1 dvārakāvāsī janas tu
tam āyāntam avekṣya bhagavantam ādipuruṣaṃ puruṣottamam avanibhārāvataraṇāyāṃśena mānuṣarūpadhāriṇaṃ praṇipatyāha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 32.1 sāśvaṃ ca
taṃ nihatya siṃho 'py amalamaṇiratnam āsyāgreṇādāya gantum abhyudyataḥ ṛkṣādhipatinā jāmbavatā dṛṣṭo ghātitaś ca //
ViPur, 4, 13, 43.1 taṃ ca syamantakābhilaṣitacakṣuṣam apūrvapuruṣam āgataṃ samavekṣya dhātrī trāhi trāhīti vyājahāra //
ViPur, 4, 13, 91.1 śaibyasugrīvameghapuṣpabalāhakāśvacatuṣṭayayuktarathasthitau baladevavāsudevau
tam anuprayātau //
ViPur, 4, 13, 137.1 tatra copaviṣṭeṣv akhileṣu yaduṣu pūrvaṃ prayojanam upanyasya paryavasite ca tasmin prasaṅgāntaraparihāsakathām akrūreṇa kṛtvā janārdanas
tam akrūram āha //
ViPur, 4, 13, 139.1 kim atrānuṣṭheyam anyathā ced bravīmy ahaṃ tat kevalāmbaratirodhānam anviṣyanto ratnam ete drakṣyanti ativirodho na kṣama iti saṃcintya
tam akhilajagatkāraṇabhūtaṃ nārāyaṇam āhākrūraḥ //
ViPur, 4, 13, 149.1 tam ālokyātīva balabhadro mamāyam acyutenaiva sāmānyaḥ samanvicchita iti kṛtaspṛho 'bhūt //
ViPur, 4, 15, 14.1 tatas
tam evākrośeṣūccārayaṃstam eva hṛdayena dhārayann ātmavadhāya yāvad bhagavaddhastacakrāṃśumālojjvalam akṣayatejaḥsvarūpaṃ brahmabhūtam apagatadveṣādidoṣaṃ bhagavantam adrākṣīt //
ViPur, 4, 15, 14.1 tatas tam
evākrośeṣūccārayaṃstam eva hṛdayena dhārayann ātmavadhāya yāvad bhagavaddhastacakrāṃśumālojjvalam akṣayatejaḥsvarūpaṃ brahmabhūtam apagatadveṣādidoṣaṃ bhagavantam adrākṣīt //
ViPur, 4, 20, 24.1 tadāśramam upagatāś ca
tam avanatam avanīpatiputraṃ devāpim upatasthuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 20, 25.1 te brāhmaṇā vedavādānubandhīni vacāṃsi rājyam agrajena kartavyam ity arthavanti
tam ūcuḥ //
ViPur, 4, 24, 39.1 devabhūtiṃ tu śuṅgarājānaṃ vyasaninaṃ tasyaivāmātyaḥ kaṇvo vasudevanāmā
taṃ nihatya svayam avanīṃ bhokṣyati //
ViPur, 5, 30, 78.2 tamajamakṛtamīśaṃ śāśvataṃ svecchayainaṃ jagadupakṛtimartyaṃ ko vijetuṃ samarthaḥ //
ViPur, 6, 8, 59.2 nāpakṣayaṃ ca samupaity avikalpavastu yas
taṃ nato 'smi puruṣottamam īśam īḍyam //
Viṣṇusmṛti
ViSmṛ, 11, 6.1 tam ādāya nātidrutaṃ nātivilambitaṃ maṇḍaleṣu pādanyāsaṃ kurvan vrajet //
ViSmṛ, 29, 1.1 yastūpanīya vratādeśaṃ kṛtvā vedam adhyāpayet
tam ācāryaṃ vidyāt //
ViSmṛ, 29, 2.1 yastvenaṃ mūlyenādhyāpayet
tam upādhyāyam ekadeśaṃ vā //
ViSmṛ, 30, 47.2 taṃ manyeta pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca tasmai na druhyet kṛtam asya jānan //
ViSmṛ, 99, 8.1 asyājñayā yaṃ manasā smarāmi śriyā yutaṃ
taṃ pravadanti santaḥ /
Yogasūtrabhāṣya
YSBhā zu YS, 3, 35.1, 6.1 na ca puruṣapratyayena buddhisattvātmanā puruṣo dṛśyate puruṣa eva
taṃ pratyayaṃ svātmāvalambanaṃ paśyati //
Yājñavalkyasmṛti
Śatakatraya
ŚTr, 1, 3.2 jñānalavadurvidagdhaṃ brahmāpi
taṃ naraṃ na rañjayati //
ŚTr, 1, 35.2 tam api kurute kroḍādhīnaṃ payodhir anādarād ahaha mahatāṃ niḥsīmānaścaritravibhūtayaḥ //
Śikṣāsamuccaya
Acintyastava
Ayurvedarasāyana
Aṣṭāvakragīta
Bhāgavatapurāṇa
BhāgPur, 1, 2, 2.3 putreti tanmayatayā taravo 'bhinedus
taṃ sarvabhūtahṛdayaṃ munim ānato 'smi //
BhāgPur, 1, 2, 3.2 saṃsāriṇāṃ karuṇayāha purāṇaguhyaṃ
taṃ vyāsasūnum upayāmi guruṃ munīnām //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 1.3 antarmahārṇava upāgatam ādidaityaṃ
taṃ daṃṣṭrayādrim iva vajradharo dadāra //
BhāgPur, 2, 7, 16.1 śrutvā
haristam araṇārthinam aprameyaścakrāyudhaḥ patagarājabhujādhirūḍhaḥ /
BhāgPur, 3, 9, 15.2 te 'naikajanmaśamalaṃ sahasaiva hitvā saṃyānty apāvṛtāmṛtaṃ
tam ajaṃ prapadye //
BhāgPur, 3, 15, 35.1 teṣām itīritam ubhāv avadhārya ghoraṃ
taṃ brahmadaṇḍam anivāraṇam astrapūgaiḥ /
BhāgPur, 3, 15, 38.1 taṃ tv āgataṃ pratihṛtaupayikaṃ svapuṃbhis te 'cakṣatākṣaviṣayaṃ svasamādhibhāgyam /
BhāgPur, 3, 15, 47.1 taṃ tvāṃ vidāma bhagavan param ātmatattvaṃ sattvena samprati ratiṃ racayantam eṣām /
BhāgPur, 3, 18, 9.2 marmāṇy abhīkṣṇaṃ pratudantaṃ duruktaiḥ pracaṇḍamanyuḥ prahasaṃs
taṃ babhāṣe //
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 37.1 dehaṃ ca
taṃ na caramaḥ sthitam utthitaṃ vā siddho vipaśyati yato 'dhyagamat svarūpam /
BhāgPur, 3, 28, 38.2 taṃ saprapañcam adhirūḍhasamādhiyogaḥ svāpnaṃ punar na bhajate pratibuddhavastuḥ //
BhāgPur, 3, 31, 19.2 yat sṛṣṭayāsaṃ
tam ahaṃ puruṣaṃ purāṇaṃ paśye bahir hṛdi ca caityam iva pratītam //
BhāgPur, 3, 33, 1.3 visrastamohapaṭalā
tam abhipraṇamya tuṣṭāva tattvaviṣayāṅkitasiddhibhūmim //
BhāgPur, 4, 4, 16.1 kiṃvā śivākhyam aśivaṃ na vidus tvad anye brahmādayas
tam avakīrya jaṭāḥ śmaśāne /
BhāgPur, 4, 7, 41.3 taṃ yajñiyaṃ pañcavidhaṃ ca pañcabhiḥ sviṣṭaṃ yajurbhiḥ praṇato 'smi yajñam //
BhāgPur, 4, 9, 4.1 sa
taṃ vivakṣantam atadvidaṃ harir jñātvāsya sarvasya ca hṛdy avasthitaḥ /
BhāgPur, 4, 9, 5.2 taṃ bhaktibhāvo 'bhyagṛṇād asatvaraṃ pariśrutoruśravasaṃ dhruvakṣitiḥ //
BhāgPur, 4, 22, 37.2 yaḥ kṣetravittapatayā hṛdi viśvag āviḥ pratyak cakāsti
bhagavāṃstamavehi so 'smi //
BhāgPur, 4, 22, 38.2 taṃ nityamuktapariśuddhaviśuddhatattvaṃ pratyūḍhakarmakalilaprakṛtiṃ prapadye //
BhāgPur, 11, 4, 9.1 itthaṃ bruvaty abhayade naradeva devāḥ savrīḍanamraśirasaḥ saghṛṇaṃ
tam ūcuḥ /
BhāgPur, 11, 13, 37.2 taṃ saprapañcam adhirūḍhasamādhiyogaḥ svāpnaṃ punar na bhajate pratibuddhavastuḥ //
Bhāratamañjarī
BhāMañj, 7, 802.1 smaraharamasurāriṃ
taṃ smara smerakāntiṃ haramajaramajayyaṃ śāśvataṃ viśvarūpam /
BhāMañj, 9, 68.1 taṃ stambhitorusalile sarasi praviṣṭaṃ jñātvā girā mama gurostanayaḥ kṛpaśca /
BhāMañj, 9, 68.2 bhojaśca bhūpatiśikhāmaṇilīḍhapādaṃ lakṣmīvilāsasadanaṃ
śuśucustametya //
BhāMañj, 9, 69.2 dharmātmajastamṛṇaśeṣamiva pradadhyau duryodhanaṃ saha dhanaṃjayabhīmamukhyaiḥ //
BhāMañj, 11, 101.2 helāvalatkalabhacañcalakarṇatālalolāṃ
bhavasthitikathāmasakṛttamūcuḥ //
Commentary on Amaraughaśāsana
Devīkālottarāgama
Garuḍapurāṇa
GarPur, 1, 1, 1.8 sakalakaraṇahīnaṃ sarvabhūtasthitaṃ
taṃ harim amalam amāyaṃ sarvagaṃ vanda ekam //
GarPur, 1, 69, 36.2 dugdhe tataḥ payasi
taṃ vipacetsudhāyāṃ pakvaṃ tato 'pi payasā śucicikraṇena //
Gītagovinda
GītGov, 5, 13.2 na kuru nitambini gamanavilambanam anusara
tam hṛdayeśam //
Hitopadeśa
Hitop, 1, 17.3 taṃ paṅke patitaṃ dṛṣṭvā vyāghro 'vadata haha mahāpaṅke patito 'si /
Hitop, 1, 29.1 anantaraṃ te sarve jālanibaddhā babhūvuḥ tato yasya vacanāt tatrāvalambitās
taṃ sarve tiraskurvanti sma /
Hitop, 1, 33.2 taṃ bhuvanatrayatilakaṃ janayati jananī sutaṃ viralam //
Hitop, 1, 56.6 taṃ dṛṣṭvā śṛgālo 'cintayat katham etanmāṃsaṃ sulalitaṃ bhakṣayāmi bhavatu viśvāsaṃ tāvad utpādayāmi ity ālocya upasṛtyābravīnmitra kuśalaṃ te /
Hitop, 1, 57.6 tatas
tam āyāntaṃ dṛṣṭvā pakṣiśāvakair bhayārtaiḥ kolāhalaḥ kṛtaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 58.2 tad yathā bhavitavyaṃ tathā bhavatu tāvat viśvāsam utpādyāsya samīpam upagacchāmīty ālocya
tam upasṛtyābravīd ārya tvām abhivande /
Hitop, 1, 73.12 sa ca mṛgas
taṃ dṛṣṭvā ullāsito brūte sakhe chinddhi tāvan mama bandhanam /
Hitop, 1, 75.4 anantaraṃ sa kākaḥ pradoṣakāle mṛgamanāgatam avalokya itas tato 'nviṣyan tathāvidhaṃ
taṃ dṛṣṭvā uvāca sakhe kim etat mṛgeṇoktam avadhīritasuhṛdvākyasya phalam etat /
Hitop, 1, 80.3 taṃ janam asatyasandhaṃ bhagavati vasudhe kathaṃ vahasi //
Hitop, 1, 84.1 atha prabhāte sa kṣetrapatir laguḍahastas
taṃ pradeśam āgacchan kākenāvalokitaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 84.9 tam uddiśya tena kṣetrapatinā prakopāt kṣiptena laguḍena śṛgālo vyāpāditaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 105.2 ko vīrasya manasvinaḥ svaviṣayaḥ ko vā videśaḥ smṛtaḥ yaṃ deśaṃ śrayate
tam eva kurute bāhupratāpārjitam /
Hitop, 1, 115.11 taṃ tathāvidhaṃ dṛṣṭvā vīṇākarṇa uvāca sakhe kim iti mama kathāvirakto 'nyāsakto bhavān /
Hitop, 1, 193.4 te 'pi hiraṇyakādayaḥ snehād aniṣṭaṃ śaṅkamānās
tam anujagmuḥ /
Hitop, 1, 193.6 sa ca
taṃ gṛhītvā utthāya dhanuṣi baddhvā dhanyo 'smīty abhidhāya bhramaṇakleśāt kṣutpipāsākulaḥ svagṛhābhimukhaṃ prayātaḥ /
Hitop, 1, 193.7 atha te mṛgavāyasamūṣikāḥ paraṃ viṣādam upagatāḥ
tam anugacchanti sma /
Hitop, 1, 200.12 sa ca mṛga āsannaṃ
taṃ vyādhaṃ vilokyotthāya drutaṃ palāyitaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 20.5 taṃ tathāvidhaṃ dṛṣṭvā damanakaḥ karaṭakam āha sakhe karaṭaka kim ity ayam udakārthī svāmī pānīyam apītvā sacakito mandaṃ mandam avatiṣṭhate /
Hitop, 2, 31.6 eko vānaraḥ kālaprerita iva
taṃ kīlakaṃ hastābhyāṃ dhṛtvopaviṣṭaḥ /
Hitop, 2, 31.7 anantaraṃ sa ca sahajacapalatayā mahatā prayatnena
taṃ kīlakam ākṛṣṭavān /
Hitop, 2, 58.3 prāyeṇa bhūmipatayaḥ pramadālatāś ca yaḥ pārśvato vasati
taṃ pariveṣṭayanti //
Hitop, 2, 85.4 mūṣikaśabdaṃ yadā yadā śṛṇoti tadā tadā māṃsāhāradānena
taṃ biḍālaṃ saṃvardhayati /
Hitop, 2, 112.13 tato 'samagrabhāṇḍe prāpte samupajātakopo 'yaṃ nāpitas
taṃ kṣuraṃ dūrād eva gṛhe kṣiptavān /
Hitop, 2, 119.3 tam āyāntaṃ dṛṣṭvā tatputraṃ kusūle nikṣipya daṇḍanāyakena saha tathaiva krīḍati /
Hitop, 2, 119.5 tam avalokya gopyoktaṃ daṇḍanāyaka tvaṃ laguḍaṃ gṛhītvā kopaṃ darśayan satvaraṃ gaccha /
Hitop, 2, 124.2 tataḥ siṃho 'pi kṣudhāpīḍitaḥ kopāt
tam uvāca kutas tvaṃ vilambya samāgato 'si /
Hitop, 2, 128.2 ekaṃ bhūmipatiḥ karoti sacivaṃ rājye pramāṇaṃ yadā
taṃ mohāt śrayate madaḥ sa ca madālasyena nirvidyate /
Hitop, 2, 159.4 akāraṇadveṣi manas tu yasya vai kathaṃ janas
taṃ paritoṣayiṣyati //
Hitop, 3, 10.6 tato dūrāt
tam avalokya vyāghrabuddhyā kṣetrapatayaḥ satvaraṃ palāyante /
Hitop, 3, 10.8 taṃ ca dūrād dṛṣṭvā gardabhaḥ puṣṭāṅgo yatheṣṭasasyabhakṣaṇajātabalo gardabho 'yam iti matvoccaiḥ śabdaṃ kurvāṇas tadabhimukhaṃ dhāvitaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 40.6 yathājñāpayati devaḥ ity abhidhāya pratīhāraḥ śukaṃ gṛhītvā
tam āvāsasthānaṃ gataḥ /
Hitop, 3, 60.11 śṛgālāś ca
taṃ viśiṣṭavarṇam avalokya sāṣṭāṅgapātaṃ praṇamyocuḥ yathājñāpayati devaḥ iti /
Hitop, 3, 60.20 tatas
taṃ śabdam ākarṇya jātisvabhāvāt tenāpi śabdaḥ kartavyaḥ /
Hitop, 3, 62.6 kintu yodhabalasamanvito bhūtvā dūrād eva
tam avalokaya /
Hitop, 3, 108.5 tataḥ kṣīṇapāpo 'sau svapne darśanaṃ dattvā bhagavadādeśād yakṣeśvareṇādiṣṭo yat tvam adya prātaḥ kṣauraṃ kārayitvā laguḍahastaḥ san svagṛhadvāri nibhṛtaṃ sthāsyasi tato yam evāgataṃ bhikṣukaṃ prāṅgaṇe paśyasi
taṃ nirdakṣaṃ laguḍaprahāreṇa haniṣyasi /
Hitop, 3, 125.11 kāleṣu koṭiṣv api muktahastas
taṃ rājasiṃhaṃ na jahāti lakṣmīḥ //
Hitop, 4, 16.13 atha
taṃ muniṃ vyāghraṃ ca dṛṣṭvā sarve vadantyanena muninā mūṣiko vyāghratāṃ nītaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 16.14 etacchrutvā savyatho vyāghro 'cintayad yāvad anena muninā sthīyate tāvad idaṃ me svarūpākhyānam akīrtikaraṃ na palāyiṣyate ity ālocya mūṣikas
taṃ muniṃ hantuṃ gataḥ /
Hitop, 4, 19.6 anantaraṃ kulīras
tam uvāca bho baka mām api tatra naya /
Hitop, 4, 19.7 tato bako 'py apūrvakulīramāṃsārthī sādaraṃ
taṃ nītvā sthale dhṛtavān /
Hitop, 4, 19.8 kulīro 'pi matsyakaṇṭakākīrṇaṃ
taṃ sthalam ālokyācintayathā hato 'smi mandabhāgyaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 22.5 tatas
tam ādāyāsau kumbhakārasya bhāṇḍapūrṇamaṇḍapaikadeśe raudreṇākulitaḥ suptaḥ /
Hitop, 4, 68.8 tatas
taṃ suśīlanāmānaṃ putraṃ mṛtam avalokya śokena mūrchitaḥ kauṇḍinyaḥ pṛthivyāṃ luloṭha /
Hitop, 4, 87.1 saṃcintya saṃcintya
tam ugradaṇḍaṃ mṛtyuṃ manuṣyasya vicakṣaṇasya /
Hitop, 4, 99.5 sa ca sarpas
taṃ pṛṣṭhe kṛtvā citrapadakramaṃ babhrāma /
Hitop, 4, 99.6 paredyuś calitum asamarthaṃ
taṃ maṇḍūkanātham avadatkim adya bhavān mandagatiḥ /
Hitop, 4, 99.20 rājā sakopam āha āstāṃ tāvad ayaṃ gatvā
tam eva samūlam unmūlayāmi /
Hitop, 4, 103.8 tatas
tam upakārakaṃ nakulaṃ nirīkṣya bhāvitacetāḥ sa brāhmaṇaḥ paraṃ viṣādam agamat /
Kathāsaritsāgara
KSS, 1, 2, 81.1 dhvanim atha
tamapūrvaṃ divyam ākarṇya sadyaḥ sapadi vilasadantarvismayo vipravargaḥ /
KSS, 1, 2, 83.1 rājāpi
taṃ giriśasūnuvaraprabhāvam ālokya tasya paritoṣamupetya nandaḥ /
KSS, 1, 6, 165.1 atha
tam akhilavidyālābham ākarṇya rājñaḥ pramuditavati rāṣṭre tatra ko 'pyutsavo 'bhūt /
KSS, 1, 6, 167.1 yo 'gre cāramukhena ṣaṇmukhavaraprāptiṃ samākarṇayat saṃtuṣyātmasamaṃ śriyā
narapatistaṃ siṃhaguptaṃ vyadhāt /
KSS, 2, 1, 90.1 athotkaṇṭhādīrghe kathamapi dine 'sminn avasite
tamevāgre kṛtvā śabaramaparedyuḥ sa nṛpatiḥ /
KSS, 2, 2, 217.1 tatas
taṃ kalyāṇaṃ tanayam anuraktaprakṛtikaṃ niveśya sve rājye jagadudayahetor udayanam /
KSS, 2, 5, 194.1 ādāya taddhanamavāpya patiṃ ca
taṃ svaṃ devasmitā sakalasajjanapūjitā sā /
KSS, 3, 3, 171.1 tatastaṃ devībhyāṃ samamucitasatkāravidhinā kṛtātithyaṃ dūtaṃ sarabhasamanāḥ preṣya muditam /
KSS, 4, 2, 254.1 tataḥ prītiprahvāmaranikaram āgatya garuḍaṃ
praṇemustaṃ vidyādharatilakam abhyetya sabhayāḥ /
KSS, 4, 2, 259.2 nijapatinikaṭasthā bhāvividyādharendrasvatanayakathayā
taṃ vāsaraṃ sā nināya //
KSS, 4, 3, 94.1 taṃ ca krīḍākalitalalitāvyaktanarmābhilāṣaṃ yāntaṃ prītipravaṇamanasām aṅkato 'ṅkaṃ nṛpāṇām /
KSS, 5, 3, 283.1 ity ūcivāṃśca visasarja mahāprabhāvo vidyādharādhipatirātmatapovanāt
tam /
KSS, 5, 3, 287.1 taṃ māṃ śaśāṅkakulabhūṣaṇa śaktivegaṃ jānīhyupāgatam imaṃ khalu vatsarāja /
Kālikāpurāṇa
KālPur, 56, 49.2 yadbrahmā mūrdhni dhatte harir avati gale candracūḍo hṛdisthaṃ
taṃ māṃ pātu pradhānaṃ nikhilamatiśayaṃ padmagarbhābhabījam //
Kṛṣṇāmṛtamahārṇava
KAM, 1, 25.3 tam ārādhaya govindaṃ sthānam agryaṃ yadīcchasi //
KAM, 1, 26.3 tam ārādhya hariṃ yāti muktim apy atidurlabhām //
KAM, 1, 27.2 prāpa yajñapatiṃ viṣṇuṃ
tam ārādhaya suvrata //
KAM, 1, 53.2 puruṣas
tam ajaṃ nityaṃ vrajāmi śaraṇaṃ harim //
Madanapālanighaṇṭu
Mahācīnatantra
Mātṛkābhedatantra
MBhT, 7, 62.2 tasmād uttolya
taṃ liṅgaṃ dugdhamadhye dinatrayam //
Mṛgendratantra
Mṛgendraṭīkā
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 1.2, 19.0 tat ity anantaraṃ tantrāvatārakaṃ bharadvājam ṛṣim iti ṛ gatāv iti dhātvarthataḥ sarveṣāṃ ca gatyarthānāṃ jñānārthatvād avagataparamārthatayā ṛṣiḥ
taṃ namaskṛtya śṛṇuteti śrotṝṇāṃ namaskāropadeśaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 1.2, 28.0 yathaitat saṃnaddhadehas tvam uttarakuruṣu bhagavantaṃ pinākinam ārādhaya varṣasahasrānte ca
taṃ dṛṣṭvābhimatam āsādayiṣyasi ity uktvā antarhite surārau sarvaṃ tad indreṇa kṛtam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 26.2, 1.3 ato 'nyeṣv iti etacchāstrārhebhyo ye 'nye aparipakvāñjanatayā paśuśāstrānuvartinas teṣu viṣayeṣu yaḥ kāpilapāñcarātrādi prāpyo 'rthaḥ samyag iti taduktayogyatānusāreṇopapadyate anuguṇo bhavati
taṃ prakāśayati /
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 9, 17.2, 5.0 nanu śaktyātmanā kāraṇe kāryaṃ nāvasthitam apitu tadutpādikā śaktis tatrāstītyatacchaktimatas tajjananāyogāt kāryakāraṇapratiniyamasiddhau na kācit kṣatiriti parābhiprāyam āśaṅkya
taṃ parākaroti //
Narmamālā
Nibandhasaṃgraha
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 18.1, 1.0 te idānīmabhighātādibhirhetubhirojasaḥ atiyogaṃ duṣṭaraktasyāsrutidoṣam raktasyāyogaṃ atra teṣāṃ pratipādya caturthaṃ vistaraṃ mānasān rasāyanatantram idānīmāgantuprabhṛtīneva annapānamūlā anekakarmakāriṇīṃ vyavāyī idānīṃ athāto atha idānīm dṛṣṭāntatrayeṇa raktārtavayor raktavikṛtīrabhidhāya rasasya śoṇitaprasaṅgenānyeṣām nanu śoṇitasya athāta idānīṃ raktārtavayoḥ śastravisrāvaṇasya visrāvyaniṣedhaviṣayaṃ tamevārthaṃ śoṇitasvabhāve rasasyaiva nanu yadi rasadhāturdhātvantarāṇāṃ prastutaṃ tadeva rasādidhātūnāṃ ata kathaṃ rasādidhātūnāmayanamāpyāyanam pañcamaṃ vātādīnāṃ cikitsāviśeṣavijñānārthaṃ strīpuṃsayoḥ garbhasya śoṇitotpatte tatretyādi //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Śār., 3, 28.2, 4.0 jarāpaharaṇaṃ heturuktaścikitsakaiḥ krodhaśokabhayadainyerṣyāsūyāmātsaryakāmādayaḥ
abhiprāyārtham anye lakṣaṇaiḥ sūtram rasasaṃcārād ete tābhyām bhūtas yāti vividhavarṇam svabalotkarṣāt śukratāṃ raukṣyālpasnehādayaḥ upacāraḥ tv pittaṃ garbhaviṣaye evaṃ taṃ tat trasaratantujātam //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Utt., 1, 8.1, 11.0 gacchatīti ādiśabdāt nirāmapittaduṣṭaṃ pāṭhaṃ tarhi bāhyanimittatvādunmādādīnām dhanvantariḥ śyāvaṃ
ityantaṃ stanyārtavādayaḥ bāhyanimittatvādunmādādīnām stanyārtavādayaḥ ityantaṃ bāhyanimittatvādunmādādīnām stanyārtavādayaḥ bāhyanimittatvādunmādādīnām paṭhati sambandho tam āgantukatvam //
NiSaṃ zu Su, Sū., 14, 21.2, 20.0 taṃ atra sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ jijñāsā ātmānaṃ kālajā majjadoṣānabhidhāya doṣaireva asāv vikrāntamudyoginaṃ sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ majjadoṣānabhidhāya kālajā doṣaireva vikrāntamudyoginaṃ sarvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ majjadoṣānabhidhāya ca kecid vātādilakṣaṇayuktam //
Parāśarasmṛtiṭīkā
Rasahṛdayatantra
RHT, 3, 19.1 taṃ pravakṣyāmyupadeśaṃ gandhābhrakasaṃpraveśanaṃ yena /
RHT, 7, 1.1 grāsaṃ na muñcati na vāñchati
taṃ ca bhūyaḥ kāṃścidguṇānbhajati bhuktavibhuktimātrāt /
Rasamañjarī
RMañj, 1, 3.1 he bhasmāṅgaviraktirūpaguṇadaṃ
taṃ preraṇādaṃ śivaṃ gaṅgābhūṣitaśekharaṃ smaraharaṃ śaktisvarūpaṃ prabho /
RMañj, 2, 42.2 piṣṭaṃ pāṃśupaṭupragāḍhamamalaṃ vajryambunānekaśaḥ sūtaṃ dhātuyutaṃ khaṭīkavalitaṃ
taṃ sampuṭe rodhayet /
RMañj, 5, 9.2 taṃ bhāṇḍasya tale dhṛtvā bhasmanā pūrayeddṛḍham //
RMañj, 6, 79.2 khalve
taṃ khalu marditaṃ ravijalair guñjaikamātraṃ tataḥ siddho'yaṃ jvaradantadarpadalanaḥ pañcānanākhyo rasaḥ //
Rasaprakāśasudhākara
RPSudh, 3, 8.1 ḍamarūkābhidhayaṃtravareṇa
taṃ dvidaśayāmamamuṃ paca vahninā /
RPSudh, 3, 24.2 sthagaya
taṃ ca pidhānavareṇa vai mṛditayā sumṛdā parimudritam //
RPSudh, 3, 54.1 taṃ kākamācyāḥ svarasena piṣṭvā tathā ca taṃ dāḍimabījatoyaiḥ /
RPSudh, 3, 54.1 taṃ kākamācyāḥ svarasena piṣṭvā tathā ca
taṃ dāḍimabījatoyaiḥ /
RPSudh, 3, 55.2 pradrāvayettaṃ badarasya cāgninā praḍhālayed bhṛṃgarase trivāram //
RPSudh, 3, 61.2 tasyāṃ nidhāyātha rasasya golakaṃ
taṃ sveditaṃ cāmlarasena samyak //
RPSudh, 7, 29.2 saṃpeṣayettaṃ hi śilātalena manaḥśilābhiḥ saha kārayedvaṭīm //
RPSudh, 7, 30.2 vārān śataṃ cāpi tato
dhamettaṃ saṃmarditaṃ śodhitapāradena //
RPSudh, 8, 3.2 taṃ nāgavallīdalajena sārdhaṃ nihanti vātodbhavakaṃ jvaraṃ ca //
RPSudh, 8, 7.2 tāmrabhājanamukhaṃ nirudhya vai
taṃ pacetsikatayaṃtramadhyataḥ //
Rasaratnasamuccaya
RRS, 1, 64.1 taṃ dṛṣṭvā lajjitaḥ śambhurvirataḥ suratāttadā /
RRS, 3, 30.2 dhṛtvā saṃdaṃśato vartimadhyaṃ prajvālayecca
tam /
RRS, 4, 66.2 bhūrje
taṃ golakaṃ kṛtvā sūtreṇāveṣṭya yatnataḥ //
RRS, 5, 57.2 samyaṅ nirudhya bhāṇḍe
tamagniṃ jvālaya yāmakam /
RRS, 6, 36.1 evaṃ śaktiyuto yo 'sau dīkṣayet
taṃ gurūttamaḥ /
RRS, 7, 36.2 hā raso naṣṭamityuktvā sevetānyatra
taṃ rasam //
RRS, 9, 86.2 tasyāṃ niveśya
taṃ khallaṃ pārśve bhastrikayā dhamet //
RRS, 12, 13.1 vimarditābhyāṃ rasagandhakābhyāṃ nīreṇa kuryādiha golakaṃ
tam /
RRS, 12, 34.1 pattreṇa
taṃ dinapateśca pidhāya ruddhvā saṃdhiṃ tayorguḍasudhākhaṭikāśivābhiḥ /
RRS, 12, 36.1 athāmayāntaṃ rasarājamaulibhūṣāmaṇiṃ
taṃ mṛtajīvanākhyam /
RRS, 12, 68.1 sūtendraṃ parimardya pañcapaṭubhiḥ kṣārais tribhis
taṃ tataḥ piṇḍe hiṅgumahauṣadhāsurīmaye saṃsvedya dhānyodake /
Rasaratnākara
Rasendracintāmaṇi
RCint, 1, 1.1 he bhasmāṅgaviraktirūpaguṇadaṃ
taṃ preraṇādaṃ śivaṃ gaṅgābhūṣitaśekharaṃ smaraharaṃ śaktisvarūpaṃ prabho /
RCint, 8, 40.2 golaṃ kṛtvā ṭaṅkaṇena praveṣṭya paścānmṛtsnāgomayābhyāṃ
dhamettam //
RCint, 8, 44.2 kāse śvāse
taṃ ca dadyāt kaṣāyaṃ mādhvīkāktaṃ pippalīcūrṇayuktam //
RCint, 8, 194.1 bhāṇḍe kṛtvā rodhayitvā tu bhāṇḍaṃ śālāgnau
taṃ nikṣipet pañcarātram /
Rasendracūḍāmaṇi
RCūM, 16, 45.2 taṃ cenmartyo bhajati hi sadā jāyate divyadeho jīvet kalpatridaśaśatikān vatsarāṇāṃ prakāmam //
Rasendrasārasaṃgraha
RSS, 1, 28.3 dinaikaṃ
pātayetpaścāttaṃ śuddhaṃ viniyojayet //
RSS, 1, 60.2 puṭettaṃ cāndhamūṣāyāṃ sūto bhasmatvam āpnuyāt //
RSS, 1, 74.1 piṣṭaṃ pāṃśupaṭupragāḍham amalaṃ vajryambunā naikaśaḥ sūtaṃ dhātugataṃ khaṭīkavalitaṃ
taṃ sampuṭe rodhayet /
Rasādhyāya
Rasādhyāyaṭīkā
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 55.2, 3.0 tatastaṃ kaṭāhaṃ jalārdhapūrṇasthālikāmukhopari pradhvaraṃ muktvā sthālīkaṇṭhakaṭāhabundhakasaṃyogasthāne karpaṭamṛdaṃ dṛḍhaṃ dattvā kaṭāhamadhye chāṇakāni ghaṭīcatuṣkaṃ yāvaj jvālyante //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 161.2, 3.0 tataḥ kācaliptamṛttikākāṃsyaṃ śarāve jīrṇe hemarājiṃ sūtaṃ tathāṣoḍaśabhāgena śuddhagandhakacūrṇaṃ vā kṣiptvopari mukhakācaliptamṛttikākoḍīyakaṃ dattvā karpaṭamṛttikayā liptvā
taṃ śarāvaṃ sampuṭaṃ bhūdharayantramadhye muktvā haṭhāgnir jvālanīyaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 287.2, 1.5 tatastaṃ piṇḍaṃ śarāvasampuṭāntaḥ kṣiptvā sarvato vastramṛttikayā liptvā pūrvataḥ kṛtagartāṃ chāṇakaiḥ bhṛtvā tasyāṃ gartāyāṃ śarāvasampuṭaṃ madhye muktvāgnir jvālanīyaḥ /
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 287.2, 1.6 tataḥ śītalībhūte punaranyāsāṃ vaḍavāikānāṃ piṇḍamadhye
tameva hīrakaṃ kṣiptvā tathaiva jvālayitvā hīrako grāhyaḥ /
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 287.2, 1.7 evaṃ navavāraṃ navanavābhir vaḍavāikābhiḥ sa eva pacanīyaḥ rājabadaryāḥ kisalayarūpāṃ komalāṃ śākhāmānīya tasyāṃ chidraṃ kṛtvā nesahiṅguṃ tatrādha ūrdhvaṃ ca dattvā chidramadhye
tameva hīrakaṃ kṣiptvā vastramṛttikayā nicchādya pūrvaṃ chāṇakapūrṇagartāyāṃ pacet //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 287.2, 4.0 tato mahato nesahiṅgukhoṭasya madhye randhraṃ kṛtvā
tameva hīrakaṃ kṣiptvā mukhaṃ ca nesahiṅgunā ācchādyopari māṣapīṭhīṃ dadyāt tatastailapūrṇe pātre taṃ hiṅgukhoṭaṃ kṣiptvādho 'gnir jvālanīyaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 287.2, 4.0 tato mahato nesahiṅgukhoṭasya madhye randhraṃ kṛtvā tameva hīrakaṃ kṣiptvā mukhaṃ ca nesahiṅgunā ācchādyopari māṣapīṭhīṃ dadyāt tatastailapūrṇe pātre
taṃ hiṅgukhoṭaṃ kṣiptvādho 'gnir jvālanīyaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 303.2, 5.0 tataśca pakvakarparam ānīya tatrānekān kaḍukān kṛtvā teṣu hīrakān kṣiptvā
taṃ hīrakaṃ karparaṃ līhālaṅkair dhmātvāgnivarṇaṃ kṛtvā samabhāgamelitanaramūtrathoharadugdhābhyāṃ vidhmāpyo hīrakaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 308.2, 3.0 etān caturo'pi samabhāgena melayitvā jalena sampiṣya rābasadṛśān kṛtvā tataḥ puṣpāvalyā bahūni puṣpāṇi nisāhāyāṃ vartayitvā piṇḍaṃ ca kṛtvā tanmadhye hīrakān kṣiptvā golākārapiṇḍaṃ ca vidhāya vajramūṣāmadhye
taṃ golakaṃ kṣiptvāgnivarṇaṃ ca dhmātvā pūrvakṛtarābamadhye punaḥ punaḥ kṣiptvā mūṣāṃ vidhmāpayet //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 334.2, 2.0 tataḥ pātālagaruḍasya pattrāṇi vartayitvā pīṭhīṃ kṛtvā tanmadhye gandhakapīṭhīṃ kṣiptvā golakaṃ ca kṛtvā
taṃ golakaṃ śarāvasampuṭe kṣiptvā saṃdhau karpaṭamṛttikāṃ dattvā jvaladbhiraṅgāraiḥ kukkuṭapuṭaṃ dattvā svabhāvaśītalaṃ gandhakapīṭhīcūrṇaṃ kumpe kṣipet //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 357.2, 2.0 tato yena sūtena pūrvoktayuktyā daśaguṇaṃ gandhakatailaṃ jīrṇaṃ tato hemarājikarṣaśca jīrṇaṃ
taṃ rasaṃ vajramūṣāyāṃ kṣiptvopari kaṅguṇītailaṃ tathā kṣipedyathā sa pārado bruḍati //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 403.2, 4.0 evaṃ punaḥ chālīvasāpalikārdhena kharale piṣṭvā tṛtīyakuṃpake pūrvavatsaṃkīrṇācca culhikāyāṃ sarvaṃ kāryaṃ tato yadi saptabhiḥ kuṃpakaiḥ saptavāramevaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ tad bhavati tadā kālikā kaṃṭhake yāti kuṃpabundhe ca jalasadṛśā yekaṇās tiṣṭhanti te tālakasatvarūpāḥ kālikavarjitā grāhyāḥ
tatastaṃ tālakasatvaṃ tolayitvā tasmāddviguṇaṃ śuddhapāradaṃ cobhayaṃ kharale kṣiptvā niṃbukarasena mṛditvā sutaptālakasaṃbhavā pīṭhī kāryā mardane ca niṃbukarasaḥ punaḥ punaḥ kṣepyaḥ //
RAdhyṬ zu RAdhy, 426.2, 1.0 svecchayā mṛtaḥ śaśako bhramadbhiryadi dṛśyate tadā tasya mastakamadhyānmecakaṃ gṛhītvā dhānyābhrakasya gadyāṇān 40 gāḍhaṃ peṣayitvā tanmadhyān mecakamātraṃ cūrṇaṃ mecakamadhye kṣiptvā dvayaṃ mṛditvā piṇḍaṃ ca kṛtvā ghṛtena tailena vā liptasthālikāmadhye
taṃ piṇḍaṃ kṣiptvā upari pradhvarāṃ ḍhaṃkaṇīṃ dattvā pārśveṣu sarvatra vastramṛttikābhir niśchidrīkṛtya sā sthālī kaṇakoṣṭamadhye kṣiptvā 21 dināni sthāpyā tāvatā ca mecakamadhye ye kṛmayo jāyante te'bhrakaṃ bhakṣayitvā paścādbubhukṣayā tāpena ca mriyante //
Rasārṇava
RArṇ, 4, 7.3 taṃ svedayet talagataṃ dolāyantramiti smṛtam //
RArṇ, 7, 68.2 siñcedunmattaniryāse
trīnvārāṃstaṃ pṛthak pṛthak //
RArṇ, 8, 87.0 pakvaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ samaṃ garbhe yaddravedrañjayecca
tam //
RArṇ, 16, 2.2 taṃ khoṭaṃ sūkṣmacūrṇaṃ tu strīrajobhistu bhāvayet //
RArṇ, 16, 4.2 taṃ rasaṃ bhūrjapattre tu baddhvā poṭalikāṃ tataḥ //
Ratnadīpikā
Ratnadīpikā, 1, 1.2 saṃsārabhramabhīruṇā ca manasā dhyāyanti yaṃ yoginaḥ
taṃ vande śaśikhaṇḍamaṇḍitajaṭājūṭaṃ bhavaṃ dhūrjaṭim //
Rājamārtaṇḍa
RājMār zu YS, 3, 45.1, 8.0 kāmāvasāyitvaṃ sarvatra kāmāvasāyo yasmin viṣaye'sya kāma icchā bhavati tasmin viṣaye yogino 'vasāyo bhavati
taṃ viṣayaṃ svīkāradvāreṇābhilāṣasamāptiparyantaṃ nayatītyarthaḥ //
Rājanighaṇṭu
RājNigh, 0, 2.2 vāmotsaṅge vahantaṃ vividhamaṇigaṇālaṃkṛtām ujjvalāṅgīṃ śarvāṇīṃ svānurūpāṃ
tamaniśamamṛteśākhyam īśaṃ smarāmi //
RājNigh, 2, 5.2 nānāvarṇam aśeṣajantusukhadaṃ deśaṃ budhā madhyamaṃ doṣodbhūtivikopaśāntisahitaṃ sādhāraṇaṃ
taṃ viduḥ //
Sarvadarśanasaṃgraha
SDS, Rāseśvaradarśana, 35.0 nanvetat sāvayavaṃ rūpavad avabhāsamānaṃ nṛkaṇṭhoravāṅgaṃ saditi na saṃgacchata ityādinākṣepapuraḥsaraṃ sanakādipratyakṣaṃ sahasraśīrṣā puruṣa ityādiśruti
tamadbhutaṃ bālakamambujekṣaṇaṃ caturbhujaṃ śaṅkhagadādyudāyudham ityādi purāṇalakṣaṇena pramāṇatrayeṇa siddhaṃ nṛpañcānanāṅgaṃ kathamasat syāditi //
Sarvāṅgasundarā
SarvSund zu AHS, Utt., 39, 78.2, 6.0 tamamṛtarasatulyapākaṃ yaḥ pūrvāhṇe prāśaṃ lehaṃ bhakṣayan paścādyatheṣṭaṃ jalaṃ kṣīraṃ māṃsarasaṃ vā pibati sa smṛtyādiyutaḥ suvarṇaughagauro dīrghamāyuḥ prāpnoti //
Skandapurāṇa
SkPur, 3, 9.2 tamātmasthaṃ ye 'nupaśyanti dhīrāsteṣāṃ śāntiḥ śāśvatī netareṣām //
SkPur, 3, 30.2 taṃ devaṃ pramathapatiṃ praṇamya bhaktyā nityaṃ vai śaraṇamupaimi sūkṣmasūkṣmam //
SkPur, 4, 5.1 taṃ brahmā lokasṛṣṭyarthaṃ putrastvaṃ manasābravīt /
SkPur, 20, 21.3 taṃ brahmarākṣasaniśācarabhūtayakṣā hiṃsanti no dvipadapannagapūtanāśca //
Spandakārikā
Spandakārikānirṇaya
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 1.2, 1.0 śam upaśāntāśeṣopatāpaparamānandādvayamayasvacaitanyasphārapratyabhijñāpanasvarūpam anugrahaṃ karoti yas
tam imaṃ svasvabhāvaṃ śaṃkaraṃ stumas taṃ viśvotkarṣitvena parāmṛśantas tatkᄆptakalpitapramātṛpadanimajjanena samāviśāmaḥ tatsamāveśa eva hi jīvanmuktiphala iha prakaraṇa upadeśyaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 1.2, 1.0 śam upaśāntāśeṣopatāpaparamānandādvayamayasvacaitanyasphārapratyabhijñāpanasvarūpam anugrahaṃ karoti yas tam imaṃ svasvabhāvaṃ śaṃkaraṃ stumas
taṃ viśvotkarṣitvena parāmṛśantas tatkᄆptakalpitapramātṛpadanimajjanena samāviśāmaḥ tatsamāveśa eva hi jīvanmuktiphala iha prakaraṇa upadeśyaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 11.2, 1.1 uktopapattyupalabdhyanuśīlanapratyabhijñātaṃ
taṃ spandatattvātmakaṃ svabhāvam ātmīyam adhiṣṭhātṛbhāvena vyutthānadaśāyām api vyāpnuvantam avalokayaṃś cinvānaḥ /
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 17.0 evam aprabuddho bahirmukhavyāpāranirodhe grāhakasyāpyātmano 'nupapannam apyabhāvaṃ niścinuta iti pratipādya suprabuddhāprabuddhayor yādṛg
ātmopalambhastaṃ nirūpayati //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā
Tantrasāra
TantraS, 4, 37.0 tathā hi saṃvit pūrvam antar eva bhāvaṃ kalayati tato bahir api sphuṭatayā kalayati tatraiva raktimayatāṃ gṛhītvā tataḥ
tam eva bhāvam antar upasaṃjihīrṣayā kalayati tataś ca tadupasaṃhāravighnabhūtāṃ śaṅkāṃ nirmiṇoti ca grasate ca grastaśaṅkāṃśaṃ bhāvabhāgam ātmani upasaṃhāreṇa kalayati tata upasaṃhartṛtvaṃ mamedaṃ rūpam ity api svabhāvam eva kalayati tata upasaṃhartṛsvabhāvakalane kasyacid bhāvasya vāsanātmanā avasthitiṃ kasyacit tu saṃvinmātrāvaśeṣatāṃ kalayati tataḥ svarūpakalanānāntarīyakatvenaiva karaṇacakraṃ kalayati tataḥ karaṇeśvaram api kalayati tataḥ kalpitaṃ māyīyaṃ pramātṛrūpam api kalayati saṅkocatyāgonmukhavikāsagrahaṇarasikam api pramātāraṃ kalayati ato vikasitam api rūpaṃ kalayati iti etā dvādaśa bhagavatyaḥ saṃvidaḥ pramātṝn ekaṃ vāpi uddiśya yugapat krameṇa dviśaḥ triśa ityādisthityāpi udayabhāginyaḥ cakravad āvartamānā bahir api māsakalārāśyādikrameṇa antato vā ghaṭapaṭādikrameṇāpi bhāsamānāḥ cakreśvarasya svātantryaṃ puṣṇatyaḥ śrīkālīśabdavācyāḥ //
TantraS, 6, 46.0 evaṃ yaḥ avyaktakālaḥ
taṃ daśabhiḥ parārdhaiḥ guṇayitvā māyādinaṃ kathayet tāvatī rātriḥ //
TantraS, 7, 1.0 tatra samasta eva ayaṃ mūrtivaicitryābhāsanaśaktijo deśādhvā saṃvidi viśrāntaḥ taddvāreṇa śūnye buddhau prāṇe nāḍīcakrānucakreṣu bahiḥ śarīre yāvalliṅgasthaṇḍilapratimādau samasto 'dhvā pariniṣṭhitaḥ
taṃ samastam adhvānaṃ dehe vilāpya dehaṃ ca prāṇe taṃ dhiyi tāṃ śūnye tatsaṃvedane nirbharaparipūrṇasaṃvit sampadyate ṣaṭtriṃśattattvasvarūpajñaḥ taduttīrṇāṃ saṃvidaṃ paramaśivarūpāṃ paśyan viśvamayīm api saṃvedayeta aparathā vedyabhāgam eva kaṃcit paratvena gṛhṇīyān māyāgarbhādhikāriṇaṃ viṣṇubrahmādikaṃ vā tasmād avaśyaṃ prakriyājñānapareṇa bhavitavyam //
TantraS, 7, 1.0 tatra samasta eva ayaṃ mūrtivaicitryābhāsanaśaktijo deśādhvā saṃvidi viśrāntaḥ taddvāreṇa śūnye buddhau prāṇe nāḍīcakrānucakreṣu bahiḥ śarīre yāvalliṅgasthaṇḍilapratimādau samasto 'dhvā pariniṣṭhitaḥ taṃ samastam adhvānaṃ dehe vilāpya dehaṃ ca prāṇe
taṃ dhiyi tāṃ śūnye tatsaṃvedane nirbharaparipūrṇasaṃvit sampadyate ṣaṭtriṃśattattvasvarūpajñaḥ taduttīrṇāṃ saṃvidaṃ paramaśivarūpāṃ paśyan viśvamayīm api saṃvedayeta aparathā vedyabhāgam eva kaṃcit paratvena gṛhṇīyān māyāgarbhādhikāriṇaṃ viṣṇubrahmādikaṃ vā tasmād avaśyaṃ prakriyājñānapareṇa bhavitavyam //
TantraS, 8, 58.0 idānīṃ viśeṣaṇabhāgo yaḥ kiṃcid ity ukto jñeyaḥ kāryaś ca
taṃ yāvat sā kalā svātmanaḥ pṛthak kurute tāvat eṣa eva sukhaduḥkhamohātmakabhogyaviśeṣānusyūtasya sāmānyamātrasya tadguṇasāmyāparanāmnaḥ prakṛtitattvasya sargaḥ iti bhoktṛbhogyayugalasya samam eva kalātattvāyattā sṛṣṭiḥ //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 47.0 tataḥ śuddhavidyāntam āsanaṃ dattvā gaṇapateḥ pūjā tataḥ kumbham ānandadravyapūritam alaṃkṛtaṃ pūjayet tato yājyam anu pūgaṃ nyasya tatra mukhyaṃ mantraṃ sarvādhiṣṭhātṛtayā vidhipūrvakatvena smaran aṣṭottaraśatamantritaṃ tena
taṃ kumbhaṃ kuryāt //
TantraS, 15, 2.0 samastam adhvānaṃ śiṣye nyasya
taṃ ca krameṇa śodhayitvā bhagavatīṃ kālarātrīm marmakartanīṃ nyasya tayā kramāt kramaṃ marmapāśān vibhidya brahmarandhravarti śiṣyacaitanyaṃ kuryāt //
TantraS, 15, 7.0 sapratyayāṃ nirbījāṃ tu yadi dīkṣāṃ mūḍhāya āyātaśaktipātāya ca darśayet tadā hi śivahastadānakāle ayaṃ vidhiḥ trikoṇam āgneyaṃ jvālākarālaṃ rephavisphuliṅgaṃ bahirvātyācakradhyāyamānaṃ maṇḍalaṃ dakṣiṇahaste cintayitvā tatraiva haste bījaṃ kiṃcit nikṣipya ūrdhvādhorephavibodhitaphaṭkāraparamparābhiḥ asya tāṃ jananaśaktiṃ dahet evaṃ kurvan
taṃ hastaṃ śiṣyasya mūrdhani kṣipet iti dvayor api eṣā dīkṣā nirbījā svakāryakaraṇasāmarthyavidhvaṃsinī bhavati sthāvarāṇām api dīkṣyatvena uktatvāt vāyupurāntarvyavasthitaṃ dodhūyamānaṃ śiṣyaṃ laghūbhūtaṃ cintayet yena tulayā laghuḥ dṛśyate iti //
TantraS, 17, 4.0 tato vrateśvaram āhūya pūjayitvā tasya śivājñayā akiṃcitkaraḥ tvam asya bhava iti śrāvaṇāṃ kṛtvā
taṃ tarpayitvā visṛjya agniṃ visṛjet iti liṅgoddhāraḥ //
Tantrāloka
TĀ, 1, 120.2 taṃ bījabhāvamāgatya saṃvidaṃ sphuṭayanti tām //
TĀ, 1, 129.1 unmagnāmeva
paśyantastaṃ vidanto 'pi no viduḥ /
TĀ, 1, 199.1 sarvaśo 'pyatha vāṃśena
taṃ vibhuṃ parameśvaram /
TĀ, 1, 238.1 jñānātmā seti cejjñānaṃ yatrasthaṃ
taṃ vimocayet /
TĀ, 2, 40.1 taṃ ye paśyanti tādrūpyakrameṇāmalasaṃvidaḥ /
TĀ, 3, 262.2 vijahati bhedavibhāgaṃ nijaśaktyā
taṃ samindhānāḥ //
TĀ, 4, 28.2 māyīye tacca
taṃ tasmiñchāstre niyamayediti //
TĀ, 4, 31.1 taṃ prāpyāpi ciraṃ kālaṃ tadgogābhogabhuktataḥ /
TĀ, 5, 15.2 tathāpi nirvikalpe 'sminvikalpo nāsti
taṃ vinā //
TĀ, 5, 99.2 parāṃ ca vindati vyāptiṃ pratyahaṃ hyabhyaseta
tam //
TĀ, 6, 215.2 kramātprāṇādike kāle
taṃ taṃ tatrāśrayettataḥ //
TĀ, 6, 215.2 kramātprāṇādike kāle taṃ
taṃ tatrāśrayettataḥ //
TĀ, 7, 59.1 śaktisthaṃ naiva
taṃ tatra vibhāgastvoṃnamo'ntagaḥ /
TĀ, 8, 207.2 taṃ viśanti mahātmāno vāyubhūtāḥ khamūrtayaḥ //
TĀ, 8, 351.2 taṃ bhagavantamanantaṃ dhyāyantaḥ svahṛdi kāraṇaṃ śāntam //
TĀ, 16, 69.1 bhogyīcikīrṣitaṃ naiva kuryādanyatra
taṃ paśum /
TĀ, 16, 70.1 taṃ paśuṃ kiṃtu kāṅkṣā cedviśeṣe taṃ tu ḍhaukayet /
TĀ, 16, 70.1 taṃ paśuṃ kiṃtu kāṅkṣā cedviśeṣe
taṃ tu ḍhaukayet /
TĀ, 16, 95.2 śiṣye vīkṣyārcya puṣpādyairnyasedadhvānamasya
tam //
TĀ, 16, 96.2 taṃ dehe nyasya tatrāntarbhāvyamanyaditi sthitiḥ //
TĀ, 17, 66.1 karmākhyamalajṛmbhātmā
taṃ ca granthiṃ srugagragam /
TĀ, 17, 68.1 pluṣṭo līnasvabhāvo 'sau
pāśastaṃ prati śambhuvat /
TĀ, 19, 13.1 tamutkṛṣya tato 'ṅguṣṭhādūrdhvāntaṃ vakṣyamāṇayā /
TĀ, 21, 5.2 kiṃtvevameva
karuṇānighnastaṃ gururuddharet //
TĀ, 21, 39.2 vidhiṃ yojanikāṃ pūrṇāhutyā sākaṃ kṣipecca
tam //
TĀ, 21, 52.2 dhvāṃkṣādyaśravyaśabdo vā tadā
taṃ lakṣayedguruḥ //
TĀ, 21, 59.2 icchayaiva śivaḥ
sākṣāttasmāttaṃ pūjayetsadā //
TĀ, 26, 16.2 dṛṣṭvā śiṣye
tamevāsmai mūlamantraṃ samarpayet //
Toḍalatantra
Ānandakanda
ĀK, 2, 8, 18.2 yastaṃ dhatte gauravaṃ yattulāyāṃ tannirmaulyaṃ mauktikaṃ saukhyadāyi //
Āryāsaptaśatī
Āsapt, 1, 23.1 tān asurān api harim api
taṃ vande kapaṭakaiṭabhīrūpam /
Āsapt, 2, 648.1 subhagaṃ vadati janas
taṃ nijapatir iti naiṣa rocate mahyam /
Āsapt, 2, 649.1 saudhagavākṣagatāpi hi dṛṣṭis
taṃ sthitikṛtaprayatnam api /
Āyurvedadīpikā
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 2, 10.0 tatra gurusūtraṃ yathā naitad buddhimatā draṣṭavyam agniveśa ityādi pratisaṃskartṛsūtraṃ yathā
tamuvāca bhagavānātreyaḥ ityādi śiṣyasūtraṃ yathā naitāni bhagavan pañcakaṣāyaśatāni pūryante ityādi ekīyasūtraṃ yathā kumārasya śiraḥ pūrvamabhinirvartata iti kumāraśirā bharadvājaḥ ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 26.2, 10.0 atra ca yathā brahmā trisūtraṃ bubudhe yathā cendro hetuliṅgauṣadhajñānaṃ provāca tathaiva bharadvājo'pi triskandhaṃ
taṃ bubudhe ityanenāyurvedasyāviplutāgamatvam upadarśyate tena trisūtratriskandhayor na punaruktiḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 12, 4.2 atrāpyapariṇāmīti sambadhyate apariṇāmīti pittaśleṣmasambandhanirapekṣaṃ na tu śarīrāvayavānapekṣamiti yataḥ brūte
taṃ taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ iti ata eva ca sraṃsādīnāṃ śarīrāvayavāpekṣatvena na sarvadā bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 20, 12, 4.2 atrāpyapariṇāmīti sambadhyate apariṇāmīti pittaśleṣmasambandhanirapekṣaṃ na tu śarīrāvayavānapekṣamiti yataḥ brūte taṃ
taṃ śarīrāvayavamāviśataḥ iti ata eva ca sraṃsādīnāṃ śarīrāvayavāpekṣatvena na sarvadā bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 8.9, 3.0 anyatamam iti ekam anyaśabdo hy ayamekavacanaḥ yathānyo dakṣiṇena gato 'nya uttareṇa eka ityarthaḥ
tam appratyayaśca svārthikaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 35.2, 4.0 tatra deśo maruḥ paraḥ anūpo 'paraḥ kālo visargaḥ paraḥ ādānamaparaḥ vayastaruṇaṃ param aparam itaran mānaṃ ca śarīrasya yathā vakṣyamāṇaṃ śarīre paraṃ tato'nyadaparaṃ pākavīryarasāstu ye yasya yoginaste
taṃ prati parāḥ ayaugikās tv aparāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 1.0 annapānaṃ vidhīyate yena
taṃ vidhiṃ dravyaguṇakarmarūpaṃ tathā caraśarīrāvayavādirūpaṃ cākhilena kārtsnyenopadekṣyāmaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 18.0 anye tv āhuḥ kedārīkulyānyāyena rasasya dhātupoṣaṇaṃ tatrānnādutpanno raso dhāturūpaṃ rasamadhigamya kiyatāpyaṃśena
taṃ rasaṃ vardhayati aparaśca rasarāśistatra gataḥ san śoṇitagandhavarṇayuktatvācchoṇitam iva bhūtvā kiyatāpi śoṇitasamānenāṃśena dhāturūpaṃ śoṇitaṃ puṣṇāti śeṣaśca bhāgo māṃsaṃ yāti tatrāpi śoṇitavadvyavasthā tathā medaḥprabhṛtiṣvapīti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 6.2, 5.0 enam iti padena yaśca kaṭvādijo
vāyustameva madhurādayaḥ sarvātmavaiparītyād viśeṣeṇa śamayantīti darśayati jāgaraṇādije hi vāyau jāgaraṇādiviparītāḥ svapnādaya eva viśeṣeṇa pathyāḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Si., 12, 41.1, 12.0 viśeṣasya carakoktārthād atiriktarūpasya uñchaśilarūpa uccayo viśeṣoñchaśiloccayaḥ
tamanyatantrebhyaḥ kṛtvā saptadaśauṣadhādhyāyasiddhikalpair idam anyūnaśabdārthaṃ tantradoṣavivarjitaṃ ṣaḍviṃśattantrayuktibhir bhūṣitam apūrayad dṛḍhabala iti yojanā //
Śivapurāṇa
Śukasaptati
Śusa, 1, 2.9 kumārgacāriṇaṃ
taṃ kuputraṃ dṛṣṭvā tatpitā haridattaḥ sapatnīkaḥ atīva duḥkhitaḥ saṃjātaḥ /
Śusa, 1, 2.10 taṃ haridattaṃ kuputraduḥkhena pīḍitaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasya sakhā trivikramanāmā dvijaḥ svagṛhato nītinipuṇaṃ śukaṃ sārikāṃ ca gṛhītvā tadgṛhe gatvā prāha sakhe haridatta enaṃ śukaṃ sapatnīkaṃ putravattvaṃ paripālaya /
Śusa, 1, 2.12 haridattastu
taṃ śukaṃ gṛhītvā putrāya samarpayāmāsa /
Śusa, 1, 3.10 tatra raktāktahastaṃ yamapratibhaṃ māṃsavikrayaṃ vidadhānaṃ
taṃ dṛṣṭvā dṛśāmantaḥsthitaḥ /
Śusa, 1, 8.6 sā ca śukavacanaṃ śakunamiti kṛtvā prahasya
tamāha he śukarāja narāntarāsvādaṃ vijñātuṃ pracalitāsmi /
Śusa, 1, 14.12 śukaḥ sā āgacchanneva svapatiriti jñātvā
taṃ kacagrahaṃ pragṛhyaivamuvāca he śaṭha sarvadā tvamiti mamāgre jalpasi yanme tvāṃ vinā nānyā vallabhā asti /
Śusa, 3, 2.17 taṃ dhanadāyakaṃ gṛhe dṛṣṭvā jano vadati svāminvimalo gṛhe vidyate /
Śusa, 4, 6.2 ityevaṃ grāmyabrāhmaṇorohaviṣṇor viśvastaḥ ātmano nirodhasaṅgabhayāduttīrya
taṃ gantrīvāhamārohayati /
Śusa, 5, 2.18 taṃ bhuvanatrayatilakaṃ jananī janayati sutaṃ viralam //
Śusa, 5, 10.2 prāyeṇa bhūmipatayaḥ pramadā latāśca yaḥ pārśvato bhavati
taṃ pariveṣṭayanti //
Śusa, 7, 6.2 tāpaso 'pi
taṃ vipram alpayācakaṃ dṛṣṭvā manasi duḥkhībabhūva /
Śusa, 8, 3.7 yadā ca bahirnirgacchantī patinā nivāritā tadā sakhīṃ prāha sakhi adya tvayā sa mānavo yakṣāyatana ākāraṇīyaḥ yathāhaṃ tatra gatvā
taṃ rame /
Śusa, 8, 3.9 atrāntare 'haṃ
taṃ svecchayā bhuktvā samupāgacchāmi /
Śusa, 9, 2.1 yathā āgrahānmāṃ matsyahāsyakāraṇaṃ pṛcchasi tathā
tamapi pṛccha hāsyakāraṇam /
Śusa, 11, 9.13 tataḥ patinā sānujñātā
taṃ mahānasaṃ nītvā bhojanācchādanasaṃskāraistoṣayāmāsa /
Śusa, 13, 2.6 taṃ ta dṛṣṭvā gṛhe 'dya dhṛtaṃ nāsti ityuktvā dravyaṃ tatsakāśādādāya ghṛtānayanadambhena veśmato nirgatya ca sā bahirjāreṇa saha ciraṃ sthitā /
Śusa, 15, 6.3 tataḥ sā
taṃ jāraṃ prasthāpya bhartāraṃ tatrānīya tena saha suptā /
Śusa, 15, 6.14 evaṃ śvaśureṇa cāṅgīkṛte sā kulaṭā sati dine jārasya gṛhe gatvā
tamuvāca bho kānta prātarahaṃ divyārthaṃ yakṣasya jaṅghāntarānnirgamiṣyāmi /
Śusa, 17, 3.14 ityukte sā kuṭṭinī balīvardadhanaiṣiṇī
taṃ sthāpayāmāsa /
Śusa, 17, 3.19 tatastaṃ vilāsinīpārśvādgataṃ jñātvā maunaṃ vidhāya sthitā /
Śusa, 18, 3.1 yato 'hametāvadbhirapi gale baddhairbaddhaḥ rājāpi tadākarṇya
hasaṃstaṃ mumoca /
Śusa, 19, 3.8 taṃ ca prātarnijakāntāsahitaṃ dṛṣṭvā ārakṣakā vilakṣībabhūvuḥ /
Śusa, 23, 41.1 tataḥ śreṣṭhī
taṃ putraṃ preṣayāmāsāśu tayā samaṃ suvarṇadvīpe /
Śusa, 23, 41.18 dhūrtamāyāpi
taṃ saṃketasthaṃ dvārasthaiva saśaṅkā hastasaṃjñayā ājuhāva /
Śusa, 28, 2.9 tayā tatheti pratipanne śukaḥ prāha sā ca tadvacaḥ śrutvā
taṃ jāraṃ preṣayāmāsa patyā cāvatīrya samāgatena upālabdhā /
Śyainikaśāstra
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitā
Śārṅgadharasaṃhitādīpikā
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 43.2, 4.0 tālaṃ haritālaṃ tadvaṅgabhasma sāmyaṃ bhavati tena kimuktaṃ vaṅgabhasma haritālaṃ ca samamātraṃ saṃgṛhya amlena kāñjikādinā vimardya tadgolakākāraṃ kṛtvā śarāvasampuṭe dhāryaṃ saṃpuṭanirodhaṃ ca kṛtvā gajapuṭe pacet tatpaścāt
tamuddhṛtya punardaśamāṃśena tālakena saha saṃmardyāmlarasaiḥ kṛtvā tataḥ puṭet //
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 11, 104.2, 6.2 taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi girisānujaṃ śucirupoṣya praśaste'hani praśastadeśajātam anupahatamadhyamavayasaṃ mahāntam asitamuṣkakam adhivāsyāparedyuḥ pāṭayitvā khaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nivātadeśe nicitaṃ kṛtvā tilanālair ādīpayet /
ŚSDīp zu ŚdhSaṃh, 2, 12, 117.2, 3.0 saṃskārā hyasya pūrvaṃ kathitāḥ viṣamapi śuddhaṃ taccāpi pūrvaṃ vihitameva gandho
gandhakastamapi śuddhaṃ kṛtvā grāhyam śāṇaṃ ṭaṅkaikaṃ pratyekamityarthaḥ //
Abhinavacintāmaṇi
Bhāvaprakāśa
Dhanurveda
Gheraṇḍasaṃhitā
Gokarṇapurāṇasāraḥ
Gorakṣaśataka
GorŚ, 1, 2.2 jñānāmodamahodadhiḥ samabhavad yatrādināthaḥ svayaṃ vyaktāvyaktaguṇādhikaṃ
tam aniśaṃ śrīmīnanāthaṃ bhaje //
Gūḍhārthadīpikā
Haribhaktivilāsa
HBhVil, 1, 79.2 saṃtoṣayed akuṭilādretarāntarātmā
taṃ svair dhanaiś ca vapuṣāpy anukūlavāṇyā /
HBhVil, 1, 162.5 kṛṣṇaṃ
taṃ viprā bahudhā yajanti govindaṃ santaṃ bahudhārādhayanti /
HBhVil, 1, 164.3 taṃ pīṭhasthaṃ ye 'nubhajanti dhīrās teṣāṃ sukhaṃ śāśvataṃ netareṣām //
HBhVil, 1, 165.2 taṃ pīṭhagaṃ ye 'nubhajanti dhīrās teṣāṃ siddhiḥ śāśvatī netareṣām //
HBhVil, 1, 167.2 taṃ ha daivam ātmabuddhiprakāśaṃ mumukṣur vai śaraṇam anuvrajeta //
HBhVil, 1, 179.1 tam ekaṃ govindaṃ saccidānandavigraham pañcapadaṃ vṛndāvanasurabhūruhatalāsīnaṃ satataṃ samarudgaṇo 'haṃ paramayā stutyā toṣayāmi //
HBhVil, 1, 181.1 tasmāt kṛṣṇa eva paro devas
taṃ dhyāyet taṃ raset taṃ yajed iti oṃ tat sad iti //
HBhVil, 1, 181.1 tasmāt kṛṣṇa eva paro devas taṃ dhyāyet
taṃ raset taṃ yajed iti oṃ tat sad iti //
HBhVil, 1, 181.1 tasmāt kṛṣṇa eva paro devas taṃ dhyāyet taṃ raset
taṃ yajed iti oṃ tat sad iti //
HBhVil, 3, 30.1 prātar bhajāmi bhajatām abhayaṅkaraṃ
taṃ prāk sarvajanmakṛtapāpabhayāvahatyai /
HBhVil, 3, 95.3 nikhilahṛdi niviṣṭo vetti yaḥ sarvasākṣī
tam ajam amṛtam īśaṃ vāsudevaṃ nato 'smi //
HBhVil, 5, 142.3 bhaje śvetadvīpaṃ
tam aham iha golokam iti yaṃ vidantas te santaḥ kṣitiviralacārāḥ katipaye //
HBhVil, 5, 204.2 ujjhitataro nitarāṃ parityakto 'nyasmin bhaktivyatirikte samaste saṅga āsaktir yena
tam /
Haṃsadūta
Haṃsadūta, 1, 7.2 dhṛtotkaṇṭhā sadyo harisadasi saṃdeśaharaṇe varaṃ dūtaṃ mene
tam atilalitaṃ hanta lalitā //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 15.2 tamādau panthānaṃ racaya caritārthā bhavatu te virājantī sarvopari paramahaṃsasthitiriyam //
Haṃsadūta, 1, 22.1 tamevādriṃ cakrāṅkitakarapariṣvaṅgarasikaṃ mahīcakre śaṅkemahi śikhariṇāṃ śekharatayā /
Haṃsadūta, 1, 78.2 yadarthaṃ duḥkhāgnir dahati na
tamadyāpi hṛdayān na yasmāddurmedhā lavamapi bhavantaṃ davayati //
Haṭhayogapradīpikā
Janmamaraṇavicāra
JanMVic, 1, 105.0 idam atra tātparyaṃ
taṃ tathābhūtam ātmānaṃ viditvā naro na janmakleśam anubhavati kiṃbhūtaṃ yaddhṛdayoktaṃ dvāsaptatisaṃkhyāvacchinnaṃ nāḍīcakraṃ tadantar yat śaśimaṇḍalaṃ tadantaḥsthaṃ tāś ca nāḍyo 'śitapītarasasaṃcaraṇādhikāratvāt puṇyopacayena hitāḥ tadabhāvena ahitāḥ tāsāṃ saṃcāraka eka eva vyavahārabhedāt pañcabhedo vāyuḥ tāsāṃ ca dve pradhāne dakṣiṇottarasambaddhe agnīṣomātmake taddvāreṇa prāṇasya ūrdhvagamanam ahaḥ adho 'pānasya rātriḥ etena ardhamāsamāsartuvatsarādikālavibhāgo 'pi vyākhyātaḥ samaprāṇacāro viṣuvat tayor madhye tṛtīyā daṇḍākārā brahmanāḍī sthitā tatra niruddhaprāṇo yogī dīpākāram ātmānaṃ paśyati iti ata evoktaṃ samyagdarśanasampannaḥ karmabhir na sa badhyate //
Kaṭhāraṇyaka
KaṭhĀ, 2, 4, 40.0 [... au3 letterausjhjh] ekāvyo manasā vikṣv
īḍya [... au3 letterausjhjh] taṃ tvā yāmi brahmaṇā deva daivyam iti yad vā enam brahmaṇopacareyur hiṃsyād enam //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 22.0 [... au3 letterausjhjh] abhriye didyun nakṣatriye yā viśvāvasuṃ gandharvaṃ sacadhve tābhyo namo astu tā no mṛḍayantu tā naś
śarma yacchantu taṃ yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam āsāṃ jambhe dadhmaḥ //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 22.0 [... au3 letterausjhjh] abhriye didyun nakṣatriye yā viśvāvasuṃ gandharvaṃ sacadhve tābhyo namo astu tā no mṛḍayantu tā naś śarma yacchantu taṃ yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca
no dveṣṭi tam āsāṃ jambhe dadhmaḥ //
KaṭhĀ, 2, 5-7, 68.0 yas te stanaś śaśayo yo mayobhūr yo ratnadhā vasuvid yas sudatraḥ yena viśvā puṣyasi vāryāṇi sarasvati
tam iha dhātave kar ity anumantrayate //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 184.0 tam mā devā avantu śobhāyai pitaro 'numadantv ity anv enaṃ devā avanti śobhāyai pitaro 'numadanti //
KaṭhĀ, 3, 4, 282.0 yaṃ kāmayate tejasvī bhūyāsam brahmavarcasī bhūyāsam iti
tasyaitam uduhya mādhyandine savane pravargyeṇa careta //
Kokilasaṃdeśa
KokSam, 1, 5.1 taṃ kūjantaṃ kalamadhurayā pañcamasvānabhaṅgyā kāntālāpasmaraṇavivaśaḥ kiṃcidārādupetya /
KokSam, 1, 43.1 siktaḥ svacchair
jharajalakaṇaistaṃ bhaja vyomni tiṣṭhan muktāchannāsitanavapaṭīkāyamānāyamānaḥ /
KokSam, 2, 38.1 prāptālambā parijanakaraiḥ prāpya vā citraśālāṃ mugdhā svasyāścaraṇapatitaṃ veti
taṃ māṃ nirīkṣya /
Mugdhāvabodhinī
MuA zu RHT, 1, 2.2, 10.0 kathaṃ yuktaḥ
tamarthe spaṣṭayatyanena sūtarājenāpi catvāri vāsāṃsi dhṛtāni viprādivarṇabhedāt //
MuA zu RHT, 1, 24.2, 5.0 ātmanaḥ prakāśāt prāṇāntaḥkaraṇānāṃ prakāśaḥ prāṇāntaḥkaraṇāni
tameva prakāśaṃ prāpyendriyāṇi prakāśayanti //
MuA zu RHT, 3, 19.2, 1.2 yenopadeśena gandhābhrakapraveśanaṃ gandhapāṣāṇasaṃyogād yadabhrapraveśena bhavati abhrasya pāradāntaḥpraveśo bhavati
tamupadeśamahaṃ kavir vakṣyāmi kathayiṣye //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 34.2, 2.0 bījabalābalamardanayogaṃ kṛtaṃ jñātvā bījānāṃ dhātūpadhātuyogajanitānāṃ balābale nyūnādhike yo'sau
mardanayogastameva kṛtaṃ jñātvā viditvā rasarāje svedavidhānaṃ kuryāt vā puṭaṃ vahniyogaṃ kuryāt vā yantraṃ vihitarasakarma kuryāt vihitaṃ kṛtaṃ rasasya karma saṃskārarūpaṃ yatra tathoktaṃ garbhayantrādikamityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 5, 58.2, 13.0 kena supakvaṃ mṛdvagninā komalavahninā puṭaḥ tatpiṇḍataḥ śeṣaṃ śiṣṭaṃ
taṃ nirmalapāradaṃ ākṛṣya gṛhītvā piṇḍamanyasmin piṇḍe tathā pūrvaprakāreṇa pācyamiti //
MuA zu RHT, 6, 3.1, 6.0 dṛḍhavastrabāhyabaddhe iti dṛḍhaṃ nūtanaṃ ghanaṃ ca yadvastraṃ tena bāhye sarvato baddhe saṃyate pūrvoktena dolāsvedena dolāyantravidhinā yaḥ
svedastaṃ kṛtvā grāsaṃ rasāntardrutaṃ kavalaṃ jārayet //
MuA zu RHT, 7, 1.2, 2.0 grāsaṃ na muñcati ca
punastam evānyagrāsaṃ na vāñchati bhūyaḥ punaḥ bhuktavibhuktimātrāt kāṃścidguṇān nityaṃ bhajati dadhāti grāsagrasanamātrāt guṇaṃ karotītyarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 16, 5.2, 5.0 jyotiṣmatīvibhītakakarañjakaṭutumbītailaṃ jyotiṣmatī kaṅguṇī vibhītakaḥ kalidrumaḥ karañjaḥ pratītaḥ kaṭutumbī kaṭukā yā tumbī etāsāṃ tailaṃ ekaṃ ato dviguṇito yo raktakaṣāyaḥ raktagaṇasya kvāthaḥ
taṃ niyojya pūrvasaṃbandhāt //
MuA zu RHT, 17, 8.2, 2.0 mākṣikasattvaṃ tāpyasāraṃ nāgaḥ sīsakaḥ
taṃ vihāya nānyatkimapyasti krāmaṇaṃ na krāmaṇamiti bhāvaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 8.2, 2.0 vedhyaṃ vedhocitaṃ dravyaṃ rasarājakrāmaṇārthaṃ yathā raso viśati tadarthaṃ
taṃ tailārdrapaṭena sāraṇatailārdravastreṇa sthagayet ācchādayet vā palalena kenacinmāṃsena vā bhasmanā ācchādayedityarthaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 24.2, 4.0 punaḥ piṣṭistambhādividhiṃ piṣṭistambha ādir yasya
vidhestaṃ vidhiṃ pāṭakhoṭajalaukākhyaṃ ca vakṣye //
MuA zu RHT, 18, 63.2, 4.0 lepanavidhiṃ vakṣyāmi yathā patreṣu lepaḥ kāryaḥ punar yathā patreṣu kramati svaguṇān prakāśayati punaryena vidhinā rañjanaṃ rāgaṃ dadāti samāsataḥ saṃkṣepataḥ vidhinā vidhānataḥ sūtarāja evaṃvidho bhavet
tamupāyaṃ vakṣyāmīti //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 42.2, 2.0 iti kiṃ hemaniyojitasūtaṃ dhārayet hemnā saha niyojito miśrito yaḥ sūtaḥ
taṃ kāntamaṇiḥ kāntaścāsau maṇiśca vā kāntamaṇiḥ kāntasaṃjñako maṇiḥ ca punaḥ vividhaguṭikāḥ vividhāśca tā guṭikāśceti //
MuA zu RHT, 19, 54.2, 2.0 mātuluṅgasyeyaṃ jaṭā mātuluṅgī tāṃ piṣṭvā tasyā rasaṃ śuṇṭhī saindhavaṃ ca yaḥ pumān prātaḥ pibati tu punaḥ kvathitaṃ tasyāḥ kaṣāyaṃ gosalilena yaḥ pibati rasājīrṇe
taṃ puruṣaṃ rakṣati na vināśayatītyarthaḥ //
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra, 1, 34.1 sadguruḥ kramaṃ pravartya sāṅgaṃ hutvā taruṇollāsavān śiṣyam āhūya vāsasā mukhaṃ baddhvā gaṇapatilalitāśyāmāvārtālīparāpātrabindubhis
tam avokṣya siddhāntaṃ śrāvayitvā //
Paraśurāmakalpasūtra, 1, 43.1 śiṣyo 'pi pūrṇatāṃ bhāvayitvā kṛtārthas
taṃ guruṃ yathāśakti vittair upacarya viditaveditavyo 'śeṣamantrādhikārī bhaved iti śivam //
Parāśaradharmasaṃhitā
Rasakāmadhenu
RKDh, 1, 1, 36.2 anyasminnicitordhvavāriṇi mṛdā saṃrudhya saṃdhau sudhīḥ paktvā dvipraharaṃ samena śucinā bhāṇḍe
tam ūrdhvaṃ nayet //
Rasaratnasamuccayabodhinī
RRSBoṬ zu RRS, 9, 40.2, 2.0 lauhamayanālamadhye pāradam āpūrya chidrarodhaṃ kṛtvā ca lavaṇapūritabhāṇḍāntaḥ nālaṃ
taṃ nirundhyāttato maṇikayā bhāṇḍavaktram ācchādya ālipya ca sandhiṃ tāvat pacet yāvat śarāvoparisthaṃ tṛṇaṃ na dahet iti //
Rasaratnasamuccayaṭīkā
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 21.2, 2.0 taccūrṇaṃ pāradena samabhāgena śuddhena sahājamūtreṇa saṃmardya vajramūṣāyāṃ dhmānena jātaṃ khoṭaṃ śodhanagaṇena saha dhmānācchuddhaṃ kṛtvā
taṃ khoṭabaddhaṃ pāradaṃ mukhamadhye yo dhārayettasya mehasamūhanāśo bhavet //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 8, 51.2, 2.0 anuvarṇasuvarṇake hīnavarṇasuvarṇe hemakṛṣṭiṃ dattvā śatāṃśavidhinā raktapītavarṇotkarṣārthaṃ yatamānena sādhakena pramādātkāraṇāntareṇa vā yadā rūpyasya yo bhāgaḥ śāstra
uktastaṃ vihāya pramāṇāpekṣayādhikaḥ kṣipyate tādṛśakṣepaṃ kṛtvā yadā varṇikāhrāse prāgavasthitapītavarṇasyāpi hrāsaḥ kṣayo bhavati //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 9, 12.2, 5.0 tato laghulohakaṭorikayā nyubjayā
taṃ pāradaṃ koṣṭhyāmācchādya mṛtkarpaṭādinā saṃdhiṃ ruddhvā tadghaṭakharparam aṅgāraiḥ karīṣādimiśraiḥ pūrṇaṃ kuryāt pūrṇaṃ tad ghaṭakharparam aṅgāraiḥ karīṣatuṣamiśraiḥ //
RRSṬīkā zu RRS, 11, 66.2, 3.0 taṃ ca mākṣīkaśilājatulohacūrṇapathyākṣaviḍaṅgaghṛtamadhubhiḥ saṃyutaṃ kṛtvā kṣetrīkaraṇāya yuñjīteti rasahṛdaye //
Rasasaṃketakalikā
RSK, 1, 13.2 rasaṃ nirmāti durmedhāḥ
śapettaṃ ca raseśvaraḥ //
RSK, 1, 15.1 tattulyaṃ gandhakaṃ dattvā ruddhvā
taṃ lohasampuṭe /
RSK, 4, 32.2 svāṅgaśītaṃ samuddhṛtya
kuryāttaṃ vastragālitam //
Rasārṇavakalpa
RAK, 1, 82.2 taṃ tāraṃ bhāvayetsūtaṃ tatsūtaṃ bandhanaṃ bhavet //
RAK, 1, 182.2 taṃ saṃtaptaṃ niṣiñced vā vajryāṃ kanakasaprabham //
Saddharmapuṇḍarīkasūtra
SDhPS, 1, 90.1 atha khalu mañjuśrīḥ kumārabhūto maitreyaṃ bodhisattvaṃ mahāsattvaṃ
taṃ ca sarvāvantaṃ bodhisattvagaṇamāmantrayate sma mahādharmaśravaṇasāṃkathyamidaṃ kulaputrāstathāgatasya kartumabhiprāyaḥ /
SDhPS, 1, 113.1 te
taṃ bhagavantam abhiniṣkrāntagṛhāvāsaṃ viditvā anuttarāṃ ca samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhaṃ śrutvā sarvarājyaparibhogānutsṛjya taṃ bhagavantamanu pravrajitāḥ //
SDhPS, 1, 113.1 te taṃ bhagavantam abhiniṣkrāntagṛhāvāsaṃ viditvā anuttarāṃ ca samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhaṃ śrutvā sarvarājyaparibhogānutsṛjya
taṃ bhagavantamanu pravrajitāḥ //
SDhPS, 1, 118.1 taṃ bhagavantaṃ saparṣadamabhyavākirat sarvāvacca tad buddhakṣetraṃ ṣaḍvikāraṃ prakampitamabhūt calitaṃ saṃpracalitaṃ vedhitaṃ saṃpravedhitaṃ kṣubhitaṃ samprakṣubhitam //
SDhPS, 1, 119.1 tena khalu punarajita samayena tena kālena ye tasyāṃ parṣadi bhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsakopāsikā devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyāḥ saṃnipatitā abhūvan saṃniṣaṇṇāḥ rājānaśca maṇḍalino balacakravartinaścaturdvīpakacakravartinaśca te sarve
saparivārāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ vyavalokayanti sma āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā audbilyaprāptāḥ //
SDhPS, 1, 127.1 sa ca bhagavāṃstataḥ samādhervyutthāya
taṃ varaprabhaṃ bodhisattvamārabhya saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ nāma dharmaparyāyaṃ saṃprakāśayāmāsa //
SDhPS, 1, 131.1 atha sa bhagavāṃścandrasūryapradīpastathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ ṣaṣṭyantarakalpānāmatyayāt
taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ sūtrāntaṃ mahāvaipulyaṃ bodhisattvāvavādaṃ sarvabuddhaparigrahaṃ nirdiśya tasminneva kṣaṇalavamuhūrte parinirvāṇam ārocitavān sadevakasya lokasya samārakasya sabrahmakasya saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāsurāyāḥ purastāt /
SDhPS, 1, 135.1 taṃ ca saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ sa varaprabho bodhisattvo mahāsattvo dhāritavān //
SDhPS, 1, 151.1 iti hi ajita ahamanena paryāyeṇedaṃ bhagavataḥ pūrvanimittaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃrūpāṃ raśmimutsṛṣṭāmevaṃ parimīmāṃse yathā bhagavānapi
taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ sūtrāntaṃ mahāvaipulyaṃ bodhisattvāvavādaṃ sarvabuddhaparigrahaṃ bhāṣitukāmaḥ //
SDhPS, 2, 106.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra sattvās teṣām anāgatānāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmantikāt
taṃ dharmaṃ śroṣyanti te 'pi sarve 'nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodherlābhino bhaviṣyanti //
SDhPS, 2, 108.1 ye 'pi te śāriputra sattvāsteṣāṃ pratyutpannānāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmantikāt
taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti te 'pi sarve 'nuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodherlābhino bhaviṣyanti //
SDhPS, 2, 116.1 api tu khalu punaḥ śāriputra yaḥ kaścid bhikṣurvā bhikṣuṇī vā arhattvaṃ pratijānīyād anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau praṇidhānam aparigṛhya ucchinno 'smi buddhayānāditi vaded etāvanme samucchrayasya paścimakaṃ parinirvāṇaṃ vaded ābhimānikaṃ
taṃ śāriputra prajānīyāḥ //
SDhPS, 3, 108.1 atha khalu śāriputra sa
puruṣastaṃ svakaṃ niveśanaṃ mahatāgniskandhena samantāt samprajvalitaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhītastrasta udvignacitto bhaved evaṃ cānuvicintayet /
SDhPS, 3, 122.1 anyatra tena tenaiva dhāvanti vidhāvanti punaḥ punaśca
taṃ pitaramavalokayanti //
SDhPS, 4, 28.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa daridrapuruṣasya pitā bahudhanahiraṇyakośakoṣṭhāgāras tasmin nagare
vasamānastaṃ pañcāśadvarṣanaṣṭaṃ putraṃ satatasamitamanusmaret //
SDhPS, 4, 37.1 adrākṣīt sa bhagavan
daridrapuruṣastaṃ svakaṃ pitaraṃ svake niveśanadvāre evaṃrūpayā ṛddhyā upaviṣṭaṃ mahatā janakāyena parivṛtaṃ gṛhapatikṛtyaṃ kurvāṇam //
SDhPS, 4, 44.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa āḍhyaḥ puruṣaḥ svake niveśanadvāre siṃhāsane
upaviṣṭastaṃ svakaṃ putraṃ sahadarśanenaiva pratyabhijānīyāt //
SDhPS, 4, 50.1 atha khalu bhagavaṃste puruṣāḥ sarva eva javena
pradhāvitāstaṃ daridrapuruṣam adhyālambeyuḥ //
SDhPS, 4, 53.1 atha khalu te puruṣā balātkāreṇa
taṃ daridrapuruṣaṃ viravantamapyākarṣeyuḥ //
SDhPS, 4, 59.1 tamenaṃ śītalena vāriṇā parisiñcitvā na bhūya ālapet //
SDhPS, 4, 72.2 gacchatāṃ bhavantau yo 'sau puruṣa ihāgato 'bhūt
taṃ yuvāṃ dviguṇayā divasamudrayā ātmavacanenaiva bharayitveha mama niveśane karma kārāpayethām //
SDhPS, 4, 74.1 atha tau puruṣau
taṃ daridrapuruṣaṃ paryeṣayitvā tayā kriyayā saṃpādayetām //
SDhPS, 4, 77.1 sa cāḍhyaḥ puruṣo gavākṣavātāyanena
taṃ svakaṃ putraṃ paśyet saṃkāradhānaṃ śodhayamānam //
SDhPS, 4, 88.1 yena yena te bhoḥ puruṣa kāryamevaṃrūpeṇa pariṣkāreṇa
taṃ tamevāhaṃ te sarvamanupradāsyāmi //
SDhPS, 4, 88.1 yena yena te bhoḥ puruṣa kāryamevaṃrūpeṇa pariṣkāreṇa taṃ
tamevāhaṃ te sarvamanupradāsyāmi //
SDhPS, 4, 98.1 anena bhagavan paryāyeṇa sa gṛhapatiḥ putrakāmatṛṣito viṃśativarṣāṇi
taṃ putraṃ saṃkāradhānaṃ śodhāpayet //
SDhPS, 4, 112.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa
gṛhapatistaṃ putraṃ śaktaṃ paripālakaṃ paripakvaṃ viditvā avamarditacittamudārasaṃjñayā ca paurvikayā daridracintayā ārtīyantaṃ jehrīyamāṇaṃ jugupsamānaṃ viditvā maraṇakālasamaye pratyupasthite taṃ daridrapuruṣamānāyya mahato jñātisaṃghasyopanāmayitvā rājño vā rājamātrasya vā purato naigamajānapadānāṃ ca saṃmukhamevaṃ saṃśrāvayet /
SDhPS, 4, 112.1 atha khalu bhagavan sa gṛhapatistaṃ putraṃ śaktaṃ paripālakaṃ paripakvaṃ viditvā avamarditacittamudārasaṃjñayā ca paurvikayā daridracintayā ārtīyantaṃ jehrīyamāṇaṃ jugupsamānaṃ viditvā maraṇakālasamaye pratyupasthite
taṃ daridrapuruṣamānāyya mahato jñātisaṃghasyopanāmayitvā rājño vā rājamātrasya vā purato naigamajānapadānāṃ ca saṃmukhamevaṃ saṃśrāvayet /
SDhPS, 4, 119.1 yaḥ kaścinmamopabhogo 'sti
taṃ sarvamasmai puruṣāya niryātayāmi //
SDhPS, 7, 3.0 tadyathāpi nāma bhikṣavo yāvāniha trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātau pṛthivīdhātus
taṃ kaścideva puruṣaḥ sarvaṃ cūrṇīkuryān maṣiṃ kuryāt //
SDhPS, 7, 14.0 taṃ cāhaṃ bhikṣavastathāgataṃ tāvacciraṃ parinirvṛtamanena tathāgatajñānadarśanabalādhānena yathādya śvo vā parinirvṛtamanusmarāmi //
SDhPS, 7, 34.1 bodhimaṇḍasya parisāmantakena yojanaśatamantarikṣe ca vātān pramuñcanti ye
taṃ jīrṇapuṣpam avakarṣayanti //
SDhPS, 7, 36.1 paripūrṇān daśāntarakalpān
taṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 37.1 tathā pravarṣitaṃ ca tatpuṣpavarṣaṃ pravarṣayanti yāvat parinirvāṇakālasamaye tasya
bhagavatastaṃ bhagavantam abhyavakiranti //
SDhPS, 7, 42.1 samanantarābhisaṃbuddhaṃ ca
taṃ viditvā ye tasya bhagavataḥ kumārabhūtasya ṣoḍaśa putrā abhūvannaurasā jñānākaro nāma teṣāṃ jyeṣṭho 'bhūt //
SDhPS, 7, 44.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa rājakumārāstāni vividhāni krīḍanakāni rāmaṇīyakāni visarjayitvā
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhamanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbuddhaṃ viditvā mātṛbhirdhātrībhiśca rudantībhiḥ parivṛtāḥ puraskṛtāḥ tena ca mahārājñā cakravartinā āryakeṇa mahākośena rājāmātyaiśca bahubhiśca prāṇikoṭīnayutaśatasahasraiḥ parivṛtāḥ puraskṛtāḥ yena bhagavān mahābhijñājñānābhibhūstathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho bodhimaṇḍavarāgragatas tenopasaṃkrāmanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 46.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā
taṃ bhagavantaṃ triṣpradakṣiṇīkṛtya añjaliṃ pragṛhya taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhirgāthābhiḥ sārūpyābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 46.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantaṃ triṣpradakṣiṇīkṛtya añjaliṃ pragṛhya
taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhirgāthābhiḥ sārūpyābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 54.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa rājakumārāḥ kumārabhūtā eva bālakās
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhimukhaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhir gāthābhiḥ saṃmukhamabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantamadhyeṣante sma dharmacakrapravartanatāyai /
SDhPS, 7, 54.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa rājakumārāḥ kumārabhūtā eva bālakās taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhimukhaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhir gāthābhiḥ saṃmukhamabhiṣṭutya
taṃ bhagavantamadhyeṣante sma dharmacakrapravartanatāyai /
SDhPS, 7, 68.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sarvasattvatrātā nāma mahābrahmā
taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 73.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punasteṣu pañcāśatsu lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasreṣu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇaḥ paścime digbhāge
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 75.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā
taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiśca sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 75.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiśca sumerumātraiḥ
puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 75.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiśca sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma
taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 78.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhir gāthābhiḥ sārūpyābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 82.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste
mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 82.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya
taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 88.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇyekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā
taṃ bhagavantamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhiradhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 95.1 atha khalu bhikṣavo 'dhimātrakāruṇiko nāma mahābrahmā
taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 102.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttarapaścime digbhāge
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 104.1 upasaṃkramya ca tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā
taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 104.1 upasaṃkramya ca tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ
puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 104.1 upasaṃkramya ca tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma
taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 107.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 112.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste
mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 112.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya
taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 119.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi ekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā
taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 126.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ sudharmo nāma mahābrahmā
taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 130.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇa uttaraṃ digbhāgaṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 132.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā
taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 132.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ
puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 132.1 upasaṃkramya tasya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma
taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 135.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste 'pi mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 139.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste
mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya te bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 145.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇi ekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā
taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 154.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ śikhī nāma mahābrahmā
taṃ mahāntaṃ brahmagaṇaṃ gāthābhiradhyabhāṣata //
SDhPS, 7, 159.1 adrākṣuḥ khalu punarbhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇo 'dhodigbhāge
taṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bodhimaṇḍavarāgragataṃ bodhivṛkṣamūle siṃhāsanopaviṣṭaṃ parivṛtaṃ puraskṛtaṃ devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramahoragamanuṣyāmanuṣyais taiśca putraiḥ ṣoḍaśabhī rājakumārairadhyeṣyamāṇaṃ dharmacakrapravartanatāyai //
SDhPS, 7, 161.1 upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā
taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 161.1 upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ
puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 161.1 upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirobhirvanditvā taṃ bhagavantamanekaśatasahasrakṛtvaḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya taiḥ sumerumātraiḥ puṣpapuṭaistaṃ bhagavantamabhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma
taṃ ca bodhivṛkṣaṃ daśayojanapramāṇam //
SDhPS, 7, 164.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste 'pi mahābrahmāṇastāni svāni svāni vimānāni tasya bhagavato niryātya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭuvanti sma //
SDhPS, 7, 176.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste
mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 176.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste mahābrahmāṇastaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ saṃmukhamābhiḥ sārūpyābhirgāthābhirabhiṣṭutya
taṃ bhagavantametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 183.1 atha khalu bhikṣavastāni pañcāśad brahmakoṭīnayutaśatasahasrāṇyekasvareṇa samasaṃgītyā
taṃ bhagavantamābhyāṃ sārūpyābhyāṃ gāthābhyāmadhyabhāṣanta //
SDhPS, 7, 199.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa
śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhametadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 7, 212.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa
śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ pratisaṃlīnaṃ viditvā pṛthak pṛthag dharmāsanāni siṃhāsanāni prajñāpya teṣu niṣaṇṇāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ namaskṛtya taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ vistareṇa catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ caturaśītikalpasahasrāṇi saṃprakāśitavantaḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 212.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ pratisaṃlīnaṃ viditvā pṛthak pṛthag dharmāsanāni siṃhāsanāni prajñāpya teṣu
niṣaṇṇāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ namaskṛtya taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ vistareṇa catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ caturaśītikalpasahasrāṇi saṃprakāśitavantaḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 212.1 atha khalu bhikṣavaste ṣoḍaśa śrāmaṇerāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ pratisaṃlīnaṃ viditvā pṛthak pṛthag dharmāsanāni siṃhāsanāni prajñāpya teṣu niṣaṇṇāstaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahābhijñājñānābhibhuvaṃ tathāgataṃ namaskṛtya
taṃ saddharmapuṇḍarīkaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ vistareṇa catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ caturaśītikalpasahasrāṇi saṃprakāśitavantaḥ //
SDhPS, 7, 266.1 yasya punaḥ kāryaṃ bhaviṣyati sa
taṃ mahāratnadvīpaṃ gamiṣyati //
SDhPS, 8, 101.1 atha khalu bhagavaṃstasya puruṣasya sa purāṇamitraḥ puruṣo yena tasya tadanargheyaṃ maṇiratnaṃ vastrānte baddhaṃ sa
taṃ punareva paśyet //
SDhPS, 10, 9.1 taṃ ca pustakaṃ puṣpadhūpagandhamālyavilepanacūrṇacīvaracchatradhvajapatākāvādyādibhir namaskārāñjalikarmabhiśca pūjayiṣyanti //
SDhPS, 10, 59.1 ye ca khalu punarbhaiṣajyarāja
sattvāstaṃ tathāgatacaityaṃ labheran vandanāya pūjanāya darśanāya vā sarve te bhaiṣajyarāja abhyāsannībhūtā veditavyā anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodheḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 5.1 tasmiṃśca stūpe trāyastriṃśatkāyikā devaputrā divyair māndāravamahāmāndāravaiḥ
puṣpaistaṃ ratnastūpamavakiranti adhyavakiranti abhiprakiranti //
SDhPS, 11, 9.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ
parṣadastaṃ mahāntaṃ ratnastūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā vaihāyasamantarīkṣe sthitaṃ saṃjātaharṣāḥ prītiprāmodyaprasādaprāptāḥ tasyāṃ velāyāmutthāya āsanebhyo 'ñjaliṃ pragṛhyāvasthitāḥ //
SDhPS, 11, 76.1 gatvā ca
punastasmiṃstaṃ bhagavantaṃ śākyamuniṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ vanditvā asmadvacanād alpābādhatāṃ mandaglānatāṃ ca balaṃ ca sparśavihāratāṃ ca paripṛcchadhvaṃ sārdhaṃ bodhisattvagaṇena śrāvakagaṇena //
SDhPS, 11, 81.1 atha khalu
bhagavāṃstaṃ mahāntaṃ ratnastūpaṃ vaihāyasaṃ sthitaṃ dakṣiṇayā hastāṅgulyā madhye samudghāṭayati sma //
SDhPS, 11, 83.1 tadyathāpi nāma mahānagaradvāreṣu mahākapāṭasaṃpuṭāvargalavimuktau pravisāryete evameva
bhagavāṃstaṃ mahāntaṃ ratnastūpaṃ vaihāyasaṃ sthitaṃ dakṣiṇayā hastāṅgulyā madhye samudghāṭya apāvṛṇoti sma //
SDhPS, 11, 89.1 atha khalu tāścatasraḥ
parṣadastaṃ bhagavantaṃ prabhūtaratnaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bahukalpakoṭīnayutaśatasahasraparinirvṛtaṃ tathā bhāṣamāṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā āścaryaprāptā adbhutaprāptā abhūvan //
SDhPS, 11, 90.1 tasyāṃ velāyāṃ
taṃ bhagavantaṃ prabhūtaratnaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ taṃ ca bhagavantaṃ śākyamuniṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ divyamānuṣyakai ratnarāśibhirabhyavakiranti sma //
SDhPS, 11, 90.1 tasyāṃ velāyāṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ prabhūtaratnaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ
taṃ ca bhagavantaṃ śākyamuniṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ divyamānuṣyakai ratnarāśibhirabhyavakiranti sma //
SDhPS, 11, 153.1 tadyadi dāsyamabhyupagacchasi tataste 'haṃ
taṃ dharmaṃ śrāvayiṣyāmi //
SDhPS, 11, 185.1 ye ca
taṃ stūpaṃ pradakṣiṇaṃ kariṣyanti praṇāmaṃ vā teṣāṃ kecid agraphalamarhattvaṃ sākṣātkariṣyanti kecit pratyekabodhimanuprāpsyante acintyāścāprameyā devamanuṣyā anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau cittānyutpādya avinivartanīyā bhaviṣyanti //
SDhPS, 11, 244.1 ye ca sahāyāṃ lokadhātau sattvās te sarve
taṃ tathāgataṃ paśyanti sma sarvaiśca devanāgayakṣagandharvāsuragaruḍakinnaramanuṣyāmanuṣyair namasyamānaṃ dharmadeśanāṃ ca kurvantam //
SDhPS, 13, 10.1 anyatropasaṃkrāntānāṃ kālena kālaṃ dharmaṃ bhāṣate
taṃ cāniśrito bhāṣate //
SDhPS, 13, 13.1 anyatropasaṃkrāntānāṃ caiṣāṃ kālena kālaṃ dharmaṃ bhāṣate
taṃ cāniśrito bhāṣate //
SDhPS, 13, 98.1 kiṃcāpyete sattvā imaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ nāvataranti na budhyante api tu khalu punarahametāmanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhya yo yasmin sthito bhaviṣyati
taṃ tasminneva ṛddhibalenāvarjayiṣyāmi pattīyāpayiṣyāmi avatārayiṣyāmi paripācayiṣyāmi //
SDhPS, 13, 107.1 tadyathāpi nāma mañjuśrī rājā bhavati balacakravartī balena
taṃ svakaṃ rājyaṃ nirjināti //
SDhPS, 13, 116.1 yadā punar mañjuśrī rājā
tamapi cūḍāmaṇiṃ dadāt tadā sa sarvo rājñaś caturaṅgabalakāya āścaryaprāpto bhavatyadbhutaprāptaḥ //
SDhPS, 13, 124.1 tatra mañjuśrīryathā sa rājā balacakravartī teṣāṃ yodhānāṃ yudhyatāṃ mahatā puruṣakāreṇa vismāpitaḥ samānaḥ
paścāttaṃ sarvasvabhūtaṃ paścimaṃ cūḍāmaṇiṃ dadāti sarvalokāśraddheyaṃ vismayabhūtam //
SDhPS, 14, 19.1 atha khalu bhagavāṃstathārūpam ṛddhyabhisaṃskāramakarod yathārūpeṇarddhyabhisaṃskāreṇābhisaṃskṛtena tāś catasraḥ
parṣadastamevaikaṃ paścādbhaktaṃ saṃjānante sma //
SDhPS, 14, 69.1 tena khalu punaḥ samayena ye te tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā anyebhyo lokadhātukoṭīnayutaśatasahasrebhyo 'bhyāgatā bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasya nirmitā ye 'nyeṣu lokadhātuṣu sattvānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayanti sma ye bhagavataḥ śākyamunestathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya samantādaṣṭabhyo digbhyo ratnavṛkṣamūleṣu mahāratnasiṃhāsaneṣūpaviṣṭāḥ paryaṅkabaddhās teṣāṃ tathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ ye svakasvakā upasthāyakās te 'pi
taṃ mahāntaṃ bodhisattvagaṇaṃ bodhisattvarāśiṃ dṛṣṭvā samantāt pṛthivīvivarebhya unmajjantamākāśadhātupratiṣṭhitaṃ te 'pyāścaryaprāptāstān svān svāṃstathāgatānetadūcuḥ /
SDhPS, 15, 63.1 sarve ca te tenaiva
duḥkhenārtāstaṃ pitaraṃ dṛṣṭvābhinandeyur evaṃ cainaṃ vadeyuḥ /
SDhPS, 15, 70.1 ye punastasya putrā viparītasaṃjñinas te
taṃ pitaramabhinandeyur enaṃ caivaṃ vadeyuḥ /
SDhPS, 16, 16.1 bhagavantaṃ ca śākyamuniṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ
taṃ ca bhagavantaṃ prabhūtaratnaṃ tathāgatamarhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ parinirvṛtaṃ siṃhāsanopaviṣṭam avakiranti smābhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma //
SDhPS, 16, 17.1 taṃ ca sarvāvantaṃ bodhisattvagaṇaṃ tāścatasraḥ parṣado 'vakiranti smābhyavakiranti smābhiprakiranti sma //
SDhPS, 17, 4.2 yaḥ kaścidajita kulaputro vā kuladuhitā vā tathāgatasya parinirvṛtasya imaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ deśyamānaṃ saṃprakāśyamānaṃ śṛṇuyād bhikṣurvā bhikṣuṇī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā vijñapuruṣo vā kumārako vā kumārikā vā śrutvā ca abhyanumodet sacettato dharmaśravaṇādutthāya prakrāmet sa ca vihāragato vā gṛhagato vā araṇyagato vā vīthīgato vā grāmagato vā janapadagato vā tān hetūṃstāni kāraṇāni
taṃ dharmaṃ yathāśrutaṃ yathodgṛhītaṃ yathābalam aparasya sattvasyācakṣīta māturvā piturvā jñātervā saṃmoditasya vā anyasya vā saṃstutasya kasyacit so 'pi yadi śrutvā anumodetānumodya ca punaranyasmai ācakṣīta //
SDhPS, 17, 5.1 so 'pi yadi śrutvānumodetānumodya ca so 'pyaparasmai ācakṣīta so 'pi
taṃ śrutvānumodeta //
SDhPS, 17, 32.1 kaḥ punarvādo 'jita yo 'yaṃ mama saṃmukham imaṃ dharmaparyāyaṃ śṛṇuyācchrutvā cābhyanumoded aprameyataram asaṃkhyeyataraṃ tasyāhamajita
taṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraṃ vadāmi //
SDhPS, 18, 49.1 taṃ ca jānīte yadi vā vaijayante prāsāde krīḍantaṃ ramantaṃ paricārayantaṃ yadi vā sudharmāyāṃ devasabhāyāṃ devānāṃ trāyastriṃśānāṃ dharmaṃ deśayantaṃ yadi vā udyānabhūmau niryāntaṃ krīḍanāya //
Skandapurāṇa (Revākhaṇḍa)
Sātvatatantra
SātT, 1, 13.2 yaḥ kālas
taṃ vadanty eke hareś ceṣṭāṃ duranvayām //
SātT, 1, 51.2 pātuṃ punar viśvam asau svakāryaṃ bheje tanūs
taṃ praṇamāmi kṛṣṇam //
SātT, 4, 47.2 bhaktighnadoṣaṃ śṛṇu
taṃ sarvathā varjanaṃ nṛṇām //
SātT, 8, 6.2 sāpi kṛṣṇārcanāt paścāt kriyeta hṛdi
taṃ smaran //
Uḍḍāmareśvaratantra
UḍḍT, 1, 28.2 bhūto gṛhṇāti
taṃ śīghraṃ mantreṇānena mantritaḥ //
UḍḍT, 2, 8.2 vakṣye 'tha lūtākaraṇaṃ
taṃ śṛṇuṣva samāsataḥ /
UḍḍT, 9, 3.8 mātāpi putraṃ parityajya tatparā bhūtvā pṛṣṭhato nagnā bhavati yatra kutrāpi tathā
tam anuyāti na saṃśayaḥ /
UḍḍT, 14, 14.2 anena mantreṇa kākapakṣaṃ sahasraikaṃ hunet yasya nāmnā
tam uccāṭayati //
Yogaratnākara
Śāṅkhāyanaśrautasūtra
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 4, 5.0 kaṃ prapadye
taṃ prapadye yat te prajāpate śaraṇaṃ chandas tat prapadye yāvat te viṣṇo veda tāvat te kariṣyāmi devena savitā prasūta ārtvijyam kariṣyāmi namo 'gnaye upadraṣṭre namo vāyava upaśrotre nama ādityāya anukhyātre juṣṭām adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ viśvasmai bhūtāya praśāsta ātmanā prajayā paśubhiḥ prajāpatiṃ prapadye 'bhayaṃ no 'stu prājāpatyam anuvakṣyāmi vāg ārtvijyam kariṣyati vācaṃ prapadye bhūr bhuvaḥ svar iti japitvā //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 1, 16, 3.0 antareṇājyabhāgau sviṣṭakṛtaṃ ca yad ijyate
tam āvāpa ity ācakṣate tat pradhānam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 2, 14, 4.0 tam uttareṇa gatvā śaṃsya paśūn me pāhi daivān mā bhayāt pāhīty āhavanīyam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 2, 15, 4.3 atharya pituṃ me 'jugupas
taṃ me pāhyeva pitryān mā bhayād ajugupas tasmān mā pāhy evety anvāhāryapacanam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 9, 5.0 anuyājeṣv iṣṭeṣu vyūhitasrucāv agner agnīṣomayor ujjitim anūjjeṣaṃ vājasya mā prasavena prohāmīty uttānena dakṣiṇena juhūṃ prācīm agnir agnīṣomau
tam apanudantu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmo vājasya enaṃ prasavena apohāmīti nīcā savyenopabhṛtaṃ pratīcīm //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 12, 2.0 divi viṣṇur vyakraṃsta jāgatena chandasā
tam aham anu vyakraṃsi tato nirbhaktaḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma ity abhyuddhṛtya dakṣiṇaṃ pādaṃ hīnataraṃ savyam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 17, 11.0 taṃ saṃjñapayanti prākśirasam udakpādaṃ pratyakśirasaṃ vodakpādam aravamāṇam //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 19, 8.0 āghoṣiṇyaḥ pratighoṣiṇyaḥ saṃghoṣiṇyo vicinvatyaḥ śvasanāḥ kravyāda eṣa vo bhāgas
taṃ juṣadhvaṃ svāheti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 4, 20, 1.2 tasya te dhanur hṛdayaṃ mana iṣavaś cakṣur visargas
taṃ tvā tathā veda namas te 'stu somas tvāvatu mā mā hiṃsīḥ /
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 18, 18.0 atrātreyaṃ sahasreṇāvakrīya yaḥ śukraḥ piṅgākṣo valinas tilakāvalo viklidhaḥ khaṇḍo baṇḍaḥ
khalatistam ādāya nadīṃ yanti //
ŚāṅkhŚS, 16, 29, 8.2 mā maivaṃ putra voco yajñakratur eva me vijñāto 'bhūt
tam eva etat kṛtsnake brahmabandhau vyajijñāsiṣi //